Kia Niro Phev Owners Manual

FOREWORD
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle.

As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with exceptional value, Kia is dedicated to
providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.
This Owner’s Manual will acquaint you with the operation of features and equipment that are either standard or
optional on this vehicle, along with themaintenance needs of this vehicle. Therefore, you may find some description
and illustrations not applicable to your vehicle. You are advised to read this publication carefully and follow the
instructions and recommendations. Pleas always keep this manual in the vehicle for your, and any subsequent owner’s
reference.
All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the time of publication. However, as Kia contin-
ues to make improvements to its products the company reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of
its vehicles at any time without notice and without incurring any obligations. Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia
vehicle!
© 2021 Kia Corporation

All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by
any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authori-
zation from Kia Corporation.
Printed in Korea
Introduction 1
Your vehicle at a glance 2
Safety features of your vehicle 3
Features of your vehicle 4

table of contents Driving your vehicle 5
What to do in an emergency 6
Maintenance 7
Specifications & Consumer information 8
Index I
Hybrid System Overview
HEV (HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM / H2

PHEV (PLUG-IN ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM / H3
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H4
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H26
NIRO ENERGY FLOW HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H34
STARTING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (SMART KEY) / H38
COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H40
HEV (HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM
The Kia Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) uses both the petrol engine and the electric motor for power. The electric motor
is run by a 240V high-voltage HEV battery.
Depending on the driving conditions, the HEV computer selectively operates between the engine and the electric
motor or even both at the same time.
Fuel efficiency increases when the engine is at idle, or when the vehicle is driven by the electric motor with the HEV
battery.
The HEV battery charge must be maintained for the times when the engine acts as a generator, such as when
stopped at idle. Charging also occurs when decelerating or by regenerative braking.
Electric motor Engine+

Electric motor+Engine Motor or Motor Charging Engine OFF
Startup/Low speed cruise Acceleration High speed cruise Deceleration Stop
ODEP057140L
H2
PHEV (PLUG-IN ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM
The Kia Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) shares the characteristics of both a conventional hybrid electric vehi-
cle and an all-electric vehicle.
When used as a conventional hybrid electric vehicle, the HEV computer selectively operates between the engine and
the electric motor or even both at the same time.
When it is operating in the electric vehicle mode, the vehicle is driven only using the electric motor over a certain dis-
tance until the hybrid battery becomes low. The driving distance in EV mode depends on customer driving style and road
conditions. Aggressive driving manoeuvres may at times temporarily enable the engine to operate for maximum power.
The hybrid battery can be fully charged by connecting a plug to an external electric power source.
An engine can be turned on due to factors such as heater and a frequent operation of the accelerator pedal by a driv-
er in CD mode.
CD (Charge Depleting) Mode CS (Charge Sustaining) Mode Charging

Electric motor Motor Engine+Motor
Engine+Motor or Motor Charging Battery charging
Electric Vehicle Mode Start up/Low speed Acceleration High speed Deceleration 6 External charging
ODEP057141L
H3
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE
Charging Information • Trickle Charger: The plug-in hybrid Charging Time

• AC Charger: The plug-in hybrid vehicle can be charged by using • AC Charger: Takes about 2 hours
vehicle is charged by plugging into household electricity. 15 minutes at room temperature
a AC charger installed in your The electrical outlet in your home (Can be charged to 100%.).
home or a public charging station. must comply with regulations and Depending on the condition and
(For further details, refer to the 'AC can safely accommodate the durability of the high-voltage bat-
Charge'.) Voltage / Current (Amps) / Power tery, charger specifications, and
(Watts) ratings specified on the ambient temperature, the time
trickle charge. Use only as a back- required for charging the high-volt-
up charger. age battery may vary.
• Trickle Charger: For charging at
home. Please note that the Trickle
Charger is slower than the AC
Charging Types Charger.
Charging Inlet
Category Charging Connector Charging Outlet Charging Method Charging Time
(Vehicle)
AC charger installed Approximately 2 hours

AC Charger in homes or public 15 minutes (to fully
charging stations charge, 100%)
ODEPQ011018L ODEPQ017019L OJFHPQ016021L
For charging at home.

Trickle Please note that the
Household current
Charger Trickle Charger is slower
than the AC Charger
ODEPQ011018L ODEPQ017019L OAEEQ016024
• Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temper-
ature, the time required for charging the high voltage battery may vary.
• Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer.
H4
Charging Status Information Operation of Charging Charging Connector
Indicator Lamp Details AUTO/LOCK Mode
(1) (2) (3)
 (OFF)  (OFF)  (OFF) Not Charged
Blinking  (OFF)  (OFF) 0~33%
 (ON) Blinking  (OFF) Charging 34~66%

 (ON)  (ON) Blinking 67~99%
Charging complete
 (ON)  (ON)  (ON) (100%)(turns OFF
in 5 seconds)
ODEPQ010020L
Blinking Blinking Blinking Error whilst charging
When charging the high voltage bat- ODEPQ011021R
Charging 12 V aux-
tery, the charge level can be checked iliary battery or You may select when the charging
from outside the vehicle.  (OFF)  (OFF) Blinking connector can be locked and
reserved air condi-
tioner is operating unlocked in the charging inlet.
Reserved charging
Press the button to change
is operating (turns
between AUTO mode and LOCK
OFF after 3 min- mode.
 (OFF) Blinking  (OFF) utes) or interrup-
tions that temporar-
ily prevent charging
(e.g. power failure)
H5
CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
When the Charging Connector • AUTO mode (button indicator on) : Scheduled Charging
is Locked The connector locks when charg- (if equipped)
ing starts. The connector unlocks • You can set reserved charging
LOCK AUTO when charging is complete. This using the Infotainment System.
Before charging O X mode can be used when charging
Refer to the Infotainment System
in a public charging station.
Whilst charging O O for detailed infor mation about set-
If the connector is not automatically ting reserved charging.
Finished charging O X unlocked after charging is completed
• Scheduled charging can only be
in AUTO mode, the connector is
done when using a AC charger or
• LOCK mode (button indicator off) : unlocked when all of the doors are
the portable charging cable (ICCB:
unlocked.
The connector locks when the In-Cable Control Box).
charging connector is plugged into
the charging inlet. The connector is
locked until all doors are unlocked
by the driver.This mode can be used
to prevent charging cable theft.
- If the charging connector is
unlocked when all doors are
unlocked, but the charging cable
is not disconnected within 15 sec-
onds, the connector will be auto-
matically locked again.
- If the charging connector is
unlocked when all doors are
unlocked, but all doors are locked
again, immediately, the connector
will be automatically locked again.
H6
• When scheduled charging is set,
charging is not initiated immediate-
ly when the AC charger or portable
charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable
Control Box) is connected.
• If charging is required immediately,
turn off the scheduled charge
using the Infotainment System and
UVO application, or press the vehi-
cle's scheduled charge release
button( ).
ODEPQ010023L • When the scheduled charge is set, ODEPQ011022R
• When scheduled charging is set the charge start time is calculated • If you press the scheduled charging
and the AC charger or the portable by itself. In some cases, charging deactivation ( ) button to immedi-
charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable may start immediately after con- ately charge the battery, charging
Control Box) is connected for necting the charger. must be initiated 3 minutes after the
charging, the indicator lamp blinks charging cable has been connected.
(for 3 minutes) to indicate that When you press the scheduled
scheduled charging is set. charging deactivation ( ) button
for immediate charging, the sched-
uled charge setting is not complete-
ly deactivated. If you need to com-
pletely deactivate the scheduled
charge setting, use the Infotainment
System to finalize the deactivation.
Refer to "AC Charge or Trickle
Charge" for details about connect-
ing the AC charger and the
portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable
Control Box).
H7
Charging Precautions
WARNING WARNING
■ AC Charger - Interference with electron- - Touching the charging
ic medical devices connector
When using medical electric Do not to touch the charging
devices such as an implantable connector, charging plug, and
cardiac pacemaker, make sure to the charging inlet when con-
ask the medical team and manu- necting the cable to the charger
facturer whether charging your and the charging inlet on the
electric vehicle will impact the vehicle. Doing so may result in
operation of the medical electrocution.
devices. In some instances, elec-
tromagnetic waves that are gen-
OJFHPQ016021L erated from the charger can seri-
ously impact medical electric
WARNING devices such as an implantable
- Fires caused by dust or cardiac pacemaker.
water
Do not connect the charging
cable connector plug to the vehi-
cle if there is water or dust on the
charging inlet. Connecting whilst
there is water or dust on the
charging cable connector and
plug may cause a fire or electric
shock. There may be a risk of fire
and injury when using old worn
out public electrical outlets.
H8
• Comply with the following in order • Always keep the charging connec-
to prevent electrical shock when WARNING - Charging tor and charging plug in clean and
charging: cable dry condition. Be sure to keep the
- Use a waterproof charger • Immediately stop charging charging cable in a condition where
when you find abnormal there is no water or moisture.
- Make sure to not touch the charg-
ing connector and charging plug symptoms (smell, smoke). • Make sure to use the designated
when your hand is wet • Replace the charging cable if charger for charging the vehicle.
the cable coating is damaged Using any other charger may
- Do not charge when there is light- cause failure.
ning to prevent electrical shock.
• When connecting or removing • Before charging the battery, turn
- Do not charge when the charging the vehicle OFF.
connector and plug is wet the charging cable, make sure
to hold the charging connec- • Be careful not to drop the charging
tor handle and charging plug. connector. The charging connector
If you pull the cable itself can be damaged.
(without using the handle), the
internal wires may disconnect
or get damaged. This may lead
to electric shock or fire.
WARNING - Cooling fan

Do not touch the cooling fan
whilst vehicle is charging. When
the vehicle is switched OFF
whilst charging, the cooling fan
inside the motor compartment
may automatically operate.
H9
AC Charge How to Connect AC Charger ✽ NOTICE

■ AC Charger The charging door does not open
when the theft alarm system is
armed.
CAUTION
If you cannot open the charging
door due to freezing weather,
tap lightly or remove any ice
near the charging door. Do not
OJFHPQ016021L try to forcibly open the charging
■ AC charger cable
door. The charging door may be
ODEPQ019025 broken if it is forcibly opened.
1. Depress the brake pedal and
apply the parking brake.
2. Turn OFF all switches, move the
shift lever to P (Park), and turn
OFF the vehicle.
3. After unlocking doors, open the
ODEPQ017061L
charging door by pressing it.
4. Open the charging door by press-
You can charge your vehicle by plug- ing circle mark (o) area on the
ging into a public charger at a charg- right edge of the charging door.
ing station. If the vehicle doors are locked, the
charging door will not open.
H10
■ A type ✽ NOTICE
• The charging is in progress only
with the shift lever is in P (Park).
Charging the battery with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
ACC position is possible. However,
it may discharge the 12-V battery.
Thus, if possible, charge the bat-
tery with the Engine Start/Stop
ODEPQ019027 button in the OFF position.
■ B type • Moving the shift lever from P
ODEPQ017026L (Park) to R (Reverse)/N(Neutral)/D
5. Remove any dust on the charging (Drive) stops the charging process.
connector and charging inlet. To restart the charging process,
6. Hold the charging connector han-
move the shift lever to P (Park),
dle. Then, insert it into the charg-
press the Engine Start/Stop button
ing inlet, until you hear a click
to the OFF position, and discon-
sound. If it is not fully connected, a
nect the charging cable. Then,
bad connection between the
connect the charging cable.
charging connector and the charg- ODEPQ019125
ing terminals may cause a fire. 7. Check if the charging cable con-
nection indicator of the high volt-
age battery in the instrument clus-
ter is turned ON.
Charging does not occur when the
indicator is OFF. When the charg-
ing connector is not connected
properly, reconnect the charging
cable to charge.
H11
❈ Charging connector AUTO / If the unlock function does not work, 2. Conditions for unlock :
LOCK mode use the emergency charging door ➀ : When unlocking doors from
When the charging connector is unlock method to unlock the charg- outside the vehicle with the
plugged into the charging inlet, the ing door. (For more details, refer to charging door closed When
connector lock timing varies with the the “Unlock charging door in emer- unlocking the driver’s door
modes selected by pressing the but- gency”) using a spare key
ton. ➁ : When unlocking doors using a
• LOCK mode : The connector locks 1. Conditions for lock : smart key
automatically when the charging ➀ : When locking doors from out- ➂ : When locking doors using a
connector is connected normally. side the vehicle with the smart key
• AUTO mode : The connector locks charging door closed ➃ : When pressing the door
when charging starts whilst the ➁ : When locking the driver’s door lock/unlock button on the front
charging connector is connected using a spare key door outside handle whilst the
normally. smart key is detected and
➂ : When locking doors using a
For more details, refer to the smart key doors are locked
“Charging connector AUTO/LOCK ⑤ : When unlocking all vehicle
mode”. ➃ : When pressing the door
lock/unlock button on the front doors with the charging door
door outside handle whilst the closed. (When unlocking doors
❈ Locking/unlocking the charging smart key is detected and with functions such as spare
door doors are unlocked key, smart key, door lock button
on the outside door handle,
The charging door lock/unlock func- ⑤ : When locking all vehicle doors central door lock switch, auto
tion works only when the following with the charging door closed. door lock.)
conditions are satisfied with the (When locking doors with func-
charging door closed. tions such as spare key, smart
key, door lock button on the out-
side door handle, central door
lock switch, auto door lock.)
H12
Unlock Connector in Emergency The charging cable lock may not
work properly when foreign materials
such as dust enter the cable or the
cable is encrusted with ice.
In that case, the charging cable may
not be disconnected or locked, or the
vehicle may not be charged. If this
happens, open the bonnet and pull
the emergency cable lightly 2 to 3
times and then try to disconnect the
charging cable or start recharging.
ODEPQ017028L
8. After charging has started, the ODEPQ017029
estimated charging time is dis-
played on the instrument cluster If the charging connector does not
for about 1 minute. It is also dis- unlock for some reason, open the
played, when the driver’s door is bonnet and slightly pull the emer-
opened with charging in progress. gency cable as shown above. The
When scheduled charging is set, charging door will then open.
the estimated charging time is dis- If a charging door is not opened
played as “--" . immediately with emergency cable in
operation, press a charging door
lightly and pull emergency cable
again.
H13
Charging Status Information Operation of Charging How to Disconnect AC Charger

Indicator Lamp Details 1. The vehicle doors must be
(1) (2) (3) unlocked in order to be able to dis-
connect the charging connector. A
 (OFF)  (OFF)  (OFF) Not Charged lock system prevents charger
cable disconnection when the
vehicle's doors are locked.
 (ON)  (ON) Blinking 67~99% ✽ NOTICE
Charging complete In order to disconnect the charging
 (ON)  (ON)  (ON) (100%)(turns OFF connector, unlock the doors to
in 5 seconds) unlatch the charging connector lock
ODEPQ010020L
Blinking Blinking Blinking Error whilst charging system. If not, the charging connec-
When charging the high voltage bat- tor and the vehicle's charging inlet
Charging 12 V aux- may be damaged.
tery, the charge level can be checked iliary battery or
from outside the vehicle.  (OFF)  (OFF) Blinking
reserved air condi-
tioner is operating
Reserved charging
is operating (turns
OFF after 3 min-
H14
If the connector is not automatical-
ly unlocked after charging is com-
pleted in AUTO mode, the connec-
tor is unlocked when all of the
doors are unlocked.
For more details, refer to “Charging
Connector AUTO/ LOCK Mode” in
this chapter.
✽ NOTICE
ODEPQ017062L When disconnecting the charging ODEPQ019032
connector, do not try to disconnect it
2.Hold the charging connector han- by force whilst not pressing the 3. Make sure to securely close the
dle and pull it out. release button. This may damage the charging door.
charging connector and vehicle
To prevent charging cable theft, the charging inlet. ✽ NOTICE
charging connector cannot be dis-
connected from the inlet when the • Do not modify or disassemble the
doors are locked. Unlock all doors charging cable components. It
to disconnect the charging connec- may cause a fire or an electric
tor from the inlet. shock with personal injury.
• Keep the charging connector and
However, if the vehicle is in the the charging plug clean and dry.
charging connector AUTO mode, The charging cable should be also
the charging connector automati- kept dry.
cally unlocks from the inlet when • Use an air gun to blow any foreign
charging is completed. substances from the charging con-
nector and the charging plug.
H15
Trickle Charger How to Connect Portable

(Portable Charging Cable) Charging Cable
(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)
ODEPQ011188N
3. Make sure that the power connec-
ODEPQ017063L
tion indicator (green) lights in the
control box.
OJFHPQ016015L
Trickle charger can be used if AC
Charger is unavailable. 1. Turn OFF all switches, move the
shift lever to P (Park), and turn
❈ ➀ : Plug and cable OFF the vehicle.
➁ : Control box (ICCB) 2. Connect the plug to a household
➂ : Charging connector/cable electric outlet.
H16
CAUTION
If you cannot open the charging
door due to freezing weather,
tap lightly or remove any ice
near the charging door.
Do not try to forcibly open the
charging door. The charging
door may be broken if it is
forcibly opened. ODEPQ017026L
■ Vehicle connection
ODEPQ019025
4. Depress the brake pedal and
apply the parking brake.
5. After unlocking doors, open the
charging door by pressing it.
6. Open the charging door by press-
ing circle mark (o) area on the
right edge of the charging door. If
ODEPQ011191N
the vehicle doors are locked, the
charging door will not open. 7. Remove any dust on the charging
connector and charging inlet.
✽ NOTICE 8. Hold the charging connector han-
dle. Then, insert it into the charging
The charging door does not open inlet, until you hear a click sound. If
when the theft alarm system is it is not fully connected, improper
armed. connection between the charging
connector and the charging termi-
nals are a potential fire hazard.
H17
■ A type ✽ NOTICE
• The charging is in progress only
with the shift lever is in P (Park).
Charging the battery with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
ACC position is possible. However,
it may discharge the 12-V battery.
Thus, if possible, charge the bat-
tery with the Engine Start/Stop
ODEPQ019027 button in the OFF position.
■ B type • Moving the shift lever from P
ODEPQ011189N (Park) to R (Reverse)/N(Neutral)/D
9. Charging starts automatically and (Drive) stops the charging process.
the charging light blinks. To restart the charging process,
move the shift lever to P (Park),
press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position, and discon-
nect the charging cable. Then,
connect the charging cable and
ODEPQ019125 restart the vehicle again.
10. Check if the charging cable con-
nection indicator of the high volt-
age battery in the instrument
cluster is turned ON.
Charging does not occur when
the indicator is OFF. When the
charging connector is not con-
nected properly, reconnect the
charging cable to charge.
H18
Unlock Connector in Emergency The charging cable lock may not
work properly when foreign materials
such as dust enter the cable or the
cable is encrusted with ice.
In that case, the charging cable may
not be disconnected or locked, or the
vehicle may not be charged. If this
happens, open the bonnet and pull
the emergency cable lightly 2 to 3
times and then try to disconnect the
charging cable or start recharging.
ODEPQ017028L
11. After charging has started, the ODEPQ017029
estimated charging time is dis-
played on the instrument cluster If the charging connector does not
for about 1 minute. It is also dis- unlock for some reason, open the
played, when the driver’s door is bonnet and slightly pull the emer-
opened with charging in progress. gency cable as shown above. The
When scheduled charging is set, charging door will then open.
the estimated charging time is dis- If a charging door is not opened
played as "--". immediately with emergency cable in
operation, press a charging door
lightly and pull emergency cable
again.
H19
Charging Status Information Operation of Charging Charge cable storage

Indicator Lamp Details
(1) (2) (3)
 (OFF)  (OFF)  (OFF) Not Charged

 (ON)  (ON) Blinking 67~99%
Charging complete
 (ON)  (ON)  (ON) (100%)(turns OFF
in 5 seconds)
ODEPQ010020L ODEPQ017033R
Blinking Blinking Blinking Error whilst charging
When charging the high voltage bat- Charging 12 V aux- We recommend that the trickle
tery, the charge level can be checked iliary battery or charger cable should be put in a stor-
from outside the vehicle.  (OFF)  (OFF) Blinking
reserved air condi- age box after use.
tioner is operating
Reserved charging
is operating (turns
OFF after 3 min-
H20
Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charging Cable
Control Box Indicator Details
On : Power on
Blink : Plug temperature sensor failure
PLUG (Green)
On : Plug high temperature protection
Blink : Plug high temperature warning
(Red)
POWER On : Power on
Blink : Charging In power saving mode, only the CHARGE

CHARGE indicator is illuminated.
FAULT Blink : Charging interrupted
Charging
current 12 A The charging current changes (3
level) whenever the button (1) is
CHARGE Charging
pressed for 1 sec with the charg-
LEVEL current 10 A
er plugged into an electrical out-
Charging let but not the vehicle.
current 8 A
Charging connector plugged

(Green)
VEHICLE Charging
(Blue)
Blink : Charging impossible

(Red)
H21
Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charging Cable

NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure
• Charging connector plugged into vehicle

(Green ON)
• Plug temperature sensor failure
(Green blink)
• Plug high temperature protection - Charging connector plugged into
1 (Red blink) 2 vehicle (Green ON)
• Plug high temperature warning (Red ON)
Have the system inspected by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to visit an autho-
rised Kia dealer/service partner.
- Before plugging charging connector

into vehicle (Red blink)
- whilst charging • Abnormal temperature
• Charge indicator (Green blink) • ICCB (In-Cable Control Box) failure
3 4
• Vehicle indicator (Blue ON)
Have the system inspected by a pro-
fessional workshop. Kia recommends
to visit an authorised Kia dealer/serv-
ice partner.
H22
NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure
- Plugged into vehicle (Red blink) - After plugging charging connector

• Diagnostic device failure into vehicle (Red blink)
• Current leakage • Communication failure
5 • Abnormal temperature 6
Have the system inspected by a pro-
Have the system inspected by a professional fessional workshop. Kia recommends
workshop. Kia recommends to visit an autho- to visit an authorised Kia dealer/serv-
rised Kia dealer/service partner. ice partner.
• Plug temperature sensor failure

(Green blink)
• Plug high temperature protection - Power saving mode
(Red blink)
7 8 • 3 minutes after charging starts
• Plug high temperature warning (Red ON) (Green blink)
Have the system inspected by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to visit an autho-
H23
How to Disconnect
PortableCharging Cable
(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)
1. Before disconnecting the charging
connector, make sure the doors are
unlocked. When the door is locked,
the charging connector lock system
will not allow disconnection. To pre-
vent charging cable theft, the
charging connector cannot be dis-
con nected from the inlet when the
doors are locked. Unlock all doors ODEPQ017062L OJFHPQ016015L
to disconnect the charging connec- 2. Hold the charging connector han- 4. Disconnect the plug from the
tor from the inlet. However, if the dle and pull it out. household electric outlet. Do not
vehicle is in the charging connector 3. Make sure to securely close the pull the cable when disconnecting
AUTO mode, the charging connec- charging door. the plug.
tor automatically unlocks from the 5. Close the protective cover for the
inlet when charging is completed. charging connector so that foreign
For more details, refer to “Charging material cannot get into the terminal.
Connector AUTO/ LOCK Mode” in
this chapter. 6. Put the charging cable inside the
cable compartment to protect it.
✽ NOTICE
In order to disconnect the charging
connector, unlock the doors to
unlatch the charging connector lock
system. If not, the charging connec-
tor and the vehicle's charging inlet
may be damaged.
H24
Precautions for Portable • If the ICCB case and AC charging • Charging with the worn out or dam-
Charging Cable connector is damaged, cracked, or aged household electric outlet can
(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) the wires are exposed in any way, result in a risk of electric shock. If
• Use the portable charging cable do not use the portable charging you are in doubt to the household
that is certified by Kia. cable. electric outlet condition, have it
• Do not let children operate or touch checked by a licensed electrician.
• Do not try to repair, disassemble, or
adjust the portable charging cable. the portable charging cable. • Stop using the portable charging
• Keep the control box free of water. cable immediately if the household
• Do not use an extension cord or electric outlet or any components
adapter. • Keep the AC charging connector or is overheated or you notice burnt
• Stop using immediately if failure plug terminal free of foreign sub- odors.
warning light occurs. stances.
• Do not touch the plug and charging • Do not step on the cable or cord.
connector with wet hands. Do not pull the cable or cord and
do not twist or bend it.
• Do not touch the terminal part of the
AC charging connector and the AC • Do not charge when there is light-
charging inlet on the vehicle. ning.
• Do not connect the charging con- • Do not drop the control box or
nector to voltage that does not place a heavy object on the control
comply with regulations. box.
• Do not use the portable charging • Do not place an object that can
cable if it is worn out, exposed, or generate high temperatures near
there exists any type of damage on the charger when charging.
the portable charging cable.
H25
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE
Changing plug-in hybrid mode Automatic (AUTO) mode Hybrid (CS) mode
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle) ■ Type A ■ Type A
ODEP059301 ODEP059303
■ Type B ■ Type B
ODEPQ019133R
■ EV/HEV Button
Whenever you press the [EV/HEV]
button, Plug-in hybrid system drive
mode will be changed as follows:
Electric (CD) mode – Automatic
(AUTO) mode - Hybrid (CS) mode.
Each time the mode is changed a
corresponding LED is displayed on ODEP059302 ODEP059304
the instrument cluster as follows;
H26
Plug-in hybrid mode message • CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) mode
• CD (Charge Depleting, Electric) mode : The high-voltage
: The high-voltage (hybrid) battery
(hybrid) battery is and petrol engine
used to drive the is used to drive
vehicle. ODEP049190L
the vehicle.
ODEP049189L
A corresponding message is dis-
played to indicate the selected mode. ODEP059314L
• AUTO (Automatic) mode
: The drive mode
will be automati-
cally selected
from either Electric
ODEP049541L (CD) mode or
Hybrid (CS) mode
by the system
according to the
driving condition.
ODEP059315L
■ ‘Infotainment System’ screen
Press [PHEV] on the [Home screen].
The Plug-in Hybrid menu consists of
five sections: [EV range], [Energy
information], [Charge management],
[ECO driving], [Energy flow].
For more information, please refer to
the Multimedia System Manual that
was separately supplied with your
vehicle.
H27
DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
Warning and indicator lights Hybrid system warning EV Mode Indicator

light EV
Ready Indicator
This warning light illuminates: This indicator illuminates when the
When there is a malfunction with the vehicle is driven by the electric motor.
hybrid system.
This indicator illuminates :
In this case, have the vehicle inspect- Charging Cable
When the vehicle is ready to be driven.
ed by a professional workshop. Kia Connection Indicator
- ON : Normal driving is possible. recommends to visit an authorised (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
- OFF : Normal driving is not possible, Kia dealer/service partner.
or a problem has occurred.
- Blinking : Emergency driving. This indicator illuminates in red when
When the warning light illuminate the charging cable is connected.
whilst driving, or does not go OFF
When the ready indicator goes OFF after starting the vehicle, have the
or blinks, there is a problem with the system inspected by a professional
system. In this case, have the vehicle workshop. Kia recommends to visit
inspected by a professional work- an authorised Kia dealer/service
shop. Kia recommends to visit an partner.
authorised Kia dealer/service partner.
H28
Coasting guidance (if equipped) • User settings ✽ NOTICE
A chime will sound and the coasting Press the Engine Start/Stop button Coasting guide is only a supplemen-
guide indicatorguidance will blink and put the shift lever in P(Park). In tal system to assist with fuel-efficient
four times to inform the driver when the User Settings Mode, select driving. Thus, the operating condi-
to take the foot off from the accelera- Driving Assist, Coasting Guide, and tions may be different in accordance
tor by anticipating a decelerating then On to turn on the system. with traffic/road conditions (i.e.
event* based on the analysis of driv- Cancel the selection of coasting driving in a traffic jam, driving on a
ing routes and road conditions of the guide to turn off the system. For the slope, driving on a curve). Thus,
navigation. It encourages the driver explanation of the system, press and take the actual driving conditions
to remove foot from the pedal and hold the [OK] button. into consideration, such as distances
allow coasting down the road with from the vehicles ahead/ behind,
EV motor only. This helps prevent whilst referring to the coasting
unnecessary fuel consumption and • Operation conditions
guide system as guidance.
increases fuel efficiency. To activate the system, take the fol-
lowing procedures. Enter your desti-
nation information on the navigation
❈ Example of a deceleration event is and select the driving route. Then,
going down an extended hill, slow- satisfy the following.
ing down approaching a toll booth,
and approaching reduced speed - The driving speed should be
zones. between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
160km/h (99 mph).
❈ The operating speed may vary due
to difference between instrument
cluster and navigation effected by
tyre inflation level.
H29
Check Hybrid system Check Hybrid system. Refill inverter coolant
This message is displayed when Do not start engine This message is displayed when the
there is a problem with the hybrid This message is displayed when the inverter coolant is nearly empty.
control system. hybrid battery power (SOC) level is You should refill the inverter coolant.
Refrain from driving when the warn- low. A warning chime will sound until
ing message is displayed. the problem is solved.
In this case, have the system serv- In this case, have the system serv-
iced by a professional workshop. Kia iced by a professional workshop. Kia
recommends to visit an authorised recommends to visit an authorised
Kia dealer/service partner. Kia dealer/service partner.
Check Hybrid system. Stop vehicle and check power

Turn off engine supply
This message is displayed when This message is displayed when a
there is a problem with the hybrid failure occurs in the power sup-
system. The “ " indicator will blink plysystem.
and a warning chime will sound until In this case, park the vehicle in a
the problem is solved. safe location and we recommend
In this case, have the system serv- that you tow your vehicle to the near
iced by a professional workshop. Kia est authorised Kia dealer and have
recommends to visit an authorised the vehicle inspected.
Kia dealer/service partner.
H30
Check brake system Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery Remaining time
This warning message illuminates damage (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
when the brake performance is low This message is displayed when the The message is displayed to notify
or the regenerative brake does not fuel tank is nearly empty. the remaining time to fully charge the
work properly due to a failure in the You should refill the fuel tank to pre- battery.
brake system. vent hybrid battery damage.
In this case, it may take longer for the Charging stopped.
brake pedal to operate and the brak- Please check the AC charger
ing distance may become longer. Check virtual engine sound sys-
tem (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when This message is displayed when
Stop safely and check brake sys- there is a problem with the Virtual there is a problem with the charger.
tem Engine Sound System (VESS).
This warning message is displayed In this case, have the system serv- Low/High System Temp.
when a failure occurs in the brake iced by a professional workshop. Kia Maintaining Hybrid mode
system. recommends to visit an authorised (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
In this case, park the vehicle in a Kia dealer/service partner. This message is displayed when the
safe location and tow your vehicle to
temperature of the high-voltage
the nearest professional workshop
(hybrid) battery is too low or too high.
and have the vehicle inspected. Kia
recommends to visit an authorised This warning message is to protect
Kia dealer/service partner. the battery and the hybrid system.
H31
Low/High System Temp. Switching to Hybrid mode to allow Wait until fuel door opens
Switching to Hybrid mode heating or air conditioning (Plug- (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle) in hybrid vehicle) The message is displayed when you
This message is displayed when the • When the outdoor temperature is attempt to open the fuel filler door
temperature of the high-voltage lower than -13°C (8.6°F), and you with the fuel tank pressurized. Wait
(hybrid) battery is too low or high. turn the climate control On for until the fuel tank is depressurized.
This warning message is to protect heating, the above message will be
the battery and the hybrid system. displayed in the cluster. Then, the
vehicle will automatically switch to
✽ NOTICE
HEV mode. • It may take up to 20 seconds to
• When the outdoor temperature is open fuel filler door.
higher than -10°C (14°F), or you • When the fuel filler door is frozen
turn the climate control Off, the and does not open after 20 seconds
vehicle will automatically return to at freezing temperature, slightly
EV mode. tap the fuel filler door and then
attempt to open it.
H32
Fuel door open Charging door open Maintaining Hybrid mode to con-
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle) (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) tinue heating
This message is displayed when the This message indicates that the (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
fuel filler door is opened. charging door is open whilst in driv- A message is displayed when heat-
Also means "Ready to refuel". ing ready state to encourage you to ng is in operation and the HEV mode
inspect and close the door. is maintained to meet the heating
(Driving with the charging door open operating conditions when attempt-
Check fuel door may result in moisture inflow or dam- ing to switch to EV mode by pressing
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle) age. This message is used to prevent the [EV/HEV] button.
This message is displayed when the such occurrences.)
fuel filler door is open or an abnor- Electric mode / Automatic mode/
mality has occurred.
Unplug vehicle to start Hybrid mode
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle) (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
The message is displayed when you A corresponding message is dis
start the engine without unplugging played when a mode is selected by
the charging cable. Unplug the pressing the [EV/HEV] button.
charging cable, and then start the
vehicle.
H33
NIRO ENERGY FLOW HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE
Kia hybrid system notifies the drivers EV Propulsion Engine Only Propulsion
of energy flow in various operating
modes. Eleven Modes show drivers
the current operating condition.
ODEP047202L ODEP047204L
Electric power is used to move the Engine power is used to move the
vehicle. vehicle.
(Battery ➞ Wheel) (Engine ➞ Wheel)
Vehicle Stop Power Assist Engine Generation
ODEP047201L ODEP047203L ODEP047205L
The mode means the vehicle at stop. Electric and Engine power are used Vehicle is stopped with the Engine
(There is no energy flow.) to move the vehicle. charging the hybrid battery.
(Battery & Engine ➞ Wheel) (Engine ➞ Battery)
H34
Regeneration Power Reserve Engine Generation/Regeneration
ODEP047206L ODEP047207L ODEP047207L
Hybrid battery is being charged by Engine is both driving the vehicle The engine and regenerative braking
regenerative braking. and charging the hybrid battery. system charge the hybrid battery
(Wheel ➞ Battery) (Engine ➞ Wheel & Battery) driving deceleration.
(Engine & Wheel ➞ Battery)
Engine Brake Engine Generation/Motor Drive
Engine Brake/Regeneration
The vehicle is being slowed by The vehicle is being slowed by engine ODEP047210L
engine compression. compression and regenerative brak- The engine compression can be
(Wheel ➞ Engine) ing. The hybrid battery is being used to slow the vehicle. The regen-
charged by regenerative braking. erative braking system can be used
(Engine ➞ Battery ➞ Wheel) to charge the hybrid system.
(Wheel ➞ Engine & Battery)
H35
NIRO ENERGY FLOW HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
AUX. BATTERY SAVER+ (For Mode

Plug-in Hybrid, if equipped) • Cycle Mode : CAUTION
The Aux. Battery Saver+ is a function When the vehicle is OFF with all • The Aux. Battery Saver+ acti-
that monitors the charging status of doors, bonnet and trunk (tailgate) vates maximum of 20 minutes.
the 12V auxiliary battery. closed, the Aux. Battery Saver+ peri- If the Aux. Battery Saver+
odically activates according to the function activates more than
If the auxiliary battery level is low, the 10 times consecutively, in the
main high voltage battery charges auxiliary battery status.
Automatic Mode the function
the auxiliary battery. will stop activating, judging
• Automatic Mode : that there is a problem with the
✽ NOTICE When the engine start/stop button is auxiliary battery. In this case,
in the ON position with the charging drive the vehicle for some peri-
The Aux. Battery Saver+ function will od of time. The function will
be ON when the vehicle is delivered. If connector plugged in, the function
activates according to the auxiliary start activating if the auxiliary
the function is not needed, you may battery returns to normal.
turn it off in the Users Settings mode battery status to prevent over-dis-
on the LCD display. For more infor- charge of the auxiliary battery. • The Aux. Battery Saver+ func-
mation, refer to the "System setting" tion cannot prevent battery
on the following page. discharge of the auxiliary bat-
tery is damaged, worn out,
used as a power supply or
unauthorised electronic
devices are used.
H36
System setting
The driver can activate the Aux. WARNING
Battery Saver+ function by placing When the function is activating
the engine start/stop button to the the charging indicator lamp will
ON position and by selecting: quickly blink and high voltage
"User Settings ➞ Other Features ➞ electricity will be flowing in the
Aux. Battery Saver+" vehicle. Do not touch the high
voltage electric wire (orange),
connector, and all electric com-
ponents and devices. This may
cause electric shock and lead to
injuries. Also, do not modify
your vehicle in any way. This
may affect your vehicle perform-
ance and lead to an accident.
H37
STARTING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (SMART KEY)
Starting the Hybrid System • When the engine start/stop but- If the starting procedure is fol-
ton is in the ACC or ON position, lowed, the " " symbol on the
1.Carry the smart key into the vehicle. instrument cluster will turn on. For
if any door is open, the system
2.Make sure the parking brake is checks for the smart key. If the more details, Please check chap-
firmly applied. smart key is not in the vehicle, the ter 4.
3.Place the shift lever in the P(Park) warning, "Key is not in vehicle"
position. will come on, and if all doors are
In N (neutral) position, you can not closed, the chime will also sound
start the vehicle. for about 5 seconds. The indica-
tor will turn off whilst the vehicle
4.Depress the brake pedal. is moving. Keep the smart key in
5.Press the engine start/stop button. the vehicle when using the ACC
6.The engine should be started with- position or if the vehicle engine is
out pressing the accelerator. In on.
extremely cold weather or after the
vehicle has not been operated for
several days, let the engine warm up
without depressing the accelerator.
• Even if the smart key is in the
vehicle, if it is far away from you,
the engine may not start.
H38
ECONOMICAL and SAFE ✽ NOTICE
OPERATION of Hybrid system When the hybrid system is in
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a READY mode, the engine will auto-
moderate rate and maintain a matically start and stop as needed.
steady cruising speed. Don't make The " " symbol will illuminate in
"jack-rabbit" starts. Don't race the cluster when the system is oper-
between stoplights. ational.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-
sible. Always maintain a safe dis-
tance from other vehicles so you
can avoid unnecessary braking.
This also reduces brake wear.
• The regenerative brake generates
energy when the vehicle deceler-
ates.
• When the hybrid battery power is
low, the hybrid system automatical-
ly recharges the hybrid battery.
• When the engine runs in "N" posi-
tion, the hybrid system cannot gen-
erate electricity. The hybrid battery
cannot recharge in "N" position.
Please refer to chapter 5.
H39
COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE
1. Engine : 1.6L 5. HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)

2. Motor : 32kW 6. High voltage battery system
3. Transmission : 6DCT 7. Generative brake system
4. Hybrid starter generator (HSG) 8. Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS)
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. ODEPQ019001R
H40
The Hybrid battery uses high voltage HPCU
top operate the electric motor and WARNING
other components and other compo- When replacing the fuses in the
nents. High voltage is dangerous if engine compartment, never
touched. touch the HPCU. The HPCU car-
Your vehicle is equipped with orange ries high voltage. Touching the
coloured insulation and covers over HPCU could result in electrocu-
the high voltage components to pro- tion, serious injury, or death.
tect people from electric shock. High
voltage warning labels are attached ODEPQ019002L
to some system components as addi- HEV Battery
tional warnings. Have your vehicle
serviced by a professional workshop.
Kia recommends to visit an autho-
ODEQ016003
WARNING
Never touch orange or high volt-
age labeled components includ-
ing wires, cables, and connec-
tions. If the insulators or covers
are damaged or removed, severe
injury or death from electrocu-
tion may occur.
H41
COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)
Motor
CAUTION WARNING - High Waters
• Do not pile up any items in an • Avoid high waters as this may
area behind the high voltage result in your vehicle becom-
battery. In a crash, the battery ing saturated with water and
may become unstable, or its could compromise the high
performance may degrade. voltage components.
• Do not apply strong force nor • Do not touch the any of the
pile up any items above the high voltage components
trunk/tailgate. Such an attempt within your vehicle if your
may distort the high voltage vehicle has been submerged
battery case, causing a safety ODEQ016004 in water equal to half of the
problem or degrading the per- vehicle height. Touching high
formance. voltage components once
WARNING
• Be careful when loading submerged in water could
As with all batteries, avoid fluid result in severe burns or elec-
inflammable liquid in
contact with the Hybrid battery. tric shock that could result in
trunk/tailgate. It could cause
If the battery is damaged and if death or serious injury.
operational and safety degra-
electrolyte comes in contact
dation if the liquid leaks and
with your body, clothes or eyes,
flows in high voltage battery.
immediately flush with a large
quantity of fresh water. WARNING - Carrying
Liquids in trunk/tailgate
Do not load large amounts of
WARNING water in open containers into the
vehicle. If the water spills onto
Do not use an after-market bat-
the HEV battery, it may cause a
tery charger to charge the
short and damage the battery.
Hybrid battery. Doing so may
result in death or serious injury.
H42
CAUTION - Cleaning WARNING - Use of Water WARNING - Hot
Engine or Liquids Components
When you clean the engine com- If water or liquids come into When the hybrid battery system
partment, do not wash using contact with the hybrid system operates, the HEV battery system
water. Water may cause electric components, and you are also can be hot. Heat burns may result
arcing to occur and damage elec- in contact with the water, severe from touching even insulated
tronic parts and components. injury or death due to electrocu- components of the HEV system.
tion may occur.
WARNING - Exposure to CAUTION - Prolonged
High Voltage parking
• High voltage in the hybrid bat- Prolonged parking might cause
tery system is very dangerous battery discharge and operation
and can cause severe burns failure due to natural discharge.
and electric shock. This may Driving the vehicle approximate-
result in serious injury or death. ly once every 2 months, more
• For your safety, never touch, than 15 km is recommended.The
replace, dismantle or remove battery will be charged automati-
any portion of the hybrid bat- cally when driving the vehicle.
tery system including compo-
nents, cables and connectors.
H43
Safety plug Some Special Features of the
■ Hybrid
DANGER Hybrid Vehicle.
Never touch the safety plug. Hybrid vehicles sound different than
Safety plug is attached to high petrol engine vehicles. When the
voltage hybrid battery system. hybrid system operates, you may
Touching safety plug will result hear a sound from the hybrid battery
in death or serious injury. system behind the rear seat. If you
Service personnel should follow apply the accelerator pedal rapidly,
procedure in service manual. you may hear a sound. When you
apply the brake pedal, you may hear
a sound from the regenerative brake
system. When the hybrid system is
ODEQ016006 turned off or on, you may hear a
■ Plug-in Hybrid sound in the engine compartment. If
you depress the brake pedal repeat-
edly when the hybrid system is
turned on, you may hear a sound in
the engine compartment. None of
these sounds indicate a problem.
They are characteristics of hybrid
vehicles.
When the hybrid system is turned on,

the engine may run. This does not
ODEPQ017038 indicate a malfunction. If the " "
symbol is on, the hybrid system is
operating. Even if the petrol engine is
off, you can operate the vehicle.
H44
The HEV system may emit electro- Virtual Engine Sound System
magnetic waves which can affect the WARNING (VESS)
performance of electronic devices When you leave the vehicle, you
appliances, such as laptop comput- should turn off the hybrid sys-
ers, which are not part of the vehicle tem. If you depress the acceler-
design. ator pedal by mistake and the
vehicle is not in the "P" posi-
If you park the vehicle for a long time, tion, the vehicle will accelerate.
the hybrid system will discharge. You This may result in serious injury
need to drive the vehicle several times or death.
per month to maintain a charge.
When you start the hybrid system in

the "P" transmission position, the ODEPQ011064R
" " symbol is illuminated in the The Virtual Engine Sound System
cluster. The driver can drive the vehi- generates engine sound for pedestri-
cle even if the engine is stopped. ans to hear vehicle sound because
there is limited sound whilst motor
power is used.
• The VESS may be turned ON or
OFF by pressing the VESS button.
(if equipped)
• With the ENGINE START/STOP but-
ton in the ON position, if you change
the shift lever from P(Parking) to any
other position, the VESS will operate.
• When the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse), an additional warning
sound will be heard.
H45
High Voltage Battery Air Intake If An Accident Occurs

WARNING - Air Intake • Avoid the engine compartment.
• Blocking the air intake behind
• Avoid any orange or high voltage
the rear seats may damage
wires, cables, or components.
the HEV battery.
• Assume that a high voltage com-
• Do not allow any water into
ponent is exposed and move away
the air intake even when
from the vehicle as promptly as
cleaning. If any water enters
possible.
the air intake, the Hybrid bat-
tery may cause an electric • Refer to Chapter 6 for towing infor-
shock which can cause seri- mation.
ous injury or death due to
ODEQ016007
electrocution.
The hybrid battery air intake is locat-

ed on bottom the rear seats. The air
intake cools down the hybrid battery.
When the hybrid battery air intake is
blocked, the hybrid battery may be
overheated. Do not obstruct the air
intake with any other objects.
H46
(Continued) WARNING
WARNING
• If a small scale fire occurs, If a vehicle accident occurs:
• After parking the vehicle, shift
use a fire extinguisher (ABC,
the transmission into "P" 1.Stop the vehicle and shift the
BC) that is meant for electrical
position. Turn off the hybrid transmission into "P" position.
fires.
system by pushing the Engine
If it is impossible to extin- And then depress the parking
Start/Stop button.
guish the fire in the early brake.
• For your safety, do not touch
stage, remain a safe distance 2.Turn off the Hybrid system by
high voltage cables, connec-
from the vehicle and immedi- pushing the Engine Start/Stop
tors and package modules.
ately call your local fire emer- Button.
High Voltage components are
gency responders. Also, 3.Evacuate to the safety place.
orange in colour.
advise them that a hybrid
• Exposed cables or wires may vehicle is involved. 4.Call emergency services for
be visible inside or outside of help and let them know the
If the fire spreads to the high vehicle is a Hybrid vehicle.
the vehicle. Never touch the
voltage battery, large amount
wires or cables, because an Do not touch high voltage
of water is needed to put out
electrical shock may occur cables, connectors and pack-
the fire.
causing injury or death. age modules. High voltage com-
Using small amount of water ponents are orange in colour.
(Continued)
or fire extinguishers not
meant for electrical fires Exposed cables or wires may
could cause serious injury or be visible inside or outside of
death from electrical shocks. the vehicle. Never touch the
wires or cables, because an
• If you need towing, refer to electrical shock may occur
chapter 6. causing injury or death.
H47
Introduction
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1

Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Petrol engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
HEV/PHEV powertrain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

We want to help you get the greatest You will find various WARNINGs,
possible driving pleasure from your CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can manual. These WARNINGs were pre-
assist you in many ways. We strong- pared to enhance your personal safe-
ly recommend that you read the ty.You should carefully read and follow
entire manual. In order to minimise ALL procedures and recommenda-
the chance of death or injury, you tions provided in these WARNINGs,
must read the WARNING and CAU- CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.
TION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words in WARNING
this manual to best explain how to
A WARNING indicates a situation
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your
in which harm, serious bodily
manual, you learn about features,
injury or death could result if the
important safety information, and driv-
warning is ignored.
ing tips under various road conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents. CAUTION
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject, it has an A CAUTION indicates a situation
alphabetical listing of all information in which damage to your vehicle
in your manual. could result if the caution is
ignored.
Chapters: This manual has eight
chapters plus an index. Each chapter
begins with a brief list of contents so ✽ NOTICE
you can tell at a glance if that chap- A NOTICE indicates interesting or
ter has the information you want. helpful information is being provided.
1 2
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Petrol engine Leaded (if equipped)
CAUTION For some countries, your vehicle is
Unleaded
NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The designed to use leaded petrol. When
For Europe use of leaded fuel is detrimental you are going to use leaded petrol,
For the optimal vehicle performance, to the catalytic converter and Kia recommends to visit an autho-
we recommend you to use unleaded will damage the engine control rised Kia dealer/service partner and
petrol with an octane rating of RON system’s oxygen sensor and ask whether leaded petrol in your
(Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI affect emission control. vehicle is available or not.
(Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher. Never add any fuel system Octane Rating of leaded petrol is
You may use unleaded petrol with an cleaning agents to the fuel tank same with unleaded one.
octane rating of RON 91~94 / AKI other than what has been speci-
87~90 but it may result in slight per- fied. (Kia recommends to con-
formance reduction of the vehicle. sult an authorised Kia
(Do not use methanol blended fuels.) dealer/service partner for
details.)
Except Europe
Your new Kia vehicle is designed to
use only unleaded fuel having an WARNING
Octane Rating of RON (Research • Do not "top off" after the noz-
Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti- zle automatically shuts off
Knock Index) 87 or higher. (Do not when refuelling.
use methanol blended fuels.) • Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to pre-
Your new vehicle is designed to vent fuel spillage in the event
obtain maximum performance with of an accident.
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as min-
imise exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
1 3
Introduction
Petrol containing alcohol and Vehicle damage or drivability prob- Other fuels
methanol lems may not be covered by the Using fuels such as
Gasohol, a mixture of petrol and manufacturer’s warranty if they result
from the use of: - Silicone (Si) contained fuel,
ethanol (also known as grain alco-
1. Gasohol containing more than - MMT (Manganese, Mn) contained
hol), and petrol or gasohol containing
10% ethanol. fuel,
methanol (also known as wood alco-
hol) are being marketed along with or 2. Petrol or gasohol containing - Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel, and
instead of leaded or unleaded petrol. methanol. - Other metallic additives contained
Do not use gasohol containing more 3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. fuels, may cause vehicle and engine
than 10% ethanol, and do not use damage or cause plugging, misfir-
petrol or gasohol containing any ing, poor acceleration, engine
methanol. Either of these fuels may CAUTION stalling, catalyst melting, abnormal
cause drivability problems and dam- Never use gasohol which con- corrosion, life cycle reduction, etc.
age to the fuel system, engine control tains methanol. Discontinue use Also, the Malfunction Indicator
system and emission control system. of any gasohol product which Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
Discontinue using gasohol of any impairs drivability.
kind if drivability problems occur.
✽ NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or per-
formance problem caused by the use
of these fuels may not be covered by
your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
1 4
Introduction
Use of MTBE Do not use methanol Additives are available from a profes-
Kia recommends avoiding fuels con- Fuels containing methanol (wood sional workshop along with informa-
taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl alcohol) should not be used in your tion on how to use them. Kia recom-
Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce mends to visit an authorised Kia
Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. vehicle performance and damage dealer/service partner. Do not mix
components of the fuel system, other additives.
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0%
vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) engine control system and emission
may reduce vehicle performance and control system. Operation in foreign countries
produce vapour lock or hard starting. If you are going to drive your vehicle
Fuel Additives in another country, be sure to:
CAUTION Kia recommends that you use • Observe all regulations regarding
Your New Vehicle Limited unleaded petrol which has an octane registration and insurance.
Warranty may not cover damage rating of RON (Research Octane
Number) 95 / AKI (Anti Knock Index) • Determine that acceptable fuel is
to the fuel system and any per- available.
formance problems that are 91 or higher (for Europe) or Octane
caused by the use of fuels con- Rating of RON (Reasearch Octane
taining methanol or fuels con- Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index)
taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary 87 or higher (except Europe).
Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. For customers who do not use good
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.) quality petrols including fuel addi-
tives regularly, and have problems
starting or the engine does not run
smoothly, one bottle of additives
added to the fuel tank at every
15,000 km (10,000 miles) (for
Europe, Australia and New Zealand)/
10,000 km (6,500 miles) (except
Europe, Australia and New Zealand).
1 5
Introduction
VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS VEHICLE BREAK-IN

INSTRUCTIONS PROCESS
This vehicle should not be modified.
As with other vehicles of this type, Modification of your vehicle could By following a few simple precautions
failure to operate this vehicle correct- affect its performance, safety or for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you
ly may result in loss of control, an durability and may even violate gov- may increase the performance, econ-
accident or vehicle rollover. ernmental safety and emissions reg- omy and life of your vehicle.
Specific design characteristics (high- ulations. • Do not race the engine.
er ground clearance, track, etc.) give In addition, damage or performance • Whilst driving, keep your engine
this vehicle a higher centre of gravity problems resulting from any modifi- speed (rpm, or revolutions per
than other types of vehicles. In other cation may not be covered under minute) within 3,000 rpm.
words they are not designed for cor- warranty.
nering at the same speeds as con- • Do not maintain a single speed for
ventional 2-wheel drive vehicles. • If you use unauthorised electronic long periods of time, either fast or
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt manoeu- devices, it may cause the vehicle to slow. Varying engine speed is need-
vres. Again, failure to operate this operate abnormally, wire damage, ed to properly break-in the engine.
vehicle correctly may result in loss of battery discharge and fire. For your • Avoid hard stops, except in emer-
control, an accident or vehicle safety, do not use unauthorised gencies, to allow the brakes to seat
rollover. Be sure to read the electronic devices. properly.
“Reducing the risk of a rollover” • Don't tow a trailer during the first
driving guidelines, in chapter 5 of 2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.
this manual. • Fuel economy and engine perform-
ance may vary depending on vehi-
cle break-in process and be stabi-
lized after 6,000 km (4,000 miles).
New engines may consume more oil
during the vehicle break-in period.
1 6
Introduction
HEV/PHEV POWERTRAIN
By following a few simple precautions
for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you
may add to the performance, econo-
my and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-
gencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
1 7
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Front view
1. Bonnet ...................................................4-30
2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) ...4-123
Head lamp (Maintenance)...................7-100
3. Day time running light (D.R.L) .............4-124
4. Fog lamp ..................................4-132, 7-100
5. Wheel and tyre...............................7-58, 8-6
6. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-50
7. Sunroof..................................................4-40
8. Front windscreen wiper blades
(Features of your vehicle)....................4-135
Front windscreen wiper blades
(Maintenance) .......................................7-51
9. Windows ................................................4-25
10. Front ultrasonic sensors ....................4-117
11. Roof rack ...........................................4-181
12. Charging door (plug-in)........................H10
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

ODEP011001R
2 2
■ Rear view
1. Door locks .............................................4-16

2. Fuel filler door ..............................4-32, 4-35
3. Rear combination lamp
(Maintenance) .....................................7-100
4. High mounted stop lamp
(Maintenance) .....................................7-100
5. Tailgate ..................................................4-21
6. Antenna ...............................................4-183
7. Rear wiper and Rear view
camera .....................................4-135, 4-111
8. Rear ultrasonic sensors ...........4-113, 4-117

ODEP011002L
2 3
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Inside door handle.................................4-17
• Type A • Type B 2. Power window switch ............................4-25
3. Central door lock switch ........................4-18
4. Power window lock button .....................4-29
5. Outside rearview mirror control .............4-50
6. Outside rearview mirror folding .............4-52
7. Headlight levelling device ....................4-134
8. Instrument panel illumination control ....4-56
9. Blind-Spot Safety button........................5-82
10. 12V Battery Reset switch (Hybrid) ........6-5
11. Virtual engine sound system
button ...................................................H45
12. Lane Safety button ..............................5-73
13. ESC off button.....................................5-47
14. Fuel filler door open button ........4-32, 4-35
15. Auto Lock mode button (plug-in)............H5
16. Scheduled charging deactivation button
(plug-in)..................................................H6
17. Steering wheel ....................................4-46
18. Tilt and telescopic steering control
lever.....................................................4-47
19. Inner fuse panel ..................................7-70
20. Brake pedal .........................................5-30
21. Bonnet release lever ...........................4-30
22. Seat .......................................................3-2
ODEP011003R
2 4
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Driving Assist button .........................5-107
2. Driver’s front air bag ............................3-58
3. Horn.....................................................4-48
4. Instrument cluster................................4-54
5. Lighting / Turn signal / Headlamp control
lever (For Europe) (Left) ....................4-124
Wiper and washer control lever
(Except Europe) (Left) .......................4-135
6. Wiper and washer control lever
(For Europe) (Right) ..........................4-135
Lighting / Turn signal / Headlamp control
lever (Except Europe) (Right)............4-124
7. ENGINE START/STOP button.............5-10
8. Steering wheel audio controls
Refer to "Car Infotainment System Quick
Reference Guide".
9. Infotainment System
Refer to "Car Infotainment System Quick
Reference Guide".
10. Hazard warning flasher .......................6-2
11. Climate control system ....................4-151
12. Shift lever DCT ..................................5-16
13. Front seat warmer ...........................4-170
Front air ventilation seat ..................4-172
14. Heated steering wheel button ...........4-47
15. Changing plug-in hybrid mode button...H26
16. Parking/View button.........................4-112
17. Parking Safety button ......................4-117
18. Smart phone wireless charger ........4-175
19. Centre console storage box ............4-165
20. Power outlet.....................................4-172
21. USB charger....................................4-173
22. Glove box ........................................4-165
23. Passenger`s front air bag ..................3-58
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 24. AC 220V inverter .............................4-174
ODEPQ011134R
2 5
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ (Petrol) 1.6 GDi
1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-36

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-34
3. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-33
4. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-42
5. Inverter coolant reservoir ..................7-38
6. Fuse box ...........................................7-73
7. Engine clutch actuator reservoir
tank ...................................................7-43
8. Air cleaner.........................................7-47
9. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir....7-45
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODEP079115R
2 6
Safety features of your vehicle
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 • Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66

• Front seat adjustment - manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 • Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag . 3-69
• Front seat adjustment - power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 • SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
• Headrest (for front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 • Additional safety precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
• Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 • Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74
• Driver position memory system (for power seat). . . 3-13
• Rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
• Headrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
3
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Child restraint system (CRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
• Children always in the rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
• Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . 3-37
• Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS). . . . . . . . 3-39
• ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether anchorage
(ISOFIX anchorage system) for children . . . . . . . . 3-40
Air bag - supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . 3-49
• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
SEATS
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height
■ Manual seat
(4) Lumbar support
(5) Headrest
Rear seat
(6) Seatback folding
■ Power seat
(7) Headrest
(8) Armrest
* : if equipped
ODEP031001R
3 2
WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver WARNING

objects responsibility for passengers Do not use a sitting cushion
Loose objects in the driver’s Riding in a vehicle with the that reduces friction between
foot area could interfere with seatback reclined could lead to the seat and passenger. The
the operation of the foot pedals, serious or fatal injury in an acci- passenger’s hips may slide
possibly causing an accident. dent. If a seat is reclined during under the lap portion of the seat
Do not place anything under the an accident, the occupant’s belt during an accident or a
front seats. hips may slide under the lap sudden stop. Serious or fatal
portion of the seat belt applying internal injuries could result
great force to the unprotected because the seat belt cannot
WARNING - Uprighting abdomen. Serious or fatal inter- operate normally.
seat nal injuries could result. The
driver must advise the passen-
When you return the seatback ger to keep the seatback in an
to its upright position, hold the upright position whenever the
seatback and return it slowly vehicle is in motion.
and be sure there are no other
occupants around the seat. If
the seatback is returned with-
out being held and controlled,
the back of the seat could
spring forward resulting in acci-
dental injury to a person struck
by the seatback.
3 3
WARNING - Driver’s seat (Continued) WARNING - Rear

• Never attempt to adjust the • In order to avoid unnecessary seatbacks
seat whilst the vehicle is mov- and perhaps severe air bag • The rear seatback must be
ing. This could result in loss injuries, always sit as far back securely latched. If not, pas-
of control, and an accident as possible from the steering sengers and objects could be
causing death, serious injury, wheel whilst maintaining thrown forward resulting in
or property damage. comfortable control of the serious injury or death in the
vehicle. We recommend that event of a sudden stop or col-
• Do not allow anything to inter- your chest be at least 25 cm
fere with the normal position lision.
(10 inches) away from the
of the seatback. Storing items steering wheel. • Luggage and other cargo
against a seatback or in any should be laid flat in the cargo
other way interfering with area. If objects are large,
proper locking of a seatback heavy, or must be piled, they
could result in serious or fatal must be secured.
injury in a sudden stop or col- Under no circumstances
lision. should cargo be piled higher
• Always drive and ride with than the seatbacks. Failure to
your seatback upright and the follow these warnings could
lap portion of the seat belt result in serious injury or
snug and low across the hips. death in the event of a sudden
This is the best position to stop, collision or rollover.
protect you in case of an acci- (Continued)
dent.
(Continued)
3 4
(Continued) WARNING WARNING

• No passenger should ride in After adjusting the seat, always • Do not adjust the seat whilst
the cargo area or sit or lie on check that it is securely locked wearing seat belts. Moving
folded seatbacks whilst the into place by attempting to the seat cushion forward may
vehicle is moving. All passen- move the seat forward or back- cause strong pressure on the
gers must be properly seated ward without using the lock abdomen.
in seats and restrained prop- release lever. Sudden or unex-
erly whilst riding. • Use extreme caution so that
pected movement of the dri- hands or other objects are not
• When resetting the seatback ver's seat could cause you to caught in the seat mechanisms
to the upright position, make lose control of the vehicle whilst the seat is moving.
sure it is securely latched by resulting in an accident.
pushing it forward and back- • Do not put a cigarette lighter
wards. on the floor or seat. When you
operate the seat, gas may
• To avoid the possibility of gush out of the lighter and
burns, do not remove the car- cause fire.
pet in the cargo area.
• If there are occupants in the
Emission control devices rear seats, be careful whilst
beneath this floor generate adjusting the front seat posi-
high temperatures. tion.
• Use extreme caution when
picking small objects trapped
under the seats or between
the seat and the centre con-
sole. Your hands might be cut
or injured by the sharp edges
of the seat mechanism.
3 5
Feature of Seat Leather Front seat adjustment - manual

• Leather is made from the outer CAUTION
skin of an animal, which goes • Wrinkles or abrasions which
through a special process to be appear naturally from usage
available for use. Since it is a nat- are not covered by warranty.
ural substance, each part differs in • Belts with metallic acces-
thickness or density. sories, zippers or keys inside
Wrinkles may appear as a natural the back pocket may damage
result of stretching and shrinking the seat fabric.
depending on the temperature and • Make sure not to wet the seat.
humidity. It may change the nature of
• The seat cover is made of stretch- natural leather.
able material to improve comfort of • Jeans or clothes which could ODEP039062R
passengers. bleach may contaminate the
surface of the seat covering Forward and backward (1)
• The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting fabric. To move the seat forward or backward:
area is high which provides driving 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment
comfort and stability. lever up and hold it.
• Wrinkles may appear naturally 2. Slide the seat to the position you
from usage. It is not a fault of the desire.
product. 3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move forward and back-
ward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
3 6
Seatback angle (2) Seat belts must be snug against your

To recline the seatback: WARNING hips and chest to work properly.
NEVER ride with a reclined seat- When the seatback is reclined, the
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the shoulder belt cannot do its job
seatback recline lever. back when the vehicle is moving.
because it will not be snug against
2. Carefully lean back on the seat Riding with a reclined seatback
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
and adjust the seatback of the increases your chance of seri-
of you. During an accident, you could
seat to the position you desire. ous or fatal injuries in the event
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
of a collision or sudden stop.
3. Release the lever and make sure neck or other injuries.
the seatback is locked in place. (The Drivers and passengers should
The more the seatback is reclined,
lever MUST return to its original ALWAYS sit well back in their
the greater chance the passenger’s
position for the seatback to lock.) seats, properly belted, and with
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the seatbacks upright.
the passenger’s neck will strike the
Reclining seatback shoulder belt.
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dan-
gerous. Even when buckled up, the
protections of your restraint system
(seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
3 7
Seat height (3) Front seat adjustment - power

To change the height of the seat, push (if equipped) CAUTION
the lever upwards or downwards. • The power seat is driven by an
• To lower the seat cushion, push the electric motor. Stop operating
lever down several times. once the adjustment is com-
pleted. Excessive operation
• To raise the seat cushion, pull the may damage the electrical
lever up several times. equipment.
• When in operation, the power
seat consumes a large
amount of electrical power. To
prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, don’t adjust the
power seat longer than neces-
ODEP039061R sary whilst the engine is not
The front seat can be adjusted by running.
using the control switches located on • Do not operate two or more
the outside of the seat cushion. power seat control switches at
Before driving, adjust the seat to the the same time. Doing so may
proper position so you can easily con- result in power seat motor or
trol the steering wheel, pedals and electrical component malfunc-
switches on the instrument panel. tion.
WARNING
The power seat is operable with
the ignition OFF.
Therefore, children should never
be left unattended in the vehicle.
3 8
Forward and backward (1) Seat height (3) Headrest (for front seat)
Push the control switch forward or Pull the front portion of the control
backward to move the seat to the switch up to raise or press down to
desired position. Release the switch lower the front part of the seat cush-
once the seat reaches the desired ion. Pull the rear portion of the con-
position. trol switch up to raise or press down
to lower the rear part of the seat
cushion. Release the switch once the
Seatback angle (2) seat reaches the desired position.
Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seatback to
the desired angle. Release the Lumbar support (for driver’s seat,
switch once the seat reaches the if equipped) (4)
desired position. ODE036074R
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support The driver's and front passenger's
switch on the side of the seat. seats are equipped with a headrest
1. Press the front portion of the for the occupant's safety and comfort.
switch to increase support, or the The headrest not only provides com-
rear portion of the switch, to fort for the driver and front passen-
decrease support. ger, but also helps protect the head
2. Release the switch once it reach- and neck in the event of a collision.
es the desired position.
3 9
Adjusting the height up and down Forward and backward adjustment

WARNING
• For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the head-
rest should be adjusted so the
middle of the headrest is at the
same height of the centre of
gravity of an occupant's head.
Generally, the centre of gravity
of most people's head is simi-
lar with the height of the top of
their eyes. Also, adjust the
headrest as close to your head
ODEP039009 ODEP039102
as possible. For this reason,
the use of a cushion that holds To raise the headrest, pull it up to the The headrest may be adjusted for-
the body away from the seat- desired position (1). To lower the ward to 3 different positions by
back is not recommended. headrest, push and hold the release pulling the headrest forward to the
• Do not operate the vehicle with button (2) and lower the headrest to desired detent.
the headrests removed. Severe the desired position (3).
injury to the occupants may To adjust the headrest to it’s furthest
occur in the event of an acci- backwards position,
dent. Headrests may provide
protection against neck injuries
when properly adjusted. Pull the headrest fully forward to the
• Do not adjust the headrest farthest position and release it.
position of the driver’s seat
whilst the vehicle is in motion. Adjust the headrest so that it properly
supports the head and neck.
3 10
■ Type A To remove the headrest:

1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline dial or switch (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button
(3) whilst pulling the headrest up
(4).
WARNING
ODEP039011R
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
OYFH034205
■ Type B seat with the headrest removed
or reversed.
CAUTION
If you recline the seatback
towards the front with the head-
rest and seat cushion raised,
the headrest may come in con-
tact with the sun visor or other
parts of the vehicle.
ODEP039012R
Removal/Reinstall
3 11
■ Type A To reinstall the headrest: Seatback pocket

1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes whilst pressing the release
button or switch (1).
2. Recline the seatback(4) with the
recline dial or switch (3).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-
priate height.
WARNING
ODEP039013R
■ Type B Always make sure the headrest
locks into position after rein- ODE036015
stalling and adjusting it properly.
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front passenger’s and
driver’s seatbacks.
WARNING - Seatback
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
ODEP039014R In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure vehicle occupants.
3 12
Driver position memory system Storing positions into memory

(if equipped, for power seat) WARNING using the buttons on the door
Never attempt to operate the Storing driver’s seat positions
driver position memory system 1. Shift the shift lever into P whilst the
whilst the vehicle is moving. ENGINE START/STOP button is
This could result in loss of con- ON or ignition switch ON.
trol, and an accident causing 2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out-
death, serious injury, or property side rearview mirror comfortable
damage. for the driver.
3. Press SET button on the control
panel. The system will beep once.
4. Press one of the memory buttons
(1 or 2) within 4 seconds after
ODEP039023R
pressing the SET button. The sys-
A driver position memory system is tem will beep twice when memory
provided to store and recall the driv- has been successfully stored.
er seat and outside rearview mirror
position with a simple button opera-
tion. By saving the desired position
into the system memory, different
drivers can reposition the driver seat
based upon their driving preference.
If the battery is disconnected, the
position memory will be erased and
the driving position should be
restored in the system.
3 13
Recalling positions from memory Easy access function (if equipped) • With smart key system
1. Shift the shift lever into P whilst the The system will move the driver's - It will move the driver’s seat rear-
ENGINE START/STOP button is seat automatically as follows: ward when the ENGINE
ON or ignition switch ON. • Without smart key system START/STOP button is changed
2. To recall the position in the memory, - It will move the driver’s seat rear- to the OFF position and front dri-
press the desired memory button (1 ward when the ignition key is ver’s door is opened.
or 2). The system will beep once, removed and front driver’s door is - It will move the driver’s seat for-
then the driver’s seat will automati- opened. ward when the ENGINE
cally adjust to the stored position. - It will move the driver’s seat for- START/STOP button is changed
Adjusting the control switch for the ward when the ignition key is to the ACC or START position.
driver’s seat whilst the system is inserted. - It will move the driver's seat for-
recalling the stored position will ward when you get in your vehicle
cause the movement to stop and with the smart key after closing
move in the direction that the control the driver's door.
switch is moved. You can activate or deactivate this
feature. Refer to "User settings" in
WARNING chapter 4.
Use caution when recalling the
adjustment memory whilst sit-
ting in the vehicle. Push the
seat position control switch to
the desired position immediate-
ly if the seat moves too far in
any direction.
3 14
Rear seat
WARNING CAUTION
Folding the rear seat - Blocked Hybrid battery
The purpose of the fold-down
The rear seatbacks can be folded to rear seatbacks is to allow you to duct
facilitate carrying long items or to carry longer objects that could
increase the luggage capacity of the not be accommodated in the
vehicle. cargo area.
Never allow passengers to sit
on top of the folded down seat-
back whilst the vehicle is mov-
ing. This is not a proper seating
position and no seat belts are
available for use. This could
result in serious injury or death
in case of an accident or sud-
den stop. Objects carried on the ODEQ016007
folded down seatback should
not extend higher than the top Do not put objects on the left
of the front seatbacks. This side of rear seats. This could
could allow cargo to slide for- block the battery cooling duct
ward and cause injury or dam- causing battery degradation.
age during sudden stops.
3 15
ODE036029L
ODE036019 ODE036021
To fold down the rear seatback: 4. Pull on the seatback folding lever,
1. Set the front seatback to the then fold the seat toward the front
upright position and if necessary, of the vehicle. When you return the
slide the front seat forward. seatback to its upright position,
always be sure it has locked into
2. Lower the rear head restraints to position by pushing on the top of
the lowest position. the seatback.
ODE036020
3. When folding the seat back, insert
the rear seat belt buckle in the
pocket between the rear seatback
and cushion then make sure both
seatbelts do not interfere with
stowed luggage and cargo. Then,
insert the seat belt into the two
holes located on both sides.
3 16
WARNING WARNING
When returning the rear seat- Do not place objects in the rear
back from a folded to an upright seats, since they cannot be
position, hold the seatback and properly secured and may hit
return it slowly. Ensure that the vehicle occupants in a collision
seatback is completely locked causing serious injury or death.
into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seat-
back. In an accident or sudden WARNING
stop, the unlocked seatback
ODE036022L could allow cargo to move for- Make sure the engine is off, the
ward with great force and enter shift lever is in P (Park), and the
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the parking brake is securely
seatback backward by lifting up the passenger compartment,
which could result in serious applied whenever loading or
seat back. Pull the seatback firmly unloading cargo. Failure to take
until it clicks into place. Make sure injury or death.
these steps may allow the vehi-
the seatback is locked in place. cle to move if the shift lever is
6. Return the rear seat belt to the inadvertently moved to another
proper position. position.
3 17
Armrest Headrest
WARNING
• For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the head-
rest should be adjusted so the
middle of the headrest is at the
same height of the centre of
gravity of an occupant's head.
Generally, the centre of gravity
of most people's head is simi-
lar with the height of the top of
their eyes. Also adjust the
headrest as close to your head
ODE036018 ODE036075R as possible. For this reason,
To use the armrest, pull it forward The rear seat(s) is equipped with the use of a cushion that holds
from the seatback. headrests in all the seating positions the body away from the seat-
for the occupant's safety and comfort. back is not recommended.
The headrest not only provides com- • Do not operate the vehicle
fort for passengers, but also helps with the headrests removed.
protect the head and neck in the Severe injury to an occupant
event of a collision. may occur in the event of an
accident. Headrests may pro-
vide protection against severe
neck injuries when properly
adjusted.
3 18
Adjusting the height up and down Removal and installation

CAUTION
When there is no occupant in
the rear seats, adjust the height
of the headrest to the lowest
position. The rear seat headrest
can reduce the visibility of the
rear area.
ODE036016 ODE036017
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the To remove the headrest, raise it as

desired position (1). To lower the far as it can go then press the
headrest, push and hold the release release button (1) whilst pulling the
button (2) on the headrest support headrest up (2).
and lower the headrest to the desired To reinstall the headrest, put the head-
position (3). rest poles (3) into the holes whilst
pressing the release button (1). Then
adjust it to the appropriate height.
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in
position after adjusting it to
properly protect the occupants.
3 19
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system (Continued) WARNING - Australian
The shoulder belt should be design rules
WARNING positioned midway over your
Seat belts are designed to bear
• For maximum restraint sys- shoulder across your collar-
upon the bony structure of the
tem protection, the seat belts bone.
body, and should be worn low
must always be used whenev- • Never wear a seat belt over across the front of the pelvis or
er the vehicle is moving. fragile objects. If there is a the pelvis, chest and shoulders,
• Seat belts are most effective sudden stop or impact, the as applicable; wearing the lap
when seatbacks are in the seat belt can damage it. section of the belt across the
upright position. • Avoid wearing twisted seat abdominal area must be avoided.
• Children age 13 and under belts. A twisted belt can't do Seat belts should be adjusted as
must always be properly its job well. In a collision, it firmly as possible, consistent
restrained. If a child over 13 could even cut into you. Be with comfort, to provide the pro-
must be seated in the front sure the belt webbing is tection for which they have been
seat, he/she must be properly straight and not twisted. designed.
belted and the seat should be • Be careful not to damage the A slack belt will greatly reduce
moved as far back as possi- belt webbing or hardware. If the protection afforded to the
ble. the belt webbing or hardware wearer.
• Never wear the shoulder belt is damaged, replace it.
(Continued)
under your arm or behind
your back. An improperly
positioned shoulder belt can
cause serious injuries in a
crash.
(Continued)
3 20
(Continued) WARNING - Australian (Continued)

Care should be taken to avoid design rules • When fastening the seat belt,
contamination of the webbing make sure that the seat belt
• No modifications or additions
with polishes, oils and chemi- does not pass over objects that
should be made by the user
cals, and particularly battery are hard or can break easily.
which will either prevent the
acid. Cleaning may safely be • Make sure there is nothing in
seat belt adjusting devices
carried out using mild soap and the buckle. The seat belt may
from operating to remove
water. The belt should be not be fastened securely.
slack, or prevent the seat belt
replaced if webbing becomes
assembly from being adjusted
frayed, contaminated or dam-
to remove slack.
aged. It is essential to replace
the entire assembly after it has • When you fasten the seat belt,
been worn in a severe impact be careful not to latch the seat
even if damage to the assembly belt in buckles of other seat.
is not obvious. Belts should not It's very dangerous and you
be worn with straps twisted. may not be protected by the
Each belt assembly must only seat belt properly.
be used by one occupant; it is • Do not unfasten the seat belt
dangerous to put a belt around and do not fasten and unfas-
a child being carried on the ten the seat belt repeatedly
occupant's lap. whilst driving. This could
result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death,
serious injury, or property
damage.
(Continued)
3 21
ODE036084R ODEP039083R
Front seat belt warning

Driving Conditions Warning pattern
conditions Seat belt Vehicle speed Light Sound
Illuminates
Whilst Buckled No sound
(for 6 seconds)
parked
(Ignition 0km/h - Sounds
switch (for 6 seconds, driver`s seat)
Unbuckled Continuously Illuminates
ON) - No sound
(for passenger’s seat)
Less than 20km/h Continuously Illuminates No sound
Unbuckled
Whilst Including and more than 20km/h Blinks continuously Alarm sounds for 100 seconds
driven When the seatbelt is Less than 20km/h Continuously Illuminates No sound
unbuckled after use Including and more than 20km/h Blinks continuously Alarm sounds for 100 seconds
3 22
If the rear passenger's lap/shoulder

WARNING belt is/are connected and disconnect-
Riding in an improper position ed twice within 9 seconds after the
adversely affects the front seat belt is fastened, the corresponding
belt warning system. It is impor- seat belt warning light will not operate.
tant for the driver to instruct the
passenger to properly be seat-
ed as instructed in this manual.
✽ NOTICE
• You can find the front passenger’s ODE036076R
seat belt warning light on the cen- Rear passenger’s seat belt warning
tre fascia panel.
• Although the front passenger seat Driving Conditions Warning pattern
is not occupied, the seat belt warn- conditions Seat belt Vehicle speed Light Sound
ing light will blink or illuminate Illuminates
for 6 seconds. Whilst Buckled 0km/h No sound
parked (for 6 seconds)
• The front passenger's seat belt
warning may operate when lug- (ignition Illuminates
switch on) Unbuckled 0km/h No sound
gage is placed on the front passen- (for 6 seconds)
ger seat. Equal to or less
No illuminates No sound
than 9km/h
Unbuckled
Illuminates
Over 9km/h No sound
Whilst (for 35 seconds)
driven Illuminates
When the seat- Under 20km/h No sound
(for 35 seconds)
belt is unbuckled
after use Blinks continuously Sound
Over 20km/h
(for 35 seconds) (for 35 seconds)
3 23
Lap/Shoulder belt To raise the height adjuster, pull it up

(1). To lower it, push it down (3) whilst
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
WARNING OQL036104R
ODE036030 • Verify the shoulder belt To fasten your seat belt:

anchor is locked into position To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
Height adjustment (For Front seat) at the appropriate height. the retractor and insert the metal tab
You can adjust the height of the shoul- Never position the shoulder (1) into the buckle (2). There will be
der belt anchor to one of 4 positions belt across your neck or face. an audible "click" when the tab locks
for maximum comfort and safety. • Failure to replace seat belts into the buckle.
The height of the adjusting seat belt after an accident could leave The seat belt automatically adjusts to
should not be too close to your neck. you with damaged seat belts the proper length only after the lap
You will not be getting the most effec- that will not provide protec- belt portion is adjusted manually so
tive protection. The shoulder portion tion in the event of another that it fits snugly around your hips. If
should be adjusted so that it lies collision leading to personal you lean forward in a slow, easy
across your chest and midway over injury or death. Replace your motion, the belt will extend and let
your shoulder near the door and not seat belts after being in an you move around. If there is a sud-
your neck. accident as soon as possible. den stop or impact, however, the belt
To adjust the height of the seat belt will lock into position. It will also lock
anchor, lower or raise the height if you try to lean forward too quickly.
adjuster into an appropriate position.
3 24
✽ NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the
seat belt from the retractor, firmly
pull the belt out and release it. Then
you will be able to pull the belt out
smoothly.
OQL036105R OUM036100R
To release the seat belt:
WARNING The seat belt is released by pressing
You should place the lap belt the release button (A) in the locking
portion as low as possible and buckle. When it is released, the belt
snugly across your hips, not on should automatically draw back into
your waist. If the lap belt is locat- the retractor.
ed too high on your waist, it may If this does not happen, check the
increase the chance of injury in belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
the event of a collision. Both try again.
arms should not be under or
over the belt. Rather, one should
be over and the other under, as
shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under
the arm near the door.
3 25
Lap belt (if equipped) When using the rear centre seat belt,
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
must be used.
OHM039105N
ODE036080L
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten a 2-point static type belt,
insert the metal tab (1) into the lock-
ing buckle (2). There will be an audi-
ble "click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. Check to make sure the belt
is properly locked and that the belt is ODE036081L
not twisted.
With a 2-point static type seat belt, the
length must be adjusted manually so
it fits snugly around your body. Fasten
the belt and pull on the loose end to
tighten. The belt should be placed as
low as possible on your hips (1), not
on your waist. If the belt is too high, it
could increase the possibility of your
being injured in an accident.
3 26
Stowing the rear seat belt • The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed in the pocket between the
■ Outboard belt
rear seatback and cushion when
not in use.
• Insert the seat belt into the two
holes located on both sides. It will
help keep the belts from being
trapped behind or under the seats.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
ODE036082L ODE036028
To release the seat belt: ■ Centre belt
When you want to release the seat

belt, press the button (1) in the lock-
ing buckle.
WARNING
The centre lap belt latching
mechanism is different from
those for the rear seat shoulder
ODE036027L
belts. When fastening the rear
seat shoulder belts or the cen- • If the centre seat belt is not in use,
tre lap belt, make sure they are always lock the latch plate into the
inserted into the correct buck- buckle as above illustration.
les to obtain maximum protec-
tion from the seat belt system
and assure proper operation.
3 27
CAUTION
Do not force to lock the left or
right seat belt into the centre
seat belt buckle.
Make sure to lock the rear cen-
tre seat belt into the centre seat
belt buckle.
If not, the improperly fastened
seat belt will not be able to pro-
vide protection.
The seat belt should be locked into When using the rear centre seat belt,
the buckle on each seat cushion to the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
be properly fastened. must be used.
❈ A : Rear right seat belt fastening
buckle
B : Rear centre seat belt fastening
buckle
C : Rear left seat belt fastening
buckle
3 28
Pre-tensioner seat belt When the vehicle stops suddenly, or

(if equipped) if the occupant tries to lean forward WARNING
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will For your safety, be sure that the
lock into position. In certain frontal belt webbing is not loose or
collisions, the pre-tensioner will acti- twisted and always sit properly
vate and pull the seat belt into tighter on your seat.
contact against the occupant's body.
- Retractor Pre-tensioner
The purpose of the retractor pre-
tensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against
the occupant's upper body in cer-
tain frontal collisions.
ODE036087R
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's If the system senses excessive ten-
and front passenger's and rear side sion on the driver or passenger's
passenger’s (if equipped) pre-ten- seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-
sioner seat belts (retractor pre-ten- tem activates, the load limiter inside
sioner). The pre-tensioner seat belts the retractor pre-tensioner will
can be activated, where the frontal release some of the pressure on the
collision is severe enough, together affected seat belt. (if equipped)
with the air bags.
3 29
✽ NOTICE
WARNING • When the pre-tensioner seat belts
To obtain maximum benefit are activated, a loud noise may be
from a pre-tensioner seat belt: heard and fine dust, which may
1. The seatbelt must be worn appear to be smoke, may be visible
correctly and adjusted to the in the passenger compartment.
proper position. Please read These are normal operating condi-
and follow all of the important tions and are not hazardous.
information and precautions • Although it is harmless, the fine
about your vehicle’s occupant dust may cause skin irritation and
safety features – including should not be breathed for pro-
ODE036088R seat belts and air bags – that longed periods. Wash all exposed
The seat belt pre-tensioner system are provided in this manual. skin areas thoroughly after an
consists mainly of the following com- 2. Be sure you and your passen- accident in which the pre-tension-
ponents. Their locations are shown in gers always wear seat belts er seat belts were activated.
the illustration: properly. • Because the sensor that activates
(1) SRS air bag warning light
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
(2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly SRS air bag warning light on the
(3) SRS control module instrument panel will illuminate
for approximately 6 seconds after
the ignition switch has been
turned to the "ON" position, and
then it should turn off.
3 30
CAUTION WARNING (Continued)

If the pre-tensioner seat belt is • Pre-tensioners are designed • Improper handling of the pre-
not working properly, the SRS to operate only one time. After tensioner seat belt assem-
air bag warning light will illumi- activation, pre-tensioner seat blies, and failure to heed the
nate even if there is no malfunc- belts must be replaced. All warnings not to strike, modify,
tion of the SRS air bag. If the seat belts, of any type, should inspect, replace, service or
SRS air bag warning light does always be replaced after they repair the pre-tensioner seat
not illuminate when the ignition have been worn during a colli- belt assemblies may lead to
key is turned to ON, or if it sion. improper operation or inadver-
remains illuminated after illumi- tent activation and serious
• The pre-tensioner seat belt injury.
nating for approximately 6 sec- assembly mechanisms become
onds, or if it illuminates whilst hot during activation. Do not • Always wear the seat belts
the vehicle is being driven, have touch the pre-tensioner seat when driving or riding in a
the system inspected by a pro- belt assemblies for several min- motor vehicle.
fessional workshop. Kia recom- utes after they have been acti- • If the vehicle or pre-tensioner
mends to visit an authorised Kia vated. seat belt must be discarded,
dealer/service partner. contact a professional work-
• Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat shop. Kia recommends to visit
belts yourself. Have the sys- an authorised Kia dealer/serv-
tem inspected by a profes- ice partner.
sional workshop. Kia recom-
mends to visit an authorised
• Do not attempt to service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat
belt system in any manner.
(Continued)
3 31
Seat belt precautions Infant or small child

CAUTION You should be aware of the specific
Body work on the front area of requirements in your country. Child
the vehicle may damage the pre-
WARNING
and/or infant seats must be properly
tensioner seat belt system. All occupants of the vehicle placed and installed in the vehicle
Therefore, have the system must wear their seat belts at all seat. For more information about the
serviced by a professional times. Seat belts and child use of these restraints, refer to “Child
workshop. Kia recommends to restraints reduce the risk of restraint system” in this section.
visit an authorised Kia serious or fatal injuries for all
dealer/service partner. occupants in the event of a col-
lision or sudden stop. Without a WARNING
seat belt, occupants could be Every person in your vehicle
shifted too close to a deploying needs to be properly restrained
air bag, strike the interior struc- at all times, including infants
ture or be thrown from the vehi- and children. Never hold a child
cle. Properly worn seat belts in your arms or lap when riding
greatly reduce these hazards. in a vehicle. The violent forces
Always follow the precautions created during a crash will tear
about seat belts, air bags and the child from your arms and
occupant seating contained in throw the child against the inte-
this manual. rior. Always use a child restraint
appropriate for your child's
height and weight.
3 32
✽ NOTICE Larger children If the shoulder belt portion slightly

Small children are best protected Children who are too large for child touches the child’s neck or face, try
from injury in an accident when restraint systems should always placing the child closer to the centre of
properly restrained in the rear seat occupy the rear seat and use the the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
by a child restraint system that available lap/shoulder belts. The lap touches their face or neck they need to
meets the requirements of the Safety portion should be fastened and be returned to a child restraint system.
Standards of your country. Before snugged on the hips and as low as
buying any child restraint system, possible. Check if the belt fits period- WARNING - Shoulder
make sure that it has a label certify- ically. A child's squirming could put
belts on small children
ing that it meets Safety Standards of the belt out of position. Children are
your country. The restraint must be given the most safety in the event of • Never allow a shoulder belt to
appropriate for your child's height an accident when they are restrained be in contact with a child’s
and weight. Check the label on the by a proper restraint system in the neck or face whilst the vehicle
child restraint for this information. rear seat. If a larger child (over age is in motion.
Refer to “Child restraint system” in 13) must be seated in the front seat, • If seat belts are not properly
this section. the child should be securely worn and adjusted on chil-
restrained by the available lap/shoul- dren, there is a risk of death or
der belt and the seat should be serious injury.
placed in the rearmost position.
Children age 13 and under should be
restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a rear facing child seat
in the front seat of a vehicle, unless
the air bag is deactivated.
3 33
Pregnant women Injured person

The use of a seat belt is recom- A seat belt should be used when an WARNING
mended for pregnant women to injured person is being transported. Riding with a reclined seatback
lessen the chance of injury in an When this is necessary, you should increases your chance of seri-
accident. When a seat belt is used, consult a physician for recommenda- ous or fatal injuries in the event
the lap belt portion should be placed tions. of a collision or sudden stop.
as low and securely as possible on The protection of your restraint
the hips, not across the abdomen. system (seat belts and air bags)
For specific recommendations, con- One person per belt is greatly reduced by reclining
sult a physician. Two people (including children) should your seat. Seat belts must be
never attempt to use a single seat belt. secured against your hips and
This could increase the severity of chest to work properly. The
WARNING - Pregnant injuries in case of an accident. more the seatback is reclined,
women the greater the chance an occu-
Pregnant women must never pant's hips will slide under the
Do not lie down lap belt causing serious internal
place the lap portion of the
safety belt over the area of the To reduce the chance of injuries in injuries. Also, the shoulder belt
abdomen where the fetus is the event of an accident and to may strike the occupant's neck.
located or above the abdomen achieve maximum effectiveness of Drivers and passengers should
where the belt could crush the the restraint system, all passengers always sit well back in their
fetus during an impact. should be sitting up and the front and seats, properly belted, and with
rear seats should be in an upright the seatbacks upright.
position when the vehicle is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front and rear
seats are in a reclined position.
3 34
Care of seat belts Periodic inspection

Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected
disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of
tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should
that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible.
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse. Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
WARNING dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
When you return the rear seat- cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
back to its upright position after tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
the rear seatback has been fold- strong detergents or abrasives
ed down, be careful not to dam- should not be used because they
age the seat belt webbing or may damage and weaken the fabric.
buckle. Be sure that the web-
bing or buckle does not get When to replace seat belts
caught or pinched in the rear
seat. A seat belt with damaged Entire in-use seat belt assembly or
webbing or buckle could possi- assemblies should be replaced if the
bly fail during a collision or sud- vehicle has been involved in an acci-
den stop, resulting in serious dent. This should be done even if no
injury. If the webbing or buckles damage is visible. In this case, have
are damaged, get them replaced the system replaced by a profession-
immediately. al workshop. Kia recommends to
consult an authorised Kia
dealer/service partner.
3 35
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)

Our recommendation: Children under age 13 should always Child Restraint System (CRS)
Children always in the rear ride in the rear seats and must Infants and younger children must be
always be properly restrained to min- restrained in an appropriate rearward-
imise the risk of injury in an accident, facing or forward-facing CRS that has
WARNING sudden stop or sudden manoeuvre. first been properly secured to the seat
Always properly restrain chil- According to accident statistics, chil- of the vehicle. Read and comply with
dren in the vehicle. Children of dren are safer when properly the instructions for installation and
all ages are safer when riding in restrained in the rear seats than in use provided by the manufacturer of
the rear seats. Never place a the front seat. Children too large for a the Child Restraint System.
rearward-facing Child Restraint Child Restraint System must use the
System on the front passenger seat belts provided.
seat, unless the air bag is deac- WARNING
tivated. Most countries have regulations
which require children to travel in • Always follow the Child
approved Child Restraint Systems. Restraint System manufactur-
er’s instructions for installa-
The laws governing the age or tion and use.
height/weight restrictions at which
seat belts can be used instead of • Always properly restrain your
Child Restraint System differs child in the Child Restraint
among countries, so you should be System.
aware of the specific requirements in • Do not use an infant carrier or
your country, and where you are trav- a child safety seat that
elling. “hooks” over a seatback, it
Child Restraint Systems must be may not provide adequate
properly installed in the vehicle seat. protection in an accident.
Always use a commercially available • After an accident, have the
Child Restraint System that meets system checked by a profes-
the requirements of your country. sional workshop. Kia recom-
3 36
Selecting a Child Restraint Child Restraint System types

System (CRS) There are three main types of Child
When selecting a Child Restraint Restraint Systems: rearward-facing,
System for your child, always: forward-facing and booster Child
• Make sure the Child Restraint Restraint Systems.
System has a label certifying that it They are classified according to the
meets applicable Safety Standards child’s age, height and weight.
of your country.
A Child Restraint System may only
be installed if it was approved in
accordance with the requirements
ODE036031
of ECE-R44, ECE-R129 or rele-
vant regulation. Rearward-facing Child Restraint
• Select a Child Restraint System System
based on your child’s height and A rearward-facing Child Restraint
weight. The required label or the System provides restraint with the
instructions for use typically pro- seating surface against the back of
vide this information. the child. The harness system holds
• Select a Child Restraint System the child in place, and in an accident,
that fits the vehicle seating position acts to keep the child positioned in
where it will be used. the Child Restraint Systems and
For the suitability of Child Restraint reduce the stress to the fragile neck
Systems on the vehicle's seating and spinal cord.
positions, please refer to the instal-
lation tables on pages 3-46 to 3-
48.
• Read and comply with the warn-
ings and instructions for installation
and use provided with the Child
Restraint System.
3 37
All children under the age of one Booster seats

year must always ride in a rearward- A booster seat is a Child Restraint
facing Child Restraint System. There System designed to improve the fit of
are different types of rearward-facing the vehicle’s seat belt system. A
Child Restraint Systems: infant-only booster seat positions the seat belt
Child Restraint Systems can only be so that it fits properly over the
used rearward-facing. Convertible stronger parts of your child’s body.
and 3-in-1 Child Restraint Systems Keep your children in booster seats
typically have higher height and until they are big enough to fit in a
weight limits for the rearward-facing seat belt properly.
position, allowing you to keep your
For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap
child rearward-facing for a longer ODE026007 belt must lie comfortable across the
period of time.
Forward-facing Child Restraint System upper thighs, not the stomach. The
Keep using Child Restraint Systems shoulder belt should lie comfortable
in the rearward-facing position as A forward-facing Child Restraint
System provides restraint for the across the shoulder and chest and
long as children fit within the height not across the neck or face. Children
and weight limits allowed by the child’s body with a harness. Keep
children in a forward-facing Child under age 13 must always be prop-
Child Restraint System's manufac- erly restrained to minimise the risk of
turer. Restraint System with a harness
until they reach the top height or injury in an accident, sudden stop or
weight limit allowed by your Child sudden manoeuvre.
Restraint System’s manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the for-
ward-facing Child Restraint System,
your child is ready for a booster seat.
3 38
Installing a Child Restraint After selecting a proper Child • Secure the child in the Child
System (CRS) Restraint System for your child and Restraint System. Make sure the
checking that the Child Restraint child is properly strapped in the
System fits properly on the seating Child Restraint System according
WARNING position, there are three general to the Child Restraint System man-
Before installing your Child steps for a proper installation: ufacturer’s instructions.
Restraint System always: • Properly secure the Child
Read and follow the instructions Restraint System to the vehicle.
All Child Restraint Systems must
CAUTION
provided by the manufacturer of
the Child Restraint System. be secured to the vehicle with the A Child Restraint System in a
lap belt or lap part of a lap/shoul- closed vehicle can become very
Failure to follow all warnings hot. To prevent burns, check the
der belt or with the ISOFIX top-
and instructions could increase tether and/or ISOFIX anchorage seating surface and buckles
the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY and/or with the support leg. before placing your child in the
or DEATH if an accident occurs. Child Restraint System.
• Make sure the Child Restraint
System is firmly secured. After
installing a Child Restraint System
WARNING to the vehicle, push and pull the
If the vehicle headrest prevents seat forward and from side-to-side
proper installation of a Child to verify that it is securely attached
Restraint System, the headrest to the seat. A Child Restraint
of the respective seating posi- System secured with a seat belt
tion shall be readjusted or should be installed as firmly as
entirely removed. possible. However, some side-to-
side movement can be expected.
When installing a Child Restraint
System, adjust the vehicle seat
and seatback (up and down, for-
ward and rearward) so that your
child fits in the Child Restraint
System in a confortable manner.
3 39
ISOFIX anchorage and top- To use the ISOFIX system in your

tether anchorage (ISOFIX vehicle, you must have a Child
anchorage system) for children Restraint System with ISOFIX
attachments.
The ISOFIX system holds a Child
Restraint System during driving and The Child Restraint System manu-
in an accident. This system is facturer will provide you with instruc-
designed to make installation of the tions on how to use the Child
Child Restraint System easier and Restraint System with its attach-
reduce the possibility of improperly ments for the ISOFIX anchorages.
installing your Child Restraint System.
The ISOFIX system uses anchors in
the vehicle and attachments on the ODEEV038077R
Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX ISOFIX anchorages have been pro-
system eliminates the need to use vided in the left and right outboard
seat belts to secure the Child rear seating positions. Their loca-
Restraint System to the rear seats. tions are shown in the illustration.
ISOFIX anchorages are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two WARNING
lower anchors for each ISOFIX seat-
Do not attempt to install a Child
ing position that will accommodate a
Restraint System using ISOFIX
Child Restraint System with lower
anchorages in the rear centre
attachments.
seating position. There are no
ISOFIX anchorages provided for
this seat. Using the outboard
seat anchorages, for the CRS
installation on the rear centre
seating position, can damage
the anchorages.
3 40
■ Type A ❈ (1) : ISOFIX Anchor Position Indicator Securing a Child Restraint System
(Type A- ,Type B- ) with the “ISOFIX Anchorage
(2) : ISOFIX Anchor System”
To install an i-Size or ISOFIX-com-
patible Child Restraint System in
either of the rear outboard seating
positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away
from the ISOFIX anchorages.
2. Move any other objects away from
ODE036035
the anchorages that could prevent
■ Type B a secure connection between the
Child Restraint System and the
ISOFIX anchorages.
3. Place the Child Restraint System
on the vehicle seat, then attach
the seat to the ISOFIX anchorages
according to the instructions pro-
vided by the Child Restraint
System manufacturer.
4. Follow the instructions of the Child
Restraint System's manufacturer
ODE036079L for proper installation and connec-
ISOFIX anchorages are located tion of the ISOFIX attachments on
between the seatback and the seat the Child Restraint System to the
cushion of the rear seat left and right ISOFIX anchorages.
outboard seating positions, indicated
by the symbols.
3 41
Securing a Child Restraint

WARNING (Continued)
System seat with “Top-tether
Take the following precautions • Always have the ISOFIX sys- Anchorage” system (if equipped)
when using the ISOFIX system: tem inspected by your dealer
after an accident. An accident ■ Type A
• Read and follow all installation can damage the ISOFIX sys-
instructions provided with tem and may not properly
your Child Restraint System. secure the Child Restraint
• To prevent the child from System.
reaching and taking hold of
unretracted seat belts, buckle
all unused rear seat belts and
retract the seat belt webbing
behind the child. Children can
be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around ODE036032L
■ Type B
their neck and the seat belt
tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one
Child Restraint System to a
single anchorage. This could
cause the anchor or attach-
ment to come loose or break.
(Continued)
ODEEV031032R
Child restraint system top tether

anchorages are located on the back
of the rear seatbacks.
3 42
WARNING (Continued)
Take the following precautions • Child Restraint System
when installing the top-tether: anchorages are designed to
withstand only those loads
• Read and follow all installation imposed by correctly fitted
instructions provided with Child Restraint System.
your Child Restraint System.
Under no circumstances are
• NEVER attach more than one they to be used for adult seat
Child Restraint System to a belts or harnesses or for
single ISOFIX top-tether attaching other items or
anchorage. This could cause equipment to the vehicle.
ODE036033
the anchorage or attachment
1. Route the Child Restraint System to come loose or break.
top-tether strap over the seatback. • Do not attach the top-tether to
Placing the top tether strap, anything other than the cor-
WARNING - Australian
please follow the instructions of rect top-tether anchorage. It design rule
the Child Restraint System manu- may not work properly if Child restraint anchorages are
facturer. attached to something else. designed to withstand only
2. Connect the top-tether strap to the (Continued) those loads imposed by cor-
top-tether anchorage, then tighten rectly fitted child restraints.
the top-tether strap according to Under no circumstances are
the instructions of your Child they to be used for adult seat
Restraint System's manufacturer belts, harnesses, or for attach-
to firmly attach the Child Restraint ing other items or equipment to
System to the seat. the vehicle.
3 43
Securing a Child Restraint

System with a lap/shoulder belt
When not using the ISOFIX system,
all Child Restraint Systems must be
secured to a rear seat with the lap
part of a lap/shoulder belt.
E2MS103005 OEN036101
Installing a Child Restraint System 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
with a lap/shoulder belt into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
To install a Child Restraint System tinct “click” sound. Position the
on the rear seats, do the following: release button so that it is easy to
access in case of an emergency.
1. Place the Child Restraint System
on a rear seat and route the lap/
shoulder belt around or through
the Child Restraint System, follow-
ing the Child Restraint System
manufacturer’s instructions.
Make sure the seat belt webbing
is not twisted.
3 44
To remove the Child Restraint

System, press the release button on
the buckle and then pull the
lap/shoulder belt out of the Child
Restraint System and allow the seat
belt to retract fully.
OHI038183L
3. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the Child Restraint System
whilst feeding the shoulder belt
back into the retractor.
4. Push and pull on the Child
Restraint System to confirm that
the seat belt is holding it firmly in
place.
If your Child Restraint System manu-
facturer recommends the use of a
top-tether with the lap/shoulder belt,
see page 3-42.
3 45
Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems(CRS) according to UN regu-
lations.
(Information for use by vehicle users and CRS manufacturers)
• Yes : Suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
• No : Not suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
• “-” : Not applicable
Seating positions
CRS categories
1 2 3 4 5 6
Yes 1)
Yes Yes Yes
Universal belted CRS - -
(F, R) (F, R) (F, R) (F ,R)
ISOFIX CRF : Yes Yes
i-size CRS - - No No
F2, F2X, R1, R2 (F, R) (F, R)
Carry-cot ISOFIX CRF:
- - No No No No
(ISOFIX lateral facing CRS) L1, L2
ISOFIX infant* CRS ISOFIX CRF : Yes Yes F : Forward
- - No No
(* : ISOFIX baby CRS) R1 (R) (R) facing
ISOFIX CRF : Yes Yes R : Rearward
ISOFIX toddler CRS - small - - No No facing
F2,F2X, R2,R2X (F, R) (F, R)
ISOFIX toddler CRS – large* ISOFIX CRF : Yes Yes
- - No No
(* : not booster seats) F3, R3 (F, R) (F, R)
Booster Seat – reduced Width ISO CRF : B2 - - No Yes No Yes
Booster Seat – full Width ISO CRF : B3 - - No Yes No Yes
3 46
Note1) : For fitment of universal belted Child Restraint Systems on the seat number 3, Seat back angle should be at
its fully forward position.
❈ Never place a rearward facing Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated.
❈ For semi-universal or vehicle specific CRS (ISOFIX or belted CRS), please see the vehicle list provided in the manu-
al of CRS.
Seat number Position in the vehicle
1 Front right
2 Front centre
3 Front left
4 2nd row left
5 2nd row centre
6 2nd row right

OBD038066R
3 47
Recommended child restraint systems – For Europe
ECE-R44
Mass Group Name Manufacturer Type of Fixation
Approval No.
Group 0+ Cabriofix & Familyfix Maxi Cosi Rearward-facing with ISOFIX E4 04443907
Group I Duo Plus Britax Römer Forward-facing with ISOFIX and top-tether E1 04301133
Group II KidFix II XP Britax Römer Forward-facing with ISOFIX and vehicle belt E1 04301323
E11 03.44.164
Group III Junior III Graco Forward-facing with vehicle Belt
E11 03.44.165
❈ The Graco Junior III will be used without the backrest

CRS Manufacturer information
Maxi Cosi Cabriofix & Familyfix http://www.maxi-cosi.com
Britax Römmer http://www.britax.com
Graco http://www.gracobaby.com
3 48
AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag
(3) Side air bag*
(4) Curtain air bag*
(5) Driver’s knee air bag*
(6) Passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch*
* : if equipped
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODEP039036R
3 49
How does the air bag system • The airbag will deploy based on
WARNING operate angle and intensity of the collision.
• Even in vehicles with air bags, • Air bags are activated (able to It will not deploy in every crash or
you and your passengers inflate if necessary) only when the collision situations
must always wear the safety ignition switch is turned to the ON • The front air bags will completely
belts provided in order to min- or START position. inflate and deflate in an instant.
imise the risk and severity of It is virtually impossible for you to
• Air bags inflate instantly in the
injury in the event of a colli- see the air bags inflate during an
event of a serious frontal collision
sion or rollover. accident.
or side collision (if equipped with a
• SRS and pre-tensioners con- side air bag or curtain air bag) in It is much more likely that you will
tain explosive chemicals. order to help protect the occupants simply see the deflated air bags
If scraping a vehicle without from serious physical injury. hanging out of their storage com-
removing SRS and preten- • In normal conditions, the airbag is partments after the collision.
sioners from a vehicle, it may designed to deploy based on cer-
cause fire. Before scraping a tain angle and intensity of the colli-
vehicle, contact a pre-tension- sion. These two factors are crucial
ers workshop. Kia recom- elements for deciding whether to
mends to visit an authorised transmit airbag deployment signal
Kia dealer/service partner. or start the electrical operation or
• Keep the SRS parts and not.
wirings away from water or any
liquid. If the SRS components
are inoperative due to expo-
sure to water or liquids, it may
cause fire or severe injury.
3 50
• In order to help provide protection Noise and smoke

in a severe collision, the air bags WARNING When the air bags inflate, they make
must inflate rapidly. The speed of • To avoid severe personal a loud noise and they leave smoke
the air bag inflation is a conse- injury or death caused by and powder in the air inside of the
quence of extremely short time in deploying air bags in a colli- vehicle. This is normal and is a result
which a collision occurs and the sion, the driver should sit as of the ignition of the air bag inflator.
need to inflate the air bag between far back from the steering After the air bag inflates, you may
the occupant and the vehicle struc- wheel air bag as possible (at feel substantial discomfort in breath-
tures before the occupant impacts least 250 mm (10 inches) ing due to the contact of your chest
those structures. away). The front passengers with both the seat belt and the air
This speed of inflation reduces the should always move their bag, as well as from breathing the
risk of serious or life-threatening seats as far back as possible smoke and powder. Open your
injuries in a severe collision and is and sit back in their seat. doors and/or windows as soon as
thus a necessary part of the air • Air bags inflate instantly in the possible after the impact in order
bag design. event of a collision, and pas- to reduce discomfort and prevent
However, air bag inflation can also sengers may be injured by the prolonged exposure to smoke and
cause injuries which can include air bag expansion force if they powder.
facial abrasions, bruises and bro- are not in a proper position. Though the smoke and powder are
ken bones because the inflation • Air bag inflation may cause non-toxic, they may cause irritation
speed also causes the air bags to injuries including facial or to the skin (eyes, nose and throat,
expand with a great deal of force. bodily abrasions, injuries etc). If this is the case, wash and
• There are even circumstances from broken glasses or burns. rinse with cold water immediately
under which contact with the and consult a doctor if the symptom
steering wheel air bag can cause persists.
fatal injuries, especially if the
occupant is positioned exces-
sively close to the steering
wheel.
3 51
Front passenger's air bag warning

WARNING label for child restraint system WARNING
When the air bags deploy, the air ■ Type A
Never place a rear facing child
bag related parts in the steering restraint in the front passenger
wheel, instrument panel, front seat, unless the passenger-side
seats and/or in both sides of the air bag is deactivated. An inflat-
roof rails above the front and ing passenger-side air bag
rear doors are very hot. To pre- could impact the rear-facing
vent injury, do not touch the air child restraint and kill the child.
bag storage area’s internal com-
ponents immediately after an air
bag has inflated. In addition, we recommend that you
OYDESA2042
do not place front-facing child
■ Type B restraints in the front passenger’s
seat either. If the front passenger air
bag inflates, it could cause serious or
fatal injuries to the child.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch, you can activate or deactivate
the front passenger’s air bag when
necessary.
For more details, please refer to
OHM036053L "Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch" in this chapter. (if equipped)
3 52
Air bag warning light • The light comes on whilst the vehi-
WARNING cle is in motion.
• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a • The light blinks when the ignition
rearward facing child restraint switch is in ON position.
on a seat protected by an air
bag in front of it!
• NEVER use a rearward facing
child restraint on a seat pro-
tected by an ACTIVE AIR BAG
in front of it. DEATH or SERI-
OUS INJURY to the CHILD can
occur.
• When children are seated in W7-147
the rear outboard seats of a
vehicle equipped with side The purpose of the air bag warning
and/or curtain air bags, be light in your instrument panel is to
sure to install the child alert you of a potential problem with
restraint system as far away your air bag - Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS).
from the door side as possible,
When the ignition switch is turned ON,
and securely lock the child
the warning light should illuminate for
restraint system in position.
approximately 6 seconds, then go off.
Inflation of side and/or curtain Have the system checked if:
air bags could cause serious • The light does not turn on briefly
injury or death to an infant or when you turn the ignition ON.
child.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
3 53
Passenger’s front air bag Passenger’s front air bag

ON indicator (if equipped) OFF indicator (if equipped) CAUTION
If the passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch malfunctions,
the passenger’s front air bag
OFF indicator will not illuminate
(The passenger's front air bag
ON indicator comes on and goes
off after approximately 60 sec-
onds) and the passenger’s front
air bag will inflate in a frontal
impact even if the passenger’s
front air bag ON/OFF switch is
set to the OFF position.
ODE036085R ODE036086R In this case, have the passen-
The passenger's front air The passenger’s front air ger's front air bag ON/OFF
bag ON indicator illumi- bag OFF indicator illumi- switch and the SRS air bag sys-
nates for approximately 4 nates for about 4 seconds tem inspected by a professional
seconds after the ignition after the ignition switch is workshop.
switch is turned to the ON position. turned to the ON position. Kia recommends to visit an
The passenger's front air bag ON indi- The passenger’s front air bag OFF authorised Kia dealer/service
cator also comes on when the pas- indicator also comes on when the partner.
senger's front air bag ON/OFF switch passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
is set to the ON position and goes off switch is set to the OFF position and
after approximately 60 seconds. goes off when the passenger’s front
air bag ON/OFF switch is set to the
ON position.
3 54
SRS components and functions 12. Passenger’s front air bag

ON/OFF indicator WARNING
(front passenger's seat only)* If any of the following condi-
13. Passenger’s front air bag tions occurs, this indicates a
ON/OFF switch* malfunction of the SRS. In this
14. Retractor pre-tensioner case, have the system inspect-
assemblies* ed by a professional workshop.
Kia recommends to visit an
* : if equipped authorised Kia dealer/service
partner.
The SRSCM continually monitors all • The light does not turn on
SRS components whilst the ignition briefly when you turn the igni-
ODEEV031078R switch is ON to determine if a crash tion ON.
impact is severe enough to require • The light stays on after illumi-
The SRS consists of the following air bag deployment or pre-tensioner nating for approximately 6
components: seat belt deployment. seconds.
1. Driver's front air bag module The SRS air bag warning light on the • The light comes on whilst the
2. Passenger's front air bag module instrument panel will illuminate for vehicle is in motion.
3. Side air bag modules* about 6 seconds after the ignition • The light blinks when the igni-
switch is turned to the ON position, tion switch is in ON position.
4. Curtain air bag modules* after which the SRS air bag warning
5. Driver's knee air bag* light should go out.
6. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
7. Air bag warning light
8. SRS control module (SRSCM)
9. Front impact sensors
10. Side impact sensors*
11. Side pressure sensors*
3 55
Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)
OQL036106R OQL036107R OQL036108R

The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams mold- A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
ed both in the centre of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will tion with a properly worn seat belt,
wheel and in the front passenger's separate under pressure from the slows the driver's or the passenger's
panel above the glove box. When the expansion of the air bags. Further forward motion, reducing the risk of
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe opening of the covers then allows full head and chest injury.
impact to the front of the vehicle, it inflation of the air bags.
will automatically deploy the front air
bags. After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating,
enabling the driver to maintain for-
ward visibility and the ability to steer
or operate other controls.
3 56
Passenger’s front air bag

(Continued) WARNING
• When installing a container of • If an air bag deploys, there
liquid air freshener inside the may be a loud noise followed
vehicle, do not place it near by a fine dust released in the
the instrument cluster nor on vehicle. These conditions are
the instrument panel surface. normal and are not hazardous
It may become a dangerous - the air bags are packed in
projectile and cause injury if this fine powder. The dust
the passenger's air bag generated during air bag
inflates. deployment may cause skin
OQL036109R or eye irritation as well as
aggravate asthma for some
persons. Always wash all
WARNING exposed skin areas thorough-
• Do not install or place any ly with cold water and mild
accessories (drink holder, soap after an accident in
sticker, etc.) on the front pas- which the air bags were
senger's panel above the deployed.
glove box in a vehicle with a (Continued)
passenger's air bag. Such
objects may become danger-
ous projectiles and cause
injury if the passenger's air
bag inflates.
(Continued)
3 57
(Continued) Driver's and passenger's front air bag

• The SRS can function only ■ Driver’s front air bag ■ Passenger’s front air bag
when the ignition key is in the
ON position. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illumi-
nate, or continuously remains
on after illuminating for about 6
seconds when the ignition key
is turned to the ON position, or
after the engine is started,
comes on whilst driving, the
SRS is not working properly. In ODEEV031037R ODE036038R
■ Driver’s knee air bag (if equipped)
this case, have the system Your vehicle is equipped with a
inspected by a professional Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag)
workshop. Kia recommends to System and lap/shoulder belts at
visit an authorised Kia deal- both the driver and passenger seat-
er/service partner. ing positions.
• Before you replace a fuse or The indicators of the system's pres-
disconnect a battery terminal, ence are the letters "AIR BAG" locat-
turn the ignition switch to the ed on the air bag pad cover on the
LOCK position and remove steering wheel and the passenger's
the ignition key. Never remove ODE036063R
side front panel pad above the glove
or replace the air bag related box.
fuse(s) when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
Failure to heed this warning
will cause the SRS air bag
warning light to illuminate.
3 58
The SRS consists of air bags

WARNING (Continued)
installed under the pad covers in the
centre of the steering wheel and the Always use seat belts and child • ABC – We recommend to
passenger's side in the front panel restraints – every trip, every always Buckle Children in the
above the glove box. time, everyone! Air bags inflate 2nd row seat. It is the safest
with considerable force and in place for children of any age
the blink of an eye. Seat belts to ride.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front help keep occupants in proper • Front and side air bags can
passenger with additional protection position to obtain maximum injure occupants improperly
than that offered by the seat belt sys- benefit from the air bag. Even positioned in the front seats.
tem alone in case of a frontal impact with air bags, improperly and • Move your seat as far back as
of sufficient severity. unbelted occupants can be practical from the front air
severely injured when the air bags, whilst still maintaining
bag inflates. Always follow the control of the vehicle.
precautions about seat belts, air • You and your passengers
bags and occupant safety con- should never sit or lean
tained in this manual. unnecessarily close to the air
To reduce the chance of serious bags. Improperly positioned
or fatal injuries and receive the drivers and passengers can
maximum safety benefit from be severely injured by inflat-
your restraint system: ing air bags.
(Continued) • Never lean against the door or
centre console – always sit in
an upright position.
(Continued)
3 59
(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

• Do not allow a passenger to • If the SRS air bag warning • Front air bags are not intend-
ride in the front seat when the light remains illuminated ed to deploy in side-impact,
passenger’s front air bag OFF whilst the vehicle is being rear-impact or rollover crash-
indicator is illuminated, driven, have the system es. However, when frontal
because the air bag will not inspected by a professional deployment threshold is sat-
deploy in the event of a mod- workshop. Kia recommends isfied at side-impact, front air
erate or severe frontal crash. to visit an authorised Kia deal- bags may deploy.
• No objects should be placed er/service partner. In addition, front air bags will
over or near the air bag mod- • Air bags can only be used not deploy in frontal crashes
ules on the steering wheel, once - have the system below the deployment thresh-
instrument panel or the front replaced by a professional old.
passenger's panel above the workshop. • A child restraint system
glove box, because any such Kia recommends to visit an should never be placed in the
object could cause harm if the authorised Kia dealer/service front seat. The infant or child
vehicle is in a crash severe partner. could be severely injured or
enough to cause the air bags killed by an air bag deploy-
to deploy. • The SRS is designed to
deploy the front air bags when ment in case of an accident.
• Do not tamper with or discon- an impact is sufficiently • Children age 13 and under
nect SRS wiring or other com- severe. Additionally, the air must always be properly
ponents of the SRS system. bags will only deploy once. restrained in the rear seat. If a
Doing so could result in injury, Seat belts must be worn at all child over 13 must be seated
due to accidental deployment times. in the front seat, he or she
of the air bags or by rendering must be properly belted and
the SRS inoperative. (Continued)
the seat should be moved as
(Continued) far back as possible.
(Continued)
3 60
Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

(Continued) (Continued)
switch (if equipped)
• For maximum safety protec- • The SRS air bag system must
tion in all types of crashes, all deploy very rapidly to provide
occupants including the driver protection in a crash. If an
should always wear their seat occupant is out of position
belts whether or not an air bag because of not wearing a seat
is also provided at their seatbelt, the air bag may forcefully
ing position to minimise the contact the occupant causing
risk of severe injury or death serious or fatal injuries.
in the event of a crash.
Do not sit or lean unnecessar-
ily close to the air bag whilst
the vehicle is in motion.
• Sitting improperly or out of ODE036089R
position can result in serious The passenger’s front air bag can be
or fatal injury in a crash. deactivated by the passenger’s front
All occupants should sit air bag ON/OFF switch if a child
upright with the seat back in restraint is installed on the front pas-
an upright position, centred senger's seat or if the front passen-
on the seat cushion with their ger's seat is unoccupied by a person.
seat belt on, legs comfortably To ensure the safety of your child,
extended and their feet on the the passenger’s front air bag must be
floor until the vehicle is deactivated when it should be neces-
parked and the ignition key is sary to install a rearward facing child
removed. seat on the front passenger seat in
(Continued) exceptional circumstances.
3 61
The passenger’s front air bag OFF ✽ NOTICE

indicator will illuminate and stay on • When the passenger’s front air
until the passenger’s front air bag is bag ON/OFF switch is set to the
reactivated. ON position, the passenger’s front
To reactivate the passenger’s front air bag is activated and child or
air bag, insert the master key into the infant seat should not be installed
passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF on the front passenger seat.
switch and turn it to the ON position. • When the passenger’s front air
The passenger’s front air bag OFF bag ON/OFF switch is set to the
indicator will go out. OFF position, the passenger’s
ODE036085R
front air bag is deactivated.
WARNING
The front air bag ON/OFF switch
could turn by using a similar
small rigid device. Always check
the status of the front air bag
ON/OFF switch and passenger's
front air bag OFF indicator.
ODE036086R
To deactivate or reactivate the passen-
ger’s front air bag:
To deactivate the passenger’s front
air bag, insert the master key into the
passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch and turn it to the OFF position.
3 62
CAUTION (Continued)
WARNING
• If the passenger’s front air bag • If the SRS air bag warning
• The driver is responsible for
ON/OFF switch is not working light blinks or does not illumi-
the proper position of the pas-
properly, the air bag warning nate when the ignition switch
senger’s front air bag ON/OFF
light ( )on the instrument is turned to the ON position,
switch.
panel will illuminate. or if it illuminates whilst the
• Deactivate the passenger's
vehicle is being driven, have
And, the passenger's front air front air bag only when the
the system inspected by a
bag OFF indicator ( ) will not ignition switch is switched off,
professional workshop. Kia
illuminate (The passenger's or the malfunction may occur
recommends to visit an autho-
front air bag ON indicator in the SRS Control Module.
rised Kia dealer/service part-
comes on and goes off after And there may be a danger
ner.
approximately 60 seconds), that the driver's and/or front
the SRS Control Module reac- passenger’s and/or side and
tivates the passenger’s front curtain air bag may fail to trig-
air bag and the passenger’s ger, or not trigger correctly
front air bag will inflate in during a collision.
frontal impact crashes even if • Never install a rearward fac-
the passenger’s front air bag ing child seat on the front pas-
ON/OFF switch is set to the senger's seat unless the pas-
OFF position. senger's front air bag has
In this case, have the system been deactivated. The infant
inspected by a professional or child could be severely
workshop. Kia recommends to injured or killed by an air bag
visit an authorised Kia deal- deployment in case of an acci-
er/service partner. dent.
(Continued)
(Continued)
3 63
(Continued) Side air bag (if equipped)

WARNING - No attaching
• Children who are too large for objects
child restraint systems
No objects (such as crash pad
should always occupy the
cover, mobile phone holder, cup
rear seat and use the available
holder, perfume or stickers)
lap/shoulder belts. Children
should be placed over or near
are afforded the most safety
the air bag modules on the
in the event of an accident
steering wheel, instrument
when they are restrained by a
panel, windscreen glass, and
proper restraint system in the
the front passenger's panel
rear seat.
above the glove box. Such ODEP039040
• As soon as the child seat is objects could cause harm if the
no longer needed on the front vehicle is in a crash severe
passenger's seat, reactivate enough to cause the air bags to
the front passenger's air bag. deploy. Do not place any objects
over the air bag or between the
air bag and yourself.
ODE036041
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
3 64
Your vehicle is equipped with a side

air bag in each front seat. WARNING WARNING
The purpose of the air bag is to pro- Do not allow the passengers to • The side air bag is supple-
vide the vehicle's driver and/or the lean their heads or bodies onto mental to the driver's and the
front passenger with additional pro- doors, put their arms on the passenger's seat belt systems
tection than that offered by the seat doors, stretch their arms out of and is not a substitute for
belt alone. the window, or place objects them. Therefore your seat
The side air bags are designed to between the doors and passen- belts must be worn at all times
deploy during certain side-impact gers when they are seated on whilst the vehicle is in motion.
collisions, depending on the crash seats equipped with side and/or The air bags deploy only in
severity of impact. However, when curtain air bags. certain side impact conditions
side deployment threshold is satis- severe enough to cause sig-
fied at front-impact, side air bags nificant injury to the vehicle
may deploy. The side air bags are not occupants.
designed to deploy in all side impact • For best protection from the
situations. side air bag system and to
The side air bags may deploy on the avoid being injured by the
side of the impact. deploying side air bag, both
front seat occupants should
sit in an upright position with
the seat belt properly fas-
tened. The driver's hands
should be placed on the steer-
ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00
positions.
(Continued)
3 65
(Continued) Curtain air bag (if equipped)

The passenger's arms and objects
hands should be placed on
• Do not place any objects over
their laps.
the air bag or between the air
• Do not use any accessory bag and yourself. Also, do not
seat covers. attach any objects around the
• Use of seat covers could area the air bag inflates such
reduce or prevent the effec- as the door, side door glass,
tiveness of the system. front and rear pillar.
• To prevent unexpected • Do not place any objects
deployment of the side air bag between the door and the ODE036042
that may result in personal seat. They may become dan-
injury, avoid impact to the gerous projectiles if the side
side impact sensor when the air bag inflates.
ignition switch is on. • Do not install any accessories
• If the seat or seat cover is on the side or near the side air
damaged, have the system bags.
serviced by a professional
workshop.
authorised Kia dealer/service ODE036043
partner. ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
Curtain air bags are located along

both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
3 66
They are designed to help protect the

WARNING (Continued)
heads of the front seat occupants
and the rear outboard seat occupants • In order for side and curtain • Do not allow the passengers
in certain side impact collisions. air bags to provide the best to lean their heads or bodies
protection, front seat occu- against doors, put their arms
The curtain air bags are designed to
pants and outboard rear occu- on the doors, stretch their
deploy during certain side impact
pants should sit in an upright arms out of the window or
collisions, depending on the crash
position with the seat belts place objects between the
severity of impact. However, when
properly fastened. doors and passengers when
side deployment threshold is satis-
Importantly, children should they are seated on seats
fied at front-impact, curtain air bags
sit in a proper child restraint equipped with side and cur-
may deploy.
system in the rear seat. tain air bags.
The curtain air bags may deploy on
• When children are seated in • Never try to open or repair any
the side of the impact.
the rear outboard seats, they components of the side cur-
The curtain air bags are not designed tain air bag system. If neces-
to deploy in all side impacts situations. must be seated in the proper
child restraint system. Make sary, have the system serv-
sure to position the child iced by a professional work-
restraint system as far away shop. Kia recommends to
from the door side as possi- visit an authorised Kia deal-
ble, and secure the child er/service partner.
restraint system in a locked Failure to follow the above
position. instructions can result in injury
(Continued) or death to the vehicle occu-
pants in an accident.
3 67
objects
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
any objects around the area
the air bag inflates such as the
door, side door glass, front
and rear pillar, roof side rail.
• Do not hang hard or breakable
objects on the clothes hanger.
3 68
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors

collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, sec-
ond or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.
ODEP031044R/ODE036045R/ODEP031046R/ODE036047R/ODE036048
(1) SRS control module (3) Side pressure sensor (if equipped)
(2) Front impact sensor (4) Side impact sensor (if equipped)
❈ The actual air bag collision sensors in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
3 69
Air bag inflation conditions

WARNING (Continued)
Front air bags
• Do not hit or allow any objects • Problems may arise if the sen-
sor installation angles are Front air bags are designed to inflate
to impact the locations where in a frontal collision depending on the
air bag or sensors are installed. changed due to the deforma-
tion of the front bumper, body severity of impact of the front collision.
This may cause unexpected or front door and B/C pillars
air bag deployment, which where side collision sensors Side and curtain air bags (if equipped)
could result in serious per- are installed. In this case,
sonal injury or death. Side and curtain air bags are
have the system serviced by a designed to inflate when an impact is
• If the installation location or professional workshop. Kia detected by side collision sensors
angle of the sensors is altered recommends to visit an depending on the severity of impact
in any way, the air bags may authorised Kia dealer/service resulting from a side impact collision.
deploy when they should not partner.
or they may not deploy when Although the front air bags (driver’s
• Your vehicle has been and front passenger’s air bags) are
they should, causing severe designed to absorb impact
injury or death. designed to inflate only in frontal colli-
and deploy the air bag(s) in sions, they also may inflate in other
Therefore, do not try to per- certain collisions. Installing types of collisions if the front impact
form maintenance on or bumper guards or replacing a sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side
around the air bag sensors. bumper with non-genuine air bags (side and/or curtain air bags)
Have the system serviced by a parts may adversely affect are designed to inflate only in side
professional workshop. Kia your vehicles collision and air impact collisions, but they may inflate
recommends to visit an bag deployment performance. in other collisions if the side impact
authorised Kia dealer/service sensors detect a sufficient impact.
partner.
(Continued)
3 70
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by Air bag non-inflation conditions • In an angled collision, the force of
bumps or objects on unimproved • In certain low-speed collisions the impact may direct the occupants in
roads or sidewalks, air bags may air bags may not deploy. The air a direction where the air bags would
deploy. Drive carefully on unim- bags are designed not to deploy in not be able to provide any addition-
proved roads or on surfaces not such cases because they may not al benefit, and thus the sensors may
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent provide benefits beyond the pro- not deploy any air bags.
unintended air bag deployment. tection of the seat belts in such col- • Just before impact, drivers often
lisions. brake heavily. Such heavy braking
• Air bags are not designed to inflate lowers the front portion of the vehi-
in rear collisions, because occu- cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-
pants are moved backward by the cle with a higher ground clearance.
force of the impact. In this case, Air bags may not inflate in this
inflated air bags would not be able "under-ride" situation because
to provide any additional benefit. deceleration forces that are detect-
ed by sensors may be significantly
• Front air bags may not inflate in reduced by such “under-ride” colli-
side impact collisions, because sions.
occupants move to the direction of
the collision, and thus in side • Front air bags may not inflate in
impacts, front air bag deployment rollover accidents because front air
would not provide additional occu- bag deployment would not provide
pant protection. additional occupant protection.
• However, if equipped with side and • Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-
curtain air bags, the air bags may cle collides with objects such as util-
inflate depending on the severity of ity poles or trees, where the point of
impact. impact is concentrated to one area
and the full force of the impact is not
delivered to the sensors.
3 71
SRS Care (Continued) (Continued)

The SRS is virtually maintenance-free Solvents or cleaners could Doing so could result in
and so there are no parts you can adversely affect the air bag injury, due to accidental infla-
safely service by yourself. If the SRS covers and proper deploy- tion of the air bags or by ren-
air bag warning light does not illumi- ment of the system. dering the SRS inoperative.
nate, or continuously remains on,
have the system inspected by a pro- • No objects should be placed • If components of the air bag
fessional workshop. over or near the air bag mod- system must be discarded, or
ules on the steering wheel, if the vehicle must be
Kia recommends to visit an authorised instrument panel, and the scrapped, certain safety pre-
Kia dealer/service partner. front passenger's panel above cautions must be observed.
the glove box, because any An authorised Kia dealer
such object could cause harm knows these precautions and
WARNING if the vehicle is in a crash can give you the necessary
• Modification to SRS compo- severe enough to cause the information. Failure to follow
nents or wiring, including the air bags to inflate. these precautions and proce-
addition of any kind of badges • If the air bags inflate, have the dures could increase the risk
to the pad covers or modifica- system replaced by a profes- of personal injury.
tions to the body structure, sional workshop. • If your car was flooded and
can adversely affect SRS per- Kia recommends to visit an has soaked carpeting or water
formance and lead to possible authorised Kia dealer/service on flooring, you shouldn't try
injury. partner. to start the engine; in this
• For cleaning the air bag pad case, have your vehicle
• Do not tamper with or discon- inspected by a professional
covers, use only a soft, dry nect SRS wiring, or other
cloth or one which has been workshop. Kia recommends
components of the SRS sys- to contact an authorised Kia
moistened with plain water. tem.
(Continued) dealer/service partner.
(Continued)
3 72
Additional safety precautions • Passengers should not place • Do not place items under the
• Never let passengers ride in the hard or sharp objects between front seats. Placing items under
cargo area or on top of a folded- themselves and the air bags. the front seats could interfere with
down back seat. All occupants Carrying hard or sharp objects on the operation of the supplemental
should sit upright, fully back in their your lap or in your mouth can result restraint system sensing compo-
seats with their seat belts on and in injuries if an air bag inflates. nents and wiring harnesses.
their feet on the floor. • Keep occupants away from the • Never hold an infant or child on
• Passengers should not move air bag covers. All occupants your lap. The infant or child could
out of or change seats whilst the should sit upright, fully back in their be seriously injured or killed in the
vehicle is moving. A passenger seats with their seat belts on and event of a crash. All infants and chil-
who is not wearing a seat belt dur- their feet on the floor. If occupants dren should be properly restrained
ing a crash or emergency stop can are too close to the air bag covers, in appropriate child safety seats or
be thrown against the inside of the they could be injured if the air bags seat belts in the rear seat.
vehicle, against other occupants, inflate.
or out of the vehicle. • Do not attach or place objects WARNING
• Each seat belt is designed to on or near the air bag covers.
Any object attached to or placed • Sitting improperly or out of
restrain one occupant. If more position can cause occupants
than one person uses the same on the front or side air bag covers
could interfere with the proper to be shifted too close to a
seat belt, they could be seriously deploying air bag, strike the
injured or killed in a collision. operation of the air bags.
interior structure or be thrown
• Do not use any accessories on • Do not modify the front seats. from the vehicle resulting in
seat belts. Devices claiming to Modification of the front seats serious injury or death.
improve occupant comfort or repo- could interfere with the operation of
the supplemental restraint system • Always sit upright with the
sition the seat belt can reduce the seatback in an upright posi-
protection provided by the seat belt sensing components or side air
bags. tion, centred on the seat cush-
and increase the chance of serious ion with your seat belt on,
injury in a crash. legs comfortably extended
and your feet on the floor.
3 73
Adding equipment to or modifying Air bag warning label

your air bag-equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by chang-
ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-
tem, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the opera-
tion of your vehicle's air bag system.
ODE036069R
Air bag warning labels are attached

to alert the passengers of the poten-
tial risk of the air bag system.
Note that these government warnings
focus on the risk of children. We also
want you to be aware of the risks
which adults are exposed to that have
been described in previous pages.
3 74
Features of your vehicle
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 • Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
• Immobiliser system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 • Opening the bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Remote keyless entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 • Closing the bonnet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
• Remote keyless entry system operations. . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Fuel filler door (hybrid). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Smart key system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 • Opening the fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 • Closing the fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Fuel filler door (Plug-in hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 4
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 • Opening the fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 • Closing the fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 • Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 • Tilt open/close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-16 • Slide open/close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-17 • Automatic reversal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
• Deadlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 • Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
• Door lock/unlock features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 • Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
• Child-protector rear door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
• Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 • Electric power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 • Tilt & telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
• Opening the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 • Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
• Closing the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 • Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
• Emergency tailgate safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50 • Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning not
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54 operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
• Instrument Cluster Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56 • Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• Dual clutch transmission shift indicator . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 • Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• Dual clutch transmission shift indicator in sports • Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
mode (for Europe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 • Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66 • Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
4 • LCD Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66 • High beam operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
• LCD Display Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 • High Beam Assist (HBA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
• Trip modes (Trip computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79 • Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
• Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84 • Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 • Rear fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 • Headlight levelling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134
• Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105 Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
Rear View Monitor (RVM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111 • Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
• Rear View Whilst Driving(If equipped) . . . . . . . . . 4-112 • Windscreen washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW). . . . 4-113 • Rear window wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . . . 4-139
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation . . . . 4-113 Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning not operation. 4-114 • Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning precautions . . 4-115 • Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140
• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116 • Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance • Tailgate room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
Warning (PDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117 • Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117 • Welcome light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
• Escort welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143 Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168
• Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143 • Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144 • Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168
• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144 • Sun visor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169
Climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145 • Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145 • Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172
• Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146 • Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172
• Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147 • USB charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173
• Air Conditioning refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148 • AC inverter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
• Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . . 4-175
4
• Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant
and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149 • Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178
• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151 • Floor mat anchor(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-179
• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-152 • Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-179
• Automatic ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160 • Cargo security screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-180
• Sunroof inside air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160 Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-181
Windscreen defrosting and defogging . . . . . . . . 4-161 • Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-181
• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161 Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-183
• Operation tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162 • Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-183
• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162 • USB port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-183
• Auto defogging system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163 • How vehicle radio works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184
Storage compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165
• Centre console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-166
• Luggage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167
KEYS
Record your key number Key operations Smart key
The key code number Folding key ■ Smart key
is stamped on the key ■ Folding key
code tag attached to
the key set. Should
you lose your keys,
Kia recommends to contact an autho-
Remove the key code tag and store it
in a safe place. Also, record the key
code number and keep it in a safe
and handy place, but not in the vehi-
cle. OBD048029L
ODEP041243L To remove the mechanical key, press
To unfold the key, press the release and hold the release button (1) and
button then the key will unfold auto- remove the mechanical key (2).
matically. To reinstall the mechanical key, put
To fold the key, fold the key manually the key into the hole and push it until
whilst pressing the release button. a click sound is heard.
CAUTION
Do not fold the key without
pressing the release button.
This may damage the key.
4 4
Immobiliser system
WARNING - Ignition key WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with an
(Smart key) Kia recommends to use parts electronic engine immobiliser system
Leaving children unattended in for replacement from an autho- to reduce the risk of unauthorised
a vehicle with the ignition key rised Kia dealer/service partner. vehicle use.
(smart key) is dangerous even if If an aftermarket key is used,
Your immobiliser system is com-
the key is not in the ignition the ignition switch may not
prised of a small transponder in the
switch or start button is ACC or return to ON after START. If this
ignition key and electronic devices
ON position. happens, the starter will contin-
inside the vehicle.
Children copy adults and they ue to operate causing damage
to the starter motor and possi- With the immobiliser system, when-
could place the key in the igni- ever you insert your ignition key into
tion switch or press the start ble fire due to excessive current
in the wiring. the ignition switch and turn it to ON
button. The ignition key (smart or Whenever the engine start/stop
key) would enable children to button is changed to the ON position,
operate power windows or it checks and determines and verifies
other controls, or even make if the ignition key is valid or not.
the vehicle move, which could
result in serious bodily injury or If the key is determined to be valid,
even death. Never leave the the engine will start.
keys in your vehicle with unsu- If the key is determined to be invalid,
pervised children, when the the engine will not start.
engine is running.
4 5
To activate the immobiliser

system: WARNING CAUTION
Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- In order to prevent theft of your Do not put metal accessories
tion or change the ENGINE vehicle, do not leave spare keys near the ignition switch. Metal
START/STOP button to the OFF anywhere in your vehicle. Your accessories may interrupt the
position. The immobiliser system immobiliser password is a cus- transponder signal and may
activates automatically. Without a tomer unique password and prevent the engine from being
valid ignition key for your vehicle, the should be kept confidential. Do started.
engine will not start. not leave this number anywhere
in your vehicle. ✽ NOTICE
To deactivate the immobiliser If you need additional keys or lose
system: your keys, Kia recommends to visit
Insert the ignition key into the key
✽ NOTICE an authorised Kia dealer/service
cylinder and turn it to the ON position When starting the engine, do not use partner.
or change the ENGINE the key with other immobiliser keys
START/STOP button to the ON posi- around. Otherwise the engine may
tion. not start or may stop soon after it
starts. Keep each key separately in
order to avoid a starting malfunc-
tion.
4 6
CAUTION
The transponder in your ignition
key is an important part of the
immobiliser system. It is
designed to give years of trou-
ble-free service, however you
should avoid exposure to mois-
ture, static electricity and rough
handling. Immobiliser system
malfunction could occur.
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust
the immobiliser system
because it could cause the
immobiliser system to malfunc-
tion. In this case, have the sys-
tem serviced by a professional
workshop. Kia recommends to
visit an authorised Kia
Malfunctions caused by improp-
er alterations, adjustments or
modifications to the immobilis-
er system are not covered by
your vehicle manufacturer war-
ranty.
4 7
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY

Remote keyless entry system Lock (1) Tailgate unlock (3)
operations All doors (and tailgate) are locked if The tailgate is unlocked if the button
the lock button is pressed. is pressed for more than 1 second.
■ Folding key
If all doors (and tailgate) are closed, The hazard warning lights will blink
the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is
once to indicate that all doors (and unlocked.
tailgate) are locked. However, after pressing this button,
the tailgate will lock automatically
Unlock (2) unless you open the tailgate within
30 seconds.
All doors (and tailgate) are unlocked
if the unlock button is pressed. Also, once the tailgate is opened and
then closed, the tailgate will lock
ODEP041244L The hazard warning lights will blink automatically.
■ Smart Key twice to indicate that all doors (and
tailgate) are unlocked.
However, after pressing this button, ❈ The word “HOLD” is written on the
the doors (and tailgate) will lock button to inform you that you must
automatically unless you open any press and hold the button for 1
door within 30 seconds. second.
ODEP041245L
4 8
Smart key system operation Locking Even though you press the button,
(if equipped) the doors will not lock and the chime
sounds if any of the following occurs:
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ACC or ON position.
• Any door except the tailgate is
opened.
ODE046001R
ODEP041544L Pressing the button of the front out-
With a smart key, you can lock or side door handles with all doors (and
unlock a door (and tailgate) and even tailgate) closed and any door
start the engine without inserting the unlocked, locks all the doors (and
key. tailgate). The hazard warning lights
will blink once to indicate that all
The functions of the buttons on a
doors (and tailgate) are locked. The
smart key are similar to the remote
button will only operate when the
keyless entry. (Refer to the “Remote
smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1m (28 ~
keyless entry” in this chapter.)
39.3 in) from the outside door han-
Carrying the smart key, you may lock dle. If you want to make sure that a
and unlock the vehicle doors (and door has locked or not, you should
tailgate). Also, you may start the check the door lock button inside the
engine. Refer to the following, for vehicle or pull the outside door han-
more details. dle.
4 9
Unlocking Tailgate unlocking Transmitter precautions

Pressing the button of the front out- If you are within 0.7 ~ 1m (28 ~ 39.3 The transmitter will not work if any of
side door handles with all doors (and in) from the outside tailgate handle, the following occurs:
tailgate) closed and locked, unlocks with your smart key in possession, • The ignition key is in the ignition
all the doors (and tailgate). The haz- the tailgate will unlock. switch. (for folding key)
ard warning lights will blink twice to The hazard warning lights will blink
indicate that all doors (and tailgate) • Another vehicle’s smart key is being
twice to indicate that the tailgate is operated close to your vehicle.
are unlocked. The button will only unlocked.
operate when the smart key is within • You exceed the operating distance
0.7 ~ 1m (28 ~ 39.3 in) from the out- Also, once the tailgate is opened and limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).
side door handle. then closed, the tailgate will lock
automatically. • The battery in the transmitter is
When the smart key is recognized in weak.
the area of 0.7 ~ 1m (28 ~ 39.3 in) • Other vehicles or objects may be
from the front outside door handle, Start-up blocking the signal.
other people can also open a door You can start the engine without
without possession of the smart key. • The weather is extremely cold.
inserting the key. For detailed infor-
mation refer to “Starting the engine • The transmitter is close to a radio
with a smart key” in chapter 5. transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
• If the transmitter is in close proximi-
ty to your cell phone or smart phone,
the signal from the transmitter could
be blocked by normal operation of
your cell phone or smart phone. This
is especially important when the
phone is active such as making call,
receiving calls, text messaging,
and/or sending/ receiving emails.
4 10
Avoid placing the transmitter and Battery replacement

your cell phone or smart phone in CAUTION
the same pants or jacket pocket Keep the transmitter away from
and maintain adequate distance water or any liquid. If the key-
between the two devices. less entry system is inoperative
due to exposure to water or
When the transmitter does not work other liquids, it will not be cov-
correctly, open and close the door ered by your manufacturer’s
with the mechanical key. If you have vehicle warranty.
a problem with the transmitter, Kia
recommends to contact an autho-
rised Kia dealer/service partner. CAUTION
Changes or modifications not OBD048032L
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance The transmitter or smart key uses a
could void the user’s authority 3 volt lithium battery which will nor-
to operate the equipment. If the mally last for several years. When
keyless entry system is inopera- replacement is necessary, use the
tive due to changes or modifica- following procedure.
tions not expressly approved by
the party responsible for com- 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
pliance, it will not be covered by gently pry open the transmitter or
your manufacturer’s vehicle smart key cover.
warranty.
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
position.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
4 11
For transmitter or smart key replace-

ment, Kia recommends to visit an CAUTION
authorised Kia dealer/service part- An inappropriately disposed
ner. battery can be harmful to the
environment and human health.
CAUTION Dispose the battery according
to your local law(s) or regula-
• The keyless entry system tion.
transmitter is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use,
however it can malfunction if
exposed to moisture or static
electricity. If you are unsure
how to use or replace the bat-
tery, Kia recommends to con-
tact an authorised Kia
• Using the wrong battery can
cause the transmitter or smart
key to malfunction. Be sure to
use the correct battery.
• To avoid damaging the trans-
mitter or smart key, don't drop
it, get it wet, or expose it to
heat or sunlight.
4 12
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armed stage Using the smart key
Park the vehicle and stop the engine. 1. Turn off the engine.
Armed Arm the system as described below. 2. Make sure that all doors, the
stage engine bonnet and tailgate are
closed and latched.
Using the folding key
3.• Lock the doors by pressing the
1. Turn off the engine and remove the
button of the front outside door
ignition key from the ignition
Disarmed Theft-alarm handle with the smart key in your
stage stage switch.
possession.
2. Make sure that all doors, the
After completion of the steps
engine bonnet and tailgate are
above, the hazard warning lights
closed and latched.
will operate once to indicate that
This system is designed to provide 3. Lock the doors by pressing the the system is armed.
protection from unauthorised entry lock button on the transmitter.
into the vehicle. This system is oper- If the tailgate or engine bonnet
After completion of the steps remains opened, the hazard
ated in three stages: the first is the
above, the hazard warning lights warning lights will not operate
“Armed” stage, the second is the
will blink once to indicate that the and theft-alarm will not arm. After
“Theft-alarm” stage, and the third is
system is armed. this, if the tailgate and engine
the “Disarmed” stage. If triggered,
the system provides an audible If the tailgate or engine bonnet bonnet are closed, the hazard
alarm with blinking of the hazard remains opened, the hazard warn- warning lights will blink once and
warning lights. ing lights will not operate and the theft-alarm will arm.
theft-alarm will not arm. After this,
if the tailgate and engine bonnet
are closed, the hazard warning
lights will blink once and the theft-
alarm will arm.
4 13
• Lock the doors by pressing the Do not arm the system until all Theft-alarm stage
lock button on the smart key. passengers have left the vehicle. If The alarm will be activated if any of
After completion of the steps the system is armed whilst a pas- the following occurs whilst the sys-
above, the hazard warning lights senger(s) remains in the vehicle, tem is armed.
will operate once to indicate that the alarm may be activated when
the remaining passenger(s) • A front or rear door is opened with-
the system is armed. out using the transmitter.
leaves the vehicle. If any door (or
If the tailgate or engine bonnet tailgate) or engine bonnet is • The tailgate is opened without
remains opened, the hazard opened within 30 seconds after using the transmitter.
warning lights will not operate the system enters the armed
and theft-alarm will not arm. After • The engine bonnet is opened.
stage, the system will be disarmed
this, if the tailgate and engine to prevent unnecessary alarm. The horn will sound and the hazard
bonnet are closed, the hazard warning lights will blink continuously
warning lights will blink once and for approximately 27 seconds. To
the theft-alarm will arm. turn off the system, unlock the doors
with the transmitter.
4 14
Disarmed stage ✽ NOTICE

CAUTION
The system will be disarmed when: • Without smart key system
If the system is not disarmed with Do not change, alter or adjust the
the transmitter, insert the key into theft-alarm system because it
Folding key the ignition switch and start the could cause the theft-alarm sys-
- The door unlock button is pressed. engine. Then the system will be tem to malfunction have the sys-
disarmed. tem serviced by a professional
- The engine is started. (within 3
• With smart key system workshop. Kia recommends to
seconds)
If the system is not disarmed with visit an authorised Kia
- The ignition switch is in the “ON” dealer/service partner.
position for 30 seconds or more. the smart key, open the door with
the mechanical key and start the Malfunctions caused by improp-
engine. Then the system will be er alterations, adjustments or
Smart key disarmed. modifications to the theft-alarm
- The door unlock button is pressed. • If you lose your keys, Kia recom- system are not covered by your
mends to visit an authorised Kia vehicle manufacturer warranty.
- The button of the front outside door dealer/service partner.
is pressed whilst carrying the
smart key.
- The engine is started. (within 3
seconds)
After the doors are unlocked, the

hazard warning lights will blink twice
to indicate that the system is dis-
armed.
After pressing the unlock button, if
any door (or tailgate) is not opened
within 30 seconds, the system will be
rearmed.
4 15
DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from ✽ NOTICE
outside the vehicle • In cold and wet climates, door lock WARNING
and door mechanisms may not If people must spend a longer
work properly due to freezing con- time in the vehicle whilst it is
ditions. very hot or cold outside, there
• If the door is locked/unlocked is rick of injuries or danger to
multiple times in rapid succession life. Do not lock the vehicle from
with either the vehicle key or door the outside when there are peo-
lock switch, the system may stop ple in it.
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components. CAUTION
Do not frequently repeat opening
ODEP049002R WARNING and closing of doors, or apply
• If you don’t close the door excessive force to a door whilst
• Turn the key toward the rear of the the door closer is operating.
vehicle to lock and toward the front securely, the door may open
of the vehicle to unlock. again.
• Doors can also be locked and • Be careful that someone’s
unlocked with the transmitter. body and hands are not
trapped when closing the
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
door.
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
• When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure the doors
are closed securely.
4 16
Operating door locks from • If the inner door handle of the driver’s
inside the vehicle (or front passenger’s) door is pulled WARNING
when the door lock button is in the Do not pull the inner door han-
With the door lock button lock position, the button will unlock dle of driver’s(or passenger’s)
and the door will open. door whilst the vehicle is mov-
• Front door cannot be locked if the ing.
ignition key is in the ignition switch
(or if the smart key is in the vehicle)
and the front door is opened.
WARNING - Door lock

malfunction
If a power door lock ever fails to
function whilst you are in the
ODE046004R vehicle, try one or more of the
• To unlock a door, pull the door lock following techniques to exit:
button (1) to the “Unlock” position. • Operate the door unlock feature
The red mark on the door lock but- repeatedly (both electronic and
ton will be visible. manual) whilst simultaneously
• To lock a door, push the door lock pulling on the door handle.
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If • Operate the other door locks
the door is locked properly, the red and handles, front and rear.
mark on the door lock button will • Lower a front window and use
not be visible. the key to unlock the door
• To open a door, pull the door han- from outside.
dle (2) outward. • Move to the cargo area and
open the tailgate.
4 17
With central door lock switch

WARNING - Doors WARNING - Unlocked
• The doors should always be vehicles
fully closed and locked whilst Leaving your vehicle unlocked
the vehicle is in motion to pre- can invite theft or possible harm
vent accidental opening of the to you or others from someone
door. Locked doors will also hiding in your vehicle whilst you
discourage potential intruders are gone. Always remove the
when the vehicle stops or ignition key, engage the parking
slows down. brake, close all windows and
• Be careful when opening lock all doors when leaving your
doors and watch for vehicles, vehicle unattended.
ODEP049005R
motorcycles, bicycles or
pedestrians approaching the
Operate by pressing the central door vehicle in the path of the door. WARNING - Unattended
lock switch. Opening a door when some- children
• When pressing the ( ) portion (1) thing is approaching can An enclosed vehicle can become
of the switch, all vehicle doors will cause damage or injury. extremely hot, causing death or
lock. severe injury to unattended chil-
• When pressing the ( ) portion (2) dren or animals who cannot
of the switch, all vehicle doors will escape the vehicle. Furthermore,
unlock. children might operate features
• If the key is in the ignition switch (or of the vehicle that could injure
if the smart key is in the vehicle) them, or they could encounter
and any door is opened, the doors other harm, possibly from some-
will not lock even though the ( ) one gaining entry to the vehicle.
portion (1) of the central door lock Never leave children or animals
switch is pressed. unattended in your vehicle.
4 18
Deadlocks (if equipped) Door lock/unlock features

Some vehicles are equipped with a
WARNING Impact sensing door unlock sys-
deadlock system. Deadlocks prevent Do not lock the doors with the tem (if equipped)
opening of a door from either inside transmitter or the smart key
with anybody left in the vehicle. All doors will automatically unlock
or outside the vehicle once the dead- when an impact causes the air bags
locks have been activated providing The passenger in the vehicle
cannot unlock the doors with to deploy.
an additional measure of vehicle
security. the door lock button. For exam-
ple, if the door is locked with Speed sensing door lock system
To lock the vehicle using the dead-
the transmitter, the passenger (if equipped)
lock function, the doors must be
in the vehicle cannot unlock the
locked by using the transmitter or All doors will automatically lock after
door without the transmitter.
smart key. To unlock the vehicle, the the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h.
transmitter or smart key must be
used again.
You can activate or deactivate the
auto door lock/unlock features in the
vehicle. Refer to “User setting” in this
chapter.
4 19
Child-protector rear door locks To lock the child safety lock, insert a Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)
key (or screwdriver) into the hole and system
turn it to the lock position.
To allow a rear door to be opened
from inside the vehicle, unlock the
child safety lock.
WARNING - Rear door

locks
If children accidentally open the
rear doors whilst the vehicle is
in motion, they could fall out
ODEP049006L
and be severely injured or
The child safety lock is provided to killed. To prevent children from ODEP040100N
help prevent children from acciden- opening the rear doors from the The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) is
tally opening the rear doors from inside, the rear door safety provided to help prevent exiting the
inside the vehicle. The rear door locks should be used whenever vehicle with a rear passenger left in
safety locks should be used whenev- children are in the vehicle. the vehicle.
er children are in the vehicle.
When you open the front door after
The child safety lock is located on opening and closing the rear door
the edge of each rear door. When the and turning off the engine, the
child safety lock is in the lock position "Check rear seats" warning message
(1), the rear door will not open if the appears on the cluster.
inner door handle (2) is pulled.
4 20
You can activate or deactivate the

ROA from the User Settings mode in CAUTION WARNING
the cluster LCD display. The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) The tailgate swings upward.
The option can be found under the system uses a rear door opened Make sure no objects or people
following menu: and closed history. are near the rear of the vehicle
1. Press the MODE button ( ) sev- The history is reset after the when opening the tailgate.
eral times on the steering driver turns off ignition normal-
wheel until 'User Settings' menu ly, exits the vehicle and locks
appears on the LCD. the door remotely using the CAUTION
2. Select 'Convenience  Rear remote keyless entry. So even if
a rear door does not reopen, the Make certain that you close the
Occupant Alert‘ with the MOVE tailgate before driving your
switch ( / ) and the OK button ROA system alert can occur.
vehicle. Possible damage may
on the steering wheel. For example, after the ROA sys- occur to the tailgate gas lifters
tem alert occurs, if the driver and attaching hardware if the
does not lock the door, and tailgate is not closed prior to
WARNING drives again, the alert can occur. driving.
The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)
system does not actually detect
objects or people in the rear WARNING
seat. By using a rear door The door lock system may not
opened and closed history, the work if the electrical system is
system informs the driver that compromised. Accordingly,
there may be something in the please train children passen-
rear seat. gers regarding how to open the
car door manually before an
emergency situation arises.That
way, they would be able to open
the door manually in the event
an emergency situation arises.
4 21
TAILGATE
Opening the tailgate • If unlocked, the tailgate can be
WARNING - Exhaust opened by pressing the handle and
fumes pulling it up.
If you drive with the tailgate • Once the tailgate is opened and
opened, you will draw danger- then closed, the tailgate locks
ous exhaust fumes into your automatically. (All doors must be
vehicle which can cause seri- locked.)
ous injury or death to vehicle
occupants.
✽ NOTICE
If you must drive with the tail-
gate opened, keep the air vents In cold and wet climates, door lock
and all windows open so that and door mechanisms may not work
additional outside air comes properly due to freezing conditions.
ODEP041007L
into the vehicle.
• The tailgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or
WARNING - Rear cargo unlocked with the transmitter,
area smart key or central door
lock/unlock switch.
Occupants should never ride in
the rear cargo area where no • Only the tailgate is unlocked if the
restraints are available. To avoid tailgate unlock button on the trans-
injury in the event of an acci- mitter or smart key is pressed for
dent or sudden stops, occu- approximately 1 second.
pants should always be proper-
ly restrained.
4 22
Closing the tailgate Emergency tailgate safety

WARNING - Exhaust release
fumes
The tailgate lid should always be
kept completely closed whilst
the vehicle is in motion. If it is
left open or ajar, exhaust gases
may enter the car and serious
illness or death may result.
CAUTION
ODEP049008 Make sure nothing is near the
tailgate latch and striker whilst ODEP049009
Lower and push down the tailgate closing the tailgate. It may dam-
firmly. Make sure that the tailgate is age the tailgate's latch. Your vehicle is equipped with the
securely latched. emergency tailgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the
tailgate. When someone is inadver-
WARNING tently locked in the luggage compart-
Make sure your hands, feet and ment. The tailgate can be opened by
other parts of your body are doing as follows:
safely out of the way before 1. Input the mechanical key into the
closing the tailgate. hole.
2. Push the mechanical key to the
right (1).
3. Push up the tailgate.
4 23
WARNING WARNING
• For emergencies, be fully
aware of the location of the
emergency tailgate safety
release lever in the vehicle
and how to open the tailgate if
you are accidentally locked in
the luggage compartment.
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the luggage compart-
ment of the vehicle at any ODEP049531
time. The luggage compart-
ment is a very dangerous Do not grasp the part support-
location in the event of a ing the tailgate (gas lifter), as
crash. this may cause serious injury.
• Use the release lever for
emergencies only. Use with
extreme caution, especially
whilst the vehicle is in motion.
4 24
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window up*/
down*
(7) Power window lock switch
* if equipped
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
ODEP049010R
4 25
Power windows ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing

The ignition switch must be in the ON Whilst driving with the rear win-
position for power windows to oper- dows down or with the sunroof (if
ate. equipped) in an open (or partially
Each door has a power window open position), your vehicle may
switch that controls the door's win- demonstrate a wind buffeting or
dow. The driver has a power window pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-
lock button which can block the oper- mal occurrence and can be reduced
ation of passenger windows. The or eliminated by taking the follow-
power windows can be operated for ing actions. If the noise occurs with
approximately 30 seconds after the one or both of the rear windows
ignition key is removed or turned to down, partially lower both front
the ACC or LOCK position. However, windows approximately one inch.
OQL045022R
if the front doors are opened, the If you experience the noise with the
power windows cannot be operated sunroof open, slightly reduce the Type A
even within the 30 second period. size of the sunroof opening. To open or close a window, press
The driver’s door has a master power down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
window switch that controls all the WARNING detent position (5).
windows in the vehicle. Do not install any accessories
If the window cannot be close because in the area of windows. It may
it is blocked by objects, remove the impact jam protection.
objects and close the window.
4 26
If the power window does not oper-

ate normally, the automatic power
window system must be reset as fol-
lows:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up the power window
switch for at least 1 second after
the window is completely closed.
OQL045021R OQLE045021R
Type B - Auto up/down window Type C - Auto down window
(if equipped) (if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power win- (Driver’s window)
dow switch momentarily to the sec- Pressing the power window switch
ond detent position (6) completely momentarily to the second detent
lowers or raises the window even position (6) completely lowers the
when the switch is released. To stop driver’s window even when the
the window at the desired position switch is released. To stop the win-
whilst the window is in operation, pull dow at the desired position whilst the
up or press down and release the window is in operation, pull up the
switch. switch momentarily to the opposite
direction of the window movement.
4 27
And if the power window switch is

pulled up continuously again within 5 WARNING
seconds after the window is lowered Always check for obstructions
by the automatic window reversal before raising any window to
feature, the automatic window rever- avoid injuries or vehicle dam-
sal will not operate. age. If an object less than 4 mm
(0.16 in) in diameter is caught
✽ NOTICE between the window glass and
the upper window channel, the
The automatic reverse feature for automatic reverse window may
the window is only active when the not detect the resistance and
OQL046518R
“auto up” feature is used by fully will not stop and reverse direc-
pulling up the switch. The automat- tion.
Automatic reversal (For Type B) ic reverse feature will not operate if
If the upward movement of the win- the window is raised using the
dow is blocked by an object or part of halfway position on the power win-
the body, the window will detect the dow switch. WARNING
resistance and will stop upward The automatic reverse feature
movement. The window will then doesn’t activate whilst resetting
lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in) power window system. Make
to allow the object to be cleared. sure body parts or other objects
If the window detects the resistance are safely out of the way before
whilst the power window switch is closing the windows to avoid
pulled up continuously, the window injuries or vehicle damage.
will stop upward movement then
lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in).
4 28
Power window lock button • The front passenger’s control can

operate the front passenger’s WARNING - Windows
power window. • NEVER leave the keys in your
• The rear passengers’ control can- vehicle with unsupervised
not operate the rear passengers’ children, when the engine is
power window. running.
• NEVER leave any child unat-
tended in the vehicle. Even
CAUTION very young children may inad-
• To prevent possible damage vertently cause the vehicle to
to the power window system, move, entangle themselves in
do not open or close two win- the windows, or otherwise
dows or more at the same injure themselves or others.
ODEP049013R
time. This will also ensure the • Always double check to make
The driver can disable the power longevity of the fuse. sure all arms, hands, head
window switches on the rear passen- • Never try to operate the main and other obstructions are
gers’ doors by pressing the power switch on the driver's door safely out of the way before
window lock switch to the lock posi- and the individual door win- closing a window.
tion (pressed). dow switch in opposite direc- • Do not allow children play with
When the power window lock switch tions at the same time. If this the power windows. Keep the
is pressed : is done, the window will stop driver’s door power window
• The driver’s master control can and cannot be opened or lock button in the LOCK posi-
operate the front passenger’s closed. tion (pressed). Serious injury
power window and the rear pas- can result from unintentional
sengers’ power windows. window operation by the child.
• Do not extend a face or arms
outside through the window
opening whilst driving.
4 29
BONNET
Opening the bonnet
ODEP049015 ODE046016
ODE046014R 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise 4. Pull out the stay rod.
the bonnet slightly, push the sec- 5. Hold the bonnet opened with the
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ondary latch (1) up side and lift the stay rod (1).
the bonnet. The bonnet should bonnet (2).
pop open slightly. 3. Raise the bonnet. It will complete-
ly rise by itself after it has been WARNING
WARNING raised about halfway. • Grasp the stay rod in the area
wrapped in rubber. The rubber
Open the bonnet after turning will help prevent you from
off the engine on a flat surface, being burned by hot metal
shifting the shift lever to the when the engine is hot.
P(Park) position for dual clutch
transmission and setting the • The stay rod must be inserted
parking brake. completely into the hole provid-
ed whenever you inspect the
engine compartment. This will
prevent the bonnet from falling
and possibly injuring you.
4 30
Bonnet open warning (if equipped) Closing the bonnet

1. Before closing the bonnet, check
WARNING
the following: • Before closing the bonnet,
ensure that all obstructions
• All filler caps in the engine compart- are removed from the bonnet
ment must be correctly installed. opening. Closing the bonnet
• Gloves, rags or any other com- with an obstruction present in
bustible material must be removed the bonnet opening may
from the engine compartment. result in property damage or
2. Lower the bonnet halfway and severe personal injury.
push down to securely lock in • Do not leave gloves, rags or
place. any other combustible materi-
• Then double check to be sure the al in the engine compartment.
ODEP049118
bonnet is secure. Doing so may cause a heat-
The warning message will appear on induced fire.
the LCD display when bonnet is • If the bonnet can be lifted with a
open. slight force, open the bonnet
again and close it more firmly. WARNING
The warning chime will operate when
the vehicle is being driven above 3 • Always double check to be
km/h (2 mph) with the bonnet open. sure that the bonnet is firmly
latched before driving away. If
it is not latched, the bonnet
could open whilst the vehicle
is being driven, causing total
loss of visibility, which might
result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the bonnet raised. The view
will be blocked and the bon-
net could fall or be damaged.
4 31
FUEL FILLER DOOR (HYBRID)

Opening the fuel filler door
WARNING
Before refuelling, be sure to
check what type of fuel is used
for your vehicle.
If you put diesel fuel into a
petrol-powered vehicle or petrol
into a diesel-powered vehicle, it
may affect the fuel system and
cause serious damage to the
vehicle.
ODEP049018L
ODEP041017R 2. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to

fully open.
1. The fuel filler door must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pushing 3. To remove the fuel tank cap (2),
the fuel filler door opener. turn it counterclockwise. You may
hear a hissing noise as the pres-
sure inside the tank equalizes.
✽ NOTICE 4. Place the cap on the fuel filler
If the fuel filler door does not open door.
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the door to
break the ice and release the door.
Do not pry on the door. If necessary,
spray around the door with an
approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
4 32
Closing the fuel filler door (Continued)

1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
WARNING - Refuelling
dangers • Do not get back into a vehicle
until it “clicks”. This indicates that once you have begun refu-
the cap is securely tightened. Automotive fuels are flammable
elling since you can generate
2. To close the fuel filler door, press materials. When refuelling,
static electricity by touching,
the edge of the fuel filler door. please note the following guide-
rubbing or sliding against any
lines carefully. Failure to follow
Make sure it is securely closed. item or fabric (polyester, satin,
these guidelines may result in
nylon, etc.) capable of produc-
severe personal injury, severe
ing static electricity. Static
WARNING - Refuelling burns or death by fire or explo-
electricity discharge can
• If pressurized fuel sprays out, sion.
ignite fuel vapours resulting
it can cover your clothes or • Read and follow all warning in rapid burning. If you must
skin and subject you to the posted at the gas station facility. re-enter the vehicle, you
risk of fire and burns. Always • Before refuelling note the should once again eliminate
remove the fuel cap carefully location of the Emergency potentially dangerous static
and slowly. If the cap is vent- Petrol Shut-Off, if available, at electricity discharge by touch-
ing fuel or if you hear a hiss- the gas station facility. ing a metal part of the vehicle,
ing sound, wait until the con- • Before touching the fuel noz- away from the fuel filler neck,
dition stops before complete- zle, you should eliminate nozzle or other petrol source.
ly removing the cap. potentially dangerous static • When using an approved
• Do not "top off" after the noz- electricity discharge by touch- portable fuel container, be
zle automatically shuts off ing another metal part of the sure to place the container on
when refuelling. vehicle, a safe distance away the ground prior to refuelling.
• Always check that the fuel cap from the fuel filler neck, noz- Static electricity discharge
is installed securely to pre- zle, or other gas source. from the container can ignite
vent fuel spillage in the event (Continued) fuel vapours causing a fire.
of an accident. (Continued)
4 33
(Continued) (Continued) CAUTION

Once refuelling has begun, • DO NOT use matches or a • Make sure to refuel your vehi-
contact with the vehicle lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or cle according to the “Fuel
should be maintained until the leave a lit cigarette in your requirements” suggested in
filling is complete. vehicle whilst at a gas station chapter 1.
Use only approved portable especially during refuelling.
Automotive fuel is highly • If the fuel filler cap requires
plastic fuel containers replacement, please make
designed to carry and store flammable and can, when
ignited, result in fire. sure that you use parts
petrol. designed for replacement in
• Do not use mobile phones • If a fire breaks out during refu- your vehicle.
whilst refuelling. Electric cur- elling, leave the vicinity of the
vehicle, and immediately con- An incorrect fuel filler cap can
rent and/or electronic interfer- result in a serious malfunction
ence from mobile phones can tact the manager of the gas
station and then contact the of the fuel system or emission
potentially ignite fuel vapours control system. For more
causing a fire. local fire department. Follow
any safety instructions they detailed information, Kia rec-
• When refuelling, always shut provide. ommends to contact an autho-
the engine off. Sparks pro- rised Kia dealer/service part-
duced by electrical compo- ner.
nents related to the engine • Do not spill fuel on the exteri-
can ignite fuel vapours caus- or surfaces of the vehicle. Any
ing a fire. Once refuelling is type of fuel spilled on painted
complete, check to make sure surfaces may damage the
the filler cap and filler lid are paint.
securely closed, before start-
ing the engine. • After refuelling, make sure the
fuel cap is installed securely
(Continued) to prevent fuel spillage in the
event of an accident.
4 34
FUEL FILLER DOOR (PLUG-IN HYBRID)

Opening the fuel filler door ✽ NOTICE
• It may take up to 20 seconds to
open fuel filler door.
• When the fuel filler door is frozen
and does not open after 20 seconds
at freezing temperature, slightly
tap the fuel filler door and then
attempt to open it.
ODEP049568R
ODEP041523R
The fuel filler door must be opened

from inside the vehicle by pushing
the fuel filler door button.
✽ NOTICE
If the fuel filler door does not open
ODEP049569R
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the door to Wait until the fuel tank is depressur-
break the ice and release the door. ized. The message is displayed when
Do not pry on the door. If necessary, the fuel filler door opens after the fuel
spray around the door with an tank is depressurized.
approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
4 35
WARNING WARNING
• Add fuel into the fuel tank Before refuelling, be sure to
within 20 minutes after open- check what type of fuel is used
ing the fuel filler door. After 20 for your vehicle.
minutes, the fuel tank may If you put diesel fuel into a
shut off, causing fuel to over- petrol-powered vehicle or petrol
flow. In this case, re-press the into a diesel-powered vehicle, it
fuel filler door opening button. may affect the fuel system and
• Do not leave the fuel filler cause serious damage to the
door opened for an extended vehicle.
ODEP049585L period of time. It may dis-
1. Stop the engine. charge the battery.
2. To open the fuel filler door, push • Close the fuel filler door after
the fuel filler door opener button. fueling the vehicle. If you start
3. Pull open the fuel filler door (1). the vehicle with the fuel filler
door opened, the message,
4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel “Check fuel door”, illuminates
filler cap (2) counterclockwise (3). on the LCD display.
5. Refuel as needed. • Avoid refuelling the vehicle
whilst charging the (high-volt-
age) hybrid battery. It may
cause a fire or an explosion
due to static electricity.
4 36
Closing the fuel filler door

1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
WARNING - Refuelling WARNING - Refuelling
until it “clicks”. This indicates that • If pressurized fuel sprays out, dangers
the cap is securely tightened. it can cover your clothes or Automotive fuels are flammable
skin and subject you to the materials. When refuelling,
2. Close the fuel filler door and push
risk of fire and burns. Always please note the following guide-
it lightly and make sure that it is
remove the fuel cap carefully lines carefully. Failure to follow
securely closed.
and slowly. If the cap is vent- these guidelines may result in
Always check that the fuel cap is ing fuel or if you hear a hiss- severe personal injury, severe
installed securely to prevent fuel ing sound, wait until the con- burns or death by fire or explo-
spillage in the event of an accident. dition stops before complete- sion.
ly removing the cap. • Read and follow all warning
✽ NOTICE • Do not "top off" after the noz- posted at the gas station facility.
Tighten the cap until it clicks once. zle automatically shuts off • Before refuelling note the
when refuelling. location of the Emergency
• Always check that the fuel cap Petrol Shut-Off, if available, at
is installed securely to pre- the gas station facility.
vent fuel spillage in the event (Continued)
of an accident.
4 37

• Before touching the fuel noz- • When using an approved • When refuelling, always shut
zle, you should eliminate portable fuel container, be the engine off. Sparks pro-
potentially dangerous static sure to place the container on duced by electrical compo-
electricity discharge by touch- the ground prior to refuelling. nents related to the engine
ing another metal part of the Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapours caus-
vehicle, a safe distance away from the container can ignite ing a fire. Once refuelling is
from the fuel filler neck, noz- fuel vapours causing a fire. complete, check to make sure
zle, or other gas source. Once refuelling has begun, the filler cap and filler door
• Do not get back into a vehicle contact with the vehicle are securely closed, before
once you have begun refu- should be maintained until the starting the engine.
elling since you can generate filling is complete. (Continued)
static electricity by touching, Use only approved portable
rubbing or sliding against any plastic fuel containers
item or fabric (polyester, satin, designed to carry and store
nylon, etc.) capable of produc- petrol.
ing static electricity. Static
electricity discharge can • Do not use mobile phones
ignite fuel vapours resulting whilst refuelling. Electric cur-
in rapid burning. If you must rent and/or electronic interfer-
re-enter the vehicle, you ence from mobile phones can
should once again eliminate potentially ignite fuel vapours
potentially dangerous static causing a fire.
electricity discharge by touch- (Continued)
ing a metal part of the vehicle,
away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle or other petrol source.
(Continued)
4 38
(Continued) CAUTION WARNING

• DO NOT use matches or a • Make sure to refuel your vehi- In case of using EV drive mode
lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or cle according to the “Fuel for a certain time without run-
leave a lit cigarette in your requirements” suggested in ning Engine, EMM(Engine
vehicle whilst at a gas station chapter 1. Maintenance Mode) will auto-
especially during refuelling. matically activate by the system
Automotive fuel is highly • If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, please make to protect fuel system and the
flammable and can, when engine.
ignited, result in fire. sure that you use parts
designed for replacement in Therefore, even though if it is
• If a fire breaks out during refu- your vehicle. possible to use EV drive mode
elling, leave the vicinity of the with enough battery power, the
vehicle, and immediately con- An incorrect fuel filler cap can
result in a serious malfunction engine may run by the system
tact the manager of the gas to protect fuel system and the
station and then contact the of the fuel system or emission
control system. For more engine.
local fire department. Follow
any safety instructions they detailed information, Kia rec- If you leave the fuel without
provide. ommends to contact an autho- refuelling or using for over 6
rised Kia dealer/service part- months, the remained fuel in the
ner. fuel system may be deteriorat-
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior ed. From this, corrosion or
surfaces of the vehicle. Any blocking problem may occur.
type of fuel spilled on painted It is recommended using mini-
surfaces may damage the paint. mum 40% of remained fuel at
• After refuelling, make sure the least every 6 months by select-
fuel cap is installed securely ing Hybrid (CS) mode and refu-
to prevent fuel spillage in the el the vehicle with new fuel.
event of an accident.
4 39
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

✽ NOTICE Sunshade
• Never adjust the sunroof or sun-
shade whilst driving. This could
result in loss of control and an
accident that may cause injury, or
property damage.
• Do not leave the engine running
and the key in your vehicle with
unsupervised children.
Unattended children could oper-
ate the sunroof, which could result
ODEEV048035N in serious injury.
If your vehicle is equipped with a • Do not sit on the top of the vehicle.
OBK049019
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your It may cause injury or vehicle
sunroof with the sunroof switch locat- damage. Use the sunshade to block direct
ed on the overhead console. sunlight coming through the sunroof
✽ NOTICE glass.
Do not operate the sunroof when Open or close the sunshade by
The sunroof can only be operated hand.
when the ignition switch or ENGINE roof bars are installed on the vehicle
or when there is luggage on the roof.
START/STOP button is in the ON or ✽ NOTICE
START position.
The sunshade opens automatically
The sunroof can be operated for when the sunroof glass is opened,
approximately 30 seconds after the but the sunshade does not close
ignition switch or ENGINE automatically when the sunroof
START/STOP button is in the ACC or glass is closed. Also, only the sun-
LOCK/OFF position. shade cannot be closed when the
However, if the front door is open, the sunroof glass is opened.
sunroof cannot be operated even
within the 30 seconds period.
4 40
✽ NOTICE Tilt open/close ✽ NOTICE

Do not pull the sunshade up or The sunroof glass cannot slide open
down, or apply excessive force as and tilt open at the same time. You
such action may damage the sun- cannot tilt the sunroof glass open
shade or cause it to malfunction. whilst the sunroof glass is slide open.
Also, you cannot slide the sunroof
glass open whilst the sunroof is tilt
open. Slide open or tilt open the sun-
roof glass when the sunroof glass is
completely closed.
ODEEV048021
• Push the sunroof switch upward,

the sunroof glass tilts open.
• Push the sunroof switch forward,
the sunroof glass automatically
closes.
To stop the sunroof movement at any

point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
4 41
Slide open/close ✽ NOTICE Automatic reversal

To reduce wind noise whilst driving,
we recommend that you drive at the
recommended position before the
maximum slide open position.
ODEEV041020 OBK049018
• Push the sunroof switch rearward, If the sunroof glass senses any
the sunshade and sunroof glass obstacle whilst it is closing automati-
slide open. cally, it will reverse direction then
stop at a certain position.
• Push the sunroof switch forward,
only the sunroof glass closes. The auto reverse function may not
work if an object thin or soft is caught
• Push the sunroof switch forward or between the sliding sunroof glass
rearward to the first detent posi- and sunroof sash.
tion, the sunroof glass moves until
the switch is released.
• Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the second detent posi-
tion, the sunroof glass operates
automatically (auto slide feature).
4 42
✽ NOTICE (Continued)
WARNING • Do not continue to push the sun- • Do not extend any luggage outside
• Make sure heads, hands, arms roof switch after the sunroof is the sunroof whilst driving. Vehicle
or any other body parts or fully opened, closed, or tilted. damage may occur if the vehicle
objects are out of the way Damage to the sunroof motor suddenly stops.
before operating the sunroof. could occur.
Body parts or objects may get Continuous operations such as
caught causing injuries or slide open/close, tilt open/close, WARNING
vehicle damage. etc. may cause the motor or sun- Do not extend your head, arms,
• Never deliberately use your roof system to malfunction. body parts or objects outside
body parts to test the auto- • Regularly remove any accumulat- the sunroof whilst driving.
matic reversal function. The ed dust on the sunroof rail. Injuries may occur if the vehicle
sunroof glass may reverse • Dust accumulated between the suddenly stops.
direction, but there is a risk of sunroof and roof panel can make
injury. noise Open the sunroof and
remove dust regularly using a
clean cloth.
• Do not try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice. The sun-
roof may not work properly and
may break if opened by force.
• Do not open or drive with the sun-
roof glass open immediately after
rain or washing the vehicle. Water
may wet the interior of the vehicle.
(Continued)
4 43
Resetting the sunroof Sunroof resetting procedure: ✽ NOTICE

1. It is recommended to perform the If the sunroof does not reset when
reset procedure with the vehicle the vehicle battery is disconnected
engine running. Start the vehicle in or discharged, or the sunroof fuse is
P (Park). blown, the sunroof may not operate
2. Make sure the sunroof glass is in normally.
the fully closed position. If the sun-
roof glass is open, push the switch
forward until the sunroof glass is
fully closed.
3. Release the switch when the sun-
roof glass is fully closed.
ODEP041035L 4. Push the switch forward until the
In some circumstances resetting the sunroof glass moves slightly. Then
sunroof operation may need to be release the switch.
performed. Some instances where 5. Once again push and hold the
resetting the sunroof may be sunroof switch forward until the
required include: sunroof glass slides open and
• When the 12-volt battery is either close. Do not release the switch
disconnected or discharged until the operation is completed. If
you release the switch during
• When the sunroof fuse is replaced operation, start the procedure
• If the sunroof one-touch AUTO again from step 2.
OPEN/CLOSE operation is not
functioning properly
4 44
Sunroof open warning

CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed
fully when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain
or snow may wet the interior of
the vehicle. Also, leaving the
sunroof open when the vehicle
is unattended may invite theft.
ODEP049119
If the driver turns off the engine when

the sunroof is not fully closed, the
warning chime will sound for several
seconds and the sunroof open warn-
ing will appear on the cluster LCD
display. Close the sunroof securely
when leaving your vehicle.
4 45
STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (Continued) (Continued)
Power steering uses an electric
• The steering effort is high immedi- The steering wheel may become
motor to assist you in steering the
ately after turning the ignition difficult to control or operate
vehicle. If the engine is off or if the
switch on. This happens as the abnormally. In this case, have the
power steering system becomes
EPS system performs the diagnos- system inspected by a professional
inoperative, the vehicle may still be
tics. When the diagnostics is com- workshop. Kia recommends to visit
steered, but it will require increased
pleted, the steering effort will an authorised Kia dealer/service
steering effort. Electric power steer-
return to its normal condition. partner.
ing is controlled by the power steer-
• A click noise may be heard from • When you operate the steering
ing control unit which senses the
the EPS relay after the ignition wheel in low temperature, the
steering wheel torque and vehicle
switch is turned to the ON or steering effort may be high and
speed to command the motor. The
LOCK position. abnormal noise could occur. If tem-
steering effort becomes heavier as
• Motor noise may be heard when perature rises, the noise will disap-
the vehicle’s speed increases and
the vehicle is at a stop or at a low pear. This is a normal condition.
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s
driving speed. • If the vehicle needs to be jump
speed decreases for better control of
• The steering effort can suddenly started due to battery discharge,
the steering wheel. Should you
increase, if the operation of the the steering wheel may not func-
notice any change in the effort
EPS system is stopped to prevent tion normally. This is a temporary
required to steer during normal vehi-
serious accidents when EPS con- situation caused by low battery
cle operation, have the system
trol unit detects malfunction of the voltage. It will be solved once the
checked by a professional workshop.
EPS system by self-diagnosis. battery is charged. Check for nor-
• The steering effort increases if the mal steering function by turning
steering wheel is rotated continuous- the steering wheel slowly before
ly when the vehicle is not in motion. driving the vehicle.
However, after a few minutes, it • When abnormality is detected in
✽ NOTICE will return to its normal conditions. the electric power steering system,
The following symptoms may occur • If the Electric Power Steering to prevent a deadly accident, the
during normal vehicle operation: System does not operate normally, steering assist function will stop.
• The EPS warning light does not the warning light will illuminate on At this time, the warning light
illuminate. the instrument cluster. turns on or blinks on the cluster.
4 46
(Continued) Heated steering wheel

The steering wheel may become (if equipped)
difficult to control or operate.
Have your vehicle checked im-
mediately, after moving the vehi-
cle to a safe zone.
Tilt & telescopic steering
A tilt and telescopic steering wheel
allows you to adjust the steering
wheel before you drive. You can also
raise it to give your legs more space ODEP041022R
when you get on or off the vehicle.
To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock release lever (1), ODEP049023R
The steering wheel should be posi- adjust the steering wheel to the
tioned so that it is comfortable for desired angle (2) and height (3), then With the ignition switch in the ON
you to drive, whilst permitting you to pull up the lock-release lever (4) to position or ENGINE START/STOP
see the instrument panel warning lock the steering wheel in place. Be button in the ON position, pressing
lights and gauges. sure to adjust the steering wheel to the heated steering wheel button
the desired position before driving. warms the steering wheel. The indi-
WARNING cator on the button will illuminate.
• Never adjust the angle of the ✽ NOTICE To turn the heated steering wheel off,
steering wheel whilst driving. press the button once again. The
You may lose steering control After adjustment, sometimes the indicator on the button will turn off.
and cause severe personal lock-release lever may not lock the
injury, death or accidents. steering wheel.
• After adjusting, push the It is not a malfunction. This occurs
steering wheel both up and when two gears engage. In this case,
down to be certain it is locked adjust the steering wheel again and
in position. then lock the steering wheel.
4 47
✽ NOTICE Horn
CAUTION
The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30 • Do not strike the horn severely
minutes after the heated steering to operate it, or hit it with your
wheel is turned on. fist. Do not press on the horn
with a sharp-pointed object.
• When cleaning the steering
CAUTION wheel, do not use an organic
Do not install any grip to oper- solvent such as thinner, ben-
ate the steering wheel. This zene, alcohole and petrol.
causes damage to the heated Doing so may damage the
steering wheel system. steering wheel.
ODEP041246L
To sound the horn, press the area

indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area
is pressed. Check the horn regularly
to be sure it operates properly.
4 48
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror Electrochromic mirror (ECM)
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the (if equipped) (if equipped)
centre view through the rear window
is seen. Make this adjustment before
you start driving.
WARNING - Rear visibility

Do not place objects in the rear
seat or cargo area which would
interfere with your vision
through the rear window.
ODE046025L ODE046036L
WARNING
Do not adjust the rearview mir- Make this adjustment before you The electric rearview mirror automat-
ror whilst the vehicle is moving. start driving and whilst the day/night ically controls the glare from the
This could result in loss of con- lever(3) is in the day position (1). headlights of the vehicles behind you
trol, and an accident which Pull the day/night lever(3) toward you in nighttime or low light driving condi-
could cause death, serious (2) to reduce the glare from the tions. The sensor (3) mounted in the
injury or property damage. headlights of the vehicles behind you mirror senses the light level around
during night driving. the vehicle, and automatically con-
trols the headlight glare from the
Remember that you lose some vehicles behind you.
WARNING rearview clarity in the night position.
When the engine is running, the
Do not modify the inside mirror glare is automatically controlled by
and don’t install a wide mirror. It ❈ (1) : Day, (2) : Night the sensor mounted in the rearview
could result in injury, during an mirror.
accident or deployment of the
air bag.
4 49
Whenever the shift lever is shifted To operate the electric rearview mirror: Outside rearview mirror
into reverse (R), the mirror will auto- • The mirror defaults to the ON posi- Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
matically go to the brightest setting in tion whenever the ignition switch is before driving.
order to improve the drivers view turned on.
behind the vehicle. Your vehicle is equipped with both
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to left-hand and right-hand outside
turn the automatic dimming func- rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be
CAUTION tion off. The mirror indicator light adjusted remotely with the remote
When cleaning the mirror, use a (2) will turn off. switch. The mirror heads can be fold-
paper towel or similar material Press the ON/OFF button (1) to ed back to prevent damage during an
dampened with glass cleaner. turn the automatic dimming func- automatic car wash or when passing
Do not spray glass cleaner tion on. The mirror indicator light through a narrow street.
directly on the mirror. It may (2) will illuminate.
cause the liquid cleaner to enter WARNING - Rearview
the mirror housing. mirrors
• The outside rearview mirror is
convex. Objects seen in the
mirror are closer than they
appear.
• Use your interior rearview
mirror or direct observation to
determine the actual distance
of following vehicles when
changing lanes.
4 50
Remote control
CAUTION WARNING
Do not scrape ice off the mirror Do not adjust or fold the outside
face; this may damage the sur- rearview mirrors whilst the vehi-
face of the glass. If ice should cle is moving. This could result
restrict the movement of the in loss of control, and an acci-
mirror, do not force the mirror dent which could cause death,
for adjustment. To remove ice, serious injury or property dam-
use a deicer spray, or a sponge age.
or soft cloth with warm water.
CAUTION
ODEP049028R
If the mirror is jammed with ice,
do not adjust the mirror by Adjusting the rearview mirrors :
force. Use an approved spray 1. Press either the L (Front left side)
de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) or R (Front right side) button (1) to
to release the frozen mecha- select the rearview mirror you
nism or move the vehicle to a would like to adjust.
warm place and allow the ice to 2. Use the mirror adjustment control
melt. (2) to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, put the button
into neutral (centre) position to
prevent inadvertent adjustment.
4 51
Folding the outside rearview mirror

CAUTION
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum
adjusting angles, but the
motor continues to operate
whilst the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer
than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
outside rearview mirror by ODEP049030R
hand. Doing so may damage Electric type
ODE046029R
the parts.
Manual type The outside rearview mirror can be
folded or unfolded by pressing the
To fold the outside rearview mirror, switch as below.
grasp the housing of the mirror and
then fold it toward the rear of the Left : The mirror will fold.
vehicle. Right : The mirror will unfold.
Centre (AUTO) :
The mirror will fold or unfold automat-
ically as follows:
• Without smart key system
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the transmitter. (if equipped)
4 52
• With smart key system

- The mirror will fold or unfold when CAUTION
the door is locked or unlocked by In case it is an electric type out-
the smart key. side rearview mirror, don’t fold it
- The mirror will fold or unfold when by hand. It could cause motor
the door is locked or unlocked by failure.
the button on the outside door
handle.
- The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart
key in possession. (if equipped)
CAUTION
The electric type outside
rearview mirror operates even
though the ignition switch is in
the LOCK position or the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
in the OFF position. However, to
prevent unnecessary battery
discharge, do not adjust the
mirrors longer than necessary
whilst the engine is not running.
4 53
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A for Hybrid
1. Hybrid system gauge

2. Fuel gauge
3. Speedometer
4. Warning and indicator lights
5. LCD display
■ Type B for Hybrid
6. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge
7. Distance To Empty
❈ For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in

this chapter.
❈ The actual cluster and contents of the LCD display in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODEP049100L/ODEP049101L
4 54
■ Type A for Plug-in Hybrid
1. Hybrid system gauge

2. Fuel gauge
3. Speedometer
4. Warning and indicator lights
5. LCD display
■ Type B for Plug-in Hybrid
6. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge
7. Distance To Empty
❈ For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in

this chapter.
❈ The actual cluster and contents of the LCD display in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODEP049182L/ODEP049183L
4 55
Instrument Cluster Control The brightness of the instrument

Adjusting Instrument Cluster panel illumination is changed by
Illumination pressing the illumination control but-
ton (“+” or “-”) when the ignition
switch or ENGINE START/STOP
button is ON, or the tail lights are
turned on.
ODEP049543L
• If you hold the illumination control
button (“+” or “-”), the brightness
will be changed continuously.
ODEP041545R
• If the brightness reaches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
WARNING alarm will sound.
Never adjust the instrument
cluster whilst driving. This
could result in loss of control
and lead to an accident that
may cause death, serious
injury, or property damage.
4 56
Gauges Tachometer (if equipped) When moving the shift lever to the
“S” (SPORT) mode, the engine
Speedometer ■ Type B - ECO mode selected
tachometer is displayed whilst
■ Type A
switching to SPORT mode.
Use the tachometer to select the cor-
rect shift points and to prevent lug-
ging and/or over-revving the engine.
CAUTION
Do not operate the engine with-
in the tachometer's RED ZONE.
ODEP049529L
■ Type B - SPORT mode selected This may cause severe engine
ODEP049105L
■ Type B
damage.
ODEP049215
ODEP049539L The tachometer indicates the
The speedometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo-
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated lutions per minute (rpm).
in kilometers per hour (km/h) and/or
miles per hour (mph).
4 57
Hybrid System Gauge • CHARGE : Shows that the energy ✽ NOTICE

made by the vehicle is Accordance to the hybrid system
■ Type A
being converted to gauge area the “EV” indicator
electrical energy. comes on or off.
(Regenerated energy) - “EV” indicator ON : Vehicle is
• ECO : Shows that the vehicle is driven using the electric motor or
being driven in an Eco- the petrol engine is stopped except
friendly manner. for an engine can remain idle for
• POWER : Shows that the vehicle is automatic heating and air condi-
exceeding the Eco- tioning operation in winter.
friendly range. - “EV” indicator OFF : Vehicle is
ODEP049106 driven using the petrol engine.
■ Type B
ODEP049186
The hybrid system gauge indicates

whether the current driving condition
is fuel efficient or not.
4 58
Hybrid Battery SOC (State of Charge) Gauge This gauge indicates the remaining
■ Type A - Except Europe ■ Type B - Except Europe hybrid battery power. If the SOC is
near the “L (Low) or 0” level, the vehi-
cle automatically operates the
engine to charge the battery.
However, if the Service Indicator
( ) and Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) ( ) turn on when
the SOC gauge is near the “L (Low)
or 0” level, have the vehicle checked
■ Type A - For Europe ■ Type B - For Europe
by a professional workshop. Kia rec-
ommends to visit an authorised Kia
✽ NOTICE
Never try to start the vehicle if the
fuel tank is empty. In this condition,
the engine cannot charge the high
voltage battery of the hybrid system.
If you try to start the vehicle when
ODE046107/ODE046107L/ODEP049530L/ODEP049547L the fuel is empty, the high voltage
battery will become discharged and
be damaged.
4 59
Plug-in hybrid mode indicator • CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) mode

• CD (Charge Depleting, Electric) mode : The high-voltage
: The high-voltage (hybrid) battery and
(hybrid) battery is used petrol engine is used
to drive the vehicle. to drive the vehicle.
ODEP049549L
ODEP049550L
• AUTO mode
: The AUTO mode will
be automatically ODEP049189L/ODEP049541L/ODEP049190L
selected from either
from Electric (CD) A corresponding message is dis-
played to indicate the selected mode.
ODEP049548L mode or Hybrid (CS)
mode by the system
according to the driv-
ing condition.
4 60
Fuel Gauge ✽ NOTICE

■ Type A - Except Europe ■ Type B - Except Europe • The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which
will illuminate when the fuel tank
is nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or the
low fuel warning light may come
on earlier than usual due to the
movement of fuel in the tank.
■ Type A - For Europe ■ Type B - For Europe
ODE046108/ODE046108L/ODEP049188L/ODEP049551L
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank.
4 61
Distance to empty • If the estimated distance is below 1

WARNING - Fuel Gauge ■ Type A
km (1 mi.), the trip computer will
Running out of fuel can expose display “---” as distance to empty.
vehicle occupants to danger. • If the level of the remaining fuel is
You must stop and obtain addi- more than three-quarters, more
tional fuel as soon as possible than 3 litres of fuel must be refilled
after the warning light comes for the fuel gauge to change. In
on or when the gauge indicator other cases, more than 6 litres of
comes close to the “0 or E fuel must be refilled for the vehicle
(Empty)” level. to change the fuel gauge.
ODEP049142L
■ Type B
CAUTION
Avoid driving with a extremely
low fuel level. Running out of
fuel could cause the engine to
misfire damaging the catalytic
converter.
ODEP049561L
• The distance to empty is the esti-

mated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
- Distance range: 1~9,999 km or
1~9,999 mi.
4 62
✽ NOTICE Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge

• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been
interrupted, the distance to empty
function may not operate correct-
ly.
• The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as
it is an estimate of the available
driving distance.
• The fuel economy and distance to
empty may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driv-
OSK3048112L OSK3048113L
ing habits, and condition of the
vehicle. This gauge indicates the current out-
The odometer Indicates the total dis- side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).
tance that the vehicle has been driv-
en and should be used to determine - Temperature range : -40°C~ 60°C
when periodic maintenance should (-40°F ~ 140°F)
be performed.
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 1,599,999 km The outside temperature on the dis-
or 999,999 miles. play may not change immediately
like a general thermometer to pre-
vent the driver from being inattentive.
The temperature unit can be
changed by using the “User Settings”
mode of the LCD display.
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD dis-

play” in this chapter.
4 63
Dual clutch transmission shift This indicator displays which shift Dual clutch transmission shift
indicator lever is selected. indicator in sports mode
■ Type A
• Park : P (for Europe, if equipped)
• Reverse : R ■ Type A
• Neutral : N
• Drive : D
• Sports mode : S
ODEP049557L
■ Type B - ECO mode selected ODEP049559L
■ Type B - ECO mode selected
ODEP049558L
■ Type B - SPORT mode select
ODEP049560L
■ Type B - SPORT mode select
ODEP049191
ODEP049191L
4 64
If the driver selects “Sports mode”

and changes gear, both higher and
lower, the gear will automatically
change to manual “Sports mode”.
Depending on the selected gear, the
gear display range will be from 1 to 6.
• Shifting up : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

• Shifting down : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
For example
4 : Display means the optimal gear
is 4 and driver should shift up to
4.
 Display means the optimal gear
2 :
is 2 and driver should shift down
to 2.
When the operation conditions are
not satisfied properly the indicator is
not displayed.
4 65
LCD DISPLAY
LCD Display Control
ODEP041103L
The LCD display modes can be

changed by using the control but-
tons.
(1) : MODE button for changing

modes
(2) / : MOVE switch for changing
items
(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for
setting or resetting the select-
ed item
4 66
LCD Display Modes

Mode
Trip Computer TBT Driving Assist User Settings Master warning

The Master Warning
Range Route Guidance Driver assistance
Lane Departure mode displays warn-
Warning ing messages related
Fuel Economy Destination Info Door to the vehicle when
Lane Keeping Assist
one or more systems
Accumulated Info Intelligent Speed Limit Lights is not operating nor-
Warning mally.
Drive information Smart Cruise Control Sound
Lane Following Assist
Digital Speedometer Convenience
Driver Attention
Warning
Driving Style Service Interval
Up/Down
ISLW (Intelligent
Energy Flow Other features
Speed Limit Warning)
Engine Temperature TPMS Language
Reset
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
4 67
Trip computer mode Turn By Turn (TBT) mode Driving Assist mode
ODEP049571L ODEP049573L ODEP049574R

The trip computer mode displays This mode displays the state of the This mode displays the state of :
information related to vehicle driving navigation. - Lane Departure Warning
parameters including fuel economy,
tripmeter information and vehicle - Lane Keeping Assist
speed. - Intelligent Speed Limit Warning
- Smart Cruise Control
❈ For more details, refer to “Trip - Lane Following Assist
Computer” in this chapter. - Driver Attention Warning
❈ For more details, refer to each
system information in chapter 5.
- Tyre Pressure
❈ For more details, refer to “Tyre
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)” in chapter 6.
4 68
Master warning mode - High Beam Assist malfunction (if User settings mode
equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control malfunction
(if equipped)
- Smart Cruise front radar is
blocked. (if equipped)
- Lane Following Assist malfunction
(if equipped), etc.
- Lamp malfunction
- LED headlamp malfunction (if
equipped)
ODEP049575R - Tyre Pressure Monitoring System ODEP049586L
(TPMS) malfunction (if equipped)
This warning light informs the driver In this mode, you can change the
the following situations. settings of the instrument cluster,
At this time, a Master Warning icon doors, lamps, etc.
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction (if equipped) ( ) will appear beside the User 1. Driver assistance
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Settings icon ( ), on the LCD display. 2. Door
Assist front radar is blocked. (if If the warning situation is solved, the 3. Lights
equipped) master warning light will be turned 4. Sound
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning mal- off and the Master Warning icon will
disappear. 5. Convenience
function (if equipped)
6. Service Interval
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped) 7. Other features
- Intelligent Speed Limit Warning 8. Language
malfunction (if equipped) 9. Reset
4 69
The information provided may differ

depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
ODEP049584L
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message appears if
you try to adjust the User Settings
whilst driving.
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and mov-
ing the shift lever to P (Park).
4 70
1. Driver Assistance (if equipped)

Items Explanation
• Fast/Normal/Slow
SCC Response To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control.
❈ For more details, refer to “Smart Cruise Control (SCC)” in chapter 5.
• LFA (Lane Following Assist)
To select the function.
❈ For more details, refer to “Lane Following Assist (LFA)” in chapter 5.
Driving assist
• SLW (Speed Limit Warning)
❈ For more details, refer to “Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW)” in chapter 5.
• Leading vehicle departure alert

DAW (Driver Attention
• Swaying warning
Warning)
❈ For more details, refer to “Driver Attention Warning (DAW)” in chapter 5.
• High/Medium/Low
Warning Volume
To select the Warning Volume.
• Normal/Later
Warning timing
To select the Warning time
• Active Assist/Warning only/Off
Forward safety To select the function.
❈ For more details, refer to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” in chapter 5.
4 71
Items Explanation
• LKA (Lane Keeping Assist)/LDW (Lane Departure Warning)/Off

Lane safety To select the function.
❈ For more details, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)” in chapter 5.
• Warning only/Off
Blind-Spot safety To select the function.
❈ For more details, refer to “Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)” in chapter 5.
• Rear cross-traffic safety
Parking safety To select the function.
❈ For more details, refer to “Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)” in chapter 5.
4 72
2. Door
Items Explanation
• Off : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.

• Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h
Auto lock (9.3 mph).
• Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park)
position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.
• Off : The auto door unlock operation will be cancelled.

• Vehicle off/On key out : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is set to the OFF position or the ignition key is removed from the
Auto unlock
ignition switch.
• On shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the gear is shifted to the P (Park) posi-
tion.
4 73
3. Lights
Items Explanation
• Off : The one touch turn indicator function will be deactivated.
• 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
One touch turn indicator
moved slightly.
❈ For more details, refer to “Lighting” in this chapter.
• Adjust the brightness of the Ambient light.
Ambient light brightness
- Off/Level 1,2,3,4
• Select the colour of the ambient light.
Ambient light colour
- White, Gray, Blue, Eco Green, Bronze, Red
Head lamp delay To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function.
HBA (High Beam Assist) To activate or deactivate High Beam Assist function.
4. Sound
Items Explanation
Volume for PDW (Parking

• Adjust Park Distance Warning volume (High/Low).
Distance Warning)
4 74
5. Convenience (if equipped)

Items Explanation
• Off : The seat easy access function will be deactivated.
• Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move rear-
ward short (Normal) or long (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.
Seat easy access
If you change the ignition key or Engine Start/Stop Button from OFF to ACC position, the driver’s
seat will return to the original position.
❈ For more details, refer to “Driver Position Memory System” in chapter 3.
Welcome mirror/light • If this item checked, the Welcome mirror/light will be activated.
Wireless charging system • If this item checked, the wireless charging system in the front seat will be activated.
Wiper/Lights display • If this item checked, the Wiper/Lights display will be activated.
Auto rear wiper (reverse) • If this item checked, the Auto rear wiper will be activated.
Gear position pop-up • If this item is checked, the Gear position pop-up display will be activated.
• Coasting guidance : To activate or deactivate the Coasting guidance.
Coasting guidance
• Sound : To activate or deactivate the Coasting guidance sound.
Start coasting • Choose the initial guiding time for Coasting guidance. (Early/Normal/Late)
Icy road warning • If this item is checked, the Icy road warning display will be activated.
Rear Occupant Alert • If this item is checked, the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) display will be activated.
4 75
6. Service Interval
Items Explanation
Enable service interval If this item is checked, the Service Interval function will be activated.
Adjust interval If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.
Reset To reset the service interval function.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following sit-
uations each time the vehicle is turned on.
- Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service.
- Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect.
- The battery cable is disconnected.
- The battery is discharged.
- The fuse switch is turned off.
4 76
7. Other features (if equipped)

Items Explanation
AUX. Battery Saver+
• If this item is checked, the Aux. Battery Saver+ function will be activated.
(if equipped)
• If this item checked, the average fuel economy will reset automatically after refuelling or after
Fuel economy auto reset ignition.
❈ For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.
• km/h, MPH
Speedometer unit
To select Speedometer unit.
• km/L, L/100km, US gallon, UK gallon
Fuel economy unit
To select the Fuel economy unit.
• °C/°F
Temperature unit
To select the Temperature unit.
• psi, kPa, bar
Tyre pressure unit
To select the Tyre Pressure Unit.
4 77
8. Language (if equipped)

Items Explanation
Language • To select language.
9. Reset
Items Explanation
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are reset
Reset
to factory settings, except language and service interval.
4 78
Trip modes (Trip computer) Trip modes To change the trip mode, scroll the
The trip computer is a microcomput- MOVE scroll switch ( / ) in the
Range 1)
trip computer mode.
er-controlled driver information sys- • Electric
tem that displays information related • Petrol
to driving. 

Fuel Economy
✽ NOTICE • Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example 

Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the Accumulated Info
battery is disconnected. • Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer


Drive information
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer


2)
Digital Speedometer


Driving style


Energy flow


Engine Temperature
1) : for Plug-in hybrid

2) : for Type A cluster
4 79
Range (Plug-in hybrid) • If the estimated distance is below 1 Fuel Economy

km (1 mi.), the trip computer will
■ Type A - Plug-in hybrid
display “---” as distance to empty.
- Distance range: 1 ~ 510 km or 1
~ 510 mi.
✽ NOTICE
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been
interrupted, the range function
ODEP049192L
may not operate correctly.
■ Type B - Plug-in hybrid • The range may differ from the
actual driving distance as it is an ODEP049572L
estimate of the available driving Average Fuel Economy (1)
distance. • The average fuel economy is calcu-
• The trip computer may not register lated by the total driving distance
additional fuel if less than 6 litres and fuel consumption since the last
(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to the average fuel economy reset.
vehicle.
• The range may vary significantly - Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 99.9,100
based on driving conditions, driv- ~ 999 km/L, L/100 km or MPG
ODEP049562L ing habits, and condition of the • The average fuel economy can be
vehicle. reset both manually and automati-
• The range is the estimated dis- cally.
tance the vehicle can be driven
with the remaining high-voltage
(hybrid) battery (1, Electric) and
fuel in the fuel tank (2, Petrol).
4 80
Manual reset Automatic reset Instant Fuel Economy (2)

To clear the average fuel economy To make the average fuel economy • This mode displays the instant fuel
manually, press the OK button be reset automatically whenever economy during the last few sec-
(reset) on the steering wheel for refuelling, select the “Fuel economy onds when the vehicle speed is
more than 1 second when the aver- auto reset” mode in User Setting more than 8 km/h (5 MPH).
age fuel economy is displayed. menu of the LCD display (Refer to - Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 30
“LCD Display”). L/100km, km/L or 0.0 ~ 75.0
• OFF - You may set to default man- MPG
ually by using the trip switch reset
button.
• After ignition - The vehicle will
automatically set to default once 4
hours pass after the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to the OFF position.
• After refuelling - After refuelling
more than 6 litres and driving over
1km/h, the vehicle will reset to
default automatically.
✽ NOTICE
The average vehicle speed is not dis-
played, when the vehicle drives
shorter than 300 meters (0.19 miles)
or less than 10 seconds after turning
ON the Engine Start/Stop button.
4 81
Accumulated driving information One time driving information mode Digital speedometer (if equipped)
mode
ODEP049577R ODEP049578L
ODEP049576L This display shows the trip distance This mode displays the current
This display shows the accumulated (1), the average fuel efficiency (2), speed of the vehicle.
trip distance (1), the average fuel and the total driving time (3) informa-
efficiency (2), and the total driving tion once per one ignition cycle.
time (3). - Fuel efficiency is calculated after
• Accumulated information is calcu- the vehicle has run for more than
lated after the vehicle has run for 300 meters.
more than 300 meters. - The Driving Information will be
• If you press “OK” button for more reset 4 hours after ignition has
than 1 second after the Cumulative been turned off. So, when the vehi-
Information is displayed, the infor- cle ignition is turned on within 4
mation will be reset. hours, the information will not be
• If the engine is running, even when reset.
the vehicle is not in motion, the - If the engine is running, even when
information will be accumulated. the vehicle is not in motion, the infor-
mation will be accumulated.
4 82
Driving style Energy flow Engine coolant temperature

■ Type A
ODEP049580L
■ Type B
ODEP049579R ODEP047202L
The driving style is displayed when The hybrid system informs the driv-
you are driving in ECO mode. ers its energy flow in various operat-
When you drive in SPORT mode, ing modes. Whilst driving, the current
each driving category will be dis- energy flow is specified in 11 modes.
played with “---”.
❈ For more details, refer to “Energy
Flow” in chapter 1.
ODEP041622R
This gauge indicates the tempera-

ture of the engine coolant when the
engine is running.
4 83
✽ NOTICE Warning messages Door Open

When the gauge indicator gets out of Warning messages appear on the
the normal range, toward the “130 LCD to warn the driver. It is located in
or H (Hot)” position, it indicates the centre of the instrument cluster.
overheating of the engine. It may The warning message may appear
damage the engine. differently depending on the type of
Do not continue driving with the instrument cluster and some may not
overheated engine. show the warning message at all.
❈ For further information, refer to The warning message is shown in
“If the Engine Overheats” in the either symbol, symbol and text, or
chapter 6. text type only. You can choose the
preferred language by selecting the
User setting menu in LCD mode. ODEP049116
• It means that any door is open.
4 84
Tailgate Open Bonnet Open Sunroof Open (if equipped)
ODEP049117 ODEP049118 ODEP049119
• It means that the tailgate is open. • It means that bonnet is open. • This warning is displayed if you
turn off the engine when the sun-
roof is open.
4 85
Lights mode Wiper mode Turn on Fuse Switch (if equipped)

■ Type A ■ Type A • This warning message illuminates
if the fuse switch under the steer-
ing wheel is OFF.
• It means that you should turn the
fuse switch on.
❈ For more details, refer to “Fuses”
in chapter 7.
Engine has overheated

■ Type B ■ Type B This warning message illuminates
when the engine coolant tempera-
ture is above 120°C (248°F). This
means that the engine is overheated
and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to
“Overheating” in chapter 6.
ODEP041621R ODEP041620R
This indicator displays which exterior This indicator displays which wiper
light is selected using the lighting speed is selected using the wiper
control. control.
You can activate or deactivate You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights Display function from Wiper/Lights Display function from
the User Settings mode in the cluster the User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display. LCD display.
4 86
Shift to P (for smart key system) Press START button whilst turn- Check steering wheel lock sys-
• This warning message illuminates ing wheel (for smart key system) tem (for smart key system)
if you try to turn off the engine with- • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
out the shift lever in P (Park) posi- if the steering wheel does not if the steering wheel does not lock
tion. unlock normally when the Engine normally when the Engine
• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop Start/Stop Button is pressed. Start/Stop Button changes to the
Button turns to the ACC position (If • It means that you should press the OFF position.
you press the Engine Start/Stop Engine Start/Stop Button whilst
Button once more, it will turn to the turning the steering wheel right Press brake pedal to start engine
ON position). and left. (for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
Low key battery Steering wheel unlocked if the Engine Start/Stop Button
(for smart key system) (for smart key system) changes to the ACC position twice
• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates by pressing the button repeatedly
if the battery of the smart key is if the steering wheel does not lock without depressing the brake pedal.
discharged when the Engine when the Engine Start/Stop Button • It means that you should depress
Start/Stop Button changes to the changes to the OFF position. the brake pedal to start the engine.
OFF position.
4 87
Key not in vehicle Press START button again Press START button with key
(for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not in the vehicle if you can not operate the Engine if you press the Engine Start/Stop
when you press the Engine Start/Stop Button when there is a Button whilst the warning message
Start/Stop Button. problem with the Engine Start/Stop “Key not detected” is illuminating.
• It means that you should always Button system. • At this time, the immobiliser indica-
have the smart key with you. • It means that you could start the tor light blinks.
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/ Stop Button once more.
Key not detected Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
(for smart key system) • If the warning illuminates each time (for smart key system)
you press the Engine Start/Stop
• This warning message illuminates Button, have the vehicle inspected • This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not detected by a professional workshop. Kia if the brake switch fuse is discon-
when you press the Engine recommends to visit an authorised nected.
Start/Stop Button. Kia dealer/service partner. • It means that you should replace
the fuse with a new one. If that is
not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in
the ACC position.
4 88
Shift to P or N to start engine Low washer fluid (if equipped) Device in wireless charger
(for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates (if equipped)
• This warning message illuminates on the service reminder mode if If a smart phone is still left on the
if you try to start the engine with the washer fluid level in the reser- wireless charging pad unattended,
the shift lever not in the P (Park) or voir is nearly empty. even when the Engine start/stop but-
N (Neutral) position. • It means that you should refill the ton is turned to the ACC or OFF posi-
washer fluid. tion. And the instrument panel's one
time driving information mode has
✽ NOTICE finished, a warning message will lit
You can start the engine with the Low fuel
up on the instrument panel.
shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi- • This warning message illuminates
tion. But, for your safety, we recom- if the fuel tank is nearly empty. ❈ For more details, refer to “Smart
mend that you start the engine with - When the low fuel level warning Phone Wireless Charger” in this
the shift lever in the P (Park) posi- light is illuminates. chapter.
tion. Add fuel as soon as possible.
4 89
Check Hybrid system Check Hybrid system. Do not start Park with engine On to charge
This warning message illuminates engine battery
when there is a problem with the This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates
hybrid control system. when the hybrid battery power when the hybrid battery power
Refrain from driving when the warn- (SOC) level is low. A warning chime (SOC) level is low.
ing message is displayed. will sound until the problem is solved. In this case, park the vehicle in a
In this case, have the vehicle inspect- In this case, have the vehicle inspect- safe location and wait until the hybrid
ed by a professional workshop. Kia ed by a professional workshop. Kia battery is charged.
recommends to visit an authorised recommends to visit an authorised
Kia dealer/service partner. Kia dealer/service partner.
Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery
damage
Check Hybrid system. Turn Stop vehicle and check power This warning message illuminates
engine Off supply when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates You should refill the fuel tank to pre-
when there is a problem with the when a failure occurs in the power vent hybrid battery damage.
hybrid system. The “ ” indicator supply system.
will blink and a warning chime will In this case, park the vehicle in a
sound until the problem is solved. safe location and tow your vehicle to Refill inverter coolant
In this case, have the vehicle inspect- the nearest professional workshop This warning message illuminates
ed by a professional workshop. Kia and have the vehicle inspected. Kia when the inverter coolant is nearly
recommends to visit an authorised recommends to visit an authorised empty.
Kia dealer/service partner. Kia dealer/service partner. You should refill the inverter coolant.
4 90
Check brake system Coasting guidance (if equipped) ❈ Example of a deceleration event is
This warning message illuminates going down an extended hill, slow-
when the brake performance is low ing down approaching a toll booth,
or the regenerative brake does not and approaching reduced speed
work properly due to a failure in the zones.
brake system.
In this case, it may take longer for the
brake pedal to operate and the brak-
ing distance may become longer.
Stop safely and check brake sys-

tem
ODEP049583L
This warning message is displayed
when a failure occurs in the brake A chime will sound and the coasting
system. guidance indicator will blink four times
In this case, park the vehicle in a to inform the driver when to take the
safe location and tow your vehicle to foot off the accelerator by anticipating
the nearest professional workshop a decelerating event* based on the
and have the vehicle inspected. Kia analysis of driving routes and road
recommends to visit an authorised conditions stored in the navigation
Kia dealer/service partner. system. It encourages the driver to
remove the foot from the pedal and
allow coasting down the road with EV
motor only. This helps preventing
unnecessary fuel consumption and
increases fuel efficiency.
4 91
• User settings • Operation conditions Unplug vehicle to start

Press the Engine Start/Stop button To activate the system, take the fol- (Plug-in hybrid)
and put the shift lever in P(Park). In lowing procedures. Enter your desti- The message is displayed when you
the User Settings Mode, select nation information on the navigation start the engine without unplugging
Driver assistance, Coasting Guide, and select the driving route. Select the charging cable. Unplug the
and then On to turn on the system. the ECO mode in the Integrated charging cable, and then start the
Cancel the selection of coasting Driving Control System. Then, satisfy vehicle.
guide to turn off the system. For the the following.
explanation of the system, press and - The driving speed should be
hold the [OK] button. Remaining time (Plug-in hybrid)
between 60 km/h(37 mph) and 160
km/h(99 mph). The message is displayed to notify
the remaining time to fully charge the
battery.
❈ The operating speed may vary due
to difference between instrument
cluster and navigation effected by
tyre inflation level.
4 92
Shift to P to start charging Low battery. Maintaining Hybrid Low system temperature.
(Plug-in hybrid) mode (Plug-in hybrid) Maintaining Hybrid mode/
The message is displayed when the This message is displayed when High system temperature.
charging connector is plugged with unable to convert to EV mode even Maintaining Hybrid mode
the shift lever in R (Reverse), N when pressing the [EV/HEV] button (Plug-in hybrid)
(Neutral) or D (Drive). Move the shift during HEV mode driving due to This message is displayed when the
lever to P (Park) and re-start the insufficient high-voltage (hybrid) bat- temperature of the high-voltage
charging process. tery level. (hybrid) battery is too low or too high.
This warning message is to protect
Electric mode/Automatic mode/ Low system temperature. the battery and the hybrid system.
Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid) Switching to Hybrid mode/
A corresponding message is dis- High system temperature.
played when a mode is selected by Switching to Hybrid mode
pressing the [EV/HEV] button. (Plug-in hybrid)
This message is displayed when the
temperature of the high-voltage
(hybrid) battery is too low or high.
This warning message is to protect
the battery and the hybrid system.
4 93
Wait until fuel door opens Charging interrupted. Please Switching to Hybrid mode to
(Plug-in hybrid) check the cable connection allow heating or air conditioning
This message is displayed when you (Plug-in hybrid) (Plug-in hybrid)
attempt to open the fuel filler door This messages is displayed when • When the outdoor temperature is
with the fuel tank pressurized. Wait charging is stopped because the lower than -13°C (8.6°F), and you
until the fuel tank is depressurized. charging connector is not correctly turn the climate control On for
connected to the charging inlet. If this heating, the above message will be
occur, separate the charging connec- displayed in the cluster. Then, the
Fuel door open (Plug-in hybrid) tor and re-connect it and check vehicle will automatically switch to
This message is displayed when the whether there is any problem (exter- HEV mode.
fuel filler door opens after the fuel nal damage, foreign substances, etc.) • When the outdoor temperature is
tank is depressurized. If this mes- with the charging connector and higher than -10°C (14°F), or you
sage is displayed, you can refuel the charging inlet. If the same problem turn the climate control Off, the
fuel tank. occurs when charging the vehicle with vehicle will automatically return to
a replaced charging cable or genuine EV mode.
Charging stopped. Please check Kia portable charger, have the vehicle
the AC charger (Plug-in hybrid) inspected by a professional work-
shop. Kia recommends to visit an Switching to Hybrid mode for
This messages is displayed when authorised Kia dealer/service partner. self-diagnosis (Plug-in hybrid)
the charging failed by external charg- • This message is displayed for self-
er error. diagnosis of the hybrid mode sys-
The purpose of this message is to let Charging door open
(Plug-in hybrid) tem.
you know the error has occurred in
the charger itself, not in the vehicle. This message indicates that the
charging door is open whilst in driv-
ing-ready state to encourage you to
inspect and close the door.(Driving
with the charging door open may
result in moisture inflow or damage.
This message is used to prevent
such occurrences.)
4 94
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light
✽ NOTICE - Warning lights

Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver
are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened.
any light is still ON, this indicates a Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON ❈ For more details, refer to the “Seat
situation that needs attention. position. Belts” in chapter 3.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
Hybrid system warning • When there is a malfunction with
light the SRS.
In this case, have the vehicle
This warning light illuminates: inspected by a professional work-
When there is a malfunction with the shop. Kia recommends to visit an
hybrid system. authorised Kia dealer/service part-
In this case, have the vehicle inspect- ner.
ed by a professional workshop. Kia
recommends to visit an authorised
4 95
Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system
Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This
This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two
2. With the engine stopped, check wheels even if one of the dual sys-
• Once you set the ignition switch or tems should fail.
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON the brake fluid level immediately
position. and add fluid as required (For With only one of the dual systems
more details, refer to “Brake Fluid” working, more than normal pedal
- It illuminates for approximately 3 in chapter 7). Then check all brake travel and greater pedal pressure are
seconds components for fluid leaks. If any required to stop the vehicle.
- It remains on if the parking brake leak on the brake system is still Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
is applied. found, the warning light remains short a distance with only a portion
• When the parking brake is applied. on, or the brakes do not operate of the brake system working.
• When the brake fluid level in the properly, do not drive the vehicle.
If the brakes fail whilst you are driv-
reservoir is low. In this case, have the vehicle towed ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
- If the warning light illuminates to a professional workshop and al engine braking and stop the vehi-
with the parking brake released, it inspected. Kia recommends to visit cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
indicates the brake fluid level in an authorised Kia dealer/service
reservoir is low. partner.
4 96
Regenerative Brake Anti-lock Brake System

WARNING Warning Light (ABS) Warning Light
- Parking Brake & Brake (red colour)
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
Driving the vehicle with a warn-
ing light ON is dangerous. If the • Once you set the ignition switch or
(yellow colour)
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
Warning Light illuminates with position.
This warning light illuminates :
the parking brake released, it - It illuminates for approximately 3
When the regenerative brake does seconds and then goes off.
indicates that the brake fluid not operate and the brake does not
level is low. perform well. This causes the Brake • When there is a malfunction with
In this case, have the vehicle Warning light (red) and Regenerative the ABS (The normal braking sys-
inspected by a professional Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illu- tem will still be operational without
workshop. Kia recommends to minate simultaneously. the assistance of the anti-lock
visit an authorised Kia brake system).
In this case, drive safely and have
dealer/service partner. the vehicle inspected by a profes- In this case, have the vehicle
sional workshop. Kia recommends to inspected by a professional work-
visit an authorised Kia dealer/service shop. Kia recommends to visit an
partner. authorised Kia dealer/service part-
ner.
The operation of the brake pedal
may be more difficult than normal
and the braking distance can
increase.
4 97
Electronic ✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake

Brake force WARNING - Electronic force Distribution (EBD)
Distribution Brake force Distribution System Warning Light
(EBD) System (EBD) System Warning Light When the ABS Warning Light is on
Warning Light When both ABS and Parking or both ABS and Parking Brake &
These two warning lights illuminate at Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,
the same time whilst driving: Lights are on, the brake system the speedometer, odometer, or trip-
• When the ABS and regular brake will not work normally and you meter may not work. Also, the EPS
system may not work normally. may experience an unexpected Warning Light may illuminate and
and dangerous situation during the steering effort may increase or
In this case, have the vehicle sudden braking.
inspected by a professional work-
decrease.
shop. Kia recommends to visit an In this case, avoid high speed In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
authorised Kia dealer/service part- driving and abrupt braking. ed by a professional workshop as
ner. Have the vehicle inspected by a soon as possible.
professional workshop as soon Kia recommends to visit an autho-
as possible. Kia recommends to rised Kia dealer/service partner.
4 98
Electric Power Steering Malfunction Indicator

(EPS) Warning Light Lamp (MIL) CAUTION - Petrol Engine
If the Malfunction Indicator
This warning light illuminates: Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-
This warning light illuminates: tial catalytic converter damage
• Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or is possible which could result in
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON loss of engine power.
position. position.
- It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is inspected by a professional
started. started. workshop as soon as possible.
• When there is a malfunction with • When there is a malfunction with Kia recommends to visit an
the EPS. the emission control system. authorised Kia dealer/service
In this case, have the vehicle In this case, have the vehicle partner.
inspected by a professional work- inspected by a professional work-
shop. Kia recommends to visit an shop. Kia recommends to visit an
authorised Kia dealer/service part- authorised Kia dealer/service part-
ner. ner.
CAUTION - Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control systems which could
affect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
4 99
Charging System If there is a malfunction with either the Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light alternator or electrical charging system: Warning Light
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or 2.Turn the engine off and check the • Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON alternator drive belt for looseness Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position. or breakage. position.
- It remains on until the engine is If the belt is adjusted properly, - It remains on until the engine is
started. there may be a problem in the elec- started.
• When there is a malfunction with trical charging system.
• When the engine oil pressure is
either the alternator or electrical In this case, have the vehicle low.
charging system. inspected by a professional work-
shop as soon as possible. • Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
rised Kia dealer/service partner. • Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to “Engine Oil” section in
chapter 7). If the level is low, add oil
as required.d.
• If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available,
have the vehicle inspected by a
professional workshop as soon as
possible. Kia recommends to visit
an authorised Kia dealer/service
partner.
Continued driving with the warning
light on may cause engine failure.
4 100
✽ NOTICE Low Fuel Level Warning Low Tyre Pressure

When engine oil pressure decreases Light Warning Light
due to insufficient engine oil, etc., (if equipped)
the Engine Oil Pressure warning This warning light illuminates:
light will illuminate. When the fuel tank is nearly empty. This warning light illuminates:
Add fuel as soon as possible. • Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
CAUTION - Low Fuel position.
Level - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel • When one or more of your tyres
level below “0 or E” can cause are significantly underinflated.
the engine to misfire and dam- ❈ For more details, refer to “Tyre
age the catalytic converter (if Pressure Monitoring System
equipped). (TPMS)” in chapter 6.
4 101
This warning light remains on after

blinking for approximately 70 seconds WARNING - Low tyre WARNING - Safe Stopping
or repeats blinking and off at the pressure • The TPMS cannot warn you to
intervals of approximately 4 seconds: • Significantly low tyre pres- severe and sudden tyre dam-
• When there is a malfunction with sure makes the vehicle unsta- age caused by external factors.
the TPMS. ble and can contribute to loss • If you notice any vehicle insta-
In this case, have the vehicle of vehicle control and bility, immediately take your
inspected by a professional work- increased braking distances. foot off the accelerator pedal,
shop as soon as possible. • Continued driving or low apply the brakes gradually
Kia recommends to visit an autho- pressure tyres will cause the with light force, and slowly
rised Kia dealer/service partner. tyres to overheat and fail. move to a safe position off the
road.
❈ For more details, refer to “Tyre
(TPMS)” in chapter 6.
4 102
Master Warning Light - LED headlamp malfunction (if Engine Coolant

equipped) Temperature Warning
- Tyre Pressure Monitoring System Light
(TPMS) malfunction (if equipped) This warning light illuminates:
• This warning light informs the driv-
er the following situations The Master Warning Light illumi- • When the engine coolant tempera-
nates when more than one of the ture is above 120°C (248°F). This
- Forward Collision-Avoidance above warning situations occur. If the
Assist malfunction (if equipped) means that the engine is overheat-
warning situation is solved, the mas- ed and may be damaged.
- Forward Collision-Avoidance ter warning light will turn off.
Assist front radar is blocked. (if If your vehicle is overheated, refer
equipped) to “Overheating” in chapter 6.
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning mal-
function (if equipped) CAUTION - Engine
Overheating
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped) Do not continue driving with the
engine overheated. Otherwise
- Intelligent Speed Limit Warning engine may be damaged.
malfunction (if equipped)
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control malfunction
(if equipped)
- Smart Cruise front radar is
blocked. (if equipped)
- Lane Following Assist malfunction
(if equipped), etc.
- Lamp malfunction
4 103
Overspeed Warning Electronic Parking Brake LED Headlamp Warning

Light (if equipped) 120 (EPB) Warning Light EPB Light (if equipped)
km/h
(if equipped)
This warning light blinks: This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:
• When you drive the vehicle more • Once you set the Engine Start/Stop • Once you set the ignition switch or
than 120 km/h. Button to the ON position. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
- This is to prevent you from driving - It illuminates for approximately 3 position.
your vehicle with overspeed. seconds and then goes off. - It illuminates for approximately 3
- The overspeed warning chime also • When there is a malfunction with seconds and then goes off.
sound for approximately 5 seconds. EPB. • When there is a malfunction with
In this case, have the vehicle the LED headlamp.
inspected by a professional work- In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
shop. Kia recommends to visit an ed by a professional workshop. Kia
authorised Kia dealer/service part- recommends to visit an authorised
ner. Kia dealer/service partner.
✽ NOTICE - Electronic Parking CAUTION - LED

Brake (EPB) Warning Light Headlamp Warning Light
The Electronic Parking Brake Continuous driving with the
(EPB) Warning Light may illumi- LED Headlamp Warning Light
nates when the Electronic Stability on can reduce LED headlamp
control (ESC) Indicator Light comes (low beam) life.
on to indicates that ESC is not work-
ing properly (This does not indicate
malfunction of EPB).
4 104
Forward Safety Warning Indicator Lights Electronic Stability

Light (if equipped) Charging Cable Control (ESC) Indicator
Connection Indicator Light
This warning light illuminates: (Plug-in hybrid) This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or This indicator illuminates in red when • Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON the charging cable is connected. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position. position.
- The Forward Safety warning light - It illuminates for approximately 3
illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
seconds and then turns off. • When there is a malfunction with
• When there is a malfunction with ESC.
Forward Safety. In this case, have the vehicle
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by a professional work-
inspected by a professional work shop. Kia recommends to visit an
shop. Kia recommends to visit an authorised Kia dealer/service part-
authorised Kia dealer/service partner.
ner.
❈ For more details, refer to “Forward This indicator light blinks:
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” Whilst ESC is operating.
in chapter 5.
❈ For more details, refer to
“Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)” in chapter 5.
4 105
Electronic Stability Immobiliser Indicator Immobiliser Indicator

Control (ESC) OFF Light (Without Smart Light (With Smart Key)
Indicator Light Key)
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates for up
• Once you set the ignition switch or • When the vehicle detects the to 30 seconds:
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON immobiliser in your key properly • When the vehicle detects the
position. whilst the ignition switch is ON. smart key in the vehicle properly
- It illuminates for approximately 3 - At this time, you can start the whilst the Engine Start/Stop Button
seconds and then goes off. engine. is ACC or ON.
• When you deactivate ESC by - The indicator light goes off after - At this time, you can start the
pressing the ESC OFF button. starting the engine. engine.
❈ For more details, refer to - The indicator light goes off after
“Electronic Stability Control This indicator light blinks: starting the engine.
(ESC)” in chapter 5. • When there is a malfunction with
the immobiliser system. This indicator light blinks for a few
In this case, have the vehicle seconds:
inspected by a professional work- • When the smart key is not in the
shop. Kia recommends to visit an vehicle.
authorised Kia dealer/service part- - At this time, you can not start the
ner. engine.
4 106
This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal Indicator Low Beam Indicator
seconds and goes off: Light Light (if equipped)
• When the vehicle can not detect
the smart key which is in the vehi- This indicator light blinks: This indicator light illuminates:
cle whilst the Engine Start/Stop
Button is ON. • When you turn the turn signal light • When the headlights are on.
on.
inspected by a professional work- If any of the following occurs, there High Beam Indicator
shop. Kia recommends to visit an may a malfunction with the turn signal Light
authorised Kia dealer/service part- system.
ner. - The indicator light does not blink
but illuminates. This indicator light illuminates:
- The indicator light blinks more • When the headlights are on and in
This indicator light blinks: the high beam position.
rapidly.
• When the battery of the smart key • When the turn signal lever is pulled
is weak. - The indicator light does not illumi-
nate at all. into the Flash-to-Pass position.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine. However, you can start the In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
engine if you press the Engine ed by a professional workshop. Kia
Start/Stop Button with the smart recommends to visit an authorised
key. (For more details, refer to Kia dealer/service partner.
“Starting the Engine” in chapter 5).
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobiliser system.
inspected by a professional work-
shop. Kia recommends to visit an
authorised Kia dealer/service part-
ner.
4 107
Light ON Indicator Light High Beam Assist EV Mode Indicator

indicator (if equipped) EV
This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates : This indicator illuminates when the
• When the tail lights or headlights • When the High-Beam is on with vehicle is driven by the electric
are on. the light switch in the AUTO light motor.
position.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or
Front Fog Indicator preceding vehicles, High Beam
Light (if equipped) Assist will switch the high beam to
low beam automatically.
This indicator light illuminates: ❈For more details, refer to “High
• When the front fog lights are on. Beam Assist” in chapter 4.
Rear Fog Indicator Light

(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:

• When the rear fog lights are on.
4 108
Ready Indicator AUTO HOLD Indicator Lane Safety Indicator

Light (if equipped)
AUTO (if equipped)
HOLD
This indicator illuminates : This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates :
When the vehicle is ready to be driv- • [White] When you activate the auto • [Green] When the function operat-
en. hold system by pressing the AUTO ing conditions are satisfied.
HOLD button. • [White] The function operating con-
- ON : Normal driving is possible.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle ditions are not satisfied.
- OFF : Normal driving is not possi-
completely by depressing the • [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-
ble, or a problem has occurred.
brake pedal with the auto hold sys- tion with lane keeping assist.
- Blinking : Emergency driving. tem activated.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc- inspected by a professional work-
When the ready indicator goes OFF tion with the auto hold system. shop as soon as possible. Kia rec-
or blinks, there is a problem with the In this case, have the vehicle ommends to visit an authorised Kia
system. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by a professional work- dealer/service partner.
inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an
shop. Kia recommends to visit an authorised Kia dealer/service part- ❈For more details, refer to “Lane
authorised Kia dealer/service partner. Keeping Assist (LKA)” in chapter 5.
ner.
❈For more details, refer to “Auto
Hold” in chapter 5.
4 109
SPORT Mode Indicator Exhaust system (PPF)

Light (if equipped) warning light (Petrol CAUTION
Engine) (if equipped) - Petrol Engine with PPF
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: If you continue to drive with the
• When you select “SPORT” mode • When accumulated soot reaches a PPF warning light blinking for a
as drive mode. certain amount. long time, the PPF system can
❈ For more details, refer to “Manual • When this warning light illumi- be damaged and fuel consump-
mode” in chapter 5. nates, it may turn off after driving tion can worsen.
the vehicle:
- The vehicle should be driven for
ECO Mode Indicator more than 30 minutes at a speed
Light (if equipped) of 80 km/h (50 mph) and faster.
- Ensure the following conditions
This indicator light illuminates: are all met: safe road conditions,
• When you select “ECO” mode as transmission 3rd gear or above,
drive mode. and engine speed of 1,500 -
4,000 rpm.
❈ For more details, refer to “Manual
If this warning light blinks in spite of
mode” in chapter 5.
the procedure (at this time the LCD
warning message will be displayed),
have the PPF system checked by a
professional workshop. Kia recom-
mends to visit an authorised Kia
4 110
REAR VIEW MONITOR (RVM) (IF EQUIPPED)

❈ If your vehicle is equipped with
WARNING Infotainment system, Rear View
• This function is a supplemen- Monitor will show behind the vehi-
tary function only. It is the cle through the Infotainment sys-
responsibility of the driver to tem monitor whilst backing-up.
always check the inside/out- Refer to a separately supplied
side rearview mirror and the manual for detailed information.
area behind the vehicle before
and whilst backing up because
there is a dead zone that can't
be seen by the camera.
ODEP041403 • If the camera lens is covered
Rear View Monitor will activate when with foreign material, the Rear
the back-up light is ON with the igni- View Monitor may not operate
tion switch ON and the shift lever in normally.
the R (Reverse) position. Always keep the camera lens
This function is a supplemental func- clean.
tion that shows behind the vehicle However, do not use chemical
through the Infotainment system solvents such as strong
whilst backing-up. detergents containing high
alkaline or volatile organic
solvents (gasoline, acetone
etc.). This may damage the
camera lens.
4 111
Rear View Whilst Driving Rear View Whilst Driving will activate Warning indicator in the screen is
(If equipped) when the back-up light is ON with the indicated when:
ignition switch ON and the shift lever • The trunk/tailgate is open.
■ Hybrid
in the R (Reverse) position.
• The driver/passenger’s door is
Driving Rear View assists you to open.
drive safely by allowing you to check
the rear view through the screen
whilst driving. WARNING
The function is activated when: • Rear View Whilst Driving is a
• The engine is ON. supplementary driving assist
function. Make sure to check
ODEP049536R • The shift lever is in D (Drive) or N the rear view directly for safe-
■ Plug-in hybrid (Neutral) and you press the ty. What you see on the screen
Parking/View button. may differ from the actual
vehicle’s location.
The function is deactivated when: • The camera may not operate
• You press the Parking/View button properly if any foreign sub-
again. stance is on the rear camera
lens. Always keep the lens
• You press the audio or clean.
Infotainment system button.
ODEP049535R • When the rear view is dis-
When the vehicle is reversing the played whilst driving, an icon
screen switches to Rear View is indicated on the upper right
screen. side of the screen.
ODEP049537L
4 112
REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (PDW) (IF EQUIPPED)

Reverse Parking Distance
WARNING Warning operation
Reverse Parking Distance Operating condition
Warning is a supplementary
function only. The operation of • This function will activate when the
Reverse Parking Distance indicator on the Parking Safety but-
Warning can be affected by sev- ton (if equipped) is not illuminated.
eral factors (including environ- If you desire to deactivate Reverse
mental conditions). It is the Parking Distance Warning, press
responsibility of the driver to the Parking Safety button (if
always check the area behind equipped) again. (The indicator on
the vehicle before and whilst the button will illuminate.) To turn
ODEP041400L
backing up. the function on, press the button (if
Reverse Parking Distance Warning equipped) again. (The indicator on
assists the driver during backward the button will go off.)
movement of the vehicle by chiming
• This function will activate when
if any object is sensed within a dis-
backing up with the ignition switch
tance of 120 cm (48 in) behind the
ON.
vehicle.
If the vehicle is moving at a speed
This function is a supplemental func-
over 5 km/h (3 mph), the function
tion and it is not intended to nor does
may not be activated correctly.
it replace the need for extreme care
and attention of the driver. The sens- • The sensing distance whilst
ing range and objects detectable by Reverse Parking Distance Warning
the rear ultrasonic sensors (➀) are is in operation is approximately
limited. Whenever backing-up, pay 120 cm (48 in).
as much attention to what is behind • When more than two objects are
you as you would in a vehicle without sensed at the same time, the clos-
Reverse Parking Distance Warning. est one will be recognized first.
4 113
Types of warning sound Indicator* Reverse Parking Distance The detecting range may decrease
Warning not operation when:
When an object is 120 cm 1. The sensor is stained with foreign
Reverse Parking Distance
to 60 cm (48 in to 24 in) matter such as snow or water.
Warning may not operate properly
from the rear bumper: (The sensing range will return to
when:
Buzzer beeps intermittently. normal when removed.)
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It
will operate normally when the 2. Outside air temperature is
When an object is 60 cm to
30 cm (24 in to 12 in) from moisture has been cleared.) extremely hot or cold.
the rear bumper: 2. The sensor is covered with foreign
Buzzer beeps more frequently. matter, such as snow or water, or The following objects may not be
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will recognized by the sensor:
When an object is within operate normally when the materi- 1. Sharp or slim objects such as
30 cm (12 in) of the rear al is removed or the sensor is no ropes, chains or small poles.
bumper: longer blocked.)
Buzzer sounds continuously. 2. Objects which tend to absorb the
3. Driving on uneven road surfaces sensor frequency such as clothes,
* if equipped (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, spongy material or snow.
gradient).
3. Undetectable objects smaller than
✽ NOTICE 4. Objects generating excessive 100 cm (40 in) in height and nar-
noise (vehicle horns, loud motor- rower than 14 cm (6 in) in diame-
The indicator may differ from the cycle engines, or truck air brakes)
illustration as objects or sensors sta- ter.
are within range of the sensor.
tus.
If the indicator blinks, have the sys- 5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.
tem checked by a professional 6. Wireless transmitters or mobile
workshop. Kia recommends to visit phones are within range of the
an authorised Kia dealer/service sensor.
partner. 7. The sensor is covered with snow.
8. Trailer towing
4 114
Reverse Parking Distance ✽ NOTICE

Warning precautions This function can only sense objects WARNING
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning within the range and location of the Pay close attention when the
may not sound consistently sensors; It can not detect objects in vehicle is driven close to
depending on the speed and other areas where sensors are not objects on the road, particularly
shapes of the objects detected. installed. Also, small or slim objects, pedestrians, and especially
such as poles or objects located children. Be aware that some
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning objects may not be detected by
may malfunction if the vehicle between sensors may not be detected
by the sensors. the sensors, due to the object’s
bumper height or sensor installa- distance, size or material, all of
tion has been modified or dam- Always visually check behind the
vehicle when backing up. which can limit the effective-
aged. Any non-factory installed ness of the sensor. Always per-
equipment or accessories may Be sure to inform any drivers of the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with form a visual inspection to
also interfere with the sensor per- make sure the vehicle is clear of
formance. the function regarding the functions
capabilities and limitations. all obstructions before moving
• The sensor may not recognize the vehicle in any direction.
objects less than 30 cm (12 in)
from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is frozen or
stained with snow, dirt, or water,
the sensor may be inoperative until
the stains are removed using a soft
cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
4 115
Self-diagnosis
If you don’t hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-
mittently when shifting the gear to
the R (Reverse) position, this may
indicate a malfunction in Reverse
Parking Distance Warning. If this
occurs, have the system checked by
a professional workshop. Kia recom-
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does
not cover any accidents or dam-
age to the vehicle or injuries to
its occupants due to Reverse
Parking Distance Warning mal-
function. Always drive safely
and cautiously.
4 116
FORWARD/REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (PDW) (IF EQUIPPED)

■ Front This function is a supplemental func- Forward/Reverse Parking
tion and it is not intended to nor does Distance Warning operation
it replace the need for extreme care
and attention of the driver. Operating condition
■ Hybrid
The sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors (➀) are
limited. Whenever moving pay as
much attention to what is in front and
behind of you as you would in a vehi-
cle without Forward/Reverse Parking
ODEP041401L
■ Rear
Distance Warning.
WARNING
ODEP049519R
Forward/Reverse Parking ■ Plug-in hybrid
Distance Warning should only
be considered as a supplemen-
tary function. The driver must
check the front and rear view.
The operational function of
Forward/Reverse Parking
ODEP041400L
Distance Warning can be affect-
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance ed by many factors and condi-
Warning assists the driver during tions of the surroundings, so
movement of the vehicle by chiming the responsibility rests always ODEP049402R
if any object is sensed within the dis- with the driver.
tance of 100 cm (40 in) in front and • This function activates when the
120 cm (48 in) behind the vehicle. Parking Safety button is pressed
with the ignition switch ON.
4 117
• The indicator of the Parking Safety ✽ NOTICE

button turns on automatically and It may not operate if it’s distance
activates Forward/Reverse Parking from the object is already less than
Distance Warning when you shift approximately 25 cm (10 in) when
the gear to the R (Reverse) posi- the function is ON.
tion.
• The sensing distance whilst back-
ing up is approximately 120 cm (48
in) when you are driving less than
20 km/h (12 mph).
• The sensing distance whilst mov-
ing forward is approximately 100
cm (40 in) when you are driving
less than 10 km/h (6 mph).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the clos-
est one will be recognized first.
• The front outer sensors are activat-
ed when you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position.
• If the vehicle speed is above 10
km/h (6 mph), the function is not
activate, and Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning will turn
off when you drive above 20 km/h
(12 mph). To activate the function
again, press the Parking Safety
button.
4 118
Type of warning indicator and sound

CAUTION
Warning indicator • This function can only sense
Distance objects within the range and
Warning sound
from object When driving When driving location of the sensors;
forward backward It can not detect objects in
100cm~60cm Front -
Buzzer beeps other areas where sensors are
intermittently not installed. Also, small or
Buzzer beeps
slim objects, such as poles or
120cm~60cm Rear -
intermittently
objects located between sen-
sors may not be detected by
Front
Buzzer beeps the sensors.
frequently Always visually check behind
60cm~30cm
Buzzer beeps the vehicle when backing up.
Rear -
frequently • Be sure to inform any drivers
Buzzer sounds of the vehicle that may be
Front unfamiliar with the function
continuously
30cm regarding the functions capa-
Buzzer sounds bilities and limitations.
Rear -
continuously
✽ NOTICE
• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration
according to objects or sensor status.
• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.
4 119
Forward/Reverse Parking There is a possibility of Detecting range may decrease

Distance Warning not opera- Forward/Reverse Parking Distance when:
tion Warning malfunction when: 1. Outside air temperature is
Forward/Reverse Parking 1. Driving on uneven road surfaces extremely hot or cold.
Distance Warning may not oper- such as unpaved roads, gravel, 2. Undetectable objects smaller than
ate normally when: bumps, or gradient. 100 cm (40 in) and narrower than
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It 2. Objects generating excessive 15 cm (6 in) in diameter.
will operate normally when mois- noise such as vehicle horns, loud
ture melts.) motorcycle engines, or truck air
brakes can interfere with the sen- The following objects may not be
2. Sensor is covered with foreign sor. recognized by the sensor:
matter, such as snow or water, or 1. Sharp or slim objects such as
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will 3. Heavy rain or water spray.
ropes, chains or small poles.
operate normally when the materi- 4. Wireless transmitters or mobile
al is removed or the sensor is no phones present near the sensor. 2. Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
longer blocked.) sor frequency such as clothes,
5. Sensor is covered with snow. spongy material or snow.
3. Sensor is stained with foreign mat-
ter such as snow or water.
(Sensing range will return to nor-
mal when removed.)
4.The Parking Safety button is off.
4 120
✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE
1. The warning may not sound This function can only sense objects WARNING
sequentially depending on the within the range and location of the Pay close attention when the
speed and shapes of the objects sensors, it can not detect objects in vehicle is driven close to
detected. other areas where sensors are not objects on the road, particularly
2. Forward/Reverse Parking installed. Also, small or slim objects, pedestrians, and especially
Distance Warning may malfunc- or objects located between sensors children. Be aware that some
tion if the vehicle bumper height may not be detected. objects may not be detected by
or sensor installation has been Always visually check in front and the sensors, due to the objects
modified. Any non-factory behind the vehicle when driving. distance, size or material, all of
installed equipment or accessories Be sure to inform any drivers in the which can limit the effective-
may also interfere with the sensor vehicle that may be unfamiliar with ness of the sensor. Always per-
performance. the function regarding the functions form a visual inspection to
3. Sensor may not recognize objects capabilities and limitations. make sure the vehicle is clear of
less than 30 cm from the sensor, all obstructions before moving
or it may sense an incorrect dis- the vehicle in any direction.
tance. Use with caution.
4. When the sensor is frozen or
stained with snow or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until
the stains are removed using a
soft cloth.
5. Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
4 121
Self-diagnosis
When you shift the gear to the R
WARNING
(Reverse) position and if one or more of Your new vehicle warranty does
the below occurs you may have a mal- not cover any accidents or dam-
function in Forward/Reverse Parking age to the vehicle or injuries to
Distance Warning. its occupants related to
Forward/Reverse Parking
• You don't hear an audible warning
Distance Warning. Always drive
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-
safely and cautiously.
mittently.
• is displayed. (if equipped)

(blinks)
If this occurs, have the system

4 122
LIGHTING
Battery saver function Headlight escort function
CAUTION (if equipped)
• The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being dis- If the driver gets out of the vehi- If you turn the ignition switch to the
charged if the lights are left in the cle through other doors (except ACC or OFF position with the head-
ON position. The system automati- driver's door), the battery saver lights ON, the headlights remain on
cally shuts off the parking lights function does not operate. for about 5 minutes. However, if the
after the engine is off and the dri- Therefore, It causes the battery driver's door is opened and closed,
ver's door is opened. to be discharged. In this case, the headlights are turned off after 15
make sure to turn off the lamp seconds.
• However, the position lamps stay before getting out of the vehicle.
ON even when the driver-side door The headlights can be turned off by
is opened if the headlamp switch is pressing the lock button on the trans-
turned to the position lamp ( ) mitter (or smart key) twice or turning
or AUTO position after the engine the light switch to the OFF position.
is turned off.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on
turn the position lamps OFF and
ON again using the headlamp
switch on the steering column after
the engine is turned off.
4 123
Daytime running light ❈ Traffic Change (For Europe) Lighting control

The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) The low beam light distribution is ■ Type A
can make it easier for others to see asymmetric. If you go abroad to a
the front of your vehicle during the country with opposite traffic direc-
day. DRL can be helpful in many dif- tion, this asymmetric part will dazzle
ferent driving conditions, and it is oncoming car driver. To prevent daz-
especially helpful after dawn and zle, ECE regulation demand several
before sunset. technical solutions (ex. automatic
change system, adhesive sheet,
The DRL system turns OFF when:
down aiming). This headlamps are
1. The headlight switch is on designed not to dazzle opposite driv- OJF048560L
2. The engine is off ers. So, you need not change your ■ Type B
3. The front fog light is on. headlamps in a country with oppo-

site traffic direction.
OJF048559L
■ Type C
OUM044053R
4 124
The light switch has a Headlight and Parking light position ( ) When the light switch is in the park-
a Parking light position. ing light position (3rd position), the
■ Type A
To operate the lights, turn the knob at tail, license and instrument panel
the end of the control lever to one of lights will turn ON.
the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Auto light position
(3) Parking light position
(4) Headlight position
OJF048562L
■ Type B
OJF048561L
■ Type C
OUM044054R
4 125
Headlight position ( ) When the light switch is in the head- Auto light
light position (4th position), the head,
■ Type A ■ Type A
tail, license and instrument panel
lights will turn ON.
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the
ON position to turn on the head-
lights.
OJF048564L ODEP041623L
■ Type B ■ Type B
OJF048563L ODEP041624L
■ Type C ■ Type C
OUM044217R ODEEV041643R
4 126
When the light switch is in the AUTO High beam operation

light position, the taillights and head- CAUTION
lights will be turned ON or OFF auto- ■ Type A
• Never place anything over the
matically depending on the amount sensor (1) located on the
of light outside the vehicle. instrument panel. This will
ensure better auto-light sys-
tem control.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a
window cleaner. The cleaner
may leave a light film which
could interfere with sensor OJF048567L
operation. ■ Type B
• If your vehicle has window tint

or other types of metallic coat-
ing on the front windscreen,
the Auto light system may not
work properly.
OJF048566L
■ Type C
OUM044059R
4 127
To turn on the high beam headlamp, ■ Type A To flash the headlights, pull the lever
push the lever away from you. The towards you. It will return to the nor-
lever will return to its original position. mal (low beam) position when
The high beam indicator will light released. The headlight switch does
when the headlight high beams are not need to be on to use this flashing
switched on. feature.
To turn off the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever to you when the high
beam is on. The lever will return to its OJF048569L
original position. ■ Type B
To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time whilst the
engine is not running.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when OJF048568L
there are other vehicles. Using ■ Type C
high beam could obstruct the
other driver’s vision.
OUM044058R
4 128
High Beam Assist (HBA) High Beam Assist is a function that Operating condition
(if equipped) automatically adjusts the headlamp 1.Place the light switch in the AUTO
range (switches between high beam position.
■ Type A and low beam) according to the
2.Turn on the high beam by pushing
brightness of other vehicles and road
the lever away from you.
conditions.
The High Beam Assist ( ) indica-
tor will illuminate.
3.High Beam Assist will turn on when
vehicle speed is above 40 kph (25
mph).
ODEP049552L • If the lever is pushed away when
■ Type B High Beam Assist is operating,
High Beam Assist will turn off and
the high beam will be on continu-
ously. The High Beam Assist ( )
indicator will turn off.
• If the lever is pulled towards you
when the high beam is on with
operating High Beam Assist,
ODEP049553L High Beam Assist will turn off.
■ Type C 4.If the light switch is placed to the
headlamp position, High Beam
Assist will turn off and the low
beam will be on continuously.
OJF048333R
4 129
The high beam switches to low beam

CAUTION (Continued)
in the below conditions.
The function may not operate • When it is hard to see because
- When High Beam Assist is off.
normally in the below condi- of fog, heavy rain or snow.
- When the light switch is not in the
tions. • When the headlamp is not
AUTO position.
• When the light from the on- repaired or replaced at an
- When the headlamp is detected authorised dealer.
from the on-coming vehicle. coming or front vehicle is not
detected because of lamp dam- • When headlamp aiming is not
- When the tail lamp is detected age, hidden from sight, etc. properly adjusted.
from the front vehicle.
• When the lamp of the on-com- • When driving on a narrow
- When the surrounding is bright ing or front vehicle is covered curved road or rough road.
enough high beams are not need- with dust, snow or water. • When driving downhill or
ed.
• When the light from the on- uphill.
- When streetlights or other lights coming or front vehicle is not • When only part of the vehicle
are detected. detected because of exhaust in front is visible on a cross-
- When vehicle speed is below 30 fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc. road or curved road.
kph (19 mph). • When the front window is cov- • When there is a traffic light,
- When headlamp / taillamp of bicy- ered with foreign matters such reflecting sign, flashing sign
cle/motorcycle is detected. as ice, dust, fog, or is dam- or mirror.
aged. • When the road conditions are
• When there is a similar shape bad such as being wet or cov-
lamp with the front vehicle’s ered with snow.
lamps. (Continued)
(Continued)
4 130
(Continued) Turn signals and lane change

WARNING signals
• When the front vehicle’s head-
• Do not place any accessories,
lamps are off but the fog ■ Type A
stickers or tint the wind-
lamps on.
screen.
• When a vehicle suddenly
• Have the windscreen glass
appears from a curve.
replaced from an authorised
• When the vehicle is tilted from dealer.
a flat tyre or being towed.
• Do not remove or impact relat-
• When LKA warning light illu- ed parts of High Beam Assist.
minates. (if equipped)
• Be careful that water doesn’t OJF048571L
get into the High Beam Assist ■ Type B
unit.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflects light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc. The function may malfunc-
tion if sunlight is reflected.
• At times, Smart High Beam
may not work properly, always OJF048570L
check the road conditions for ■ Type C
your safety. When the function
does not operate normally,
manually change between the
high beam and low beam.
OUM044060R
4 131
The ignition switch must be on for the One-touch lane change function Front fog light (if equipped)
turn signals to function. To turn on (if equipped) ■ Type A, B
the turn signals, move the lever up or To activate an one-touch lane
down (A). The green arrow indicators change function, move the turn sig-
on the instrument panel indicate nal lever slightly for less than 0.7
which turn signal is operating. second and then release it. The lane
They will self-cancel after a turn is change signals will blink 3 times.
completed. If the indicator continues
to flash after a turn, manually return
the lever to the OFF position. ✽ NOTICE
To signal a lane change, move the If an indicator flash is abnormally
turn signal lever slightly and hold it in quick or slow, a bulb may be burned OUM044061L
position (B). The lever will return to out or have a poor electrical connec- ■ Type B
the OFF position when released. tion in the circuit.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
OUM044061R
Fog lights are used to provide

improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.
The fog lights will turn on when the
fog light switch (1) is turned on after
the parklight is turned on.
4 132
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog Rear fog light (if equipped) The rear fog lights turn on when the
light switch (1) to the ON position rear fog light switch is turned on after
■ Type A, B
again. the front fog light switch is turned on
and the headlight switch is in the
parklight position.
CAUTION
To turn the rear fog lights off, turn the
When in operation, the fog rear fog light switch to the on position
lights consume large amounts again or turn the headlight switch off.
of vehicle electrical power. Only
use the fog lights when visibility
is poor. ✽ NOTICE
OUM044329L
To turn on the rear fog light switch,
■ Type B the ignition switch must be in the
ON position.
OUM044329R
To turn the rear fog lights on, turn the

headlight switch to the headlight on
position and turn the rear fog light
switch (1) to the on position.
4 133
Headlight levelling device Listed below are the examples of

(if equipped) proper switch settings. For loading
conditions other than those listed
below, adjust the switch position so
that the beam level may be the near-
est as the condition obtained accord-
ing to the list.
Switch
Loading condition
position
Driver only 0
Driver + Front passenger 0

ODEP041632R
To adjust the headlight beam level Driver + Full passengers 1

according to the number of passen-
gers and loading weight in the lug- Full passengers (including driver)
2
gage area, turn the beam levelling + Maximum permissible loading
switch. Driver + Maximum permissible
3
The higher the number of the switch loading
position, the lower the headlight
beam level. Always keep the head-
light beam at the proper levelling
position, or headlights may dazzle
other road users.
4 134
WIPERS AND WASHERS

Windscreen wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer A : Wiper speed control (front)
■ Type A '
■ Type A
(1) MIST/ – Single wipe
(2) OFF / O – Off
(3) INT / --- – Intermittent wipe
AUTO* – Auto control wipe
(4) LO / 1 – Low wiper speed
(5) HI / 2 – High wiper speed
B : Intermittent control wipe time

■ Type B ■ Type B ' adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes (front)*
D : Rear wiper/washer control*

(6) HI / 2 – Continuous wipe
(7) LO / 1 – Intermittent wipe*
(8) OFF / O – Off
■ Type C ■ Type C '
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)*
* if equipped
OQL046407/ODEP049556L/ODEP049587R/OQL046464/ODEP049563L/OQL046500R
4 135
Windscreen wipers ✽ NOTICE Auto control (if equipped)

Operates as follows when the igni- If there is heavy accumulation of ■ Type A
tion switch is turned ON. snow or ice on the windscreen,
(1) MIST/ : For a single wiping defrost the windscreen for about 10
cycle, move the lever minutes, or until the snow and/or ice
to this (MIST/ ) is removed before using the wind-
position and release screen wipers to ensure proper oper- ■ Type B
it. The wipers will ation. If you do not remove the snow
operate continuously and/or ice before using the wiper
if the lever is held in and washer, it may damage the
this position. Wiper and washer system.
(2) OFF / O : Wiper is not in operation
ODEP049564L
(3) INT / --- : Wiper operates inter-
■ Type C
mittently at the same
wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain
or mist. To vary the
speed setting, turn the
speed control knob.
(4) LO / 1 : Normal wiper speed
(5) HI / 2 : Fast wiper speed
OQLE045484R
4 136
The rain sensor (A) located on the

CAUTION (Continued)
upper end of the windscreen glass
senses the amount of rainfall and When the ignition switch is ON • Do not remove the sensor
controls the wiping cycle for the and the windscreen wiper switch cover located on the upper
proper interval. The more it rains, the is placed in the AUTO mode, use end of the driver side wind-
faster the wiper operates. When the caution in the following situa- screen glass. Damage to sys-
rain stops, the wiper stops. tions to avoid any injury to the tem parts could occur and
hands or other parts of the body: may not be covered by your
To vary the speed setting, turn the vehicle warranty.
speed control knob (1). • Do not touch the upper end of
the windscreen glass facing • When starting the vehicle in
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
the rain sensor. winter, set the wiper switch in
mode when the ignition switch is ON, the OFF (O) position.
the wiper will operate once to per- • Do not wipe the upper end of Otherwise, wipers may oper-
form a self-check of the system. Set the windscreen glass with a ate and ice may damage the
the wiper to OFF (O) position when damp or wet cloth. windscreen wiper blades.
the wiper is not in use. • Do not put pressure on the Always remove all snow and
windscreen glass. ice and defrost the wind-
screen properly prior to oper-
ating the windscreen wipers.
CAUTION • When tinting the windscreen,
• When washing the vehicle, set be careful of any fluid getting
the wiper switch in the OFF into the sensor located in the
(O) position to stop the auto top centre of the front wind-
wiper operation. screen. It may damage the
The wiper may operate and be related parts.
damaged if the switch is set in
the AUTO mode whilst wash-
ing the vehicle.
(Continued)
4 137
Windscreen washers The spray and wiper operation will

continue until you release the lever. CAUTION
■ Type A
If the washer does not work, check • To prevent possible damage
the washer fluid level. If the fluid level to the wipers or windscreen,
is not sufficient, you will need to add do not operate the wipers
appropriate non-abrasive wind- when the windscreen is dry.
screen washer fluid to the washer • To prevent damage to the
OQL045409 reservoir. wiper blades, do not use
■ Type B The reservoir filler neck is located in petrol, kerosene, paint thinner,
the front of the engine compartment or other solvents on or near
on the driver side. them.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other compo-
CAUTION nents, do not attempt to move
ODEP049565L To prevent possible damage to
■ Type C the wipers manually.
the washer pump, do not oper-
• To prevent possible damage
ate the washer when the fluid
to the wipers and washer sys-
reservoir is empty.
tem, use anti-freezing washer
fluids in the winter season or
cold weather.
OQL045502R WARNING
In the OFF (O) position, pull the lever Do not use the washer in freez-
gently toward you to spray washer ing temperatures without first
fluid on the windscreen and to run warming the windscreen with
the wipers 1-3 cycles. the defrosters; the washer solu-
tion could freeze on the wind-
Use this function when the windscreen and obscure your
screen is dirty. vision.
4 138
Rear window wiper and washer (1) HI / 2 - Normal wiper operation ■ Type A
switch (2) LO / 1 - Intermittent wiper opera-

■ Type A
tion (if equipped)
(3) OFF / O - Wiper is not in opera-
tion
OQL045466
■ Type B
OQL046465
■ Type B
ODEP049567L
■ Type C
ODEP049566L
■ Type C
OQL045504R
Push the lever away from you to
ODEP047470R
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
The rear window wiper and washer and wiper operation will continue
switch is located at the end of the until you release the lever.
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
4 139
INTERIOR LIGHT
Automatic turn off function Map lamp
CAUTION (if equipped) ■ Type A
Do not use the interior lights for The interior lights automatically turn
extended periods when the off approximately 20 minutes after
engine is not running. the ignition switch is turned off.
It may cause battery discharge. If your vehicle is equipped with the
theft alarm system, the interior lights
automatically turns off approximately
WARNING 5 seconds after the system is armed
Do not use the interior lights stage.
when driving in the dark. ODE046409L
Accidents could happen ■ Type B
because the view may be
obscured by interior lights.
ODEP049410
4 140
✽ NOTICE Room lamp

• (2) : The DOOR mode and ROOM mode ■ Type A
can not be selected at a time.
- The map lamp and room lamp
comes on when a door is opened. Front Room Lamp:
The lamps go out after approxi-
mately 30 seconds. • Type A
- The map lamp and room lamp (3): Press this switch to turn the
comes on for approximately 30 front and rear room lamps
seconds when doors are unlocked on.
with a transmitter or smart key as (4): Press this switch to turn the
long as the doors are not opened. front and rear room lamps ODE046411
- The map lamp and room lamp will off. ■ Type B
stay on for approximately 20 min-

utes if a door is opened with the • Type B
ignition switch in the ACC or
LOCK/OFF position. (3): Press this switch to turn the
front and rear room lamps on
- The map lamp and room lamp will and off.
stay on continuously if the door is
opened with the ignition switch in
the ON position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will ODEP047468
go out immediately if the ignition
switch is changed to the ON posi-
tion or all doors are locked. • : The light stays on at all times.
- To turn off the DOOR mode, press
the DOOR button (2) once again
(not pressed).
4 141
Tailgate room lamp Vanity mirror lamp
ODEP049412 OQL046416R
The tailgate room lamp comes on Push the switch to turn the light on or
when the tailgate is opened. off.
• : The lamp will turn on if this
button is pressed.
✽ NOTICE • : The lamp will turn off if this
The tailgate lamp comes on as long button is pressed.
as the tailgate lid is open. To prevent
unnecessary charging system drain,
close the tailgate lid securely after CAUTION - Vanity mirror
using the tailgate. lamp
Always have the switch in the
off position when the vanity mir-
ror lamp is not in use. If the sun
visor is closed without the lamp
off, it may discharge the battery
or damage the sun visor.
4 142
WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Welcome light (if equipped) Escort welcome (if equipped) Interior light
When the headlight (light switch in When the interior light switch is in the
the headlight or AUTO position) is on DOOR position and all doors (and
and all doors (and tailgate) are tailgate) are locked and closed, the
locked and closed, the position light room lamp will come on for 30 sec-
and headlight will come on for 15 onds if any of the below is per-
seconds if any of the below is performed.
formed. • Without smart key system
• Without smart key system - When the door unlock button is
- When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter.
pressed on the transmitter. • With the smart key system
• With the smart key system - When the door unlock button is
ODEP041413R
- When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
When all the doors (and tailgate) are pressed on the smart key. - When the button of the outside
locked and closed, the door handle door handle is pressed.
lamp will come on for about 15 sec-
onds if any of the below is per- At this time, if you press the door lock
formed. or unlock button, the position light At this time, if you press the door lock
and headlight will turn off immediate- or unlock button, the room lamp will
• With the smart key system ly. turn off immediately.
- When the vehicle is approached
with the smart key in possession.
4 143
DEFROSTER
Rear window defroster The rear window defroster automati-
CAUTION cally turns off after approximately 20
To prevent damage to the con- minutes or when the ignition switch is
ductors bonded to the inside turned off. To turn off the defroster,
surface of the rear window, press the rear window defroster but-
never use sharp instruments or ton again.
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window. Outside rearview mirror defroster
(if equipped)
✽ NOTICE If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
If you want to defrost and defog the they will operate at the same time
front windscreen, refer to you turn on the rear window
“Windscreen defrosting and defog- ODE046301R
defroster.
ging” in this section. The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, whilst the engine is
running.
To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the centre
facia switch panel. The indicator on
the rear window defroster button illu-
minates when the defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
4 144
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

System operation Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes CAUTION
Ventilation
from entering the vehicle through Operating the blower when the
1. Set the mode to the position. ignition switch is in the ON posi-
the ventilation system, temporarily
2. Set the air intake control to the set the air intake control to the tion could cause the battery to
outside (fresh) air position. recirculated air position. Be sure to discharge. Operate the blower
3. Set the temperature control to the return the control to the fresh air when the engine is running.
desired position. position when the irritation has
4. Set the fan speed control to the passed to keep fresh air in the
desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driv-
er alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
Heating is drawn in through the grilles just
1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windscreen. Care
2. Set the air intake control to the should be taken that these are not
outside (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
3. Set the temperature control to the other obstructions.
desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the wind-
4. Set the fan speed control to the screen, set the air intake control to
desired speed. the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust
turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired
equipped) on. temperature.
• If the windscreen fogs up, set the
mode to the position.
4 145
Air conditioning ✽ NOTICE

CAUTION
Kia air conditioning systems are filled • When using the air conditioning
with R-134a or R-1234yf refrigerant. • The refrigerant system should system, monitor the temperature
only be serviced by trained gauge closely whilst driving up
1. Start the engine. Push the air con- and certified technicians to
ditioning button. hills or in heavy traffic when out-
insure proper and safe opera- side temperatures are high. Air
2. Set the mode to the position. tion. conditioning system operation
3. Set the air intake control to the • The refrigerant system should may cause engine overheating.
outside air or recirculated air posi- be serviced in a well-ventilat- Continue to use the blower fan but
tion. ed place. turn the air conditioning system
4. Adjust the fan speed control and • The air conditioning evapora- off if the temperature gauge indi-
temperature control to maintain tor (cooling coil) shall never cates engine overheating.
maximum comfort. be repaired or replaced with • When opening the windows in
one removed from a used or humid weather air conditioning
salvaged vehicle and new may create water droplets inside
Your vehicle is filled with R-134a or the vehicle. Since excessive water
R-1234yf according to the regulation replacement MAC evaporators
shall be certified (and labeled) droplets may cause damage to
in your country at the time of produc- electrical equipment, air condi-
tion. You can find out which air condi- as meeting SAE Standard
J2842. tioning should only be used with
tioning refrigerant is applied to your the windows closed.
vehicle on the label located inside of
the bonnet. Refer to chapter 9 for the
location of the air conditioning refrig-
erant label.
4 146
Air conditioning system operation • When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter
tips system, you may notice clear water
• If the vehicle has been parked in dripping (or even puddling) on the
direct sunlight during hot weather, ground under the passenger side
open the windows for a short time of the vehicle. This is a normal sys-
to let the hot air inside the vehicle tem operation characteristic.
escape. • Operating the air conditioning sys-
• Use air conditioning to reduce tem in the recirculated air position
humidity and moisture inside the provides maximum cooling, how-
vehicle on rainy or humid days. ever, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
• During air conditioning system vehicle to become stale.
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine • During cooling operation, you may OUM046438L
speed as the air conditioning com- occasionally notice a misty air flow
A : Outside air D : Blower
pressor cycles. This is a normal because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal B : Recirculated air E : Evaporator core
system operation characteristic.
system operation characteristic. C : Climate control F : Heater core
• Use the air conditioning system air filter
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system per- The climate control air filter installed
formance. behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
4 147
If dust or other pollutants accumulate Air Conditioning refrigerant Each symbols and specification on
in the filter over a period of time, the label air conditioning refrigerant label
air flow from the air vents may means as below ;
■ Example
decrease, resulting in moisture accu- Type A
mulation on the inside of the wind-
screen even when the outside (fresh) 1. Classification of refrigerant
air position is selected. If this hap- 2. Amount of refrigerant
pens, have the climate control air filter 3. Classification of Compressor lubri-
replaced by a professional workshop. cant
Kia recommends to visit an autho- 4. Caution
5. Flammable Refrigerant
ODEP061248L
6. Registered Technician to Service
✽ NOTICE Type B
Air Conditioning system
• Replace the filter according to the 7. Service manual
Maintenance Schedule.
If the car is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty, rough
roads, more frequent climate con-
trol air filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly ODEP061032L
decreases, have the system ❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrig-
checked by a professional work- erant label in the vehicle may differ
shop. Kia recommends to visit an from the illustration.
authorised Kia dealer/service
partner.
4 148
Checking the amount of air

CAUTION - AC Repair conditioner refrigerant and
It is important that the correct compressor lubricant
type and amount of oil and
When the amount of refrigerant is
refrigerant is used, otherwise
low, the performance of the air condi-
damage to the vehicle may
tioning is reduced. Overfilling also
occur.
has a bad influence on the air condi-
To prevent damage, the air con- tioning system.
ditioning system in your vehicle
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
should only be serviced by
found, have the system inspected by
trained and certified techni-
a professional workshop.
ODEP089004L cians.
You can find out which air condition-
ing refrigerant is applied your vehicle
at the label inside of the engine
room.
Refer to chapter 8 for more detail
location of air conditioning refrigerant
label.
4 149
*: Your vehicle is filled with R-134a or

WARNING - Vehicles WARNING - Vehicles R-1234yf according to the regula-
equipped with R-134a* equipped with R-1234yf* tion in your country at the time of
Because the refriger- Since the refrigerant producing. You can find out which
ant is at very high is mildly flammable air conditioning refrigerant is
pressure, the air con- and operated at high applied your vehicle at the label
ditioning system pressure, the air con- inside of engine room. Refer to
should only be serv- ditioning system chapter 8 for more detail location
iced by trained and certified should only be serv- of air conditioning refrigerant label.
technicians. It is important that iced by trained and
the correct type and amount of certified technicians.
oil and refrigerant is used. It is important that the correct
Otherwise, it may cause damage type and amount of oil and
to the vehicle and personal injury. refrigerant is used.
All refrigerants should be
reclaimed with proper equip-
ment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is
harmful to individuals and envi-
ronment.
Failure to heed these warnings
can lead to serious injuries.
4 150
Automatic climate control system
System Overview
1. Driver’s temperature control knob
2. AUTO (automatic control) button
3. Front windscreen defroster button
4. Rear window defroster button
5. Air conditioning button
6. Air intake control button
7. OFF button
8. Fan speed control button
9. Mode selection button
10. Passenger's temperature control knob
11. SYNC temperature control selection button
12. Climate button
13. Driver only select button
ODEP049330R
4 151
Automatic heating and air con- ■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side ✽ NOTICE
ditioning • To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windscreen defroster but-
ton (Press the button one more
time to deselect the front wind-
screen defroster function. The
'AUTO' sign will illuminate on
ODE046305 the information display once
2. Turn the temperature control knob again.)
to the desired temperature. - Fan speed control button
ODE046302
The selected function will be con-
1. Press the AUTO button. The trolled manually whilst other
modes, fan speeds, air intake and functions operate automatically.
air-conditioning will be controlled • For your convenience and to
automatically according to the improve the effectiveness of the
temperature setting. climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature to
22°C/71°F (23°C/73°F- Except
Europe).
4 152
Mode selection
ODEP049414
✽ NOTICE
Never place anything over the sen-
sor located on the instrument panel
to ensure better control of the heat-
ing and cooling system.
ODEP041318R
4 153
Floor/Defrost-Level
Face-Level (B, D, F) (A, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windscreen with a small
outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window
air discharged from the outlet. defrosters.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F) ALL-Level (A,B,C,D,E,F)

ODE046304R
The mode selection button controls Air flow is directed towards the face
the direction of the air flow through Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor. and floor and windscreen and side
the ventilation system. window defrosters.
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
- For Europe
Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windscreen and
side window defrosters.
- Except Europe
4 154
✽ NOTICE - 2nd row outlet

vents (E,F)
• The air flow of the 2nd row outlet
vents is controlled by the front cli-
mate control system and delivered
through the inside air duct of the
floor (E, F).
• The air flow of the 2nd row outlet
vents (E, F) may be weaker than
the instrument panel vents for the
long air duct.
Defrost-Level Instrument panel vents
Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or
windscreen with a small amount of closed separately using the thumb-
air directed to the side window wheel.
defrosters. Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
4 155
Temperature control Adjusting the driver and passenger

side temperature individually
■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side
• Press the “SYNC” button again to
adjust the driver and passenger
side temperature individually. The
illumination of button turns off.
• Operate the driver side tempera-
ture control knob to adjust the driv-
er side temperature.
• Operate the passenger side tem-
perature control knob to adjust the
ODE046306
passenger side temperature.
ODE046305
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature equally
The temperature will increase to the Temperature conversion (°C  °F)
maximum by turning the knob to the • Press the “SYNC” button to adjust (if equipped)
extreme right. the driver and passenger side tem-
perature equally. You can switch the temperature
The temperature will decrease to the mode between Centigrade to
minimum by turning the knob to the The passenger side temperature Fahrenheit as follows;
extreme left. will be set to the same temperature
as the driver side temperature. Whilst pressing the OFF button,
When turning the knob, the tempera- press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
ture will increase or decrease by • Turn the driver side temperature or more. The display will change from
0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest control knob. The driver and pas- Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from
temperature setting, the air condi- senger side temperature will be Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
tioning will operate continuously. adjusted equally.
4 156
Air intake control Recirculated air position ✽ NOTICE

With the recirculated air Prolonged operation of the heater in
position selected, air the recirculated air position (with-
from the passenger out air conditioning selected) may
compartment will be cause fogging of the windscreen and
drawn through the heat- side windows and the air within the
ing system and heated passenger compartment may
or cooled according to become stale.
the function selected. In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated
Outside (fresh) air position air position selected will result in
excessively dry air in the passenger
With the outside (fresh) compartment.
ODE046307R air position selected, air
This is used to select the outside enters the vehicle from
(fresh) air position or recirculated air outside and is heated or
position. cooled according to the
function selected.
To change the air intake control posi-
tion, push the control button.
4 157
Fan speed control Air conditioning

WARNING
• Continue using the climate
control system in the recircu-
lated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside
the vehicle which may fog the
glass and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on. It may cause seri-
ous harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level ODE046308R ODE046309R
and/or body temperature.
The fan speed can be set to the Press the A/C button to turn the air
• Continue using the climate
desired speed by pushing the fan conditioning system on (indicator
control system in the recircu-
speed control button. light will illuminate).
lated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, The higher the fan speed is, the Press the button again to turn the air
and loss of vehicle control. more air is delivered. conditioning system off.
Set the air intake control to Pressing the OFF button turns off the
the outside (fresh) air position fan.
as much as possible whilst
driving.
4 158
OFF mode Climate information screen selec- Driver Only

tion (if equipped)
ODE046310R ODEP049312R
Press the front blower OFF button to ODE046311R
If you press the DRIVER ONLY but-
turn off the front air climate control Press the climate information screen ton and the indicator light illuminates,
system. However, you can still oper- selection button to display climate cold air mostly blows in the direction
ate the mode and air intake buttons information on the screen. of the driver’s seat. However, some
as long as the ignition switch is in the of the cold air may come out of other
ON position. seats’ ducts to keep indoor air pleas-
ant.
If you use the button with no passen-
ger in the front passenger seat, ener-
gy consumption will be reduced.
4 159
Automatic ventilation Sunroof inside air recircula-

The system automatically selects the tion
outside (fresh) air position when the The outside (fresh) air position is
climate control system operates over automatically selected, when the
a certain period of time (approxi- sunroof is opened.
mately 5 minutes) in low temperature When you select the recirculated air
with the re-circulated air position position, the system maintains the
selected. recirculated air position for 3 minutes
and then automatically converts to
To cancel or reset the Automatic the outside (fresh) air position.
Ventilation When the sunroof is closed, the air
When the air conditioning system is intake position will return to the orig-
on, select Face Level mode and inal position that was selected.
whilst pressing the A/C button, press
the re-circulated air position button
five times within three seconds.
When the automatic ventilation is
cancelled, the indicator blinks 3
times. When the automatic ventila-
tion is activated, the indicator blinks
6 times.
4 160
WINDSCREEN DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

Automatic climate control If the air conditioning and outside To defrost outside windscreen
system (fresh) air position are not selected
To defog inside windscreen automatically, adjust the correspon-
ding button manually. If the posi-
tion is selected, lower fan speed is
adjusted to a higher fan speed.
ODE046315
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
ODE046314 position.
1. Set the fan speed to the desired 2. Set the temperature to the
position. extreme hot position.
2. Select desired temperature. 3. Press the defroster button ( ).
3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The air conditioning will turn on
4. The air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient
according to the detected ambient temperature and outside (fresh)
temperature and outside (fresh) air position will be selected auto-
air position will be selected automatically.
matically.
4 161
Operation tips Defogging logic (if equipped)

• For maximum defrosting, set the
WARNING - Windscreen To reduce the probability of fogging
temperature control to the extreme heating up the inside of the windscreen, the
right/hot position and the fan speed Do not use the position dur- air intake or air conditioning are con-
control to the highest speed. ing cooling operation in trolled automatically according to
• If warm air to the floor is desired extremely humid weather. The certain conditions such as posi-
whilst defrosting or defogging, set difference between the temper- tion. To cancel or return the defog-
the mode to the floor-defrost posi- ature of the outside air and the ging logic, do the following.
tion. windscreen could cause the
outer surface of the windscreen
• Before driving, clear all snow and to fog up, causing loss of visi-
ice from the windscreen, rear win- bility. In this case, set the mode
dow, outside rear view mirrors, and selection to the position
all side windows. and fan speed control to the
• Clear all snow and ice from the lower speed.
bonnet and air inlet in the cowl grill
to improve heater and defroster
efficiency and to reduce the proba-
bility of fogging up the inside of the
windscreen.
4 162
Automatic climate control system Auto defogging system This indicator illuminates when the
auto defogging system senses the
moisture of inside the windscreen
and operates.
If more moisture is in the vehicle,
higher steps operate as follow.
(For European region)

Step 1 : Blowing air flow toward the
windscreen
Step 2 : Increasing air flow toward
ODE046316 ODEP049433 the windscreen
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON Step 3 : Operating the air condition-
Auto defogging reduces the possibil-
position. ing.
ity of fogging up the inside of the
2. Press the defroster button ( ). windscreen by automatically sensing Step 4 : Outside air position
3. Whilst pressing the air condition- the moisture of inside the wind-
ing button (A/C), press the air screen. (For except european region)
intake control button at least 5 Step 1 : Outside air position
times within 3 seconds.
Step 2 : Operating the air condition-
The indicator on the air intake button ing
will blink 3 times. It indicates that the
defogging logic is cancelled or Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the
returned to the programmed status. windscreen
If the battery has been discharged or Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward
disconnected, it resets to the defog the windscreen
logic status.
4 163
To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging

System
Press the front windscreen defroster
button for 3 seconds when the igni-
tion switch is in the ON position.
When the ADS system is cancelled,
Indicator on the button will blink 3
times per 0.5 sec or “ADS OFF” will
blink 3 times per 0.5 sec and “ADS
OFF” will be displayed on the LCD of
audio.
When the ADS system is reset,
Indicator on the button will blink 6
times per 0.25 sec or “ADS OFF” will
blink 6 times per 0.25 sec and “ADS
OFF” will be disappeared on the LCD
of audio.
4 164
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
These compartments can be used to Centre console storage Glove box
store small items.
CAUTION
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage com-
partment covers closed whilst
driving. Do not attempt to
place so many items in the
storage compartment that the
storage compartment cover ODE046415R ODE046416R
cannot close securely. To open the centre console storage, To open the glove box, push the lever
pull up the lever. and the glove box will automatically
open. Close the glove box after use.
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot tem-
peratures for extended periods.
4 165
Sunglass holder
WARNING WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an • Do not keep objects except
accident or sudden stop, always sunglasses inside the sun-
keep the glove box door closed glass holder. Such objects
whilst driving. can be thrown from the holder
in the event of a sudden stop
or an accident, possibly injur-
CAUTION ing the passengers in the
vehicle.
Do not keep food in the glove
box for a long time. • Do not open the sunglass
holder whilst the vehicle is
ODE046417
moving. The rear view mirror
of the vehicle can be blocked
To open the sunglass holder, press by an opened sunglass hold-
the cover and the holder will slowly er.
open. Place your sunglasses with the • Do not put the glasses
lenses facing out. To close the sun- forcibly into a sunglass holder
glass holder, push it up.
to prevent breakage or defor-
mation of the glasses. It may
cause personal injury if you
try to open it forcibly when the
glasses are jammed in the
holder.
4 166
Luggage box
ODE046428L
You can place tools, etc. in the box

for easy access.
Grasp the handle (1) on the edge of
the cover and lift it.
4 167
INTERIOR FEATURES
Ashtray (if equipped) Cup holder (Continued)
To avoid subsequent system
WARNING - Hot liquids malfunction, always firmly
• Do not place uncovered cups cover any container holding
of hot liquid in the cup holder liquid.
whilst the vehicle is in motion.
If the hot liquid spills, you may
burn yourself. Such a burn to
the driver could lead to loss of
WARNING
control of the vehicle. Keep cans or bottles out of
direct sun light and do not put
• To reduce the risk of a person-
them in a vehicle that is heated
al injury in the event of a sud-
up. It may explode.
ODEP049527R den stop or collision, do not
To use the ashtray, open the cover. place uncovered or unse-
cured bottles, glasses, cans,
To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it
etc., in the cup holder whilst
out.
the vehicle is in motion.
• If uncovered cups and cans
WARNING - Ashtray use containing any form of liquid
• Do not use the vehicle’s ash- are put into the front/centre
trays as waste receptacles. seat cup holders and the vehi-
• Putting lit cigarettes or match- cle brakes heavily, the liquid
es in an ashtray with other may flow into the narrow
combustible materials may openings around cup holders
cause a fire. and console, and soak into
the vehicle's internal electri-
cal system.
(Continued)
4 168
✽ NOTICE ■ Type A Sun visor

• Keep your drinks sealed whilst
driving to prevent spilling your
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
into the vehicle's electrical/elec-
tronic system and damage electri-
cal/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids, do
not dry the cup holder at high
temperature. This may damage ODEP049418R
the cup holder. ■ Type B
ODE046420R
Use the sun visor to shield direct

light through the front or side win-
dows.
To use the sun visor, pull it down-
ward.
ODE046444
To use the sun visor for the side win-
dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from
Cups or small beverage cans may be the bracket (1) and swing it to the
placed in the cup holders. side (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
visor and slide the mirror cover (3).
The ticket holder (4) is provided for
holding a tollgate ticket.
4 169
Seat warmer (if equipped) During mild weather or under condi-

CAUTION - Vanity mirror tions where the operation of the seat
■ Front seat
lamp (if equipped) warmer is not needed, keep the
If you use the vanity mirror switches in the “OFF” position.
lamp, turn off the lamp before
▼
Temperature control (Manual)
returning the sun visor to its • Each time you press the switch,
original position, otherwise it the temperature setting of the seat
could result in battery dis- will change as follows :
charge and possible sun visor
damage. ■ Front seat
OFFHIGH( )MIDDLE( )LOW( )

ODEP049422R
■ Rear seat
■ Rear seat
OFFHIGH( )LOW( )

• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
ODE046448R
The seat warmer is provided to warm

the front seats during cold weather.
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, push either of the switches
to warm the driver's seat or the front
passenger's seat.
4 170
✽ NOTICE
▼
Temperature control(Automatic)
With the seat warmer switch in the WARNING - Seat warmer
The seat warmer starts to automati- burns
cally control the seat temperature in ON position, the heating system in
order to prevent low-temperature the seat turns off or on automatical- Passengers should use extreme
burns after being manually turned ly depending on the seat tempera- caution when using seat warm-
ON. ture. ers due to the possibility of
excess heating or burns. The
■ Front seat seat warmer may cause burns
CAUTION
OFFHIGH( )MIDDLE( )LOW( ) even at low temperatures, espe-
• When cleaning the seats, do cially if used for long periods of


not use an organic solvent time. In particular, the driver
30min 60min
such as paint thinner, ben- must exercise extreme care for
■ Rear seat zene, alcohol and petrol. the following types of passen-
Doing so may damage the sur- gers:
OFFHIGH( )LOW( ) face of the heater or seats.
1. Infants, children, elderly or

• To prevent overheating the handicapped persons, or

30min
seat warmer, do not place any- hospital outpatients
You may manually press the button thing on the seats that insu-
lates against heat, such as 2. Persons with sensitive skin
to increase the seat temperature. or those that burn easily
However, it soon returns to the auto- blankets, cushions or seat
matic mode again. covers whilst the seat warmer 3. Fatigued individuals
is in operation. 4. Intoxicated individuals
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat • Do not place heavy or sharp 5. Individuals taking medication
warmer operating, the seat warmer objects on seats equipped that can cause drowsiness or
will turn OFF. with seat warmers. Damage to sleepiness (sleeping pills,
the seat warming components cold tablets, etc.)
• The seat warmer defaults to the could occur.
OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON posi- • Do not change the seat cover.
tion. It may damage the seat warmer
or airventilation system.
4 171
Air ventilation seat (if equipped) • The seat warmer (with air ventila- Power outlet
tion) defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
CAUTION
When cleaning the seats, do not
use an organic solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
and petrol. Doing so may dam-
age the surface of the heater or
seats.
The temperature setting of the seat The power outlet is designed to pro-
changes according to the switch vide power for mobile telephones or
position. other devices designed to operate
• If you want to warm your seat with vehicle electrical systems. The
cushion, press the switch (red devices should draw less than 10
colour). amps with the engine running.
• If you want to ventilate your seat
cushion, press the switch (blue
colour).
• Each time you press the button,
the airflow will change as follows:
OFFHIGH( )MIDDLE( )LOW( )


4 172
(Continued) USB charger (if equipped)

CAUTION
• Use the power outlet only • Refrain from using the heater ■ Type A
when the engine is running or A/C if you need to use the

and remove the accessory multipurpose socket. If the
plug after use. Using the heater or A/C has to be used
accessory plug for prolonged simultaneously, have it to the
periods of time with the lowest setting.
engine off could cause the • Some add-on electrical equip-
battery to discharge. ment will induce electromag-
• Only use 12V electric acces- netic interference. This will
sories which are less than 10A lead to subsequent malfunc-
ODEP049532R
in electric capacity. tion or hinder good reception ■ Type B
of the Audio/Video and electri-
• Adjust the air-conditioner or cal system.
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power • Always make sure that electric
outlet. add-ons are fully plugged into
the multipurpose sockets.
• Close the cover when not in Insecure contacts may lead to
use. electrical malfunctions.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s ODE046434
power outlet. These devices WARNING
may cause excessive audio Do not put a finger or a foreign The USB charger is designed to
static and malfunctions in element (pin, etc.) into a power recharge batteries of small size elec-
other electronic systems or outlet and do not touch with a trical devices using a USB cable. The
devices used in your vehicle. wet hand. You may get an elec- electrical devices can be recharged
tric shock. when the Engine Start/Stop button is
(Continued) in ACC/ON/START position.
4 173
The battery charging state may be AC inverter (if equipped) If you wish to use the AC inverter,
monitored on the electrical device. open up the AC inverter cover and
■ Type A
Disconnect the USB cable from the connect a plug to it. The AC inverter
USB port after use. supplies electric power when engine
is running.
• Some devices are not supported
for fast charging but will be
charged with normal speed. ✽ NOTICE
• Use the USB charger when the • Rated voltage : AC 220V or 115V
engine is running to prevent bat- • Maximum electric power : 200W
tery discharge. or 150W
• Only devices that fits the USB port
• In order to avoid an electrical sys-
can be used.
ODE046034 tem failure, electric shock, etc., be
■ Type B sure to read owner's manual
• The USB charger can be used only before use.
for battery charging purposes. • Be sure to close the cover except
• Battery chargers cannot be for when in use.
charged.
ODE046034N
The AC inverter supplies 220V/200W

or 115V/150W electric power to
operate electric accessories or
equipment.
4 174
• To prevent the battery from being dis- • Whilst the power consumption of Wireless smart phone charg-
charged, do not use the AC inverter some electrical devices/appliances ing system (if equipped)
whilst the engine is not running. may be within the AC inverter’s
• After using an electric accessory or electric power range, it may mal-
equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving function in below cases.
the accessory or equipment plugged
in for a long time may cause battery - If the device/appliance requires
discharge. high electric power for initial start
• Do not use an electric accessory or up
equipment the power consumption of - If the device/appliance processes
which is greater than 200W (220V) or precise/very accurate data
150W (115V).
- If the device/appliance requires
• When the AC inverter input voltage is very stable supply of electricity
less than 11.3V, automatically turn off ODEP049424R
the power.
CAUTION - Electric acces- A wireless smart phone charging
AC inverter will operate as normal system located in front of the centre
when the voltage is increased. sory devices
console.
• When the AC inverter input voltage • Do not use broken electric
accessories which may dam- Firmly close all doors, and turn the
is less than 10.7V, power will turn ignition to ACC or IGN ON. To start
off. The AC inverter will operate as age the AC inverter and elec-
trical systems of the vehicle. wireless charging, place the smart
normal when the voltage is phone equipped with wireless charg-
increased. • Do not use two or more elec-
ing function on the wireless charging
tric accessories at the same
pad.
time. It may cause damage to
the electrical systems of the
vehicle.
4 175
For best wireless charging results, Wireless smart phone charging If the wireless charging is not func-
place the smart phone on the centre 1. Remove any object on the smart tioning properly, the orange light will
of the charging pad. phone charging pad including the blink and flash for ten seconds then
The wireless charging system is smart key. If there is any foreign turn off. In such cases, remove the
designed for one smart phone object on the pad other than a smart phone from the pad and
equipped with QI per single usage smart phone, the wireless charging replace it on the pad again, or double
only. Please refer to the smart phone function may not operate properly. check the charging status.
accessory cover or the smart phone 2. Place the smart phone on the cen- If you leave the smart phone on the
manufacturer homepage to check tre of the wireless charging pad. charging pad when the vehicle igni-
whether your smart phone supports tion is in OFF, the vehicle will alert
QI function. 3. The indicator light will change to you through warning messages and
orange once the wireless charging sound (applicable for vehicles with
begins. After the charging is com- voice guidance (function) after the
plete, the orange light will change ‘Good bye’ function on the instru-
to green. ment cluster ends.
4. You can choose to turn the wireless
charging function to either ON or
OFF by selecting the USM on the
instrument cluster. (Please refer to
“Instrument Cluster” for details).
If the wireless charging does not

work, gently move your smart phone
around the pad until the charging indi-
cator light turns orange. Depending
on the smart phone, the charging indi-
cator light may not turn green even
after the charging is complete.
4 176
CAUTION (Continued) (Continued)

• When the interior temperature • The wireless charging will • Place the smart phone on the
of the wireless charging sys- stop when using the wireless centre of the charge pad for
tem rises above a set temper- smart key search function to best results. The smart phone
ature, the wireless charging prevent radio wave disruption. may not charge when placed
will cease to function. After • The wireless charging will near the rim of the charging
the interior temperature drops stop when the smart key is pad. When the smart phone
below the threshold, the wire- moved out of the vehicle with does get charged, it may heat
less charging function will the ignition in ON. up excessively.
resume. • The wireless charging will • For smart phones without
• If any metallic object such as stop when any of the doors is built-in wireless charging sys-
coins is located between the opened (applicable for vehi- tem, an appropriate accessory
wireless charging system and cles equipped with smart has to be equipped.
the smart phone, the charging keys). • Smart phones of some manu-
may be disrupted. Also, the • The wireless charging will facturers may display mes-
metallic object may heat up. stop when the vehicle is sages on weak current. This is
• If there is any metallic object turned OFF. due to the particular charac-
between the smart phone and teristic of the smart phone and
• The wireless charging will does not imply a malfunction
the wireless charging pad, stop when the smart phone is
immediately remove the smart on wireless charging function.
not in complete contact with
phone. Remove the metallic the wireless charging pad. • The indicator light of some
object after it has completely manufacturers’ smart phones
• Items equipped with magnetic may still be orange after the
cooled down. components such as credit
• The wireless charging may smart phone is fully charged.
card, telephone card, bank- This is due to the particular
not function properly when book, any transportation ticket
there is a heavy accessory characteristic of the smart
and such may become dam- phone and not a malfunction
cover on the smart phone. aged during wireless charging. of the wireless charging.
4 177
(Continued) Clothes hanger

WARNING
• When any smart phone with-
out a wireless charging func-
tion or a metallic object is
placed on the charging pad, a
small noise may sound. This
small sound is due to the vehi-
cle discerning compatibility of
the object placed on the
charging pad. It does not
affect your vehicle or the
smart phone in any way.
OPS046500
ODE046425
❈ This actual feature may differ from the illus- Do not hang other objects such
tration. as hangers or hard objects
except clothes. Also, do not put
A Coat hook is next to the rear grab heavy, sharp or breakable
handle. objects in the clothe pockets. In
an accident or when the curtain
CAUTION air bag is inflated, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal
Do not hang heavy clothes, since injury.
those may damage the hook.
4 178
Floor mat anchor(s) Luggage net holder

(if equipped) WARNING (if equipped)
■ Type A ■ Type B
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat
to the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehi-
cle's floor mat anchor(s)
before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to
the vehicle's floor mat
anchors.
OXM043309 • Do not stack floor mats on top ODE046426L
When using a floor mat on the front of one another (e.g. all-weath- To keep items from shifting in the
floor carpet, make sure it attaches to er rubber mat on top of a car- cargo area, you can use the holders
the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi- peted floor mat). Only a single located in the cargo area to attach
cle. This keeps the floor mat from floor mat should be installed the luggage net.
sliding forward. in each position.
If necessary, Kia recommends to
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was contact an authorised Kia
manufactured with driver's side dealer/service partner.
floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal opera-
tion, Kia recommends that the
Kia floor mat designed for use
in your vehicle be installed.
4 179
Cargo security screen

CAUTION (if equipped) WARNING
To prevent damage to the goods • Do not place objects on the
or the vehicle, care should be cargo security screen. Such
taken when carrying fragile or objects may be thrown about
bulky objects in the luggage inside the vehicle and possi-
compartment. bly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or when
braking.
WARNING • Never allow anyone to ride in
To avoid eye injury, DO NOT the luggage compartment. It
overstretch the luggage net. is designed for luggage only.
ALWAYS keep your face and • Maintain the balance of the
body out of the luggage net’s ODE046429L vehicle and locate the weight
recoil path. DO NOT use the lug- as far forward as possible.
gage net when the strap has Use the cargo security screen to
visible signs of wear or dam- hide items stored in the cargo area.
age. To use the cargo security screen, CAUTION
pull the handle backward and insert
the edges into the slots. Since the cargo security screen
may be damaged or malformed,
do not put the luggage on it
when it is used.
4 180
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof rack (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE
CAUTION
• The crossbars (if equipped) should
be placed in the proper load carry- • When carrying cargo on the
ing positions prior to placing items roof rack, take the necessary
onto the roof rack. precautions to make sure the
• If the vehicle is equipped with a cargo does not damage the
sunroof, be sure not to position roof of the vehicle.
cargo onto the roof rack in such a • When carrying large objects
way that it could interfere with on the roof rack, make sure
sunroof operation. they do not exceed the overall
• When the roof rack is not being roof length or width.
used to carry cargo, the crossbars • When you are carrying cargo
may need to be repositioned if on the roof rack, do not oper-
ODE046432
wind noise is detected. ate the sunroof (if equipped).
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can
load cargo on top of your vehicle.
Crossbars and fixing components
needed to install the roof rack on
your vehicle may be obtained from
an authorised Kia dealer/service
partner or other qualified shop.
4 181
WARNING (Continued)
• The following specification is • Always drive slowly and turn
the maximum weight that can corners carefully when carry-
be loaded onto the roof rack. ing items on the roof rack.
Distribute the load as evenly as Severe wind updrafts, caused
possible across the crossbars by passing vehicles or natural
(if equipped) and roof rack and causes, can cause sudden
secure the load firmly. upward pressure on items
loaded on the roof rack. This
ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.) is especially true when carry-
RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED ing large, flat items such as
wood panels or mattresses.
Loading cargo or luggage in This could cause the items to
excess of the specified weight fall off the roof rack and cause
limit on the roof rack may damage to your vehicle or
damage your vehicle. others around you.
• The vehicle centre of gravity • To prevent damage or loss of
will be higher when items are cargo whilst driving, check
loaded onto the roof rack. frequently before or whilst
Avoid sudden starts, braking, driving to make sure the items
sharp turns, abrupt manoeu- on the roof rack are securely
vres or high speeds that may fastened.
result in loss of vehicle con-
trol or rollover resulting in an
accident.
(Continued)
4 182
AUDIO SYSTEM
✽ NOTICE Antenna USB port
If you install an after market HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
❈ If your vehicle is equipped with

Infotainment system, refer to a
separately supplied manual for
detailed information.
ODEP041438 ODEP049439R
The roof antenna transmits and You can use an USB port to plug in
receives wireless signals such as an USB or iPod®.
AM/FM, Sirius XM, GNSS, etc.
❈ The signals which antenna can * iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
transmit and receive vary by the
vehicle option.
4 183
How vehicle radio works This can be due to factors, such as AM reception
the distance from the radio station,
FM reception closeness of other strong radio sta-
tions or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.
OJF045309L
OJF045308L AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broad-
AM and FM radio signals are broad-
casts. This is because AM radio
cast from transmitter towers located
waves are transmitted at low fre-
around your city. They are intercept-
quencies. These long distance, low
ed by the radio antenna on your vehi-
frequency radio waves can follow the
cle. This signal is then processed by
curvature of the earth rather than
the radio and sent to your vehicle
travelling straight. In addition, they
speakers.
curve around obstructions resulting
However, in some cases the signal in better signal coverage.
coming to your vehicle may not be
strong and clear.
4 184
FM radio station
JBM004 OJF045311L
OJF045310L
• Fading - As your vehicle moves • Station Swapping - As an FM sig-
away from the radio station, the nal weakens, another more power-
FM broadcasts are transmitted at signal will weaken and sound will ful signal near the same frequency
high frequencies and do not bend to begin to fade. When this occurs, may begin to play. This is because
follow the earth's surface. Because we suggest that you select another your radio is designed to lock onto
of this, FM broadcasts generally station with a stronger signal. the clearest signal. If this occurs,
begin to fade within short distances select another station with a
from the station. Also, FM signals are • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the stronger signal.
easily affected by buildings, moun-
tains, and obstructions. This can lead transmitter and your radio can dis- • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio sig-
to undesirable or unpleasant listen- turb the signal causing static or nals being received from several
ing conditions which might lead you fluttering noises to occur. Reducing directions can cause distortion or
to believe a problem exists with your the treble level may lessen this fluttering. This can be caused by a
radio. The following conditions are effect until the disturbance clears. direct and reflected signal from the
normal and do not indicate radio same station, or by signals from
trouble: two stations with close frequencies.
If this occurs, select another station
until the condition has passed.
4 185
Using a mobile phone or a two-

way radio WARNING - Distracted
When a mobile phone is used inside driving
the vehicle, noise may be produced Driving whilst distracted can
from the audio system. This does not result in a loss of vehicle con-
mean that something is wrong with trol that may lead to an acci-
the audio equipment. In such a case, dent, severe bodily injury, or
try to operate mobile devices as far death. The driver's primary
from the audio equipment as possible. responsibility is the safe and
When using a communication sys- legal operation of the vehicle,
tem such as a mobile phone or a and the use of any handheld
radio set inside the vehicle, a sepa- devices, other equipment, or
rate external antenna must be fitted. vehicle systems which take the
When a mobile phone or a radio set driver's eyes, attention, and
is used with an internal antenna focus away from the safe opera-
alone, it may interfere with the vehi- tion of the vehicle, or which are
cle's electrical system and adversely not permissible by law, should
affect safe operation of the vehicle. never be used during the opera-
tion of the vehicle.
WARNING - Cell phone use

Do not use a mobile phone
whilst driving. Stop at a safe
location to use a mobile phone.
4 186
Driving your vehicle
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 • Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47

• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 • Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
• Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 • Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 • Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
Key positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 • Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
• Illuminated ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
• Ignition switch position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 (Sensor Fusion). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
• Starting the hybrid system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 • Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist setting and
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
• Illuminated engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 • Forward Collision Avoidance Assist warning
• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 message and function control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
• Starting the hybrid system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 • Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59 5
Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 • Detecting sensors
• Dual clutch transmission operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 (Front view camera + Front radar). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 • Function malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
• Limitation of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist . . 5-64
Regenerative braking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
• Recognizing pedestrian or cyclist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
• Regenerative Braking (Paddle Shifter) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
• Lane Keeping Assist operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
• Lane Keeping Assist malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
• Foot parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
• Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) . . . . . . . . . 5-80
• AUTO HOLD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 • Blind-Spot Collision Warning setting and
• Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42 activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44 • Warning message and function control. . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA) . . . . . . . . . . 5-90 • To cancel Cruise Control, do one of the following. . 5-108
• To set speed limit :. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90 • To resume cruising speed at more than approximately
• To turn off Manual Speed Limit Assist . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92 30 km/h (20 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109
Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) . . . . . . 5-93 • To turn Cruise Control off, do one of the
• Intelligent Speed Limit Warning activation / following . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109
deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94 Smart Cruise Control (SCC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
• Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94 • Speed setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111
• Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95 • Vehicle distance setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116
• DRIVER'S ATTENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98 • When the lane ahead is clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99 • When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane. . 5-117
• Basic function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99 • Set Smart Cruise Control Reaction. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
5 • Leading vehicle departure alert function . . . . . . . . . 5-99 • To convert to Cruise Control mode: . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
• Driver Attention Warning setting and activation . . . 5-99 • Limitations of Smart Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . 5-124
• Resetting the function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101 Lane Following Assist (LFA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-130
• Driver Attention Warning standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102 • Lane Following Assist operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132
• Driver Attention Warning malfunction. . . . . . . . . . 5-102 • Lane Following Assist malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-134
• Leading vehicle departure warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104 • Limitation of Lane Following Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-134
Cruise Control (CC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
• Driving Assist button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106 (RCCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
• To set Cruise Control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106 • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning setting and
• To increase Cruise Control set speed . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107 activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
• To decrease the cruising speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107 • Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138
• To temporarily accelerate with Cruise Control on . . 5-108
Declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146 • Don't let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165
• The radio frequency components (Front Radar) • Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 5-165
complies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146 • Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165
• The radio frequency components Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
(Rear Corner Radar) complies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-151 • Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-155 • Safety chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168
• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157 • Trailer brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169
• Reducing the risk of a rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157 • Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157 • GAWR (Gross axle weight rating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-158 • GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-159 • GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-160 • Maintenance when trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-173 5
• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-160 • If you do decide to pull a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-174
• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-160 • For Europe and Australia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-174
• Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-160 Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-161 • Base kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
• Snowy or Icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-162 • Vehicle kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-162 • Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
• Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant . . . . . . . . . 5-164 • GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
• Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-164 • GAWR (Gross axle weight rating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
• Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . 5-164 • GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
• Check spark plugs and ignition system. . . . . . . . . . 5-164 • GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
• To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165 • Overloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177
• Use approved window washer anti-freeze in • Loading Your Vehicle - For Australia . . . . . . . . . . . 5-178
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165
WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle,
open the windows immediately.
• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colourless, odourless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death
by asphyxiation.
• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you
hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle,
have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorised Kia dealer/service partner.
• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the
engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out.
• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in
an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn
into the interior.
If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher
speeds.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the
windscreen are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.
5 4
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections Before starting
• Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil, • Close and lock all doors.
mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and • Position the seat so that all con-
clean. washer fluid should be checked on a trols are easily reached.
• Check the condition of the tyres. regular basis, with the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further • Adjust the inside and outside
• Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in chapter 8, rearview mirrors.
sign of leaks. “Maintenance”. • Be sure that all lights work.
• Be sure there are no obstacles • Check all gauges.
behind you if you intend to back up.
WARNING • Check the operation of warning
Driving whilst distracted can lights when the ignition switch is
result in a loss of vehicle con- turned to the ON position.
trol, that may lead to an accident, • Release the parking brake and
severe personal injury, and make sure the brake warning light
death. The driver’s primary goes out.
responsibility is in the safe and For safe operation, be sure you are
legal operation of a vehicle, and familiar with your vehicle and its
use of any handheld devices, equipment.
other equipment, or vehicle sys-
tems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehi-
cle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used
during operation of the vehicle.
5 5
WARNING WARNING - Driving under WARNING

All passengers must be proper- the influence of alcohol or • When you intend to park or
ly belted whenever the vehicle drugs stop the vehicle with the
is moving. Refer to “Seat belts” Drinking and driving is danger- engine on, be careful not to
in chapter 3 for more informa- ous. Drunk driving is the num- depress the accelerator pedal
tion on their proper use. ber one contributor to the high- for a long period of time. It may
way death toll each year. Even a overheat the engine or exhaust
small amount of alcohol will system and cause fire.
affect your reflexes, percep- • When you make a sudden
WARNING tions and judgement. Driving stop or turn the steering
Always check the surrounding whilst under the influence of wheel rapidly, loose objects
areas near your vehicle for peo- drugs is as dangerous or more may drop on the floor and it
ple, especially children, before dangerous than driving drunk. could interfere with the opera-
putting a vehicle into “D (Drive)” tion of the foot pedals, possi-
You are much more likely to
or “R (Reverse)”. bly causing an accident. Keep
have a serious accident if you
drink or take drugs and drive. all things in the vehicle safely
If you are drinking or taking stored.
drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride • If you do not focus on driving,
with a driver who has been drink- it may cause an accident. Be
ing or taking drugs. Choose a careful when operating what
designated driver or call a cab. may disturb driving such as
audio or heater. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely.
5 6
KEY POSITIONS
Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position ACC (Accessory)
(If equipped) LOCK The steering wheel is unlocked and
electrical accessories are operative.
✽ NOTICE
If difficulty is experienced turning
the ignition switch to the ACC posi-
tion, turn the key whilst turning the
steering wheel right and left to
release the tension.
ODEP059316R OJF055172
Whenever a front door is opened, the The steering wheel locks to protect
ignition switch will be illuminated for against theft. The ignition key can be
your convenience, provided the igni- removed only in the LOCK position.
tion switch is not in the ON position.
The light will go off immediately
when the ignition switch is turned on
or go off after about 30 seconds
when the door is closed.
5 7
ON (Continued)
The warning lights can be checked WARNING - Ignition key
• Never turn the ignition switch • Never reach for the ignition
before the engine is started. This is switch, or any other controls
the normal running position after the to LOCK or ACC whilst the
vehicle is moving. This would through the steering wheel
engine is started. whilst the vehicle is in motion.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if result in loss of directional
control and braking function, The presence of your hand or
the engine is not running to prevent arm in this area could cause a
battery discharge. which could cause an accident.
loss of vehicle control, an
• The anti-theft steering column accident and serious bodily
lock (if equipped) is not a sub- injury or death.
START stitute for the parking brake.
Turn the ignition key to the START Before leaving the driver’s seat, • Do not place any movable
position to start the engine. The always make sure the shift objects around the driver’s
engine will crank until you release lever is engaged in P (Park) for seat as they may move whilst
the key; then it returns to the ON the dual clutch transmission, driving, interfere with the driv-
position. The brake warning lamp set the parking brake fully and er and lead to an accident.
can be checked in this position. shut the engine off. Unexpected
and sudden vehicle movement
may occur if these precautions
are not taken.
(Continued)
5 8
Starting the hybrid system 1. Make sure the parking brake is ✽ NOTICE
applied. To prevent damage to the vehicle:
WARNING 2. Make sure the shift lever is in P • If the " " indicator turns off
(Park). whilst you are in motion, do not
• Always wear appropriate
shoes when operating your 3. Depress the brake pedal. attempt to move the shift lever to
vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, 4. Turn the ignition switch to START. the P (Park) position.
such as high heels, ski boots, If the hybrid system starts, the If traffic and road conditions per-
sandals, flip-flops, etc., may " " indicator will come on. mit, you may put the shift lever in
interfere with your ability to the N (Neutral) position whilst the
use the brake and accelerator vehicle is still moving and turn the
pedals.
✽ NOTICE ignition switch to START. In an
• Do not wait for the engine to warm attempt to restart the hybrid sys-
• Do not start the vehicle with tem.
the accelerator pedal up whilst the vehicle remains sta-
tionary. • Do not push or tow your vehicle to
depressed. start the hybrid system.
Start driving at moderate engine
The vehicle can move and speeds. (Steep accelerating and
lead to an accident. decelerating should be avoided.)
• Always start the vehicle with your
foot on the brake pedal. Do not
✽ NOTICE depress the accelerator whilst
The hybrid system will start by turn- starting the vehicle. Do not race
ing the ignition switch to START. the engine whilst warming it up.
• If ambient temperature is low, the
" " indicator may remain illu-
minated longer than the normal
amount of time.
5 9
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON

Illuminated engine start/stop Engine start/stop button posi- Vehicles equipped with anti-theft
button tion steering column lock
OFF The steering wheel locks when the
engine start/stop button is in the OFF
position to protect you against theft.
It locks when the door is opened.
Not illuminated If the steering wheel is not locked

To turn off the engine (START/RUN properly when you open the driver's
position) or vehicle power (ON posi- door, the warning chime will sound.
tion), press the engine start/stop but- Try locking the steering wheel again.
ton with the shift lever in the P (Park) If the problem is not solved, have the
position. When you press the engine system checked by a professional
ODEP059004R
start/stop button without the shift lever workshop. Kia recommends to visit
Whenever the front door is opened, in the P (Park) position, the engine an authorised Kia dealer/service
the engine start/stop button will illu- start/stop button will not change to the partner.
minate for your convenience. The OFF position but to the ACC position. In addition, if the engine start/stop
light will go off after about 30 sec- button is in the OFF position after the
onds when the door is closed. It will driver's door is opened, the steering
also go off immediately when the wheel will not lock and the warning
engine start/stop button is ON posi- chime will sound. In such a situation,
tion. close the door. Then the steering
wheel will lock and the warning
chime will stop.
5 10
✽ NOTICE ACC (Accessory) ON

If the steering wheel doesn't unlock
properly, the engine start/stop but-
ton will not work. Press the engine
start/stop button whilst turning the
Amber Redish orange
steering wheel right and left to
release the tension.
Press the engine start/stop button Press the engine start/stop button
whilst it is in the OFF position without whilst it is in the ACC position without
CAUTION depressing the brake pedal. depressing the brake pedal.
You are able to turn off the
engine (START/RUN) or vehicle The steering wheel unlocks (if The warning lights can be checked
power (ON), only when the vehi- equipped with anti-theft steering col- before the engine is started. Do not
cle is not in motion. In an emer- umn lock) and electrical accessories leave the engine start/stop button in
gency situation whilst the vehi- are operational. the ON position for a long time. The
cle is in motion, you are able to If the engine start/stop button is in the battery may discharge, because the
turn the engine off and to the ACC position for more than 1 hour, engine is not running.
ACC position by pressing the the button is turned off automatically
engine start/stop button for to prevent battery discharge.
more than 2 seconds or 3 times
successively within 3 seconds.
If the vehicle is still moving, you
can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by
pressing the engine start/stop
button with the shift lever in the
N (Neutral) position.
5 11
START/RUN ✽ NOTICE
If you press the engine start/stop WARNING
button without depressing the brake • Never press the engine
pedal for dual clutch transmission start/stop button whilst the
vehicles, the engine will not start vehicle is in motion.This would
Not illuminated and the engine start/stop button result in loss of directional
changes as follow: control and braking function,
To start the engine, depress the OFF ➔ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC which could cause an accident.
brake pedal and press the engine
start/stop button with the shift lever in • The anti-theft steering column
the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) posi-
✽ NOTICE lock (if equipped) is not a sub-
tion. For your safety, start the engine If you leave the engine start/stop stitute for the parking brake.
with the shift lever in the P (Park) button in the ACC or ON position Before leaving the driver's
position. for a long time, the battery will dis- seat, always make sure the
charge. shift lever is engaged in P
(Park), set the parking brake
fully and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehi-
cle movement may occur if
these precautions are not
taken.
(Continued)
5 12
(Continued) Starting the hybrid system ✽ NOTICE

• Never reach for the engine • The hybrid system will start by
start/ stop button or any other WARNING pressing the Engine Start/Stop
controls through the steering • Always wear appropriate button, only when the smart key is
wheel whilst the vehicle is in shoes when operating your in the vehicle.
motion. The presence of your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, • Even when the smart key is in the
hand or arm in the area could such as high heels, ski boots, vehicle, and when it is far away
cause loss of vehicle control, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may from the driver, the hybrid system
an accident and serious bodi- interfere with your ability to may not start.
ly injury or death. use the brake and accelerator • When the Engine Start/Stop but-
pedals. ton is in the ACC or ON position,
• Do not place any movable any door is open, the system
objects around the driver's • Do not start the vehicle with checks for the smart key. When
seat as they may move whilst the accelerator pedal the smart key is not in the vehicle,
driving, interfere with the driv- depressed. the " " indicator will blink and
er and lead to an accident. The vehicle can move and the warning "Key not in vehicle"
lead to an accident. will come on. When all doors are
closed, the chime will also sound
for about 5 seconds. Keep the
smart key in the vehicle when in
the ACC position or if the hybrid
system is ON.
5 13
1. Always carry the smart key with ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE

you. • Do not wait for the engine to warm To prevent damage to the vehicle:
2. Make sure the parking brake is up whilst the vehicle remains sta- • If the " " indicator turns off
applied. tionary. whilst you are in motion, do not
3. Make sure the shift lever is in P Start driving at moderate engine attempt to move the shift lever to
(Park). speeds. (Steep accelerating and the P (Park) position.
4. Depress the brake pedal. decelerating should be avoided.) If traffic and road conditions per-
• Always start the vehicle with your mit, you may put the shift lever in
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but- foot on the brake pedal. Do not the N (Neutral) position whilst the
ton. If the hybrid system starts, the depress the accelerator whilst vehicle is still moving and press
" " indicator will come on. starting the vehicle. Do not race the Engine Start/Stop button in an
the engine whilst warming it up. attempt to restart the hybrid sys-
• If ambient temperature is low, the tem.
" " indicator may remain illu- • Do not push or tow your vehicle to
minated longer than the normal start the hybrid system.
amount of time.
5 14
(Continued)
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you cannot start the engine nor-
mally.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If
it is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the engine
start/stop button for 10 seconds
whilst it is in the ACC position.
The engine can start without
depressing the brake pedal. But
ODEP051008R for your safety always depress the
brake pedal before starting the
✽ NOTICE engine.
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you CAUTION
can start the engine by pressing
the engine start/stop button with Do not press the engine
the smart key. start/stop button for more than
The side with the lock button 10 seconds except when the
should be contacted directly. stop lamp fuse is blown.
When you press the engine
start/stop button directly with the
smart key, the smart key should
contact the button at a right angle.
(Continued)
5 15
DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (DCT)

Dual clutch transmission oper-
ation
The dual clutch transmission has six
forward speeds and one reverse
speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically in the D (Drive) posi-
tion.
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
Press the lock release button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
❈ To move the shift lever from/to P(Parking) or between R(Reverse) and D(Drive), you
must depress the brake pedal for the vehicle to stand still.
ODE056010R
5 16
• The dual clutch transmission can As a result, shifts are sometimes

WARNING be thought of as an automatically more noticeable, and a light vibra-
To reduce the risk of serious sifting manual transmission, yet tion can be felt as the transmission
injury or death: provides the ease of a fully auto- shaft speed is matched with the
matic transmission. engine shaft speed. This is a nor-
• ALWAYS check the surround-
• When D (Drive) is selected, the mal condition of the dual clutch
ing areas near your vehicle for
transmission will automatically shift transmission
people, especially children,
before shifting a vehicle into through the gears similar to a con- • The dry-type clutch transfers
D (Drive) or R (Reverse). ventional automatic transmission. torque more directly and provides
Unlike a traditional automatic a direct-drive feeling which may
• Before leaving the driver’s
transmission, the gear shifting can feel different from a conventional
seat, always make sure the
sometimes be felt and heard as the automatic transmission. This may
shift lever is in the P (Park)
actuators engage the clutches and be more noticeable when launch-
position, then set the parking
the gears are selected. ing the vehicle from a stop or when
brake, and place the ignition
• The dual clutch transmission incor- travelling at low, stop-and go vehi-
switch in the LOCK/OFF posi-
porates a dry-type dual clutch cle speeds.
tion. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur mechanism, which allows for better • When rapidly accelerating at a low
if these precautions are not acceleration performance and vehicle speed, the engine rpm may
followed. increased fuel efficiency whilst increase highly depending on the
driving. But it differs from a con- vehicle's driving condition.
• Do not use engine braking
ventional automatic transmission • For smooth launch uphill, press
(shifting from a high gear to
because it does not incorporate a down the accelerator pedal
lower gear) rapidly on slip-
torque converter. Instead, the tran- smoothly depending on the current
pery roads. The vehicle may
sition from one gear to the next is conditions.
slip causing an accident.
managed by clutch slip, especially
at lower speeds.
5 17
• If you release your foot from the DCT warning messages Steep grade
accelerator pedal at low vehicle Driving up hills or on steep grades:
speed, you may feel strong engine
• To hold the vehicle on an incline,
braking, which is similar to manual
use the foot brake or the parking
transmission.
brake.
• When driving downhill, you may
• When in stop-and-go traffic on an
use Sports Mode or press the pad-
incline, keep some distance ahead
dle shifters(if equipped) to down-
before moving the vehicle forward.
shift to a lower gear in order to con-
Then hold the vehicle on the incline
trol your speed without using the
with the foot brake.
brake pedal excessively.
• If the vehicle is held on a hill by
• When you turn the engine on and
applying the accelerator pedal or
off, you may hear clicking sounds OBDM059150L by creeping with the brake pedal
as the system goes through a self-
This warning message is displayed dis-engaged, the clutch and trans-
test. This is a normal sound for the
when the vehicle is driven slowly on mission may overheat which can
dual clutch transmission.
a grade and the vehicle detects that result in damage. In this situation, a
• During the first 1,500 km, you may the brake pedal is not applied. warning message will appear on
feel that the vehicle may not be the LCD display.
smooth when accelerating at low
• If the LCD warning is active, the
speed. During this break-in period,
foot brake must be applied.
the shift quality and performance of
your new vehicle is continuously • Ignoring the warnings can lead to
optimized. damage to the transmission.
5 18
• When the clutch is overheated, the

safe protection mode engages and
the gear position indicator on the
cluster blinks with a chime. In this
situation, “Transmission temp. is
high! Stop safely” warning mes-
sage will appear on the LCD dis-
play, and driving may not be
smooth.
ODEP051427R
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe
location, stop the vehicle with the
OMQ4050283R engine running, apply the brakes,
Transmission high temperature shift the vehicle to P (Park), and
allow the transmission to cool.
• Under certain conditions, such as
repeated stop-and-go launches on • If you ignore this warning, the driv-
steep grades, sudden take off or ing condition may become worse.
acceleration, or other harsh driving You may experience abrupt shifts,
conditions, the transmission clutch frequent shifts, or jerkiness. To ODEP051428R
temperatures will increase exces- return to the normal driving condi-
sively. Eventually, the clutch in the tion, stop the vehicle and apply the
transmission could become over- foot brake or shift into P (Park).
heated. Then allow the transmission to cool
for a few minutes with the engine
on before driving off.
• When possible, drive the vehicle
smoothly.
ODEP051429R
Transmission overheated
5 19
• If the vehicle continues to be driv- Transmission ranges

en and the clutch temperatures The indicator in the instrument clus- WARNING
reach the maximum temperature ter displays the shift lever position • Shifting into P (Park) whilst
limit, the " Transmission Hot! Park when the ignition switch is in the ON the vehicle is in motion may
with engine on" warning will be dis- position. cause you to lose control of
played. When this occurs, the the vehicle.
clutch is disabled until the clutch
P (Park) • After the vehicle has stopped,
cools to normal temperatures.
always make sure the shift
• The warning will display a time to Always come to a complete stop lever is in P (Park), apply the
wait for the transmission to cool. before shifting into P (Park). parking brake, and turn the
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe To shift from P (Park), you must engine off.
location, stop the vehicle with the depress firmly on the brake pedal • When parking on an incline,
engine running, apply the brakes, and make sure your foot is off the chock the wheels to prevent
shift the vehicle to P (Park), and accelerator pedal. the vehicle from rolling down.
allow the transmission to cool. If you have done all of the above • For safety, always engage the
• When the message "Trans cooled. and still cannot shift the lever out parking brake with the shift
Resume driving.“ appears, you can of P (Park), see "Shift-Lock lever in the P (Park) position
continue to drive your vehicle. Release" in this chapter. except for the case of emer-
• When possible, drive the vehicle The shift lever must be in P (Park) gency parking.
smoothly. before turning the engine off. • Do not use the P (Park) position
in place of the parking brake.
If any of the warning messages in
the LCD display continue to blink, for
your safety, we recommend having
the system checked by an authorised
Kia dealer.
5 20
R (Reverse) - Parking in N (Neutral) gear

Use this position to drive the vehicle WARNING Follow below steps when parking
backward. Do not shift into gear unless and you want the vehicle to move
your foot is firmly on the brake when pushed.
CAUTION pedal. Shifting into gear when 1.After parking your vehicle, step on
the engine is running at high the brake pedal and move the shift
Always come to a complete stop speed can cause the vehicle to
before shifting into or out of R lever to P with the ignition button in
move very rapidly. You could ON or whilst the engine is running.
(Reverse); you may damage the lose control of the vehicle and
transmission if you shift into R hit people or objects. 2.If the parking brake is applied
(Reverse) whilst the vehicle is in unlock the parking brake.
motion. 3.Whilst pressing the brake pedal,
turn the ignition button OFF.
WARNING
N (Neutral) - For smart key equipped vehicles,
Do not drive with the shift lever the ignition switch can be moved
The wheels and transmission are not in N (Neutral). to OFF only when the shift lever
engaged. The engine brake will not work is in P.
and lead to an accident. 4.Change the gear shift lever to N
(Neutral) whilst pressing the brake
pedal and pushing [SHIFT LOCK
RELEASE] button or inserting,
pressing down a tool (e.g. flathead
screw-driver) into the [SHIFT
LOCK RELEASE] access hole at
the same time. Then, the vehicle
will move when external force is
applied.
5 21
D (Drive)
CAUTION This is the normal driving position.
• With the exception of parking The transmission will automatically
in neutral gear, always park the shift through a six-gear sequence,
vehicle in P (Park) for safety providing the best fuel economy and
and engage the parking brake. power.
• Before parking in N (Neutral) For extra power when passing anoth-
gear, first make sure the park- er vehicle or driving uphill depress
ing ground is level and flat. Do the accelerator pedal further until
not park in N gear on any you feel the transmission downshift
slopes or gradients. to a lower gear.
If parked and left in N, the ODEP059012R
To stop the vehicle during driving,
vehicle may move and cause please press brake pedal fully to pre- Manual mode
serious damage and injury. vent unintended movement. In manual mode, moving the shift lever
backwards and forwards will allow you
to select the desired range of gears for
the current driving conditions.
+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once
to shift up one gear.
- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one gear.
5 22
✽ NOTICE Paddle shifter (if equipped) With the shift lever in the manual mode
• Only the six forward gears can be Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
selected. To reverse or park the to shift up or down one gear.
vehicle, move the shift lever to the
R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as ✽ NOTICE
required.
• Downshifts are made automatical- If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle
ly when the vehicle slows down. shifters at the same time, you cannot
When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is shift the gear.
automatically selected.
• When the engine rpm approaches
the red zone the transmission will
upshift automatically.
ODEP051294L
• If the driver presses the lever to +
(Up) or - (Down) position, the trans- The paddle shift function is available
mission may not make the request- when the shift lever is in the
ed gear change if the next gear is sport/manual mode.
outside of the allowable rpm range.
5 23
SPORT Mode / ECO Mode Shift lock system

When you drive after changing the For your safety, the Dual clutch trans- WARNING
gear shift lever to manual mode, the mission has a shift lock system which Always fully depress the brake
vehicle will automatically shift to prevents shifting the transmission pedal before and whilst shifting
SPORT mode. When you drive the from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless out of the P (Park) position into
vehicle after putting the gear shift the brake pedal is depressed. another position to avoid inad-
lever to ‘D’, the vehicle will automati- To shift the transmission from P vertent motion of the vehicle
cally shift to ECO mode. Each auto- (Park) into R (Reverse): which could injure persons in
matic change in shift will be dis- or around the car.
played on the instrument cluster. 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
• ECO mode 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
switch to the ON position.
This driving mode increases fuel effi-
ciency. The actual fuel mileage will 3. Move the shift lever.
depend on your driving habits and If the brake pedal is repeatedly
road conditions. depressed and released with the shift
• SPORT mode lever in the P (Park) position, a chat-
tering noise & vibration near the shift
This driving mode provides sporty lever may be heard. This is a normal
driving experience. Be aware that fuel condition.
efficiency may decrease in this mode.
5 24
■ Type A 1. Place the ignition switch in the Good driving practices

LOCK/OFF position. • Never move the shift lever from P
2. Apply the parking brake. (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov- position with the accelerator pedal
ering the shift-lock release access depressed.
hole. • Never move the shift lever into P
4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw- (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
driver) into the access hole and • Be sure the car is completely
press down on the tool. stopped before you attempt to shift
ODEP059013R 5. Move the shift lever. into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
■ Type B
6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock • Never take the car out of gear and
override access hole then install coast down a hill. This may be
the cap. extremely hazardous. Always leave
7. Have the system inspected by a the car in gear when moving.
professional workshop. Kia recom- • Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
mends to visit an authorised Kia cause them to overheat and mal-
dealer/service partner. function. Instead, when you are
driving down a long hill, slow down
and shift to a lower gear. When you
Ignition key interlock system do this, engine braking will help
ODEP059317R
(if equipped) slow the car.
Shift-lock override The ignition key cannot be removed • Slow down before shifting to a
If the shift lever cannot be moved unless the shift lever is in the P lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
from the P (Park) position into R (Park) position. gear may not be engaged.
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depress- • Always use the parking brake. Do
ing the brake, then do the following: not depend on placing the trans-
mission in P (Park) to keep the car
from moving.
5 25
• Exercise extreme caution when

(Continued) WARNING
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking, • Always buckle-up! In a colli- If your vehicle becomes stuck in
accelerating or shifting gears. On a sion, an unbelted occupant is snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
slippery surface, an abrupt change significantly more likely to be may attempt to rock the vehicle
in vehicle speed can cause the seriously injured or killed than free by moving it forward and
drive wheels to lose traction and a properly belted occupant. backward. Do not attempt this
the vehicle to go out of control. • Avoid high speeds when cor- procedure if people or objects
• Optimum vehicle performance and nering or turning. are anywhere near the vehicle.
economy is obtained by smoothly • Do not make quick steering During the rocking operation the
depressing and releasing the wheel movements, such as vehicle may suddenly move for-
accelerator pedal. sharp lane changes or fast, ward of backward as it becomes
sharp turns. unstuck, causing injury or dam-
• The risk of rollover is greatly age to nearby people or objects.
WARNING
increased if you lose control
• When driving uphill or down- of your vehicle at highway
hill, always shift to D (Drive) speeds.
for driving forward or shift to
R (Reverse) for driving back- • Loss of control often occurs if
wards, and check the gear two or more wheels drop off the
position indicated on the clus- roadway and the driver over-
ter before driving. steers to reenter the roadway.
Driving in the opposite direc- • In the event your vehicle
tion of the selected gear can leaves the roadway, do not
lead to a dangerous situation steer sharply. Instead, slow
by shutting off the engine and down before pulling back into
affecting the braking perform- the travel lanes.
ance. • Never exceed posted speed
(Continued) limits.
5 26
REGENERATIVE BRAKING SYSTEM

Regenerative Braking ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE
(Paddle Shifter) • The control level will be started at The paddle shifter does not operate
0 when the engine start. It will when:
activate only in D (Drive) range. • The [-] and [+] paddle shifters are
• If you operate the shift lever (to P, pulled at the same time.
R, N/Sport), Regen B mode will be • The vehicle is decelerating by
cancelled and if you return to D depressing the brake pedal.
(Drive) range, the Regen B mode • The Cruise Control system or
will be returned to 0 level. Smart Cruise Control system is
• Regen B mode will be cancelled activated.
when ABS, ESC operate.
• The speed decrement may differ-
ent depends on the vehicle speed WARNING
even in the same Regen B level. Usage of the function may be
ODEP051294L
(The speed decrement in each level limited according to the battery
The paddle shifter is used to adjust is bigger in the city driving than and motor’s condition. (over
the regenerative braking level from 0 that of highway driving.) charge, high and low tempera-
to 3 during decelerating or braking. ture) Check traffic and driving
• Left side [-] : Increases regenera- ✽ NOTICE condition. If necessary, control
tive braking and deceleration. The vehicle does not completely stop the vehicle speed by yourself
by using paddle shifter lever. When using brake pedal.
• Right side [+] : Decreases regener-
ative braking and deceleration. the Regen B power reduced, the
vehicle slowly moves about 10 km/h.
In order to stop the vehicle, depress
the brake pedal.
5 27
Paddle shifter
Drive mode Paddle shift lever function
lever operation
+ Reduction regenerative braking level
ECO
- Increase of regenerative braking level
+ manual shift (+)
SPORT
- manual shift (-)
❈ The paddle shifter function changed by selection of Drive mode.

ODEP059298
The selected regenerative braking
level is displayed on the instrument
cluster.
5 28
Recuperation not available. Recuperation conditions not met.

Battery fully charged.
ODEP059296R
ODEP059295R • If the motor and battery is in
high/low temperature status or if
If SOC(State of High voltage battery there is a malfunction on battery
Charge) is high, it is not possible to and transmission, the warning
enable Regen B mode. Use the func- message will be displayed.
tion again after normal driving.
• If the vehicle entering the Regen B
mode during the activation of
ABS/Cruise Control/Smart Cruise
Control, the warning message will
be displayed.
Once the warning message is dis-

played, the usage of function will be
temporarily limited. Use the function
again after normal driving.
5 29
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes (Continued)
Your vehicle's brake system is power-
WARNING - Brakes
• Do not drive with your foot Always test your brakes in
assisted by the electric hydraulic this fashion after driving
pump. resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high through deep water. To dry the
In the event the brakes lose power brakes, apply them lightly
brake temperatures, excessive
because of a brake control system whilst maintaining a safe for-
brake lining and pad wear, and
malfunction, unstable power supply or ward speed until brake per-
increased stopping distances.
some other reason, you can still stop formance returns to normal.
your vehicle by applying greater force • When descending a long or
steep hill, shift to a lower gear • Always, confirm the position
to the brake pedal than you normally of the brake and accelerator
would. The stopping distance, howev- and avoid continuous applica-
tion of the brakes. Continuous pedal before driving. If you
er will be longer. Please have the sys- don’t check the position of the
tem checked as soon as possible. brake application will cause
the brakes to overheat and accelerator and brake pedal
If the brake pedal does not return to before driving, you may
could result in a temporary
its normal position when released, depress the accelerator
loss of braking performance.
there may be a malfunction in the instead of the brake pedal. It
brake system. In this case, have the • Wet brakes may impair the may cause a serious accident.
system checked by a professional vehicle’s ability to safely slow
workshop. Kia recommends to visit down; the vehicle may also
an authorised Kia dealer/service pull to one side when the
partner. brakes are applied. Applying
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way.
(Continued)
5 30
✽ NOTICE Disc brakes wear indicator

• Do not depress the brake pedal con- When your brake pads are worn and WARNING - Brake wear
tinuously without the " " indica- new pads are required, you will hear This brake wear warning sound
tor ON. The battery may be dis- a high-pitched warning sound from means your vehicle needs serv-
charged. your front brakes or rear brakes (if ice. If you ignore this audible
• Some noise and vibration may equipped). You may hear this sound warning, you will eventually
occur during braking. This is nor- come and go or it may occur when- lose braking performance,
mal. ever you depress the brake pedal. which could lead to a serious
• In below cases, some electric Please remember that some driving accident.
brake pump noise and motor conditions or climates may cause a
vibration may occur temporarily. brake squeal when you first apply (or
This is normal operation. lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-
- When the pedal is pushed down mal and does not indicate a problem
very quickly with your brakes.
- When the pedal is pushed down
multiple times in short intervals CAUTION
- When the ABS function is acti-
vated during braking • To avoid costly brake repairs,
do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads.
• Always replace the front or
rear brake pads as pairs.
5 31
Foot parking brake Releasing the parking brake

CAUTION
Applying the parking brake
• Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad (or lining) and
brake rotor wear.
• Do not operate the parking
brake whilst the vehicle is
moving except in an emer-
gency situation. It could dam-
age the vehicle system and
make endanger driving safety.
ODE056014R
ODE056015R To release the parking brake,
To engage the parking brake, first depress the parking brake pedal a
apply the foot brake and then second time whilst applying the foot
depress the parking brake pedal brake. The pedal will automatically
down as far as possible. extend to the fully released position.
5 32
If at all possible, cease driving the

WARNING vehicle immediately. If that is not pos-
• Whenever leaving the vehicle sible, use extreme caution whilst
or parking, always come to a operating the vehicle and only contin-
complete stop and continue to ue to drive the vehicle until you can
depress the brake pedal. Move reach a safe location or repair shop.
the shift lever into the P (Park)
position, then apply the park-
ing brake, and place the
Engine Start/Stop button in
the OFF position.
WK-23_TF
Vehicles with the parking
brake not fully engaged are at Check the brake warning light by
risk for moving inadvertently pressing engine start/stop button
and causing injury to yourself switch ON (do not start the engine).
or others. This light will be illuminated when the
• Never allow anyone who is parking brake is applied with the
unfamiliar with the vehicle to engine start/stop button switch in the
touch the parking brake. If the START or ON position.
parking brake is released Before driving, be sure the parking
unintentionally, serious injury brake is fully released and the brake
may occur. warning light is off.
• All vehicles should always If the brake warning light remains on
have the parking brake fully after the parking brake is released
engaged when parking to whilst the engine is running, there
avoid inadvertent movement may be a malfunction in the brake
of the vehicle which can injure system. Immediate attention is neces-
occupants or pedestrians. sary.
5 33
Electronic Parking Brake ✽ NOTICE Releasing the parking brake

(EPB) (if equipped) On a steep incline or when pulling a
Applying the parking brake trailer if the vehicle does not stand
still, do as follows:
1. Apply the EPB.
2. Pull up the EPB switch for more
than 3 seconds.
ODEP059285R
To release the EPB (Electronic

ODEP059284R Parking Brake), press the EPB switch
To apply the EPB (Electronic Parking in the following condition:
Brake): • Have the engine start/stop button
1. Depress the brake pedal. in the ON position.
2. Pull up the EPB switch. • Depress the brake pedal.
Make sure the warning light comes Make sure the brake warning light
on. goes off.
Also, the EPB is applied automatical-
ly if the Auto Hold button is on when
the engine is turned off.
5 34
To release EPB (Electronic Parking ✽ NOTICE EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may
Brake) automatically: • For your safety, you can engage be automatically applied when:
• Shift lever in P (Park) the EPB even though the engine • The EPB is overheated
With the engine running depress stop/start button is in the OFF • Requested by other systems
the brake pedal and shift out of P position, but you cannot release it. • The hybrid system is turned off
(Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). • For your safety, depress the brake with the EPB applied
• Shift lever in N (Neutral) pedal and release the parking
brake manually with the EPB
With the engine running depress switch when you drive downhill or ✽ NOTICE
the brake pedal and shift out of N when backing up the vehicle.
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D • If Auto Hold is operating (Green
(Drive). light), EPB is applied automatical-
CAUTION ly when the hybrid system is
• Depress the accelerator pedal turned off.
slowly when the following condi- • If the parking brake warning • If Auto Hold is in ready position
tions are satisfied: light is still on even though (White light), EPB is applied auto-
1. Start the engine. the EPB has been released, matically after 1 second from the
have the system checked by a hybrid system off timing. In this
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt. professional workshop. Kia
3. Close the driver's door, engine
case, if the EPB switch is pressed
recommends to visit an autho- within 1 second, the EPB will not
bonnet and trunk. rised Kia dealer/service part- be applied.
4. The shift lever is in R (Rear), D ner.
(Drive) or manual mode. • Do not drive your vehicle with
the EPB applied. It may cause
Make sure the brake warning light excessive brake pad and
goes off. brake rotor wear.
5 35
System warning
WARNING CAUTION
• To prevent unintentional • A click or electric brake motor
movement when stopped and whine sound may be heard
leaving the vehicle, do not use whilst operating or releasing
the shift lever in place of the the EPB, but these conditions
parking brake. Set the parking are normal and indicate that the
brake and make sure the shift EPB is functioning properly.
lever is securely positioned in • When leaving your keys with a
P (Park). parking lot attendant or valet,
• Never allow anyone who is make sure to inform him/her
unfamiliar with the vehicle to how to operate the EPB.
OJF058248R
touch the parking brake. If the • The EPB may malfunction if
parking brake is released you drive with the EPB applied.
• If you try to drive off depressing the unintentionally, serious injury
accelerator pedal with the EPB • When you automatically
may occur. release EPB by depressing
applied, but doesn't release auto-
• All vehicles should always the accelerator pedal, depress
matically, a warning will sound and
have the parking brake fully it slowly.
a message will appear.
engaged when parking to
• If the driver's seat belt is not fastened avoid inadvertent movement
and the engine bonnet or trunk(tail- of the car which can injure
gate) is opened, a warning will occupants or pedestrians.
sound and a message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehi-
cle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
If the above situation occurs,
depress the brake pedal and release
EPB by pressing the EPB switch.
5 36
System warning System warning

CAUTION
Depress the brake pedal when
the above message appears for
the Auto Hold and EPB may not
activate.
OJF058375R OJF058377R
When the conversion from Auto Hold If the EPB is applied whilst Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a is activated because of ESC
warning will sound and a message (Electronic Stability Control) signal, a
will appear. warning will sound and a message
will appear.
5 37
EPB malfunction indicator If this occurs, have the system (Continued)

(if equipped) checked by a professional workshop.
Kia recommends to visit an autho- • If the parking brake warning
rised Kia dealer/service partner. light does not illuminate or
blinks even though the EPB
The EPB malfunction indicator may switch was pulled up, the EPB
illuminate when the ESC indicator is not applied.
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does not • If the parking brake warning
indicate a malfunction of the EPB. light blinks when the EPB
warning light is on, press the
switch, then pull it up. Once
CAUTION more press it back to its origi-
• The EPB warning light may nal position and pull it back
illuminate if the EPB switch up. If the EPB warning does
ODEP059286 operates abnormally. Shut the not go off, have the system
This warning light illuminates if the engine off and turn it on again checked by a professional
engine start/stop button is changed after a few minutes. The warn- workshop.
to the ON position and goes off in ing light will go off and the Kia recommends to visit an
approximately 3 seconds if the sys- EPB switch will operate nor- authorised Kia dealer/service
tem is operation normally. mally. However, if the EPB partner.
If the EPB malfunction indicator warning light is still on, have
remains on, comes on whilst driving, the system checked by a pro-
or does not come on when the igni- fessional workshop.
tion switch or the engine start/stop Kia recommends to visit an
button is changed to the ON position, authorised Kia dealer/service
this indicates that the EPB may have partner.
malfunctioned. (Continued)
5 38
Emergency braking ✽ NOTICE When the EPB (Electronic Parking

If there is a problem with the brake During emergency braking by the Brake) does not release
pedal whilst driving, emergency EPB, the parking brake warning If the EPB does not release normal-
braking is possible by pulling up and light will illuminate to indicate that ly, load the vehicle on a flatbed tow
holding the EPB switch. Braking is the system is operating. truck and have the system checked
possible only whilst you are holding by a professional workshop. Kia rec-
the EPB switch. CAUTION ommends to visit an authorised Kia
If you continuously notice a
WARNING noise or burning smell when the
Do not operate the parking EPB is used for emergency brak-
brake whilst the vehicle is moving, have the system checked by
ing except in an emergency sit- a professional workshop.
uation. Kia recommends to visit an
partner.
5 39
AUTO HOLD (if equipped) Set up

The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle
in a standstill even though the brake
pedal is not depressed after the driv-
er brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by depressing the brake pedal.
ODEP059288R
ODEP059287R 2. When you stop the vehicle com-

pletely by depressing the brake
1. With the driver's door, engine bon- pedal, the AUTO HOLD indicator
net closed, fasten the driver's seat changes from white to green.
belt or depress the brake pedal
and then press the Auto Hold but- 3. The vehicle will remain stationary
ton. The white AUTO HOLD indi- even if you release the brake
cator will come on and the system pedal.
will be in the standby position. 4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
5 40
Leaving Cancel ✽ NOTICE

If you press the accelerator pedal • The Auto Hold does not operate
with the shift lever in D (Drive) or when:
manual mode, the Auto Hold will be - The driver's door is opened
released automatically and the vehi- - The engine bonnet is opened
cle will start to move. The indicator - The shift lever is in P (Park) or R
changes from green to white. (Reverse)
- The EPB is applied
WARNING • For your safety, the Auto Hold
automatically switches to EPB in
When driving off from Auto such cases:
Hold by depressing the acceler- - The driver's door is opened
ator pedal, always check the - The engine bonnet is opened
surrounding area near your ODEP059289R
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
vehicle. To cancel the Auto Hold operation, more than 10 minutes
Slowly depress the accelerator press the Auto Hold switch. The - The vehicle is standing on a steep
pedal for a smooth launch. AUTO HOLD indicator will go out. slope
To cancel the Auto Hold operation - The vehicle moved several times
when the vehicle is at a standstill, (Continued)
press the Auto Hold switch whilst
depressing the brake pedal.
5 41
(Continued) Warning messages

In these cases, the brake warning WARNING Parking brake automatically
light comes on, the AUTO HOLD • Press the accelerator pedal
indicator changes from green to applied
slowly when you start the
white, and a warning sounds and a vehicle.
message will appear to inform you • For your safety, cancel the
that EPB has been automatically Auto Hold when you drive
engaged. Before driving off again, downhill or back up the vehi-
press foot brake pedal, check the cle or park the vehicle.
surrounding area near your vehi-
cle and release parking brake
manually with the EPB switch.
• If the AUTO HOLD indicator CAUTION
lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is If there is a malfunction with the
not working properly. In this case, driver’s door, engine bonnet
have your vehicle inspected by a open detection system, the Auto OJF058377R
professional workshop. Kia rec- Hold may not work properly.
ommends to contact an authorised In this case, have your vehicle When the EPB is applied from Auto
Kia dealer/service partner. inspected by a professional Hold, a warning will sound and a
• Whilst operating Auto Hold, you message will appear.
may hear mechanical noise. contact an authorised Kia deal-
However, it is normal operation er/service partner.
noise.
5 42
Turning off AUTO HOLD. ✽ NOTICE Press brake pedal to deactivate

Press brake pedal When this message is displayed, the AUTO HOLD
Auto Hold and EPB may not oper-
ate. For your safety, depress the
brake pedal.
OJF058375R OJF058381L
When the conversion from Auto Hold If you did not apply the brake pedal
to EPB is not working properly a when you release the Auto Hold by
warning will sound and a message pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a
will appear. warning will sound and a message
will appear.
5 43
AUTO HOLD conditions not met. Anti-lock brake system (ABS) (Continued)
Close door and bonnet
• On roads where the road sur-
WARNING face is pitted or has different
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent surface height.
accidents due to improper or The safety features of an ABS
dangerous driving manoeuvres. (or ESC) equipped vehicle
Even though vehicle control is should not be tested by high
improved during emergency speed driving or cornering. This
braking, always maintain a safe could endanger the safety of
distance between you and yourself or others.
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced dur-
ing extreme road conditions.
ODEP059313L The braking distance for vehicle
equipped with an anti-lock brak-
When you press the [AUTO HOLD] ing system (or Electronic
switch, if the driver’s door, engine Stability Control) may be longer
bonnet are not closed, a warning will than for those without it in the
sound and a message will appear on following road conditions.
the LCD display. At this moment,
press the [AUTO HOLD] button after During these conditions the
closing the driver’s door and bonnet. vehicle should be driven at
reduced speeds:
• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-
ered roads.
• With tyre chains installed.
(Continued)
5 44
The ABS continuously senses the • Even with the anti-lock brake sys-
speed of the wheels. If the wheels tem, your vehicle still requires suf-
are going to lock, the ABS system ficient stopping distance. Always
repeatedly modulates the hydraulic maintain a safe distance from the
brake pressure to the wheels. vehicle in front of you.
When you apply your brakes under • Always slow down when cornering.
conditions which may lock the wheels, The anti-lock brake system cannot
you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the prevent accidents resulting from
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa- excessive speeds.
tion in the brake pedal. This is normal • On loose or uneven road surfaces,
and it means your ABS is active. operation of the anti-lock brake
In order to obtain the maximum ben- system may result in a longer stop- W-78
efit from your ABS in an emergency ping distance than for vehicles
situation, do not attempt to modulate equipped with a conventional CAUTION
your brake pressure and do not try to brake system.
• If the ABS warning light is on
pump your brakes. Press your brake
and stays on, you may have a
pedal as hard as possible or as hard
problem with the ABS. In this
as the situation warrants and allow
case, however, your regular
the ABS to control the force being
brakes will work normally.
delivered to the brakes.
(Continued)
✽ NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehi-
cle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the anti-lock brake
system is functioning properly.
5 45
(Continued) ✽ NOTICE
CAUTION
• The ABS warning light will When you jump start your vehicle
• When you drive on a road hav- because of a drained battery, the
stay on for approximately 3 ing poor traction, such as an
seconds after the ignition engine may not run as smoothly and
icy road, and operate your the ABS warning light may turn on at
switch is ON. During that time, brakes continuously, the ABS
the ABS will go through self- the same time. This happens because
will be active continuously of the low battery voltage. It does not
diagnosis and the light will go and the ABS warning light
off if everything is normal. If mean your ABS is malfunctioning.
may illuminate. Pull your vehi- • Do not pump your brakes!
the light stays on, you may cle over to a safe place and
have a problem with your ABS. • Have the battery recharged before
stop the engine. driving the vehicle.
In this case, have the system
checked by a professional • Restart the engine. If the ABS
workshop. Kia recommends to warning light is off, then your
visit an authorised Kia deal- ABS system is normal.
er/service partner. Otherwise, you may have a
problem with the ABS. In this
case, have the system
checked by a professional
visit an authorised Kia deal-
er/service partner.
5 46
Electronic stability control The Electronic stability control (ESC)

(ESC) (if equipped) WARNING system is an electronic system
Never drive too fast for the road designed to help the driver maintain
conditions or too quickly when vehicle control under adverse condi-
cornering. Electronic stability tions. It is not a substitute for safe
control (ESC) will not prevent driving practices. Factors including
accidents. Excessive speed in speed, road conditions and driver
turns, abrupt manoeuvres and steering input can all affect whether
hydroplaning on wet surfaces ESC will be effective in preventing a
can still result in serious acci- loss of control. It is still your respon-
dents. Only a safe and attentive sibility to drive and corner at reason-
driver can prevent accidents by able speeds and to leave a sufficient
avoiding manoeuvres that cause margin of safety.
the vehicle to lose traction. When you apply your brakes under
ODEP051016R Even with ESC installed, always conditions which may lock the
The Electronic Stability Control follow all the normal precautions wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
(ESC) system is designed to stabi- for driving - including driving at sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-
lize the vehicle during cornering safe speeds for the conditions. responding sensation in the brake
manoeuvres. ESC checks where you pedal. This is normal and it means
are steering and where the vehicle is your ESC is active.
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes at individual wheels and inter- ✽ NOTICE
venes with engine management sys-
tem to stabilize the vehicle. A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehi-
cle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Electronic sta-
bility control (ESC) System is func-
tioning properly.
5 47
ESC operation When operating ESC operation off

ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera- ESC OFF state
• When the ignition is turned tion, ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC
- ON, ESC and ESC OFF blinks. off states.
indicator lights illuminate for • When the Electronic If the engine stops when
approximately 3 seconds, Stability Control is operat- ESC is off, ESC remains off.
then ESC is turned on. ing properly, you can feel a Upon restarting the engine,
• Press the ESC OFF but- slight pulsation in the vehi- the ESC will automatically
ton for at least half a sec- cle. This is only the effect turn on again.
ond after turning the igni- of brake control and indi-
tion ON to turn ESC off. cates nothing unusual.
(ESC OFF indicator will • When moving out of the
illuminate). To turn the mud or slippery road, the
ESC on, press the ESC engine rpm (revolution per
OFF button (ESC OFF minute) may not increase
indicator light will go off). even if you press the
• When starting the engine, accelerator pedal deeply.
you may hear a slight tick- This is to maintain the sta-
ing sound. This is the ESC bility and traction of the
performing an automatic vehicle and does not indi-
system self-check and cate a problem.
does not indicate a prob-
lem.
5 48
“Traction Control disabled” “Traction & Stability Control disabled” Indicator light
• ESC off state 1 • ESC off state 2
■ ESC indicator light
To cancel ESC operation, press the To cancel ESC operation, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) short- ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for
ly (ESC OFF indicator light (ESC OFF more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi-
) illuminates) and an above LCD cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates
message will come up. At this state, and an above LCD message will
■ ESC OFF indicator light
the engine control function does not come up and ESC OFF warning
operate. It means the traction control chime will sound. At this state, the
function does not operate. Brake con- engine control function and brake
trol function only operates. control function do not operate. It
means the car stability control func-
tion does not operate any more. When ignition switch is turned to ON,
the indicator light illuminates, then
goes off if the ESC system is operat-
ing normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks when-
ever ESC is operating or illuminates
when ESC fails to operate.
ESC OFF indicator light comes on
when the ESC is turned off with the
button.
5 49
ESC OFF usage ✽ NOTICE

CAUTION When driving • When operating the vehicle on a
Driving with varying tyre or • ESC should be turned on for daily dynamometer, ensure that the ESC
wheel sizes may cause the ESC driving whenever possible. is turned off by pressing the ESC
system to malfunction. When OFF button for more than 3 sec-
replacing tyres, make sure they • To turn ESC off whilst driving,
press the ESC OFF button whilst onds (ESC OFF light illuminated).
are the same size as your origi- If the ESC is left on, it may prevent
nal tyres. driving on a flat road surface.
the vehicle speed from increasing,
and result in false diagnosis.
WARNING • Turning the ESC off does not
WARNING Never press the ESC OFF but- affect ABS or brake system opera-
The Electronic Stability Control ton whilst ESC is operating tion.
system is only a driving aid; use (ESC indicator light blinks).
precautions for safe driving by If ESC is turned off whilst ESC
slowing down on curved, is operating, the vehicle may
snowy, or icy roads. Drive slow- slip out of control.
ly and don’t attempt to acceler-
ate whenever the ESC indicator
light is blinking, or when the
road surface is slippery.
5 50
Vehicle stability management The VSM does not operate when: Malfunction indicator
(VSM) (if equipped) • Driving on bank road such as gra- The VSM can be deactivated even if
This system provides further dient or incline you don’t cancel the VSM operation
enhancements to vehicle stability • Driving rearward by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
and steering responses when a vehi- indicates that a malfunction has
• ESC OFF indicator light ( )
cle is driving on a slippery road or a been detected somewhere in the
remains on the instrument cluster
vehicle detected changes in coeffi- EPS (Electronic Power Steering)
cient of friction between right wheels • EPS (Electronic Power Steering) system or VSM system.
and left wheels when braking. indicator light remains on the
If the ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS
instrument cluster
warning light remains on, have the
system checked by a professional
VSM operation workshop. Kia recommends to visit an
VSM operation off
When the VSM is operating: authorised Kia dealer/service partner.
If you press the ESC OFF button to
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
( ) light will blink. cancel and the ESC OFF indicator ✽ NOTICE
• The steering wheel may be con- light ( ) illuminates. The VSM is designed to function
trolled. To turn on the VSM, press the button above approximately 20 km/h (12
When the vehicle stability manage- again. The ESC OFF indicator light mph) when a vehicle is braking on a
ment is operating properly, you can goes out. split-mu road. The split-mu road is
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle. made of surfaces which have differ-
This is only the effect of brake control ent friction forces.
and indicates nothing unusual.
5 51
Hill-start assist control (HAC) ✽ NOTICE

WARNING A vehicle has the tendency to slip • The HAC does not operate when
• The Vehicle Stability back on a steep hill when it starts to the transmission shift lever is in
Management system is not a go after stopping. The Hill-start the P (Park) or N (Neutral) posi-
substitute for safe driving Assist Control (HAC) prevents the tion.
practices but a supplemen- vehicle from slipping back by operat- • The HAC activates even though
tary function only. It is the ing the brakes automatically for the ESC is off but it does not acti-
responsibility of the driver to about 1~2 seconds. The brakes are vate when the ESC has malfunc-
always check the speed and released when the accelerator pedal tioned.
the distance to the vehicle is depressed or after about 1~2 sec-
ahead. Always hold the steer- onds.
ing wheel firmly whilst driv-
ing.
• Your vehicle is designed to WARNING
activate according to the dri- The HAC is activated only for
ver’s intention, even with the about 1~2 seconds, so when the
VSM installed. Always follow vehicle is starting off always
all the normal precautions for depress the accelerator pedal.
driving at safe speeds for the
conditions – including driving
in inclement weather and on a
slippery road.
• Driving with varying tyre or
wheel sizes may cause the
VSM system to malfunction.
When replacing tyres, make
sure they are the same size as
your original tyres.
5 52
Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) Good braking practices

(if equipped) CAUTION
The Emergency Stop Signal
The Emergency Stop Signal system
(ESS) system will not work if the
WARNING
alerts the driver behind by blinking • Whenever you leave or park
the stop light when the vehicle is hazard warning flasher is
already on. your vehicle, always set the
braked rapidly and severely. parking brake as far as possi-
The system is activated when: ble and fully engage the vehi-
• The vehicle suddenly stops (vehicle's transmission into the P
cle speed is over 55km/h and the (Park) position. If the parking
vehicle deceleration at greater brake is not fully engaged, the
than 7 m/s2) vehicle may move inadvertent-
• The ABS is activating ly and injure yourself and oth-
ers.
When the vehicle speed is under 40
km/h and the ABS deactivates or the • All vehicles should always
sudden stop situation is over, the have the parking brake fully
stop light blinking will stop. Instead, engaged when parking to
the hazard warning flasher will turn avoid inadvertent movement
on automatically. of the vehicle which can injure
occupants or pedestrians.
The hazard warning flasher will turn
off when vehicle speed is over
10km/h after the vehicle has
stopped. Also, it will turn off when the
vehicle is driven at low speed for
some time. You can turn it off manu-
ally by pushing the hazard warning
flasher switch.
5 53
• Check to be sure the parking brake • Do not "ride" the brake pedal. If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn
is not engaged and that the park- Resting your foot on the brake the front wheels away from the
ing brake indicator light is out pedal whilst driving can be danger- kerb to help keep the vehicle from
before driving away. ous because it can result in the rolling. If there is no kerb or if it is
• Driving through water may get the brakes overheating and losing their required by other conditions to
brakes wet. They can also get wet effectiveness. It also increases the keep the vehicle from rolling, block
when the vehicle is washed. Wet wear of the brake components. the wheels.
brakes can be dangerous! Your • If a tyre goes flat whilst you are • Under some conditions your park-
vehicle will not stop as quickly if the driving, apply the brakes gently ing brake can freeze in the engaged
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may and keep the vehicle pointed position. This is most likely to hap-
cause the vehicle to pull to one side. straight ahead whilst you slow pen when there is an accumulation
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes down. When you are moving slow- of snow or ice around or near the
lightly until the braking action returns ly enough for it to be safe to do so, rear brakes or if the brakes are wet.
to normal, taking care to keep the pull off the road and stop in a safe If there is a risk that the parking
vehicle under control at all times. If place. brake may freeze, apply it only tem-
the braking action does not return to • If your vehicle is equipped with an porarily whilst you put the shift lever
normal, stop as soon as it is safe to Dual clutch transmission, do not let in P (Dual clutch transmission) and
do so and have your vehicle inspect- your vehicle creep forward. To block the rear wheels so the vehicle
ed by a professional workshop. avoid creeping forward, keep your cannot roll. Then release the park-
foot firmly on the brake pedal when ing brake.
Kia recommends to call an autho-
rised Kia dealer/service partner. the vehicle is stopped. • Do not hold the vehicle on the
• Be cautious when parking on a hill. upgrade with the accelerator
• Do not coast down hills with the pedal. This can cause the trans-
vehicle out of gear. This is extreme- Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shift lever in P (dual mission to overheat. Always use
ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in the brake pedal or parking brake.
gear at all times, use the brakes to clutch transmission). If your vehicle
slow down, then shift to a lower is facing downhill, turn the front
gear so that engine braking will wheels into the kerb to help keep
help you maintain a safe speed. the vehicle from rolling.
5 54
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) (SENSOR FUSION)

Forward Collision Avoidance Assist Forward Collision-Avoidance
is to reduce or to avoid accident risk. WARNING Assist setting and activation
It recognizes the distance from a Take the following precautions
vehecle ahead, a pedestrian or a Forward Collision-Avoidance
when using Forward Collision- Assist setting
cyclist through the sensors (i.e. front Avoidance Assist:
view camera and front radar), and, if The driver can activate Forward
• This function is only a supple- Collision Avoidance Assist by placing
necessary, warns the driver of acci-
mental function and it is not the START/STOP BUTTON to the
dent risk with the warning message
intended to, nor does it replace ON position and by selecting:
or the warning alarms and apply
the need for extreme care and
emergency braking. "User Settings  Driver assistance
attention of the driver. The
 Forward safety"
sensing range and objects
❈ FCA stands for Forward Collision- detectable by the sensors are - If you select "Active Assist", Forward
Avoidance Assist. limited. Pay attention to the Collision Avoidance Assist activates.
road conditions at all times. Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
❈ Sensor fusion (front view camera produces warning messages and
+ front radar) Forward Collision • Never drive too fast in accor-
warning alarms in accordance with
Avoidance Assist operates for the dance with the road condi-
the collision risk levels. Also, it con-
vehicle ahead, the pedestrian or tions or whilst cornering.
trols the brakes in accordance with
the cyclist in front. • Always drive cautiously to the collision risk levels.
prevent unexpected and sud-
- If you select "Warning Only",
den situations from occur-
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
ring. Forward Collision
activates and produces only warn-
Avoidance Assist does not
ing alarms in accordance with the
stop the vehicle completely
collision risk levels. You should
and does not avoid collisions.
control the brake directly because
do not control the brake.
- If you select "Off", Forward
Collision Avoidance Assist deacti-
vates,
5 55
The warning light illumi- The options for the initial Forward ✽ NOTICE
nates on the LCD display, Collision Warning includes the fol- If you change the warning timing,
when you cancel the lowing: the warning timing of other systems
Forward Collision - Normal: may change. Always be aware of
Avoidance Assist. The driver can warning timing before changing the
monitor the Forward Collision When this condition is selected, the
initial Forward Collision Warning is warning timing.
Avoidance Assist ON/OFF status on
the LCD display. Also, the warning activated normally. This setting
light illuminates when the ESC allows for a nominal amount of dis-
(Electronic Stability Control) is tance between the vehicle ahead
turned off. When the warning light before the initial warning occurs.
remains ON with Forward Collision - Later:
Avoidance Assist activated, have the When this condition is selected, the
system checked by a professional initial Forward Collision Warning is
workshop. Kia recommends to visit activated later than normal. This set-
an authorised Kia dealer/service ting reduces the amount of distance
partner. between the vehicle ahead, the
Warning Timing pedestrian or the cyclist before the
The driver can select the initial warn- initial warning occurs.
ing activation time on the LCD dis- Select 'Later' when traffic is light and
play. when driving speed is slow.
Go to the "User Settings  Driver If the vehicle in front puts on a burst
assistance  Warning timing  of speed, the driver can notice the
Normal/Later". warning alarm is early even though
the later option is selected.
5 56
Prerequisite for activation ✽ NOTICE

Forward Collision Avoidance Assist Forward Collision Avoidance Assist WARNING
gets ready to be activated, when the may not operate properly according • Forward Collision Avoidance
Active Assist or Warning Only under to the frontal situation, the direction Assist automatically activates
the Forward Safety system is select- of pedestrian or cyclist and speed. upon placing the ignition
ed on the LCD display, and when the switch to the ON position. The
following prerequisites are satisfied. driver can deactivate Forward
- The ESC is activated. Collision Avoidance Assist by
canceling the function setting
- The driving speed is over 8 km/h (5 on the LCD display.
mph). (However, Forward Collision
Avoidance Assist is activated with- • Forward Collision Avoidance
in certain driving speed.) Assist automatically deacti-
vates upon canceling the
- When recognizing the vehicle or ESC. When the ESC is can-
the pedestrian or the cyclist in celled, Forward Collision
front. (However, Forward Collision Avoidance Assist cannot be
Avoidance Assist does not activate activated on the LCD display.
according to conditions in front and
vehicle functions, but it notices Forward Collision Avoidance
only certain warnings.) Assist warning light will illumi-
nate, but it does not indicate a
- Forward Collision Avoidance Assist malfunction of the function.
does not operate properly or it only
produces a warning alarms in • Set or cancel Forward
accordance with the driving or Collision Avoidance Assist
vehicle condition. with controlling switches on
steering wheel after stopping
- If the warning only under the the vehicle in the safe place
Forward Safety system is selected, for your safety.
produces only warning alarms in
accordance with the collision risk
levels.
5 57
Forward Collision Avoidance Collision warning! (1st warning) - For pedestrian and cyclist, the
Assist warning message and vehicle speed is greater than or
function control equal to 8 km/h (5 mph) and less
than 180 km/h (110mph).
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (Depending on the condition of
produces warning messages and pedestrian and cyclist and the
warning alarms in accordance with surrounding environment the pos-
the collision risk levels of followings sible maximum operating speed
like vehicle’s sudden braking in front may be reduced.)
or lack of vehicle to vehicle distance
or collision to pedestrians or cyclist. • Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
Also, it controls the brakes in accor- controls the brakes within certain
dance with the collision risk levels. limit to release shock from the colli-
sion.
The driver can select the initial warn- OJF058389R
ing activation time in the User - If you select "Warning only",
• The warning message appears on Forward Collision Avoidance
Settings in the LCD display. The the LCD display with the warning
options for the initial Forward Assist activates and produces
alarms. only warning alarms in accor-
Collision Warning include Normal or
Late initial warning time. • The Vehicle may slow down slightly dance with the collision risk lev-
- It will operate if the vehicle speed els. You should control the brake
is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph) directly because Forward
and less than or equal to 180 Collision Avoidance Assist do not
km/h (110mph) on a forward vehi- control the brake.
cle. (Depending on the condition
of the vehicle ahead and the envi-
ronment surrounding it, the possi-
ble maximum operating speed
may be reduced.)
5 58
Emergency braking (2nd warning) You should control the brake Brake operation
directly because Forward • In an urgent situation, the braking
Collision Avoidance Assist do not system enters into the ready status
control the brake. for prompt reaction to assist the driv-
• The brake control is maximized er in depressing the brake pedal.
just before a collision, reducing • Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
impact when it strikes a forward provides additional braking power
vehicle. for optimum braking performance,
- It will operate if the vehicle speed when the driver depresses the
is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph) brake pedal.
and less than or equal to 65 km/h • The braking control is automatical-
(40 mph) on a forward vehicle. ly deactivated, when the driver
OJF058390R
(Depending on the condition of sharply depresses the accelerator
the vehicle ahead and the envi- pedal, or when the driver abruptly
• The warning message appears on ronment surrounding it, the possi-
the LCD display with the warning operates the steering wheel.
ble maximum operating speed
alarms. may be reduced.) • The braking control is automatical-
• Forward Collision Avoidance Assist ly cancelled, when risk factors dis-
- For pedestrian and cyclist, the appear.
controls the brakes within certain vehicle speed is greater than or
limit to release shock from the col- equal to 8 km/h (5 mph) and less
lision. than 65 km/h (40 mph). CAUTION
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (Depending on the condition of
controls the maximum brakes just pedestrian and cyclist and the The driver should always pay
before the collision. surrounding environment the great caution to vehicle opera-
possible maximum operating tion, even though there is no
- If you select "Warning only", warning message or warning
Forward Collision Avoidance speed may be reduced.)
alarm.
Assist activates and produces
only warning alarms in accor-
dance with the collision risk lev-
els.
5 59
Detecting sensors (Front view In bad weather conditions such as

WARNING camera + Front radar) heavy rain, heavy snow, and fog, or
Forward Collision Avoidance when sensor is covered by foreign
Assist cannot avoid all colli- material, dust, etc., the sensors will
sions. Forward Collision be degraded and the function will be
Avoidance Assist might not temporarily disabled.
completely stop the vehicle Always keep the sensor clean.
before collision, due to ambient,
weather and road conditions.
The driver has the responsibili-
ty to drive safely and control the
vehicle.
ODEP051411L
WARNING
Forward Collision Avoidance
Assist operates in accordance
with the risk levels, such as the
distance from the vehicle/pass-
er-by in front, the speed of the
vehicle/passer-by in front, and
the driver's vehicle operation.
For the function to activate, do ODEP051017L
not attempt risky driving.
The sensors are detecting the dis-
tance to vehicles ahead, pedestrian
or cyclist.
5 60
✽ NOTICE (Continued) Warning message and warning

• Do not install any accessories, • Do not tint the window or install light
such as license plate molding or stickers, accessories around the
sticker, on the sensor area. Nor inside mirror where the camera is
arbitrarily replace the bumper. installed.
Those may adversely affect the • Make sure the frontal camera
sensing performance. installation point does not get wet.
• Always keep the sensors/bumper • Do not impact or arbitrarily
area clean. remove any front view camera and
• Use only soft clothes to wash the front radar components.
vehicle. Also, do not spray highly- • Do not place reflective
pressurized water on the sensor objects(white paper or mirror etc.)
installed on the bumper. on the crash pad.
• Be careful not to apply unneces- The function may activate unnec-
sary force on the frontal sensor essarily due to reflect of the sun- OJF058392R
area. When the sensor moves out light. When the sensor cover is blocked with
of the correct position due to • Excessive audio volume may dis- dirt, snow, or debris, Forward Collision
external force, the function may turb the sound of the function Avoidance Assist operation may tem-
not normally operate even without warning alarm. porarily stop. In this case, the warning
the warning light or message. In • For more cautions for the front message appears to warn the driver.
this case, have the vehicle inspect- view camera sensor, refer to “Lane
ed by a professional workshop. Keeping Assist (LKA)” in this
chapter. This is not a malfunction with Forward
Kia recommends to visit an autho- Collision Avoidance Assist. To operate
rised Kia dealer/service partner. Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
• Use only the genuine Kia sensor again, remove the foreign substances.
cover. Do not arbitrarily apply
paint on the sensor cover. Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
(Continued) may not properly operate in an area
(e.g. open terrain), where any sub-
stances are not detected after turning
ON the vehicle.
5 61
Function malfunction
WARNING WARNING
Forward Collision Avoidance • Forward Collision Avoidance
Assist may not activate without Assist is only a supplemental
any warning messeges accord- function for the driver’s con-
ing to driving condition, traffic venience. The driver should
on the road, weather, road con- hold the responsibility to con-
dition, etc. trol the vehicle operation. Do
not solely depend on Forward
Collision Avoidance Assist.
Rather, maintain a safe braking
distance, and, if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to
OJF058394R lower the driving speed.
• When Forward Collision Avoidance • In certain instances and
Assist is not working properly, the under certain driving condi-
Forward Safety warning light ( ) tions, Forward Collision
will illuminate and the warning Avoidance Assist may acti-
message will appear for a few sec- vate unintentionally. This ini-
onds. After the message disap- tial warning message appears
pears, the master warning light on the LCD display with a
( ) will illuminate. In this case, warning chime.
have the vehicle inspected by a Also, in certain instances the
professional workshop. Kia recom- front view camera or front
mends to visit an authorised Kia radar recognition function
dealer/service partner. may not detect the vehicle,
• Forward Collision Avoidance Assist pedestrian or cyclist (if
warning message may appear equipped) ahead.
along with the illumination of the (Continued)
ESC warning light.
5 62

Forward Collision Avoidance • Forward Collision Avoidance • Forward Collision Avoidance
Assist may not activate and Assist does not recognize the Assist does not operate when
the warning message will not vehicle, which transversally the vehicle is in reverse. In
be displayed. drives across the crossroad, these cases, you must main-
• Forward Collision Avoidance or the vehicle, which is parked tain a safe braking distance,
Assist may unnecessarily pro- in the transversal direction. and if necessary, depress the
duce the warning message • If the vehicle in front stops brake pedal to reduce the driv-
and the warning alarms. Also, suddenly, you may have less ing speed in order to maintain
due to the sensing limitation, control of the brake system. a safe dis tance.
Forward Collision Avoidance Therefore, always keep safe • The regular braking function
Assist may not produce the
warning message and the distance between your vehicle will operate normally even if
warning alarm at all. and the vehicle in front of you. There is a problem with
• Forward Collision Avoidance Forward Collision Avoidance
• When there is a malfunction Assist brake control function
with Forward Collision Assist may activate during
braking and the vehicle may or other functions. In this
Avoidance Assist, the braking
control does not operate upon stop suddenly. And the load in case, the braking control will
detecting a collision risk even the vehicle may endanger pas- not operate in the risk of a col-
with other braking systems sengers. Therefore, always be lision.
normally operating. mindful of the load volume in • Forward Collision Avoidance
• Forward Collision Avoidance the vehicle. Assist may not activate
Assist operates only for the • Forward Collision Avoidance according to driving condi-
vehicle / pedestrian in front, Assist may not activate if the tion, traffic on the road,
whilst driving forward. It does driver applies the brake pedal weather, road condition, etc.
not operate for any animals or to avoid risk of collision. • Forward Collision Avoidance
vehicles in the opposite direc- Assist may not activate to all
tion. (Continued)
types of vehicles.
(Continued)
5 63
Limitation of Forward Recognizing vehicles • The front view camera's field of

Collision-Avoidance Assist The sensor may be limited when: view is not well illuminated (either
too dark or too much reflection or
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist • The front view camera or front too much backlight that obscures
is an assistant function for a driver in radar is blocked with a foreign the field of view)
a certain risky driving condition and it object or debris
does not take every responsibility for • The vehicle in front does not have
• The front view camera lens is con- their rear lights or their rear lights
all risks from driving condition. taminated due to tinted, filmed or does not turned ON or their rear
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist coated windscreen, damaged lights are located unusually.
monitors the driving situations glass, or stuck of foreign matter
through the radar and the camera (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass • The outside brightness changes
sensor. Thus, for a situation out of suddenly, for example when enter-
• Inclement weather such as heavy ing or exiting a tunnel
the sensing range, Forward Collision rain or snow obscures the field of
Avoidance Assist may not normally view of the front view camera or • When light coming from a street
operate. The driver should pay great front radar light or an oncoming vehicle is
caution in the following situations. reflected on a wet road surface
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist • There is interference by electro- such as a puddle in the road
operation may be limited. magnetic waves
• The field of view in front is
• There is severe irregular reflection obstructed by sun glare
from the front radar sensor
• The vehicle in front is driving errat-
• The front view camera and front ically
radar recognition is limited
• The vehicle is on unpaved or
• The vehicle in front is too small to uneven rough surfaces, or road
be detected (for example a motor- with sudden gradient changes.
cycle etc.)
• The vehicle in front is an oversize
vehicle or trailer that is too big to
be detected by the front view cam-
era recognition function (for exam-
ple a tractor trailer, etc.)
5 64
• The vehicle is driven near areas • The sensor recognition changes

containing metal substances as a suddenly when passing over a
construction zone, railroad, etc. speed bump
• The vehicle drives inside a build- • The vehicle in front is moving lon-
ing, such as a basement parking gitudinally to the driving direction
lot • The vehicle in front is stopped lon-
• The front view camera does not gitudinally
recognize the entire vehicle in • The vehicle in front is driving
front. towards your vehicle or reversing OHM059349L
• The front view camera is damaged. • You are on a roundabout and the
• The brightness outside is too low vehicle in front circles
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel.
• The shadow is on the road by a
median strip, trees, etc.
• The vehicle drives through a toll- OHM059350L
gate.
• The windscreen glass is fogged
up; a clear view of the road is
obstructed.
• The rear part of the vehicle in front
is not normally visible. (the vehicle
turns in other direction or the vehi-
cle is overturned.)
• The adverse road conditions cause OHM059351L
excessive vehicle vibrations whilst
driving
5 65
- Driving on a curved road Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

The performance of Forward may recognize a vehicle or pedestri-
Collision-Avoidance Assist may be an or cyclist in the next lane or out-
limited when driving on a curved side the lane when driving on a
road. curved road.
The front view camera or front radar If this occurs, the function may
sensor recognition system may not unnecessarily alarm the driver and
detect the vehicle, pedestrian or apply the brake. Always pay attention
cyclist travelling in front on a curved OHM059352L to road and driving conditions, whilst
road. driving.
This may result in no alarm and brak-
ing when necessary.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main-
tain a safe distance.
OHM059353L
OHM059354L
5 66
- Driving on a sloped road

The performance of Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may be
decreased whilst driving upward or
downward on a sloped road. The
front view camera or front radar sen-
sor recognition may not detect the
vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in front.
OHM059355L This may result in unnecessary
alarm and braking or no alarm and
braking when necessary.
OJF055028
When the function suddenly recog-
nizes the vehicle, pedestrian or - Changing lanes
cyclist in front whilst passing over a Even though the vehicle in the next
slope, you may experience sharp lane enters into your lane, it may not
deceleration. be recognized by Forward Collision
Always keep your eyes forward whilst Avoidance Assist, until it enters
OHM059356L driving upward or downward on a Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
slope, and, if necessary, depress the sensing range.
brake pedal to reduce your driving Especially when the vehicle in the
speed in order to maintain distance. next lane abruptly enters into your
lane, it is more likely not be recog-
nized. Always pay great attention.
OHM059357L
5 67
Recognizing pedestrian or
cyclist
- The pedestrian is not fully captured
by the camera sensor, or the
pedestrian does not walk in the
upright position.
- The pedestrian moves very fast.
- The pedestrian abruptly appears in
front.
- The pedestrian wears clothes in
OJF055029 ODEP059312L the colour similar to the back-
When driving in stop-and-go traffic, - Recognizing the vehicle ground.
and a stopped vehicle in front of you When the vehicle in front has heavy - The outside is too bright or too
merges out of the lane, Forward loading extended rearward, or when dark.
Collision Avoidance Assist may not the vehicle in front has higher ground - The vehicle drives at night or in the
immediately detect the new vehicle clearance, it may induce a haz- darkness.
that is now in front of you. In this ardous situation. Always pay atten- - There is an item similar to a per-
case, you must maintain a safe brak- tion to road and driving conditions, son’s body structure.
ing distance, and if necessary, whilst driving and, if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce - The pedestrian is small.
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main- your driving speed in order to main- - The pedestrian has impaired
tain a safe distance. tain distance. mobility.
- It is difficult to distinguish the
pedestrian from the surroundings.
- The sensor recognition is limited.
5 68
- There is a group of pedestrian - When the back light is projected in

- If a sudden change in the sensor the direction of the vehicle's motion WARNING
recognition takes place whilst (including the headlights of vehi- • Cancel Forward Collision
passing through the speed bump. cles). Avoidance Assist in the User
- When the vehicle is severely shak- - Road sign, shadow on the road, Settings on the LCD display,
en. tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial before towing another vehicle.
pavement. Whilst towing, the brake appli-
- When driving around circular inter- cation may adversely affect
section after the vehicle in front. - If the windscreen has moisture on
its surface or if windscreen freezes, your vehicle safety.
- If the front view camera lens is • Pay great caution to the vehi-
contaminated by front glass tinting, - Driving in the fog.
cle in front, when it has heavy
film, water repellent coating, dam- - When objects are out of the sens- loading extended rearward, or
age on glass, foreign matter (stick- ing range of the sensor or front when it has higher ground
er, insect, etc.) radar. clearance.
- The front radar or front view cam- - When the cyclist in front is riding • The sensor only detects
era or front view camera lens is intersected with the driving direc- pedestrian, not carts, bicy-
damaged. tion. cles, motorcycles, luggage
- If the headlights of the vehicle are - When there is any other electro- bags, or strollers.
not used at night or in the tunnel magnetic interference. • Forward Collision Avoidance
section, or the light is too weak. - When the construction area, rail or Assist does not operate in a
- If street light or the light of the vehi- other metal object is near the certain situation. Thus, never
cle coming from the opposite is cyclist. test-operate Forward Collision
reflected or when sunlight is - If the bicycle material is not reflect- Avoidance Assist against a
reflected by the water on the road ed well on the radar. person or an object. It may
surface. cause a severe injury or even
death.
(Continued)
5 69
(Continued)
• When replacing or reinstalling
the windscreen, front bumper
or radar/camera after removal,
have the vehicle inspected by
a professional workshop. Kia
recommends to visit an
partner.
✽ NOTICE
The function may temporarily can-
cel due to the strong electric waves.
5 70
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) (IF EQUIPPED)

When the function detects the vehi-
(Continued)
cle straying from its lane or road, it
warns the driver with a visual and • Lane Keeping Assist helps
audible warning, whilst applying a prevent the driver from mov-
slight counter-steering torque, trying ing out of the lane or road
to prevent the vehicle from moving unintentionally by assisting
out of its lane or road. the driver’s steering. However,
the function is just a conven-
ience function and the steer-
WARNING ing wheel is not always con-
• Driver is responsible for being trolled. Whilst driving, the
aware of surroundings and driver should pay attention to
ODEP051411L
steering the vehicle for safe the steering wheel.
Lane Keeping Assist detects the lane driving practices. • The operation of Lane
markers and road edge on the road Keeping Assist can be can-
with a front view camera at the front • Do not steer the steering
wheel suddenly when the celled or not work properly
windscreen, and assists the driver’s according to road condition
steering to help keep the vehicle in steering wheel is being assist-
ed by the function. and surroundings. Always be
the lanes. cautious when driving.
(Continued)
• Do not disassemble a front
view camera temporarily for
tinted window or attaching
any types of coatings and
accessories.
(Continued)
5 71

If you disassemble the front • When the lane markers and • If the vehicle speed is high,
view camera and assemble it road edge are hard to detect, steering torque for assistance
again, have the system please refer to “Driver’s will not be enough to keep
checked by a professional Attention”. your vehicle within the lane. If
workshop. Kia recommends • Do not remove or damage the so, the vehicle may move out
to visit an authorised Kia deal- related parts of front view of its lane. Obey speed limit
er/service partner and have camera. when using Lane Keeping
the system checked to need a Assist.
calibration. • Do not place objects on the
crash pad that reflects light • If you attach objects to the
• When you replace the wind- such as mirrors, white paper, steering wheel, the function
screen glass, front view cam- etc. it may cause malfunction may not assist steering.
era or related parts of the of Lane Keeping Assist if the • If you attach objects to the
steering, have the system sunlight is reflected. steering wheel, hands off
checked by a professional alarm may not work properly.
workshop. Kia recommends • You may not hear warning
to visit an authorised Kia deal- sound of Lane Keeping Assist
er/service partner and have because of the excessive
the system checked to need a audio sound.
calibration. • Whilst other beeps such as
• The function detects lane the seat belt warning sound
markers and road edge and are in operation and override
controls the steering wheel by Lane Keeping Assist alarm-
a front view camera, therefore, ing, Lane Keeping Assist
if the lane markers are hard to beeps may not occur.
detect, the function may not (Continued)
work properly. Always be cau-
tious when using the function.
(Continued)
5 72
Lane Keeping Assist operation The colour of indicator will change

depend on the condition of Lane
Keeping Assist.
- White : Sensor does not detect
the lane marker or vehicle
speed is less than
60km/h(37mph).
- Green : Sensor detects the lane
marker or road edge and
function is able to control
the steering.
ODEEV051027
ODEP051113R To activate/deactivate LKA, with the

ENGINE START/STOP button in the
To activate/deactivate Lane Keeping ON position, press and hold the
Assist: Lane Driving Assist button ( )
With the ENGINE START/STOP but- located on the steering wheel to turn
ton in the ON position, Lane Keeping off Lane Keeping Assist. Press and
Assist turns on automatically. The hold the button again to turn on the
indicator ( ) in the cluster display function.
will initially illuminate white. If you The indicator ( ) in the cluster dis-
press the Lane Safety button located play will initially illuminate white.
on the instrument panel on the lower If you pressing and holding the Lane
left hand side of the driver, Lane Driving Assist button located on the
Keeping Assist will be turned off and steering wheel, LKA will be turned off
the indicator on the cluster display and the indicator on the cluster dis-
will go off. play will go off.
5 73
Lane Keeping Assist setting Lane Departure Warning Lane Keeping Assist activation
The driver can change Lane Keeping Lane Departure Warning warns the • To see Lane Keeping Assist screen
Assist to Lane Departure Warning or driver with a visual and acoustic on the LCD display in the cluster,
change the Lane Keeping Assist warning when the function detects Tab to the Driving Assist mode
mode from the LCD display. “User the vehicle leaving the lane. In this ( ).
Settings  Driver Assistance  mode, the steering wheel will not be • After Lane Keeping Assist is acti-
Lane Safety  Lane Keeping controlled. When the vehicle’s front vated, if both lane markers or road
Assist/Lane Departure Warning/Off” wheel contacts the inside edge of edge are detected, vehicle speed
lane line, the contacted line will be is over 60 km/h (37 mph) and all
displayed on the LCD display. the activation conditions are satis-
Lane Keeping Assist
fied, a green steering wheel indica-
Lane Keeping Assist mode guides tor will illuminate and the steering
the driver to keep the vehicle within Off
wheel will be controlled.
the lanes. It rarely controls the steer- If you select ‘Off’, it is the same with
ing wheel, when the vehicle drives pressing Lane Safety ( ) button
well inside the lanes. However, it to release.
starts to control the steering wheel,
when the vehicle is about to deviate
from the lanes.
5 74
✽ NOTICE ■ Lane undetected ■ Lane detected Warning

When Lane Keeping Assist is turned ■ Left lane ■ Right lane
off with the Lane Driving Assist but-
ton, Lane Safety settings will turn
off.
WARNING
Lane Keeping Assist is a func-
tion to help prevent the driver
from leaving the lane or road
edge. However, the driver ODEP059114R/ODEP059112R
should not solely rely on the If the speed of the vehicle is over 60 ODEP059118R/ODEP059119R
function but always check the km/h (37 mph) and the function
road conditions when driving. detects lane markers, the colour If the vehicle leaves a lane or road
changes from gray to white. edge, the lane marker or road edge
you cross will blink on the LCD dis-
play and the warning sound is pro-
vided.
5 75
✽ NOTICE
WARNING WARNING • Even though the steering is assist-
• The warning message may • The driver is responsible for ed by the function, the driver may
appear late according to road accurate steering. control the steering.
conditions. Therefore, always • Even though the steering is • The steering wheel may feel heav-
have your hands on the steer- assisted by the function, the ier when the steering wheel is
ing wheel whilst driving. driver may control the steer- assisted by the function than when
• If you hold the steering wheel ing wheel. it is not.
lightly, the function would • Turn off the function and drive
generate hands off warning the vehicle in below situa-
because Lane Keeping Assist tions.
can treat the situation as you
do not grab the wheel. - In bad weather
- In bad road condition
- When the steering wheel
needs to be controlled by the
driver frequently.
- When towing a vehicle or
trailer.
• The steering wheel may feel
heavier when the steering
wheel is assisted by the func-
tion than when it is not.
5 76
The function will be cancelled when: • The steering will not be assisted DRIVER’S ATTENTION
• You change lanes with the turn sig- when vehicle speed is below 55 The driver must be cautious in the
nal. km/h (34 mph) and over 200 km/h below situations may not work
(125 mph). properly when recognition of the
- Using the turn signal to change
lanes. • The steering will not be assisted lane marker is poor or limited :
when you change lanes or road
- If you change lanes without the
turn signal on, the steering wheel
edge fast.  When lane and road condition is
might be controlled. • The steering will not be assisted poor
when you brake suddenly. • It is difficult to distinguish the lane
• Lane Keeping Assist can transit to marker or road edge from road
steering assist mode when the car • The steering will not be assisted
when the lane is very wide or nar- when the lane marker or road
is near to middle of the lane after edge is covered with dust or sand.
function on or the lane was row.
• It is difficult to distinguish the
changed. Lane Keeping Assist can • The steering will not be assisted colour of the lane marker from
not assist steering if the vehicle fol- when only one side lane marker is road.
lows lane marker too close contin- detected. • There is something looks like a
uously before transition to steering • There are more than two lane lane marker.
assist mode. markers such as a construction • The lane marker or road edge is
• The control of ESC (Electronic area. indistinct or damaged.
Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle • Radius of a curve is too small. • The number of lanes increases/
Stability Management) is activated. decreases or the lane lines are
• When you turn steering wheel sud-
• The steering will not be assisted denly, Lane Keeping Assist will be
crossing (Driving through a toll
when your drive fast on a sharp disabled temporarily.
plaza/toll gate, merged/divided
curve. lane).
• Driving on a steep slope or hill. • There are more than two lane
markers.
• The lane marker is very thick or
thin.
(Continued)
5 77
(Continued) (Continued)
• The lane marker or road edge is • There is a boundary structure in WARNING
not visible due to snow, rain, stain, the roadway. Lane Keeping Assist is a func-
a puddle or other factors. • The light of street, sun, oncoming tion to help prevent the driver
• A shadow is on the lane marker or vehicle and so on reflects from the from leaving the lane. However,
road edge because of a median water on the road. the driver should not solely rely
strip, guardrail, noise barriers • When light shines brightly in the on the function but always take
and others. reverse direction you drive. the necessary actions for safe
• When the lane markers are com- • Road surface is not even. driving practices.
plicated or a structure substitutes • The distance from the vehicle
for the lines such as a construc- ahead is very short or the vehicle
tion area. ahead drives hiding the lane line
• There are crosswalk signs or other or road edge.
symbols on the road. • You drive on a steep grade or a
• The lane suddenly disappears sharp curve.
such as at the intersection. • The vehicle vibrates heavily.
• The lane marker or road edge in a • The temperature near inside mir-
tunnel is covered with dirt or oil ror is very high due to direct sun
and etc. light and etc.
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
 when front visibility is poor
 When external condition is inter- • The lens or windscreen is covered
vened by strange materials.
• The brightness of outside changes • The sensor cannot detect the lane
suddenly when entering/existing a because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
tunnel or passing under a bridge. • The windscreen is fogged by
• The headlamps are not on at night humid air in the vehicle.
or in a tunnel, or light level is low. • Putting something on the crash
(Continued) pad and etc.
5 78
Lane Keeping Assist malfunc- Lane Safety indicator When there is a problem with the
tion Lane Safety indicator (yellow) will function do one of the following:
illuminate with an audible warning if • Turn the function on after turning
Lane Keeping Assist is not working the vehicle off and on again.
properly. In this case, have the sys- • Check if the ENGINE START/STOP
tem checked by a professional work- button is in the ON position.
• Check if the function is affected by
the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain,
ner.
etc.)
• Check if there is foreign matter on
the camera lens
ODEP059310R
If the problem is not solved, have the
system checked by a professional
• If there is a problem with the func- workshop. Kia recommends to visit
tion a message will appear. If the an authorised Kia dealer/service
problem continues Lane Keeping partner.
Assist fail indicator will illuminate.
5 79
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) (IF EQUIPPED)

Blind-Spot Collision Warning uses 2) Closing at high speed
radar sensors in the rear bumper to WARNING
monitor and warn the driver of an • Blind-Spot Collision Warning
approaching vehicle in the driver's is supplemental function to
blind spot area. assist you. Do not entirely rely
1) Blind-Spot Area on the function.
Always pay attention, whilst
driving, for your safety.
• Always be aware of road con-
ditions whilst driving and be
alert for unexpected situa-
tions even though Blind-Spot
OSK3058090L Collision Warning is operat-
ing.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning will
warn you when a vehicle is • Blind-Spot Collision Warning
approaching in an adjacent lane at a is not a substitute for proper
high rate of speed. If the driver acti- and safe driving. Always drive
OSK3058089L vates the turn signal when the func- safely and use caution when
tion detects an oncoming vehicle, the changing lanes or backing up
The blind spot detection range varies
function sounds an audible warning. the vehicle. Blind-Spot
relative to vehicle speed.
Collision Warning may not
Note that if your vehicle is travelling detect every object alongside
much faster than the vehicles around the vehicle.
you, the warning will not occur.
5 80
Blind-Spot Collision Warning • If the vehicle is turned off then on

setting and activation again, the function maintains the
previous state.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
• Select 'User Settings  Driver
1. Place the START/STOP button to Assistance  Warning timing'
the ON position.
• Select one of the following options:
2. Select 'User Settings  Driver
Assistance  Blind-Spot Safety'
3. Select one of the following options: - Normal: The initial Blind-Spot
Collision Warning is activated
• Warning only: Blind-Spot Collision normally. If this setting feels too
Warning turns on and gets ready to sensitive change the option to
be activated. Then, if a vehicle ODEP051293R
'Later'.
approaches the driver's blind spot • If you press Blind-Spot Safety but-
area only a warning sounds. ton whilst 'Warning only' is select- - Later: Select this warning activa-
ed the indicator on the button extin- tion time when the traffic is light
• Off: Blind-Spot Collision Warning is and you are driving in a low
deactivated and the indicator on guishes and the function deacti-
vates. speed. However, if you change
the Blind-Spot Safety button is the warning activation time, the
extinguished. • If you press Blind-Spot Safety but- warning activation time of vehi-
ton whilst the function is cancelled cle's other function may also
the indicator on the button illumi- change. Check the warning acti-
nates and the function activates. In vation time before changing it.
this case, the function returns to the
state before the vehicle turned off.
When the function is initially turned
on and when the motor is turned off
then on again whilst the function is
in activation, the warning light will
illuminate for 3 seconds on the out-
side rearview mirror.
5 81
Warning message and func-

tion control
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
ORJ058128 ORJ058129
[A] : Warning sound
Second stage warning
ORJ058127
A warning chime to warn the driver will activate when:
1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar function
First stage warning AND.
If a vehicle is detected within the 2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detected).
boundary of the function, a warning When this warning is activated, the warning light on the outside rearview mirror
light will illuminate on the outside and the head up display (if equipped) will also blink. And a warning chime will
rearview mirror and the head up dis- sound.
play (if equipped).
If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage warning will be deacti-
Once the detected vehicle is no vated.
longer within the blind spot area, the
warning will turn off according to the Once the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warn-
driving conditions of the vehicle. ing will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.
5 82
Detecting sensor
WARNING CAUTION
• The warning light on the out- • The driver should always use
side rearview mirror will illu- extreme caution whilst operat-
minate whenever a vehicle is ing the vehicle, whether or not
detected at the rear side by the warning light on the out-
the function. side rear view mirror illumi-
To avoid accidents, do not nates or there is a warning
focus only on the warning alarm.
light and neglect to see the • Playing the vehicle audio sys-
surrounding of the vehicle. tem at high volume may offset
• Drive safely even though the Blind-Spot Collision Warning
vehicle is equipped with a warning sounds.
ODEP051410L
Blind-Spot Collision Warning. • The warning of Blind-Spot
Collision Warning may not The rear corner radars are the sen-
Do not solely rely on the func-
sound whilst other function's sors inside the rear bumper for
tion but check your surround-
warning sounds. detecting the side/rear areas. Always
ing before changing lanes or
keep the rear bumper clean for prop-
backing the vehicle up.
er operation of the function.
• The function may not warn the
driver in some conditions so
always check your surround-
ings whilst driving.
5 83
CAUTION (Continued)
• The function may not work In this case, a warning mes-
properly when the bumper has sage may not be displayed.
been damaged, or if the rear Kia recommend that you have
bumper has been replaced or your vehicle inspected by an
repaired. authorised Kia dealer/service
• The sensing range differs partner.
somewhat according to the • Do not apply foreign objects
width of the road. When the such as a bumper sticker or a
road is narrow, the function bumper guard near the radar
may detect other vehicles in sensor or apply paint to the OJF058433R
the next lane. sensor area. Doing so may BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning)
• The function may turn off due adversely affect the perform- system disabled.
to strong electromagnetic ance of the sensor.
• This warning message may appear
waves. • Never install any accessories when :
• Always keep the sensors or stickers on the front wind-
screen, nor tint the front wind- - One or both of the sensors on the
clean. rear bumper is blocked by dirt or
screen.
• Never arbitrarily disassemble snow or a foreign object.
the sensor component nor • Pay extreme caution to keep
the camera sensor out of - Driving in rural areas where the
apply any impact on the sen- sensor does not detect another
sor component. water.
vehicle for an extended period of
• Be careful not to apply unnec- • Never locate any reflective time.
essary force on the radar sen- objects (i.e. white paper, mir-
ror) over the crash pad. Any - When there is inclement weather
sor or sensor cover. If the sen- such as heavy snow or rain.
sor is forcibly moved out of light reflection may cause a
proper alignment, the function malfunction of the function.
may not operate correctly.
(Continued)
5 84
If any of these conditions occur, the After any dirt or debris is removed, ■ Type A
light on Blind-Spot Safety button and Blind-Spot Collision Warning should
the function will turn off automatically. operate normally after about 10 min-
utes of driving the vehicle.
Turn off Blind-Spot Collision Warning If the function still does not operate
(if equipped) when a trailer or carrier normally, Kia recommend that you
is installed. have your vehicle inspected by an
- Press the Blind-Spot Safety button ner.
(the indicator on the button extin- OJF058433R
■ Type B
guish)
- Deactivate Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning by deselecting
‘User Settings  Driver Assistance
 Blind-Spot Safety  Warning
Only/OFF’
If you use Blind-Spot Collision
Warning, remove a trailer or carri- OJF058435R
er.
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning
If there is a problem with the Blind-
When Blind-Spot Collision Warning Spot Collision Warning function, a
cancelled warning message is dis- warning message will appear and the
played in the cluster, check to make light on the switch will turn off. The
sure that the rear bumper is free from function will turn off automatically. In
any dirt or snow in the areas where this case, have the system checked by
the sensor is located. Remove any a professional workshop. Kia recom-
dirt, snow, or foreign material that mends to visit an authorised Kia deal-
could interfere with the rear corner er/ service partner.
radar sensors.
5 85
Limitations of the function • The vehicle drives on a curved road. • Whilst changing lanes.
The driver must be cautious in the • The vehicle drives through a tollgate. • If the vehicle has started at the
below situations, because the func- • The road pavement (or the periph- same time as the vehicle next to
tion may not detect other vehicles or eral ground) abnormally contains you and has accelerated.
objects in certain circumstances. metallic components (i.e. possibly • When the vehicle in the next lane
• When a trailer or carrier is installed. due to subway construction). moves two lanes away from you
• The vehicle drives in inclement • There is a fixed object near the OR when the vehicle two lanes
weather such as heavy rain or vehicle, such as a guardrail. away moves to the next lane from
snow. you.
• Whilst going down or up a steep
• The rear corner radar is polluted road where the height of the lane is • A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
with rain, snow, mud, etc. different. • A flat trailer is near.
• The rear bumper where the rear • Driving on a narrow road where • If there are small objects in the
corner radar is located is covered trees or grass or overgrown. detecting area such as a shopping
with a foreign object such as a • Driving in rural areas where the cart or a baby stroller.
bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a sensor does not detect another • If there is a low height vehicle such
bike rack, etc. vehicle or structure for an extended as a sports car.
• The rear bumper is damaged, or period of time. • The brake pedal is depressed.
the rear corner radar is out of the • Driving on a wet road.
original default position. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
• Driving on a road where the guardrail is activated.
• The vehicle height gets lower or or wall is in double structure.
higher due to heavy loading in a • ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
trunk, abnormal tyre pressure, etc. • A big vehicle is near such as a bus malfunctions.
or truck. • The tyre pressure is low or a tyre is
• When the temperature of the rear
bumper is high. • When the other vehicle approach- damaged.
es very close. • The brake is reworked.
• When the rear corner radar are
blocked by other vehicles, walls or • When the other vehicle passes at a
parking-lot pillars. very fast speed.
5 86
• The vehicle abruptly changes driv-

ing direction.
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• The vehicle sharply stops.
• Temperature is extremely low
around the vehicle.
• The vehicle severely vibrates
whilst driving over a bumpy road,
uneven/bumpy road, or concrete
patch. OJFHP058458 OJFHP058459
• The vehicle drives on a slippery • Driving on a curved road Blind-Spot Collision Warning may not
surface due to snow, water puddle, operate properly when driving on a
or ice. Blind-Spot Collision Warning may not
operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances the
curved road. In certain instances the function may recognize a vehicle in
function may not detect the vehicle in the same lane.
the next lane. Always pay attention to road and
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, whilst driving.
driving conditions, whilst driving.
5 87
OJFHP058460 ODEP051159L ODEP051160L

• Driving where the road is merg- • Driving on a sloped road • Driving where the heights of the
ing/dividing Blind-Spot Collision Warning may not lanes are different
Blind-Spot Collision Warning may not operate properly when driving on a Blind-Spot Collision Warning may not
operate properly when driving where slope. In certain instances the func- operate properly when driving where
the road is merging/dividing. In cer- tion may not detect the vehicle in the the heights of the lanes are different.
tain instances the function may not next lane. In certain instances, the function
detect the vehicle in the next lane. Also, in certain instances the func- may not detect the vehicle on a road
Always pay attention to road and tion may wrongly recognize the with different lane heights (under-
driving conditions, whilst driving. ground or structures. pass joining section, grade separat-
Always pay attention to road and ed intersections, etc.).
driving conditions, whilst driving. Always pay attention to road and
5 88
ODEP051161L
[A] : noise barrier, [B] : guardrail
• Driving where there is a structure
beside the road
Blind-Spot Collision Warning may not
operate properly when driving where
there is structure beside the road.
In certain instances, the function
may wrongly recognize the struc-
tures (noise barriers, guardrail, dou-
ble guardrail, median strip, bollard,
street light, road sign, tunnel wall,
etc.) beside the road.
Always pay attention to road and
5 89
MANUAL SPEED LIMIT ASSIST (MSLA) (IF EQUIPPED)

You can set the speed limit when you To set speed limit :
do not want to drive over a specific
speed.
If you drive over the preset speed
limit, the warning function operates
(set speed limit will blink and chime
will sound) until the vehicle speed
returns within the speed limit.
✽ NOTICE
Whilst Manual Speed Limit Assist is OJF058153L
in operation, cruise control cannot The speed limit indicator light will illu-
be activated. ODEP051387L
minate.
1. Press the button twice on the
steering wheel, to turn the func-
tion on.
5 90
Move the switch up (to RES+) or

down (SET-) and release it imme-
diately. The speed will increase or
decrease by 1 km/h (1 mph).
The set speed limit will display on
the instrument cluster.
ODEEV051024
OJF058154L
The set speed limit will be displayed.
To drive over the preset speed limit
you must depress hard on the accel-
erator pedal (more than approxi-
mately 80%) until the kick down
mechanism works with a clicking
noise. Then the set speed limit will
blink and chime will sound until you
ODEEV051025 return the vehicle speed within the
2. Move the switch down (to SET-). speed limit.
3. Move the switch up (to RES+) or
down (to SET-), and release it at
the desired speed. Move the
switch up (to RES+) or down (to
SET-) and hold it. The speed will
increase or decrease by 5 km/h (3
mph).
5 91
✽ NOTICE To turn off Manual Speed Limit

• Depressing the accelerator pedal Assist
less than approximately 50%, the
vehicle will not speed over the pre-
set speed limit but maintain the
vehicle speed within the speed
limit.
• A clicking noise heard from the
kick down mechanism by depress-
ing the accelerator pedal fully is a
normal condition.
OJF058153L
ODEP051387L CAUTION
The “---” indicator will blink if
• Press button. there is a problem with Manual
• Turn the ignition off. Speed Limit Assist.
In this case, have the system
If you press the cancel O button checked by a professional work-
once, the set speed limit will cancel, shop. Kia recommends to visit
but it will not turn the function off. If an authorised Kia dealer/service
you wish to reset the speed limit, partner.
move the switch up (to RES+) or
down (to SET-) to the desired speed.
5 92
INTELLIGENT SPEED LIMIT WARNING (ISLW) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING (Continued)
• Intelligent Speed Limit • Do not place objects on the
Warning is only an aid and is dashboard that reflects light
not always able to correctly such as mirrors, white paper,
display speed limits and over- etc. The function may mal-
taking restrictions. function if the sunlight is
reflected.
• The driver always keeps the
responsibility not to exceed • The function is not available
the maximum allowed speed in all countries.
• Do not place any accessories,
ODEP051411L
stickers or tint the windscreen
The function displays the information near the rearview mirror.
of speed limit and no passing restric- • The function detects traffic
tion to the driver in both the instru- signs and displays speed limit
ment cluster and navigation screen. information by a front view
Intelligent Speed Limit Warning camera therefore, if traffic
detects traffic signs with front view signs are hard to detect, the
camera attached on the top of the function may not work proper-
windscreen. ly.
Intelligent Speed Limit Warning also Please refer to "Driver's
utilizes the navigation information to Attention".
display the speed limit information.
• Do not remove any front view
camera parts or apply impact.
(Continued)
5 93
Intelligent Speed Limit Operation • When the driver turn on the igni-
Warning activation / deactivation, the function displays stored
■ Type A
tion information of the speed limit
before turn off the ignition.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Warning
Setting method : • Sometimes different speed limits
are displayed for the same road.
Cluster User Settings  Driver The information displayed depend-
Assistance  SLW (Speed Limit ing on the situation. Because, traf-
Warning) Assist fic signs with additional sign (e.g
• The information of speed limit and rainy, arrow...) are also detected
no passing restriction will appear OJF058186L and compared with vehicle interior
on the cluster using a symbol if you ■ Type B data(e.g wiper operation, turn sig-
have activated 'SLW' in User nal...).
Settings of cluster. • The function can update the speed
• If Intelligent Speed Limit Warning limit information without visible
is activated in navigation setting, speed limit signs in the following
the information also displayed in situations.
navigation screen. - When you change your driving
direction with right or left or U
OJF058436L turning.
• If a traffic sign that is relevant to - When vehicle changes roads.
your vehicle is passed, the function (e.g. from highway to country
displays the information of the road…)
speed limits and no passing - When you enter or exit into town
restrictions to the driver. or village.
5 94
✽ NOTICE Display ■ No passing Intelligent

If speed limit value has the differ- ■ No reliable Intelligent Speed Limit
ence between cluster and navigation,
check the speed unit setting in navi-
gation.
WUM-206/WUM-204
WUM-203 • If the function detect no passing

sign, no passing is displayed in
• If the function doesn’t have a reli- both the instrument cluster and
able Intelligent Speed Limit, the fol- navigation screen.
lowing symbol is displayed in both
the instrument cluster and naviga-
tion screen.
5 95
■ End of a speed limit ■ Unlimited speed (only in Germany) Warning message
WUM-207/WUM-208 WUM-205
• After passing "end of speed limita- • For some areas on highways in OJF058233R
tion“ sign Intelligent Speed Limit germany there's no speed limit
Warning provides information from applicable. In that case Intelligent The message will appear when cam-
navigation to inform driver of per- Speed Limit Warning shows "end era’s field of view is covered by some
haps afterwards applicable speed of limitation" traffic sign as long as objects. The function stops until the
limit. you don't pass another speed limit field of view is normal.
sign. Check the windscreen around the
camera view area.
If the function does not work normal-
ly even though camera’s field of view
is cleared, have the system checked
by a professional workshop. Kia rec-
ommends to visit an authorised Kia
5 96
In this case, have the system • When front view camera field of
checked by a professional workshop. view is covered by objects such as
Kia recommends to visit an autho- a sticker, paper, leaf fall.
rised Kia dealer/service partner. • When driving very close to the
The function may not fully operate vehicle in front of you.
and provide correct information in • When navigation system has mal-
the following situations. function.
• Traffic signs are positioned on • When bus or trucks attached with a
sharp curve. speed sticker are passing you.
• Poorly positioned traffic sign. (eg. • When you are at a certain location
OJF058437R Rotated, shaded by any object, not covered by the navigation sys-
damaged…) tem.
When Intelligent Speed Limit
Warning is not working properly, the • Concealed traffic signs by other • When the navigation system is not
warning message will come on for a vehicle. updated to the latest map version.
few second. After the message dis- • Broken LED traffic signs.
appears, the master warning light will • Poor weather like snow, rain, fog
illuminate.
• Reflected glare around and/or on
the traffic sign.
• There is insufficient illumination of
the traffic signs in the night.
• There is bright lights around traffic
signs.
• There is dirt, ice or frost on the
windscreen in the area of the cam-
era.
5 97
DRIVER'S ATTENTION • The function assists the driver and

The driver must be cautious in the does not replace the human eye.
below situations for the function may • The driver always bears ultimate
not assist the driver and may not responsibility for ensuring that the
work properly. vehicle is driven safely and that
applicable road traffic rules and
regulations are followed.
• Do not stick or attach anything to
the windscreen in front of the cam-
era as this may reduce effective-
ness or cause one more of the
function dependent on the camera
to stop working.
• Keep the windscreen in the area
behind the interior rear view mirror
clean.
• Do not place reflective materials,
such as white paper or a mirror, on
the instrument panel.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the camera unit.
• Do not touch the front view camera
lens or remove the screw located
on the front view camera unit.
• The function does not work in all
situations but is designed merely
as a supplementary aid.
5 98
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) (IF EQUIPPED)

Driver Attention Warning is to warn Basic function Driver Attention Warning set-
the driver with any hazardous driving Driver Attention Warning can help ting and activation
situations upon detecting the driver's determine the driver's attention level
fatigue level or inattentive driving Driver Attention Warning setting
by analyzing driving pattern and driv- • Driver Attention Warning is set to
patterns. ing time whilst vehicle is being driv- be in the Normal position, when
en. Driver Attention Warning will rec- your vehicle is first delivered to you
ommend a break when the driver's from the factory.
attention level falls below a certain
level. • To turn ON Driver Attention
Warning, turn on the engine, and
Leading vehicle departure then select 'User Settings  Driver
alert function Assistance  Driver Attention
Warning  Low Activity Warning'
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert on the LCD display.
function will inform the driver when a • The set-up of Driver Attention
detected vehicle in front departs Warning will be maintained, as
from a stop. selected, when the engine is re-
started.
5 99
Warning timing Display of the driver's attention • The driver can monitor their driving
• The driver can select the Warning level conditions on the LCD display.
timing as; - Select 'User Settings Mode' and
• Turn on the engine and select then 'Driver Assistance' on the
‘User Settings  Driver Assistance LCD display. (For more informa-
 Warning timing' on the LCD dis- tion, refer to "LCD Display" in
play. chapter 4.)
• ‘Normal’ is default setting for gen- • The driver's attention level is dis-
eral driving condition. If the played on the scale of 1 to 5. The
‘Warning timing’ for ‘Normal’ is too lower the number is, the more inat-
sensitive, change the setting to tentive the driver is.
OJF058422L
‘Later’. • The number decreases when the
driver does not take a break for a
certain period of time.
✽ NOTICE
• The number increases when the
In case of changing ‘Warning tim- driver attentively drives for a cer-
ing’ setting, the warning timing of tain period of time.
the driver assistance function such
as Forward Collision-avoidance • When the driver turns on the func-
Assist will be changed together. tion whilst driving, it displays ‘Last
ODEP050340L
Break time’ and level reflected that.
OJF058424R
5 100
Take a break • If the total driving time is less than Resetting the function
10 minutes, Driver Attention • The last break time is set to 00:00
■ Type A
Warning does not suggest the driv- and the driver's attention level is
er taking a break. And the function set to 5 (very attentive) when the
does not repeat break suggestion driver resets Driver Attention
within 10 minutes after sending Warning.
warning message.
• Driver Attention Warning resets in
the following situations.
- The engine is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
OJF058425L and then opens the driver’s door.
■ Type B - Stop lasting more than 10 min-
utes.
• Driver Attention Warning operates
again, when the driver restarts
driving.
OJF058426L
• The "Consider taking a break"

message appears on the LCD dis-
play and a warning sounds in order
to suggest the driver to take a
break, when the driver's attention
level is below 1.
5 101
Driver Attention Warning Driver Attention Warning mal- Kia recommends to visit an authorised
standby function Kia dealer/service partner.
■ Type A
WARNING
• Driver Attention Warning is
not a substitute for safe driv-
ing practices, but a conven-
ience function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sud-
den situations from occur-
OJF058428L
ring. Pay attention to the road
■ Type B
ODEP051412L conditions at all times.
Driver Attention Warning enters the • It may suggest a break
ready status and displays the according to the driver’s driv-
'Disabled' screen in the following sit- ing pattern or habits even if
uations. the driver doesn’t feel
fatigued.
- The front view camera sensor
keeps failing to detect the lanes. • The driver, who feels fatigued,
should take a break, even
- Driving speed remains under 60 though there is no break sug-
km/h or over 180 km/h (111 mph) OJF058429L gestion by Driver Attention
(for Europe/ Russia), 180 km/h Warning.
(111 mph) (for Australia/Middle When the “Check Driver Attention
East). Warning (DAW) system” warning mes-
sage appears, the function is not
working properly. In this case, have the
vehicle checked by a professional
workshop.
5 102
✽ NOTICE (Continued) (Continued)

Driver Attention Warning utilizes • Playing the vehicle audio system
at high volume may offset Driver • Forward drivability of the vehi-
the front view camera on the front cle is severely undermined
windscreen for its operation. To Attention Warning warning
sounds. (possibly due to wide varia-
keep the front view camera in the tion in tyre pressures, uneven
best condition, you should observe tyre wear-out, toe-in/toe-out
the followings: CAUTION alignment).
- Do not disassemble front view cam-
era temporarily for tinted window Driver Attention Warning may • The vehicle drives on a curvy
or attaching any types of coatings not properly operate with limit- road.
and accessories. If you disassemble ed alerting in the following situ- • The vehicle drives on a bumpy
a camera and assemble it again, ations: road.
take your vehicle to a professional • The lane detection perform- • The vehicle drives through a
workshop and have the system ance is limited. (For more windy area.
checked. Kia recommends to visit information, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist" in this chap- • The vehicle is controlled by
an authorised Kia dealer/service the following driver assistance
partner. ter.)
functions:
- Do not locate any reflective • The vehicle is violently driven
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) or is abruptly turned for obsta- - Forward Collision-Avoidance
over the dashboard. Any light cle avoidance (e.g. construc- Assist
reflection may cause a mal-function area, other vehicles, fallen - Lane Keeping Assist
tion of Driver Attention Warning. objects, bumpy road). - Smart Cruise Control
- Pay extreme caution to keep the (Continued)
front view camera out of water.
- Do not arbitrarily disassemble the
camera assembly, nor apply any
impact on the front view camera
assembly.
(Continued)
5 103
Leading vehicle departure Operating conditions

warning With the vehicle ON, the Leading WARNING
This function reminds the driver the vehicle departure warning function • The function is a driver assis-
leading vehicle’s driving departure turns on and gets ready to be acti- tant device and it may not
after stopping. vated when the 'User Settings  warn the driver even warn the
Driver Assistance  Driver Attention leading vehicle’s vehicle’s
Warning  Leading vehicle depar- departure.
ture alert' is selected on the cluster. • Even the function warn the
The function stops operation when driver the leading vehicle’s
the setting is deactivated. However, if departure, always check the
the vehicle is turned off then on traffic condition by yourself
again, the function maintains the pre- before moving the vehicle.
vious state.
Function activation ✽ NOTICE

If the driver does not take action for a The function may not warn or may
certain period of time after the vehi- not work properly when:
cle in front departs, the “Leading • A pedestrian or a bicycle is ahead
vehicle is driving away” message is • A car cut in ahead.
displayed on the cluster. • Meet a traffic jam during the
curve or right turn driving.
• Busy road such as reducing lanes.
• Stopping at a shoulder, rest area
or a parking lot.
5 104
CRUISE CONTROL (CC) (IF EQUIPPED)

■ Type A Cruise Control is designed to func-
(Continued)
tion above approximately 30 km/h
(20 mph). • Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever
using Cruise Control.
WARNING • Be careful when driving
• If Cruise Control is left on, downhill using Cruise
(cruise indicator light is illu- Control, which may increase
minated), Cruise Control can the vehicle speed.
be switched on accidentally.
ODEP051018R Keep Cruise Control off when
■ Type B Cruise Control is not in use, to
avoid inadvertently setting a
speed.
• Use Cruise Control only when
travelling on open highways
in good weather.
• Do not use Cruise Control
when it may not be safe to
keep the vehicle at a constant
ODEP051318R speed, for instance, driving in
heavy or varying traffic, or on
1. Cruise indicator
slippery (rainy, icy or snow-
2. Cruise set indicator covered) or winding roads or
Cruise Control allows you to program over 6% up-hill or down-hill
the vehicle to maintain a constant roads.
speed without pressing the accelera- (Continued)
tor pedal.
5 105
✽ NOTICE Driving Assist button To set Cruise Control speed:

• During normal Cruise Control CRUISE/ / : Turns Cruise
operation, when the SET switch is Control on or off.
activated or reactivated after apply- RES+ : Resumes or increases
ing the brakes, Cruise Control will Cruise Control speed.
energize after approximately 3 sec-
onds. This delay is normal. SET- : Sets or decreases Cruise
• To activate Cruise Control, depress Control speed.
the brake pedal at least once after CANCLE/O : Cancels cruise control
turning the ignition switch to the ON operation.
position or starting the engine. This
is to check if the brake switch which
is important part to cancel Cruise
ODEP051387L
Control is in normal condition.
1. Press Driving Assist button on the
steering wheel, to turn the func-
tion on. The cruise indicator light
will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than approxi-
mately 30 km/h (20 mph).
5 106
To increase Cruise Control set To decrease the cruising

speed: speed:
ODEEV051024
3. Move the switch down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired ODEEV051025 ODEEV051024
speed. The cruise set indicator
light will illuminate. Release the Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures:
accelerator pedal at the same • Move the switch up (to RES+) and • Move the switch down (to SET-)
time. The desired speed will auto- hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. and hold it. Your vehicle will gradu-
matically be maintained. Release the switch at the speed ally slow down. Release the switch
On a steep grade, the vehicle may you want. at the speed you want to maintain.
slow down or speed up slightly whilst • Move the switch up (to RES+) and • Move the switch down (to SET-)
going downhill. release it immediately. The cruising and release it immediately. The
speed will increase by 1 km/h(or 1 cruising speed will decrease by 1
mph) each time you move the km/h(or 1 mph) each time you
switch up (to RES+) in this manner. move the switch down (to SET-) in
this manner.
5 107
To temporarily accelerate with To cancel Cruise Control, do Each of these actions will cancel
Cruise Control on: one of the following: Cruise Control operation (the cruise
set indicator light will go off), but it
If you want to speed up temporarily
will not turn the function off. If you
when Cruise Control is on, depress
wish to resume Cruise Control oper-
the accelerator pedal. Increased
ation, move up the switch (to RES+)
speed will not interfere with Cruise
located on your steering wheel. You
Control operation or change the set
will return to your previously preset
speed.
speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator pedal.
ODEEV051349
• Depress the brake pedal.

• Shift into N (Neutral) if equipped
with an Dual clutch transmission.
• Press the O button located on the
steering wheel.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by approx-
imately 20 km/h (12 mph).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 25 km/h (15
mph).
5 108
To resume cruising speed at To turn Cruise Control off, do

more than approximately 30 one of the following:
km/h (20 mph). • Press the button (the cruise
indicator light will be turn off).
• If your vehicle equipped the speed
limit, press the button twice.
(The cruise indicator light will be
turn off.)
• Turn the ignition off.
Both of these actions cancel cruise
control operation. If you want to
resume cruise control operation,
repeat the steps provided in “To set
cruise control speed” on the previous
ODEEV051025
page.
If any method other than the but-
ton was used to cancel cruising
speed and the function is still activat-
ed, the most recent set speed will
automatically resume when the
RES+ switch is pushed.
It will not resume, however, if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
5 109
SMART CRUISE CONTROL (SCC) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING WARNING
For your safety, please read the • If Smart Cruise Control is left
owner's manual before using on, (cruise indicator in the
Smart Cruise Control. instrument cluster illuminat-
ed) Smart Cruise Control can
be activated unintentionally.
✽ NOTICE Keep Smart Cruise Control off
(cruise indicator turn off)
To activate Smart Cruise Control, when Smart Cruise Control is
depress the brake pedal at least once not used.
after turning the engine start/stop
ODEP059080L
button switch to the ON position or • Use Smart Cruise Control
➀ Cruise indicator starting the engine. This is to check only when travelling on open
➁ Set speed if the brake switch which is impor- highways in good weather.
➂ Vehicle distance tant part to cancel Smart Cruise • Do not use Smart Cruise
Control is in normal condition. Control when it may not be
safe to keep the car at a con-
Smart Cruise Control allows you to stant speed. For instance.
program the vehicle to maintain con- - Highway interchange and
stant speed and distance detecting tollgate
the vehicle ahead without depress-
ing the accelerator or brake pedal. - Road surrounded by abnor-
mally multiple steel con-
structions (subway con-
struction, steel tunnel, etc)
(Continued)
5 110
(Continued) (Continued) Speed setting

- Parking lot • Smart Cruise Control is not a To set Smart Cruise Control
substitute for safe driving. It is Speed :
- Lanes beside guard rail on a
road the responsibility of the driver
to always check the speed
- Slippery road with rain, ice, and distance of the vehicle
or snow covered ahead.
- Abrupt curved road • Be careful when driving
- Steep hills downhill using SCC.
- Windy roads
- Off roads
- Rods under construction
- Rumble strip
- The sensing ability decreas- ODEP051387L
es if the level of front and
rear vehicle is changed from 1. Press Driving Assist button, to
the factory. turn the function on. The CRUISE
indicator in the instrument cluster
• Pay particular attention to the will illuminate.
driving conditions whenever
using Smart Cruise Control. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
(Continued) Smart Cruise Control Speed can
be set as follows:
• 10 km/h (5 mph) ~ 180 km/h
(110 mph) : when there is no
vehicle in front
• 0 km/h (0 mph) ~ 180 km/h (110
mph) : when there is a vehicle in
front
5 111
To increase Smart Cruise Control To decrease Smart Cruise Control

set speed set speed
ODEEV051024
3. Move the switch down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired ODEEV051025 ODEEV051024
speed. The set speed and Vehicle
distance on the LCD screen will Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures:
illuminate. • Move the switch up (to RES+), and • Move the switch down (to SET-), and
4. Release the accelerator pedal. hold it. Your vehicle set speed will hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
The desired speed will automati- increase by 10 km/h (5 mph). decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph).
cally be maintained. Release the switch at the speed Release the switch at the speed
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the you want. you want.
speed may decrease to maintain the • Move the switch up (to RES+), and • Move the switch down (to SET-),
distance to the vehicle ahead. release it immediately. The cruising and release it immediately. The
On a steep grade, the vehicle may speed will increase by 1.0 km/h cruising speed will decrease by 1.0
slow down or speed up slightly whilst (1.0 mph) each time you move the km/h (1.0 mph) each time you
going uphill or downhill. switch up (to RES+) in this manner. move the switch down (to SET-) in
• You can set the speed to 180 km/h this manner.
(110 mph). • You can set the speed to 30 km/h
(20 mph).
5 112
To temporarily accelerate with Smart Cruise Control will be tem- Cancelled automatically
Smart Cruise Control on porarily cancelled when: • The driver's door is opened.
If you want to speed up temporarily • The shift switch is shifted to N
when Smart Cruise Control is on, (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Paking).
depress the accelerator pedal. • The EPB (Electronic Parking
Increased speed will not interfere Brake) is applied.
with Smart Cruise Control operation
or change the set speed. • The vehicle speed is over 190
km/h (120 mph)
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator. • The ESC, ABS or TCS is operating.
If you move the switch down (to SET- • The ESC is turned off.
) at increased speed, the cruising • The sensor or the cover is dirty or
speed will be set again. blocked with foreign matter.
ODEEVQ011159 • The accelerator pedal is continu-
✽ NOTICE Cancelled manually ously depressed for long time.
Be careful when accelerating tem- Smart Cruise Control is temporarily • The engine speed is in dangerous
porarily, because the speed is not con- cancelled when the brake pedal is range.
trolled automatically at this time even depressed or the CANCEL button is
if there is a vehicle in front of you. pressed. The speed and vehicle dis-
tance indicator on the cluster is dis-
appeared and the CRUISE indicator
is illuminated continuously.
5 113
• Smart Cruise Control has malfunc-

tioned. CAUTION CAUTION
• When the vehicle is stopped for If Smart Cruise Control is can- If the function is automatically
over 5 minutes. celled by other than the reasons cancelled, the warning chime will
• The driver starts driving by pushing mentioned, have the system sound and a message (“Smart
the switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) checked by a professional work- Cruise Control cancelled”) will
or depressing the accelerator shop. Kia recommends to visit appear for a few seconds.
pedal, after stopping the vehicle an authorised Kia dealer/service You must adjust the vehicle
with a vehicle stopped far away in partner. speed by depressing the accel-
front. erator or brake pedal according
• The driver starts driving by pushing to the road condition ahead and
the switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) driving condition.
or depressing the accelerator Always check the road condi-
pedal, after the vehicle is stopped tions. Do not rely on the warning
by Smart Cruise Control with no chime.
other vehicle ahead.
• When the braking control is operat-
ed for Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist
• The vehicle stops and goes repeat-
edly for a long period of time.
• When the parking brake is locked
• Speed of the vehicle has been
decreased to less than 10km/h
• Engine has some problems
5 114
To resume Smart Cruise Control ✽ NOTICE To turn Smart Cruise Control off:
To reduce the risk of an accident,
always check the road conditions
when reactivating Smart Cruise
Control using the RES+ switch to
ensure the road conditions permit
safe use of Smart Cruise Control.
ODEEV051025 ODEP051387L
If any method other than the switch Press Driving Assist button. (the
was used to cancel cruising speed CRUISE indicator in the instrument
and the function is still activated, the cluster will go off).
cruising speed will automatically
resume when you move the switch
up (to RES+).
If you move the switch up (to RES+),
the speed will resume to the recently
set speed. However, if vehicle speed
drops below 10 km/h (5 mph), it will
resume when there is a vehicle in
front of your vehicle.
5 115
Vehicle distance setting Each time the button is pressed, the ✽ NOTICE
Vehicle Distance changes as follows: The 'Distance 4' is always set when
To set vehicle distance:
the function is used for the first time
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
after starting the engine.
Smart Cruise Control remember the
Distance 1 last vehicle distance which the driv-
er used in the vehicle with Forward
For example, if you drive at 90 km/h Collision-Avoidance Assist.
(56 mph), the distance maintain as
follows;
Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m

Distance 3 - approximately 40 m
ODEP051358L
Distance 2 - approximately 32.5 m
This function allows you to program Distance 1 - approximately 25 m
the vehicle to maintain relative dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead without
depressing the accelerator pedal or ✽ NOTICE
brake pedal. The level of distance between vehi-
The Vehicle Distance will automati- cles will be set to the level designat-
cally activate when Smart Cruise ed by the driver. (Last mode save
Control is on. feature)
Select the appropriate distance
according to road conditions and
vehicle speed.
5 116
When the lane ahead is clear : When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane :
ODEP059080 ODEP059081
ODEP059093
The vehicle speed will maintain the

set speed.
ODEP059082 ODEP059083
5 117
• The vehicle will maintain the set Collision Warning

speed, when the lane ahead is CAUTION
clear. • Even if the warning message
• The vehicle will slow down or does not appear and warning
speed up to maintain the selected chime does not sound, always
distance, when there is a vehicle pay attention to driving condi-
ahead of you in the lane. (A vehicle tions to prevent dangerous
will appear in front of your vehicle situations from occurring.
in the LCD display only when there • Playing the vehicle audio sys-
is an actual vehicle in front of you) tem at high volume may cause
• If the vehicle ahead speeds up, the occupants to not hear the
your vehicle will travel at a steady system warning sounds.
cruising speed after accelerating to OJF058389L • If the vehicle cannot keep the
the selected speed. enough set distance, the
If there is a high risk of collision due warning will sound and blink
to sudden braking of the front vehicle on the cluster. If a warning
or lack of safety distance with the sounds, check the nearby traf-
vehicle ahead during Smart Cruise fic condition and if necessary,
Control driving, so that if the driver's control the speed by depress-
brake or steering wheel operation is ing the brake. Always pay
required, the Distance Step with the attention in case of danger,
vehicle ahead will blink on the cluster even if there are no warning
and a collision warning will sound. sound.
In this case, immediately reduce the
speed.
5 118
In traffic situation
WARNING
• If the speed of the vehicle
ahead is similar to or faster
than your vehicle, the function
may not warn you as you do
not maintain enough set dis-
tance. Always pay attention in
case of danger, even if there is
no warning sound.
• If the speed of the vehicle
ahead is too slow, the func- ODEP059084L
tion may not warn you as you OJF058402L
do not maintain enough set CAUTION
distance. Always pay atten- Use switch or pedal to accelerate
tion in case of danger, even if If the vehicle ahead (vehicle
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
there is no warning sound. speed: less than 30 km/h (20
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
mph) disappears to the next
• If you set Smart Cruise the vehicle ahead of you starts
lane, the warning chime will
Control speed and depress moving, your vehicle will start as
sound and a message will
the accelerator pedal, the well. However, if the vehicle stops
appear. Adjust your vehicle
function may not warn you as you must depress the accelerator
speed for vehicles or objects
you do not maintain enough pedal or push up the switch
that can suddenly appear in
set distance. Always pay (RES+) to start driving.
front of you by depressing the
attention in case of danger, brake pedal according to the
even if there is no warning road condition ahead and driv-
sound. ing condition.
5 119
• If you push Smart Cruise Control Detecting Sensor (Front View Detecting Sensor (Front Radar)
switch (RES+ or SET-) whilst Auto Camera)
Hold and Smart Cruise Control is
operating the Auto Hold will be
released regardless of accelerator
pedal operation and the vehicle will
start to move. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white. (if equipped with EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake))
ODEP051017L
ODEP051411L
The sensor detects the distance to
Front view camera is a sensor for the vehicle ahead.
detecting lanes and the front vehicles. If the sensor is covered with dirt or
If the sensor is covered with dirt, other foreign matter, the vehicle dis-
snow or other foreign matter, the tance control may not operate cor-
sensor’s detection performance will rectly.
be degraded and Smart Cruise Always keep the area in front of the
Control will be temporarily cancelled sensor clean.
so that it does not properly work until
it recover.
Always keep the area in front of the
sensor clean.
For more information of front view
camera, refer to "Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA)"
5 120
Warning message When the sensor lens cover is blocked Smart Cruise Control malfunction
with dirt, snow, or debris, Smart message
■ Type A
Cruise Control operation may stop
■ Type A
temporarily. If this occurs, a warning
message will appear on the LCD dis-
play. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris
and clean the radar sensor lens cover
before operating Smart Cruise
Control. Smart Cruise Control may not
properly activate, if the front radar is
totally contaminated, or if any sub-
stance is not detected after turning
OJF058403R
■ Type B
ON the engine (e.g. in an open ter-
OJF058405R
rain). ■ Type B
OJF058404R
OJF058406R
The message will appear when the

vehicle distance control is not func-
tioning normally.
5 121
In this case, have the system (Continued) (Continued)

Kia recommends to visit an autho- • Be careful not to apply unnec- Kia recommends to visit an
rised Kia dealer/service partner. essary force on the front radar authorised Kia dealer/service
sensor or sensor cover. If the partner.
sensor is forcibly moved out • Use only a genuine Kia sensor
CAUTION of proper alignment, Smart cover for your vehicle. Do not
• Do not install accessories Cruise Control may not oper- paint anything on the sensor
around the sensor and do not ate correctly. In this case, a cover.
replace the bumper by your- warning message may not be
displayed. • If the front bumper becomes
self. It may interfere with the damaged in the area around
sensor performance. Have the vehicle inspected by the radar sensor, Smart Cruise
• Always keep the sensor and a professional workshop. Kia Control may not operate prop-
bumper clean. recommends to visit an autho- erly.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash ner.
the vehicle. Do not spray pres-
surized water directly on the • Do not damage the sensor or
sensor or sensor cover. sensor area by a strong
impact. If the sensor moves
(Continued) slightly off position, Smart
Cruise Control will not operate
correctly without any warning
or indicator from the cluster. If
this occurs, have the system
checked by a professional
workshop.
(Continued)
5 122
Set Smart Cruise Control To convert to Cruise Control 1. Turn Smart Cruise Control on (the
Reaction mode: cruise indicator light will be on but
the function will not be activated).
The sensitivity of vehicle speed when
following the front vehicle to maintain 2. Push the distance to distance
the set distance can be adjusted. Go switch for more than 2 seconds.
to the User Settings Mode (Driver 3. Choose between "Smart Cruise
Assistance) and select (SCC Control" and "Cruise Control".
Reaction). You may select one of the When the function is cancelled using
three stages you prefer. the Driving Assist button or the
• Slow: Driving Assist button is used after the
Vehicle speed following the front engine is turned on, the Smart
vehicle to maintain the set distance Cruise Control mode will turn on.
OJF058400R
is slower than normal speed.
• Normal: WARNING
Vehicle speed following the front When using Smart Cruise
vehicle to maintain the set distance Control mode, you must manu-
is normal ally adjust the distance to other
• Fast: vehicles as the function will not
automatically brake to slow
Vehicle speed following the front down for other vehicles.
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is faster than normal speed.
OJF058399R
✽ NOTICE The driver may choose to only use
The last selected mode remains in Cruise Control mode (speed control
the function. function) by doing as follows:
5 123
Limitations of Smart Cruise Driving on a curved road

Control
Smart Cruise Control may have lim-
its to its ability to detect distance to
the vehicle ahead due to road and
traffic conditions.
OHM059352L
OHM059349L • Your vehicle speed can be reduced

due to a vehicle in the adjacent
• On curves, Smart Cruise Control lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by
may not detect a moving vehicle in depressing the brake pedal
your lane, and then your vehicle according to the road condition
could accelerate to the set speed. ahead and driving condition. Apply
Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly the accelerator pedal and select
down when the vehicle ahead is the appropriate set speed. Check
recognized suddenly. to be sure that the road conditions
• Select the appropriate set speed permit safe operation of Smart
on curves and adjust your vehicle Cruise Control.
speed by depressing the accelera-
tor or brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead and driving
condition.
5 124
Driving on a sloped road Changing lanes • If a vehicle which moves into your
lane is faster than your vehicle,
your vehicle will accelerate to the
selected speed.
OHM059355L OJF055028
• During uphill or downhill driving, • A vehicle which moves into your
Smart Cruise Control may not lane from an adjacent lane cannot
detect a moving vehicle in your be recognized by the sensor until it
lane, and cause your vehicle to is in the sensor's detection range.
accelerate to the set speed. Also, • The sensor may not detect imme-
the vehicle speed will rapidly down diately when a vehicle cuts in sud-
when the vehicle ahead is recog- denly. Always pay attention to the
nized suddenly. traffic, road and driving conditions.
• Select the appropriate set speed • If a vehicle which moves into your
on inclines and adjust your vehicle lane is slower than your vehicle,
speed by depressing the accelera- your speed may decrease to main-
tor or brake pedal according to the tain the distance to the vehicle
road condition ahead and driving ahead.
condition.
5 125
Recognizing the vehicle A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-

nized correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
trunk(tailgate)
- Whilst making turns by steering
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on
curves
OJF055049 Adjust your vehicle speed by
• Your vehicle may accelerate when depressing the brake pedal accord-
OJF055048
a vehicle ahead of you disappears. ing to the road condition ahead and
Some vehicles ahead in your lane driving condition.
• When you are warned that the cannot be recognized by the sensor
vehicle ahead of you is not detect- as follows:
ed, drive with caution.
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-
cles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such
as trailers with no loads
5 126
OJF055029 OJF055050 ODEP059312L

• When vehicles are at a standstill • Always look out for pedestrians • Always be cautious for vehicles
and the vehicle in front of you when your vehicle is maintaining a with higher height or vehicles car-
changes to the next lane, be care- distance with the vehicle ahead. rying loads that sticks out to the
ful when your vehicle starts to back of the vehicle.
move because it may not recognize
the stopped vehicle in front of you.
In this case, you must maintain a
safe braking distance, and if neces-
sary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
5 127
WARNING (Continued) (Continued)

When using Smart Cruise • For your safety, please read • Smart Cruise Control may not
Control take the following pre- the owner's manual before recognize complex driving sit-
cautions: using Smart Cruise Control. uations so always pay atten-
• Smart Cruise Control cannot tion to driving conditions and
• If an emergency stop is nec- control your vehicle speed.
essary, you must apply the recognize a stopped vehicle,
brakes. The vehicle cannot be pedestrians or an oncoming • For safe operation, carefully
stopped at every emergency vehicle. Always look ahead read and follow the instruc-
situation by using Smart cautiously to pre-vent unex- tions in this manual before
Cruise Control. pected and sudden situations use.
from occurring. • Do not use Smart Cruise
• Keep a safe distance accord-
ing to road conditions and • Vehicles moving in front of you Control on steep inclines or
vehicle speed. If the vehicle with a frequent lane change when towing another vehicle
distance is too close during a may cause a delay in the func- or trailer since such extreme
high-speed driving, a serious tion’s reaction or may cause loading can interfere with
collision may result. the function to react to a vehi- your vehicle's ability to main-
cle actually in an adjacent tain the selected speed.
• Always maintain sufficient lane. Always drive cautiously
braking distance and deceler- • Do not use Smart Cruise
to prevent unexpected and Control when the vehicle is
ate your vehicle by applying sudden situations from occur-
the brakes if necessary. towed.
ring.
• Smart Cruise Control is not a • Always be aware of the select-
substitute for safe driving, but ed speed and vehicle dis-
a convenience function only. tance.
The safety and control of the (Continued)
vehicle must be determined
by the driver your-self.
(Continued)
5 128
✽ NOTICE
Smart Cruise Control may not oper-
ate temporarily due to:
• Electrical interference.
• Modifying the suspension.
• Differences of tyre abrasion or
tyre pressure.
• Installing different type of tyres.
5 129
LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST (LFA) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING CAUTION
• It is the driver's responsibility - Do not attach glass tinting,
to operate the steering wheel stickers, accessories to the
for safe driving. windscreen where the front
• Do not turn the steering wheel camera near the indoor mirror
hastily if Lane Following is placed.
Assist is in work. - The removal or re-assembly of
• Lane Following Assist assists the Front view camera to
the steering wheel control attach tinting, stickers, acces-
over the direction so that the sories may require Lane
ODEP051411L
vehicle can stay in the centre Following Assist to be thor-
Lane Following Assist is designed to of the lane. Lane Following oughly inspected and modi-
centre the vehicle in the chosen lane Assist does not automatically fied. In such case, Kia recom-
by using a Front view camera on top control the steering wheel of mend that you have your vehi-
of the windscreen. at all times, which means the cle inspected by an autho-
driver must not hands off the rised Kia dealer/service part-
It can only become active in combi- ner.
nation with Smart Cruise Control wheel whilst driving.
and therefore assists the driver in his • When using Lane Following - Inspection or modification
task to control the lateral movement Assist, always be aware of may be required when replac-
of the vehicle. your surroundings and road ing parts related to the wind-
conditions that may interrupt screen or Front view camera,
* LFA stands for Lane Following steering. have the system
or stop Lane Following
Assist. checked by a professional
Assist.
er/service partner.
(Continued)
5 130
(Continued) (Continued) Lane Following Assist opera-

tion
- Depending on your surround- - Keeping your hands off the
ings and road conditions, wheel whilst driving will trig- To use Lane Following Assist two
Lane Following Assist could ger the hands-off warning and steps are necessary:
fail to recognize the lane and deactivate the steering-assist. (1) Lane Following Assist has to be
stop working. In turn, extra Put your hands back on the enabled, and
caution is required whilst wheel, then the steering-assist (2) Smart Cruise Control has to be
driving with Lane Following will be re-activated. activated
Assist on. - When driving at a high speed, With the ENGINE START/STOP but-
- Be sure to check the non- the steering assist force can ton [ON], select or release the set-
operating conditions and cau- become weak and the vehicle ting from "User setting  Driver
tions for the driver before can drive out of its lane. Extra Assistance  Driving assist  LFA
using Lane Following Assist. caution is required, and com- (Lane Following Assist)".
- Do not place reflective materi- ply with the speed limit.
Select Lane Following Assist in the
als such as white paper or - Attaching an object to the user setting of the instrument panel.
mirror on the crash pad. steering wheel could deter
Sunlight reflections can cause steering assistance. • Press the Lane Driving Assist but-
a malfunction in Lane ton ( ) located on the steering
- Attaching an object to the wheel to turn on Lane Following
Following Assist. steering wheel could deter the Assist.
- Too big sound from the sound hands-off alarming system.
function can interrupt the
alarming sound from Lane
Following Assist.
(Continued)
5 131
Lane Following Assist activation

If the vehicle is inside the lane with WARNING
both lanes recognized by the func- Lane Following Assist ensures
tion, and there is no steep steering the vehicle stays in its lane.
made by the driver, Lane Following Lane Following Assist does not
Assist changes into steering assist guarantee 100% safety. Make
mode. The indicator light will come sure you make decisions on the
on green, and the function helps the road after checking the road
vehicle stay in line by controlling the conditions and safety matters
steering wheel. When the steering whilst driving. Never completely
wheel is not controlled temporarily, rely on your LFA.
ODEEV051027 the indicator light will flash green and
Lane Following Assist status is changes to white. When the both
remembered by the function and lanes are not recognized by the func-
therefore does not need to be tion, the function controls the steer-
enabled again for each new journey. ing wheel limitedly whether there is a
vehicle in front or not.
5 132
Warning
CAUTION
• Hands-off warnings may be
delayed depending on road
conditions. Always keep your
hands on the steering wheel
whilst driving.
• Hold the steering wheel tight.
Otherwise, Lane Following
Assist could misjudge that the
driver hands off the wheel,
OMQ4040509L and a hands-off warning may
If the driver still does not have their occur.
ODEP051397L
hands on the steering wheel after the
Keep hands on steering wheel hands-off warning, the ‘Lane
If you keep your hands off the wheel Following Assist (LFA) cancelled’
whilst driving with LFA assisting the warning message will appear and
steering, the hands-off warning will Lane Following Assist will be auto-
be triggered. matically cancelled.
5 133
Lane Following Assist mal- Limitation of Lane Following

function CAUTION Assist
• It is the driver’s responsibility • If the driver turns on the turn signal
to operate the steering wheel light or the emergency warning
whilst driving. light to change the lane
• With Lane Following Assist - Operate the turn signal light
on, the driver can steer the switch before changing the lane
vehicle by operating the wheel
on his own. - If you change the lane without
operating the turn signal lights,
• We recommend that the driver steering reaction force of the
turns off Lane Following wheel may occur.
Assist and operates the steer-
ing wheel by himself in the fol- • Once Lane Following Assist is
lowing cases turned on or the lane is changed,
ODEP059265R the vehicle should be in the centre
- bad weather of the road to switch to the steering
The warning message popped up
(turned off after a certain period of - bad road conditions assist mode. If the driver keeps
time)means a problem with Lane - when frequent operation of driving along the lane, Lane
Following Assist. In this case, have the steering wheel is required Following Assist will not assist the
the system checked by a profession- - when towing other vehicle or steering.
al workshop. Kia recommends to visit trailers • When the ESC or VSM is activat-
an authorised Kia dealer/service ed, the function does not assist
partner. • The steering wheel can feel
heavy or light if Lane steering.
Following Assist is assisting • When driving on a curved road at a
the steering. high speed, steering assist mode
may not work.
• When driving at a speed faster
than 180 km/h (111 mph), steering
assist mode may not work.
5 134
• When sudden steering is made,  Cautions for the driver - If the number of lanes increases
the function could be temporarily If the lane recognition is difficult or or decreases, or if the lanes inter-
deactivated. limited for Lane Following Assist as sect with each other more
• If you change the lane in a hurry, shown below, the driver may need to intensely (tollgate entry section,
the function does not assist the be careful because it may not oper- road section / joining section,
steering. ate or may cause unnecessary oper- etc.)
• If the vehicle suddenly stops, it ation. - When there are two or more lane
does not assist the steering. markings such as a construction
section, a designated lane, etc.
• If the lane is too narrow or too • Roads or lane markings in bad con-
wide, steering is not assisted. dition - When the lane is crowded such
as the construction section or the
• If the function is not able to recog- - When The lane is tainted or invisible lane is replaced by some struc-
nize a vehicle in front and either of - When the driver cannot see the tures
the lanes is not recognized, the lane due to rain, snow, dust,
steering is not assisted - If there is a road marking such as
sand, oil, puddles, etc a zigzag lane, crosswalk mark, or
• If the radius is too small for the - When roads are set or the road surface milestone
curve colours of the lane and road are - When a lane suddenly becomes
not distinctive invisible or disappears from an
- If there is a sign other than the intersection
lane near the lane or a mark sim-
ilar to the lane
• The external environment affecting
- When the lane is not clear or the function
damaged
- If the outside brightness of the vehi-
- If the road is covered in the shad- cle suddenly changes, such as
ows of objects around the road, when entering or exiting the tunnel
such as medians, guard rails, or passing under the bridge
noise walls, and trees
5 135
- If the vehicle's headlights are not • When the Front view camera has
used at night or in the tunnel, or the poor visibility
brightness of the headlights is too - If the windscreen of the vehicle
weak and the camera lens are covered
- If there are boundary structures with dust, fingerprints, or tinting.
such as tollgate booths and side- - If the camera has poor visibility
walk blocks due to bad weather such as fog,
- If it is difficult to distinguish lanes heavy rain, heavy snow.
due to the reflection on the wet road - If moisture is not completely
made by sunlight, streetlight, and removed from the windscreen.
oncoming traffic.
- When placing objects on the
- When the backlight is strongly reflect- dashboard, etc.
ed in the direction of the vehicle
- When Driving to the left or right lane
by bus lane or on the bus lane
- If there is no enough distance
between the front car or if the lane
is covered by the car ahead of me
- When the lane change is large,
such as a steep curve or a continu-
ous curve
- When passing through speed
bump, sudden up / down or left /
right slope
- If the vehicle is severely shaken
- When the temperature around the
mirror is very high due to direct sun-
light
5 136
REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) (IF EQUIPPED)

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
WARNING Warning setting and activation
• Always be aware of road con- Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
ditions whilst driving and be Warning setting
warn for unexpected situa-
tions even though Rear Cross- • The driver can activate the function
Traffic Collision Warning is by placing the START/STOP button
operating. to the ON position and by selecting
‘User Settings  Driver Assistance
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision  Warning timing  Rear cross-
Warning is supplemental func- traffic safety’. Rear Cross-Traffic
tion to assist you. Do not Collision Warning turn on and get
ODEP051413L entirely rely on the functions. activated.
[A]: Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning Always pay attention, whilst
operating range driving, for your safety. • When the vehicle is turned off then
on again, the functions always get
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision ready to be activated.
uses radar sensors to monitor the Warning is not substitutes for
approaching cross traffic from the left proper and safe driving. • When the function is initially turned
and right side of the vehicle when Always drive safely and use on and when the vehicle is turned
your vehicle is in reverse. caution when backing up the off then on again, the warning light
vehicle. will illuminate for 3 seconds on the
The blind spot detection range varies outside rearview mirror.
relative to the approaching vehicle
speed.
The driver can select the initial warn-
ing activation time in the Cluster by
selecting "User Settings  Driver
assistance  Warning timing". The
options for the initial Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision Warning includes the
following:
5 137
- Normal: Operating conditions Warning

When this condition is selected, the The function will activate when vehi- ■ Left
initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision cle speed is below 10 km/h (7 mph)
Warning is activated normally. If this and with the shift lever in R
setting feels too sensitive change the (Reverse).
option to ‘Later’.
* The function will not activate when
The warning activation time may feel the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h
late if the side/rear vehicle abruptly (7 mph). The function will activate
accelerates. again when the speed is below 8
- Later: km/h (5 mph).
Select this warning activation time
when the traffic is light and you are OSK3058093L
driving in a low speed. However, if The function's detecting range is ■ Right
you change the warning activation approximately 0.5~20 m (0~82 ft.) An
time, the warning activation time of approaching vehicle will be detected
vehicle's other function may also if their vehicle speed is within 8 km/h
change. Check the warning activa- ~ 36 km/h (5~22.5 mph)
tion time before changing it. Note that the detecting range may
vary under certain conditions. As
always, use caution and pay close
attention to your surroundings when
backing up your vehicle.
OSK3058094L
If the vehicle detected by the sensors

approaches from the rear left/right
side of your vehicle, the warning
chime will sound, the warning light
on the outside rearview mirror will
blink and a message will appear on
the LCD display.
5 138
If the rear view monitor is in activa-

tion, a message will also appear on CAUTION WARNING
the ‘Infortainment System’. • When the operation condition • Drive safely even though the
of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision vehicle is equipped with a
The warning will stop when: Warning is met, the warning Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
will occur every time a vehicle Warning. Do not solely rely on
- The vehicle moving at the rear approaches the side or rear of the function but check your
left/right side of your vehicle is not your stopped (0 km/h (0 mph) surrounding when backing
in the detection range. vehicle speed) vehicle. the vehicle up.
- The vehicle is right behind your • The function's warning or • The driver is responsible for
vehicle. brake may not operate properly accurate brake control.
- The vehicle is not driving towards if the left or right of your vehi- • Always pay extreme caution
your vehicle. cle's rear bumper is blocked by whilst driving. Rear Cross-
- The vehicle’s approaching speed is a vehicle or obstacle. Traffic Collision Warning may
decreased. • The driver should always use not operate properly or
extreme caution whilst operat- unnecessarily operate
ing the vehicle, whether or not depending on traffic and driv-
the warning light on the outer ing conditions.
side view mirror illuminates or
there is a warning alarm.
• Playing the vehicle audio sys-
tem at high volume may pre-
vent occupants from hearing
the function's warning sounds.
• If any other warning sound such
as seat belt warning chime is
already generated, Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision Warning warn-
ing may not sound.
5 139
Detecting sensor (Continued)

CAUTION
• The function may not work Take your vehicle to a profes-
properly when the bumper has sional workshop and have the
been damaged, or if the rear system checked. Kia recom-
bumper has been replaced or mends to visit an authorised
repaired. Kia dealer/service partner.
• The function may turn off due • Do not apply foreign objects
to strong electromagnetic such as a bumper sticker or a
waves. bumper guard near the radar
sensor or apply paint to the
• Always keep the sensors clean. sensor area. Doing so may
• Never arbitrarily disassemble adversely affect the perform-
ODEP051410L the sensor component nor ance of the sensor.
The rear corner radars are located apply any impact on the sen-
inside the rear bumper for detecting sor component.
the side and rear areas. • Be careful not to apply unnec-
Always keep the rear bumper clean essary force on the radar sen-
for proper operation of the function. sor or sensor cover. If the sen-
sor is forcibly moved out of
proper alignment, the function
may not operate correctly. In
this case, a warning message
may not be displayed.
(Continued)
5 140
A trailer or carrier is installed. (To use ■ Type A

Blind-Spot Collision Warning,
remove the trailer or carrier from your
vehicle.)
If any of these conditions occur, the
light on Blind-Spot Safety button and
the function will turn off automatically.
When Blind-Spot Collision Warning
cancelled warning message is dis-
played in the cluster, check to make OJF058434L
sure that the rear bumper is free from ■ Type B
OJF058433L any dirt or snow in the areas where
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) the sensor is located. Remove any
system disabled. Radar blocked dirt, snow, or foreign material that
• This warning message may appear could interfere with the radar sen-
when: sors.
- One or both of the sensors on the After any dirt or debris is removed,
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or Blind-Spot Collision Warning should
snow or a foreign object. operate normally after about 10 min-
utes of driving the vehicle.
- Driving in rural areas where the OJF058435L
sensor does not detect another If the function still does not operate
vehicle for an extended period of normally, have the system inspected If there is a problem with Blind-Spot
time. by a professional workshop. Kia rec- Collision Warning, a warning mes-
ommends to visit by an authorised sage will appear and the light on the
- When there is inclement weather Kia dealer/service partner. switch will turn off. The function will
such as heavy snow or rain. turn off automatically.
5 141
In this case, have the system Non-operating condition Limitations of the function
checked by a professional workshop. Outside rearview mirror may not The driver must be cautious in the
Kia recommends to visit an autho- warn the driver when: below situations, because the func-
rised Kia dealer/ service partner. tion may not detect other vehicles or
- The outside rearview mirror housing
is damaged or covered with debris. objects in certain circumstances.
- The window is covered with debris. • When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
- The windows are severely tinted.
• The vehicle drives in inclement
- The mirror is covered with dirt, weather such as heavy rain or
snow, or debris. snow.
• The sensor is polluted with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
• The rear bumper where the sensor
is located is covered with a foreign
object such as a bumper sticker, a
bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
• The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original
default position.
• The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a
trunk, abnormal tyre pressure, etc.
• When the temperature of the rear
bumper is high.
5 142
• When the sensors are blocked by • When the other vehicle passes at a • The brake is reworked.
other vehicles, walls or parking-lot very fast speed. • The vehicle sharply stops.
pillars. • Whilst changing lanes. • Temperature is extremely low
• The vehicle drives on a curved road. • If the vehicle has started at the around the vehicle.
• The road pavement (or the periph- same time as the vehicle next to • The vehicle severely vibrates
eral ground) abnormally contains you and has accelerated. whilst driving over a bumpy road,
metallic components (i.e. possibly • When the vehicle in the next lane uneven/bumpy road, or concrete
due to subway construction). moves two lanes away from you OR patch.
• There is a fixed object near the when the vehicle two lanes away • The vehicle drives on a slippery
vehicle, such as a guardrail. moves to the next lane from you. surface due to snow, water puddle,
• Whilst going down or up a steep • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. or ice.
road where the height of the lane is • A flat trailer is near.
different.
• If there are small objects in the
• Driving on a narrow road where detecting area such as a shopping
trees or grass or overgrown. cart or a baby stroller.
• Driving in rural areas where the sen- • If there is a low height vehicle such
sor does not detect another vehicle as a sports car.
for an extended period of time.
• The brake pedal is depressed.
• Driving on a wet road.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
• Driving on a road where the guardrail is activated.
or wall is in double structure.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus malfunctions.
or truck.
• The tyre pressure is low or a tyre is
• When the other vehicle approaches damaged.
very close.
5 143
OJFHP058462N OJFHP058463 OJFHP058464N

[A] : Structure • When the vehicle is in a complex [A] : Vehicle
• Driving where there is a vehicle or parking environment • When the vehicle is parked diago-
structure near The function may not operate prop- nally
The function may not operate properly when the vehicle is in a com- The function may not operate prop-
erly when driving where there is a plex parking environment. erly when the vehicle is parked diag-
vehicle or structure near. In certain instances, the function onally.
In certain instances, the function may not be able to exactly deter- In certain instances, when the diago-
may not detect the vehicle approach- mine the risk of collision for the nally parked vehicle is pulled out of
ing from behind and the warning or vehicles which are parking or the parking space, the function may
brake may not operate properly. pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a not detect the vehicle approaching
Always pay attention to your sur- vehicle escaping beside your vehi- from the rear left/right of your vehi-
rounding whilst driving. cle, a vehicle parking or pulling out cle. In this case, the warning or brake
in the rear area, a vehicle may not operate properly.
approaching your vehicle making a Always pay attention to your sur-
turn, etc.). rounding whilst driving.
In this case, the warning or brake
may not operate properly.
5 144
ODEP051162L ODEP059309L OJFHP058466

• When the vehicle is on/near a [A] : Structure, [B] : Wall • When the vehicle is parked rear-
slope • Pulling into the parking space ward
The function may not operate prop- where there is a structure If the vehicle is parked rearward and
erly when the vehicle is on/near a The function may not operate properly the sensor detects the another vehi-
slope. when pulling in the vehicle to the park- cle in the rear area of the parking
In certain instances, the function may ing space where there is a structure at space, the function can warn or con-
not detect the vehicle approaching the back or side of your vehicle. trol braking. Always pay attention to
from the rear left/right and the warning the parking space whilst driving.
In certain instances, when backing
or brake may not operate properly. into the parking space, the function
Always pay attention to your sur- may not detect the vehicle moving in
rounding whilst driving. front of your vehicle. In this case, the
warning or brake may not operate
properly.
Always pay attention to the parking
space whilst driving.
5 145
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY (IF EQUIPPED)

The radio frequency compo- For Japan For Republic of Korea
nents (Front Radar) complies:
For Europe and countries subject
to CE certification
ODEP050343N OYB060042L
For Paraguay
ODEP050341N
ODEP050344N
5 146
For United States and United For Canada For Taiwan

States territories
OYB060040L
OYB060046L
ODL3059243L
ODEP050346N
ODEP050345N
5 147
For Indonesia For Singapore For Mexico
ODEP050348N
For Malaysia
ODEP050350N
ODEP050352N
For Brazil
ODEP050349N
ODEP050351N
5 148
For Ukraine For Moldova For United Arab Emirates
ODEP050356N
For Serbia and Montenegro

ODEP050354N
For Jordan
ODEP050353N
ODEP050355N
ODEP050357N
5 149
For South Africa For Israel For China
ODEP050358N
For Thailand
ODEP050360N
ODEP050361N
ODEP050359N
5 150
The radio frequency compo- For Canada For Taiwan

nents (Rear Corner Radar)
complies:
For United States and United
States territories ODEP050364N
OYB060040L
ODEP050363N
ODEP050365N
ODEP050362N
5 151
For Malaysia For Philippines For Vietnam
ODEP050368N
For Singapore ODEP050370N

ODEP050366N
For Mongolia For Brazil
ODEP050367N
ODEP050369N
ODEP050371N
5 152
For Mexico For Ukraine For Moldova
ODEP050375N
ODEP050372N ODL3059228L For Algeria
For Paraguay
ODEP050376N
For Oman
ODEP050374N
ODEP050373N
ODEP050377N
5 153
For United Arab Emirates For Zambia For Europe and countries subject
to CE certification
ODEP050381N
For Argentina
ODEP050378N
For Indonesia
ODEP050382N
ODEP050384N
ODEP050379N For Jamaica
For Mozambique
ODEP050383N
ODEP050380N
5 154
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Do not "ride" the brake or clutch • Keep your vehicle in good condi-
mainly on your style of driving, where pedal. This can increase fuel con- tion. For better fuel economy and
you drive and when you drive. sumption and also increase wear reduced maintenance costs, main-
Each of these factors affects how on these components. In addition, tain your vehicle in accordance
many kilometers (miles) you can get driving with your foot resting on the with the maintenance schedule in
from a litre (gallon) of fuel. To operate brake pedal may cause the brakes section 7. If you drive your vehicle
your vehicle as economically as pos- to overheat, which reduces their in severe conditions, more frequent
sible, use the following driving sug- effectiveness and may lead to maintenance is required (see sec-
gestions to help save money in both more serious consequences. tion 7 for details).
fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tyres. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should
moderate rate. Do not make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive
rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important
and maintain a steady cruising essary tyre wear. Check the tyre that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
speed. Do not race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the
lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra
the traffic so you do not have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel
change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting kerbs consumption and also contribute to
Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular corrosion.
sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Do not carry unnec-
tance from other vehicles so you faster tyre wear and may also essary weight in your vehicle.
can avoid unnecessary braking. result in other problems as well as Weight reduces fuel economy.
This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Do not let the engine idle longer
• Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting
faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when
speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go.
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.
5 155
• Remember, your vehicle does not Keeping a vehicle in good operating

require extended warm-up. After condition is important both for econ-
the engine has started, allow the omy and safety. Therefore, have the
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds system serviced by a professional
prior to placing the vehicle in gear. workshop.
In very cold weather, however, give Kia recommends to visit an autho-
your engine a slightly longer warm- rised Kia dealer/service partner.
up period.
• Do not "lug" or "over-rev" the
engine. Lugging is driving too WARNING - Engine off
slowly in too high a gear resulting during motion
engine bucking. If this happens, Never turn the engine off to
shift to a lower gear. Over-revving coast down hills or anytime the
is racing the engine beyond its safe vehicle is in motion. The power
limit. This can be avoided by shift- steering and power brakes will
ing at the recommended speeds. not function properly without
• Use your air conditioning sparingly. the engine running. Instead,
The air conditioning system is keep the engine on and down-
operated by engine power so your shift to an appropriate gear for
fuel economy is reduced when you engine braking effect. In addi-
use it. tion, turning off the ignition
• Open windows at high speeds can whilst driving could engage the
reduce fuel economy. steering wheel lock (if
equipped) resulting in loss of
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds vehicle steering which could
and headwinds. To help offset cause serious injury or death.
some of this loss, slow down when
driving in these conditions.
5 156
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Hazardous driving conditions • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use Reducing the risk of a rollover
When hazardous driving conditions second gear. Accelerate slowly to This multi-purpose passenger vehi-
are encountered such as water, avoid spinning the drive wheels. cle is defined as a Sports Utility
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- • Use sand, rock salt, tyre chains, or Vehicle (SUV).
ards, follow these suggestions: other non-slip material under the SUV’s have higher ground clearance
• Drive cautiously and allow extra drive wheels to provide traction and a narrower track to make them
distance for braking. when stalled in ice, snow, or mud. capable of performing in a wide vari-
• Avoid sudden braking or steering. ety of road applications. Specific
WARNING - Downshifting design characteristics give them a
• When braking with non-ABS higher centre of gravity than ordinary
brakes pump the brake pedal with Downshifting with an dual vehicles. An advantage of the higher
a light up-and-down motion until clutch transmission, whilst driv- ground clearance is a better view of
the vehicle is stopped. ing on slippery surfaces can the road, which allows you to antici-
cause an accident. The sudden pate problems. They are not
WARNING - ABS change in tyre speed could designed for cornering at the same
cause the tyres to skid. Be care- speeds as conventional passenger
Do not pump the brake pedal on ful when downshifting on slip-
a vehicle equipped with ABS. vehicles. Due to this risk, driver and
pery surfaces. passengers are strongly recom-
mended to buckle their seat belts. In
a rollover crash, an unbelted person
is more likely to die than a person
wearing a seat belt. There are steps
that a driver can make to reduce the
risk of a rollover. If at all possible,
avoid sharp turns or abrupt manoeu-
vres, do not load your roof rack with
heavy cargo, and never modify your
vehicle in any way.
5 157
Rocking the vehicle

WARNING - Rollover WARNING If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to
As with other Sports Utility Your vehicle is equipped with free it from snow, sand, or mud, first
Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate tyres designed to provide safe turn the steering wheel right and left
this vehicle correctly may result ride and handling capability. Do to clear the area around your front
in loss of control, an accident or not use a size and type of tyre wheels. Then, shift back and forth
vehicle rollover. and wheel that is different from between R (Reverse) and any for-
• Utility vehicles have a signifi- the one that is originally ward gear in vehicles equipped with
cantly higher rollover rate installed on your vehicle. It can an Dual clutch transmission. Do not
than other types of vehicles. affect the safety and perform- race the engine, and spin the wheels
ance of your vehicle, which as little as possible. If you are still
• Specific design characteris- could lead to steering failure or
tics (higher ground clearance, stuck after a few tries, have the vehi-
rollover and serious injury. cle pulled out by a tow vehicle to
narrower track, etc.) give this When replacing the tyres, be
vehicle a higher centre of avoid engine overheating and possi-
sure to equip all four tyres with ble damage to the transmission.
gravity than ordinary vehicles. the tyre and wheel of the same
• A SUV is not designed for cor- size, type, tread, brand and
nering at the same speeds as load-carrying capacity. If you CAUTION
conventional vehicles. nevertheless decide to equip Prolonged rocking may cause
• Avoid sharp turns or abrupt your vehicle with any tyre/wheel engine over-heating, transmis-
manoeuvres. combination not recommended sion damage or failure, and tyre
• In a rollover crash, an unbelt- by Kia for off road driving, you damage.
ed person is significantly should not use these tyres for
more likely to die than a per- highway driving.
son wearing a seat belt. Make
sure everyone in the vehicle is
properly buckled up.
5 158
Smooth cornering
WARNING - Spinning WARNING Avoid braking or gear changing in
tyres If your vehicle becomes stuck in corners, especially when roads are
Do not spin the wheels, espe- snow, mud, sand, etc., then you wet. Ideally, corners should always
cially at speeds more than 56 may attempt to rock the vehicle be taken under gentle acceleration. If
km/h (35 mph). Spinning the free by moving it forward and you follow these suggestions, tyre
wheels at high speeds when the backward. Do not attempt this wear will be held to a minimum.
vehicle is stationary could procedure if people or objects
cause a tyre to overheat which are anywhere near the vehicle.
could result in tyre damage that During the rocking operation
may injure bystanders. the vehicle may suddenly move
forward or backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing
✽ NOTICE injury or damage to nearby peo-
ple or objects.
The ESC system should be turned
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
5 159
Driving at night Driving in the rain • If you believe you may have gotten
Because night driving presents more Rain and wet roads can make driving your brakes wet, apply them lightly
hazards than driving in the daylight, dangerous, especially if you’re not whilst driving until normal braking
here are some important tips to prepared for the slick pavement. operation returns.
remember: Here are a few things to consider
• Slow down and keep more dis- when driving in the rain: Driving in flooded areas
tance between you and other vehi- • A heavy rainfall will make it harder Avoid driving through flooded areas
cles, as it may be more difficult to to see and will increase the dis- unless you are sure the water is no
see at night, especially in areas tance needed to stop your vehicle, higher than the bottom of the wheel
where there may not be any street so slow down. hub. Drive through any water slowly.
lights. • Keep your windscreen wiping Allow adequate stopping distance
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the equipment in good shape. Replace because brake performance may be
glare from other driver's head- your windscreen wiper blades affected.
lights. when they show signs of streaking After driving through water, dry the
• Keep your headlights clean and or missing areas on the wind- brakes by gently applying them sev-
properly aimed on vehicles not screen. eral times whilst the vehicle is mov-
equipped with the automatic head- • If your tyres are not in good condi- ing slowly.
light aiming feature. Dirty or tion, making a quick stop on wet
improperly aimed headlights will pavement can cause a skid and
make it much more difficult to see possibly lead to an accident. Be Driving off-road
at night. sure your tyres are in good shape. Drive carefully off-road because your
• Avoid staring directly at the head- • Turn on your headlights to make it vehicle may be damaged by rocks of
lights of oncoming vehicles. You easier for others to see you. roots of trees. Become familiar with
could be temporarily blinded, and it the off-road conditions where you
• Driving too fast through large pud- are going to drive before you begin
will take several seconds for your dles can affect your brakes. If you
eyes to readjust to the darkness. driving.
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
5 160
Highway driving Fuel, engine coolant and engine

Tyres
WARNING oil
• Underinflated or overinflated High speed travel consumes more
Adjust the tyre inflation pressures to tyres can cause poor han-
specification. Low tyre inflation pres- fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-
sures will result in overheating and dling, loss of vehicle control, get to check both engine coolant and
possible failure of the tyres. and sudden tyre failure lead- engine oil.
ing to accidents, injuries, and
Avoid using worn or damaged tyres even death. Always check the
which may result in reduced traction tyres for proper inflation Drive belt
or tyre failure. before driving. For proper tyre A loose or damaged drive belt may
pressures, refer to section 8, result in overheating of the engine.
✽ NOTICE “Tyres and wheels”.
Never exceed the maximum tyre • Driving on tyres with no or
inflation pressure shown on the insufficient tread is danger-
tyres. ous. Worn-out tyres can
result in loss of vehicle con-
trol, collisions, injury, and
even death. Worn-out tyres
should be replaced as soon
as possible and should never
be used for driving. Always
check the tyre tread before
driving your vehicle. For fur-
ther information and tread
limits, refer to section 7,
“Tyres and wheels”.
5 161
WINTER DRIVING
Severe weather conditions in the Snowy or Icy conditions Snow tyres
winter result in greater wear and To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tyres on your vehi-
other problems. To minimise the may be necessary to use snow tyres cle, make sure they are radial tyres of
problems of winter driving, you or to install tyre chains on your tyres. the same size and load range as the
should follow these suggestions: If snow tyres are needed, it is neces- original tyres. Mount snow tyres on all
sary to select tyres equivalent in size four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
and type of the original equipment handling in all weather conditions.
tyres. Failure to do so may adversely Keep in mind that the traction provid-
affect the safety and handling of your ed by snow tyres on dry roads may
vehicle. Furthermore, speeding, not be as high as your vehicle's orig-
rapid acceleration, sudden brake inal equipment tyres.You should drive
applications, and sharp turns are cautiously even when the roads are
potentially very hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tyre dealer for
During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations.
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause skids to occur. You WARNING - Snow tyre
need to keep sufficient distance size
between the vehicle in operation in Snow tyres should be equivalent
front and your vehicle. Also, apply in size and type to the vehicle's
the brake gently. It should be noted standard tyres. Otherwise, the
that installing tyre chains on the tyre safety and handling of your vehi-
will provide a greater driving force, cle may be adversely affected.
but will not prevent side skids.
✽ NOTICE Do not install studded tyres without

first checking local, state and munic-
Tyre chains are not legal in all coun- ipal regulations for possible restric-
tries. Check the country laws before tions against their use.
fitting tyre chains.
5 162
Tyre chains When using tyre chains, install tyre Chain installation
chains only on the front tyres. When installing chains, follow the
manufacturer's instructions and
CAUTION mount them as tightly as you can.
Drive slowly with chains installed. If
• Make sure the snow chains are you hear the chains contacting the
the correct size and type for body or chassis, stop and tighten
your tyres. Incorrect snow them. If they still make contact, slow
chains can cause damage to down until it stops. Remove the
the vehicle body and suspen- chains as soon as you begin driving
sion and may not be covered by on cleared roads.
your vehicle manufacturer war-
ranty. Also, the snow chain con-
ODEP051062R necting hooks may be damaged WARNING - Mounting
from contacting vehicle compo- chains
Since the sidewalls of radial tyres are
nents causing the snow chains When mounting snow chains,
thinner, they can be damaged by
to come loose from the tyre. park the vehicle on level ground
mounting some types of snow chains
Make sure the snow chains are away from traffic. Turn on the
on them. Therefore, the use of snow
SAE class "S" certified. vehicle Hazard Warning flashers
tyres is recommended instead of
snow chains. Do not mount tyre • Always check chain installa- and place a triangular emer-
chains on vehicles equipped with tion for proper mounting after gency warning device behind
aluminum wheels; snow chains may driving approximately 0.5 to 1 the vehicle if available. Always
cause damage to the wheels. If snow km (0.3 to 0.6 miles) to ensure place the vehicle in P (Park),
chains must be used, use wire-type safe mounting. Retighten or apply the parking brake and
chains with a thickness of less than remount the chains if they are turn off the engine before
12mm (0.47in). Damage to your vehi- loose. installing snow chains.
cle caused by improper snow chain • If your vehicle has 18 inch
use is not covered by your vehicle tyres, do not use tyre chains.
manufacturers warranty. They can damage your vehicle
(wheel, suspension and body).
5 163
Use high quality ethylene gly- Change to "winter weight" oil

WARNING - Tyre chains col coolant if necessary
• The use of chains may Your vehicle is delivered with high In some climates it is recommended
adversely affect vehicle han- quality ethylene glycol coolant in the that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
dling. cooling system. It is the only type of oil be used during cold weather. See
• Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 coolant that should be used because section 8 for recommendations. If
mph) or the chain manufactur- it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- you aren't sure what weight oil you
er’s recommended speed ing system, lubricates the water should use, Kia recommends to con-
limit, whichever is lower. pump and prevents freezing. Be sure sult an authorised Kia dealer/service
• Drive carefully and avoid to replace or replenish your coolant partner.
bumps, holes, sharp turns, and in accordance with the maintenance
other road hazards, which may schedule in section 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure Check spark plugs and ignition
cause the vehicle to bounce. system
that its freezing point is sufficient for
• Avoid sharp turns or locked- the temperatures anticipated during Inspect your spark plugs as
wheel braking. the winter. described in section 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
CAUTION Check battery and cables sure they are not cracked, worn or
• Chains that are the wrong size Winter puts additional burdens on damaged in any way.
or improperly installed can the battery system. Visually inspect
damage your vehicle's brake the battery and cables as described
lines, suspension, body and in section 7. Have the level of charge
wheels. in your battery checked by a profes-
• Stop driving and retighten the sional workshop. Kia recommends to
chains any time you hear them visit an authorised Kia dealer/service
hitting the vehicle. partner.
5 164
To keep locks from freezing Don't let your parking brake Don't let ice and snow accu-
To keep the locks from freezing, freeze mulate underneath
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or Under some conditions your parking Under some conditions, snow and
glycerine into the key opening. If a brake can freeze in the engaged ice can build up under the fenders
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with position. This is most likely to hap- and interfere with the steering. When
an approved de-icing fluid to remove pen when there is an accumulation driving in severe winter conditions
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, of snow or ice around or near the where this may happen, you should
you may be able to thaw it out by rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. periodically check underneath the
using a heated key. Handle the heat- If there is a risk the parking brake vehicle to be sure the movement of
ed key with care to avoid injury. may freeze, apply it only temporarily the front wheels and the steering
whilst you put the shift lever in P components is not obstructed.
(Dual clutch transmission) and block
Use approved window washer the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot
anti-freeze in system roll. Then release the parking brake. Carry emergency equipment
To keep the water in the window Depending on the severity of the
washer system from freezing, add an weather, you should carry appropri-
approved window washer anti-freeze ate emergency equipment. Some of
solution in accordance with instruc- the items you may want to carry
tions on the container. Window wash- include tyre chains, tow straps or
er anti-freeze is available from an chains, flashlight, emergency flares,
authorised Kia dealer/service partner sand, shovel, jumper cables, window
and most auto parts outlets. Do not scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-
use engine coolant or other types of alls, blanket, etc.
anti-freeze as these may damage the
paint finish.
5 165
TRAILER TOWING
If you are considering towing with ✽ NOTICE - For Europe
your vehicle, you should first check WARNING - Weight limits • The technically permissible maxi-
with your country's Department of Before towing, make sure the mum load on the rear axle(s) may
Motor Vehicles to determine their total trailer weight, GCW (gross be exceeded by not more than 15
legal requirements. combination weight), GVW % and the technically permissible
Since laws vary the requirements for (gross vehicle weight), GAW maximum laden mass of the vehi-
towing trailers, cars, or other types of (gross axle weight ) and trailer cle may be exceeded by not more
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Kia tongue load are all within the than 10 % or 100 kg (220.4 lbs.),
recommends to ask an authorised limits. whichever value is lower.
Kia dealer/service partner. In this case, do not exceed 100
km/h (62.1 mph) of vehicle speed.
• When towing a trailer, the addi-
WARNING - Towing a tional load imposed at the trailer
trailer coupling device may cause the rear
If you don't use the correct tyre maximum load ratings to be
equipment and/or drive improp- exceed, but not by more than 15 %.
erly, you can lose control when In such a case, do not exceed 100
you pull a trailer. For example, if km/h (62.1 mph) of vehicle speed,
the trailer is too heavy, the and the rear tyre pressure should
brakes may not work well - or be inflated 20 kPa (0.2 bar) more
even at all. You and your pas- than the tyre pressure(s) as recom-
sengers could be seriously or mended for normal use (i.e. with-
fatally injured. Pull a trailer only out a trailer attached.)
if you have followed all the
steps in this section.
5 166
This section contains many time-test-

CAUTION ed, important trailering tips and safe-
Pulling a trailer improperly can ty rules. Many of these are important
damage your vehicle and result for your safety and that of your pas-
in costly repairs not covered by sengers. Please read this section
your warranty. To pull a trailer carefully before you pull a trailer.
correctly, follow the advice in
this section. Load-pulling components such as
the engine, transmission, wheel
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To assemblies, and tyres are forced to
identify what the vehicle trailering work harder against the load of the
added weight. The engine is required ODEP051104L
capacity is for your vehicle, you
should read the information in to operate at relatively higher speeds ✽ NOTICE - Location of trailer
“Weight of the trailer” that appears and under greater loads. This addi- mounting
later in this section. tional burden generates extra heat.
The trailer also considerably adds The mounting hole for hitches are
wind resistance, increasing the located on both sides of the under-
Remember that trailering is different pulling requirements. body behind the rear tyres.
than just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in han-
dling, durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering requires
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
5 167
Hitches If the rear number plate and/or Safety chains

It's important to have the correct hitch lighting devices can be obscured You should always attach chains
equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks partially by any part of the between your vehicle and your trail-
going by, and rough roads are a few mechanical coupling device, er. Cross the safety chains under the
reasons why you’ll need the right mechanical coupling devices that tongue of the trailer so that the
hitch. Here are some rules to follow: can not be easily removed or repo- tongue will not drop to the road if it
sitioned without use of any tools, becomes separated from the hitch.
• Do you have to make any holes in except an easily operated (i.e. an
the body of your vehicle when you effort not exceeding 20Nm) Instructions about safety chains may
install a trailer hitch? If you do, then release key which is supplied by be provided by the hitch manufactur-
be sure to seal the holes later the manufacturer of the coupling er or by the trailer manufacturer.
when you remove the hitch. device, are not permitted for use. Follow the manufacturer’s recom-
• The bumpers on your vehicle are mendation for attaching safety
Please note that the mechanical chains. Always leave just enough
not intended for hitches. Do not coupling device that is fitted and
attach rental hitches or other slack so you can turn with your trail-
not in use must always be er. And, never allow safety chains to
bumper-type hitches to them. Use removed or repositioned if the rear
only a frame-mounted hitch that drag on the ground.
number plate and/or rear lighting
does not attach to the bumper. devices are obscured by any part
• Any part of the rear number plate of the mechanical coupling device.
or lighting devices of the vehicle • Kia trailer hitch accessary is avail-
must not be obscured by the able. Kia recommend that you have
mechanical coupling device. your vehicle inspected by an autho-
5 168
Trailer brakes Driving with a trailer Following distance

If your trailer is equipped with a brak- Towing a trailer requires a certain Stay at least twice as far behind the
ing system, make sure it conforms to amount of experience. Before setting vehicle ahead as you would when
your country’s regulations and that it out for the open road, you must get to driving your vehicle without a trailer.
is properly installed and operating know your trailer. Acquaint yourself This can help you avoid situations
correctly. with the feel of handling and braking that require heavy braking and sud-
If your trailer weight exceeds the with the added weight of the trailer. den turns.
maximum allowed weight without And always keep in mind that the
trailer brakes, then the trailer will also vehicle you are driving is now a good Passing
require its own brakes as well. Be deal longer and not nearly so respon-
sive as your vehicle is by itself. You’ll need more passing distance
sure to read and follow the instruc- up ahead when you’re towing a trail-
tions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be Before you start, check the trailer er. And, because of the increased
able to install, adjust and maintain hitch and platform, safety chains, vehicle length, you’ll need to go
them properly. electrical connector(s), lights, tyres much farther beyond the passed
• Do not tap into or modify your vehi- and mirror adjustment. If the trailer vehicle before you can return to your
cle's brake system. has electric brakes, start your vehicle lane.
and trailer moving and then apply the
trailer brake controller by hand to be
WARNING - Trailer brakes sure the brakes are working. This lets
Do not use a trailer with its own you check your electrical connection
brakes unless you are absolute- at the same time.
ly certain that you have proper- During your trip, check occasionally
ly set up the brake system. This to be sure that the load is secure,
is not a task for amateurs. Use and that the lights and any trailer
an experienced, competent brakes are still working.
trailer shop for this work.
5 169
Backing up Turn signals when towing a trailer Have yourself assisted by a profes-
Hold the bottom of the steering When you tow a trailer, your vehicle sional workshop in installing the
wheel with one hand. Then, to move has to have a different turn signal wiring harness.
the trailer to the left, just move your flasher and extra wiring. The green Kia recommends to visit an autho-
hand to the left. To move the trailer to arrows on your instrument panel will rised Kia dealer/service partner.
the right, move your hand to the flash whenever you signal a turn or
right. Always back up slowly and, if lane change. Properly connected,
possible, have someone guide you. the trailer lights will also flash to alert WARNING
other drivers you’re about to turn, Failure to use an approved trail-
change lanes, or stop. er wiring harness could result
Making turns in damage to the vehicle electri-
When towing a trailer, the green
When you’re turning with a trailer, arrows on your instrument panel will cal system and/or personal
make wider turns than normal. Do flash for turns even if the bulbs on the injury.
this so your trailer won’t strike soft trailer are burned out. Thus, you may
shoulders, kerbs, road signs, trees, or think drivers behind you are seeing
other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden your signals when, in fact, they are
manoeuvres. Signal well in advance. not. It is important to check occasion-
ally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working. You must also check the
lights every time you disconnect and
then reconnect the wires.
Do not connect a trailer lighting sys-
tem directly to your vehicle’s lighting
system. Use only an approved trailer
wiring harness.
5 170
Driving on grades (Continued)

Reduce speed and shift to a lower CAUTION
• When towing a trailer on steep • When towing a trailer on steep
gear before you start down a long or
grades (in excess of 6%) pay grades, the clutch in the trans-
steep downgrade. If you don’t shift
close attention to the engine mission could overheat.
down, you might have to use your
brakes so much that they would get coolant temperature gauge to When the clutch is overheat-
hot and no longer operate efficiently. ensure the engine does not ed, the safe protection mode
overheat. engages. If the safe protection
On a long uphill grade, shift down
If the needle of the coolant mode engages, the gear posi-
and reduce your speed to around 70
temperature gauge moves tion indicator on the cluster
km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possi-
across the dial towards “H blinks with a chime sound.
bility of engine and transmission
overheating. (HOT)”, pull over and stop as At this time, a warning mes-
soon as it is safe to do so, and sage will appear on the LCD
If your trailer weighs more than the
allow the engine to idle until it display and driving may not
maximum trailer weight without trail-
cools down. You may proceed be smooth.
er brakes and you have a dual clutch
transmission, you should drive in D once the engine has cooled If you ignore this warning, the
(Drive) when towing a trailer. sufficiently. driving condition may become
• You must decide driving worse.
Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)
when towing a trailer will minimise speed depending on trailer To return the normal driving
heat build up and extend the life of weight and uphill grade to condition, stop the vehicle on
your transmission. reduce the possibility of flat road and apply the foot
engine and transmission over- brake for a few minutes before
heating. driving off.
(Continued)
5 171
Parking on hills However, if you ever have to park your

Generally, if you have a trailer trailer on a hill, here is how to do it: WARNING - Parking
attached to your vehicle, you should 1. Pull the vehicle into the parking brake
not park your vehicle on a hill. People space. Turn the steering wheel in It can be dangerous to get out
can be seriously or fatally injured, the direction of the kerb (left if head- of your vehicle if the parking
and both your vehicle and the trailer ed down hill, right if headed up hill). brake is not firmly set.
can be damaged if unexpectedly roll 2. If the vehicle has a dual clutch trans- If you have left the engine run-
down hill. mission, place the car in P (Park). ning, the vehicle can move sud-
3. Set the parking brake and shut off denly. You or others could be
the vehicle. seriously or fatally injured.
WARNING - Parking on a
hill 4. Place chocks under the trailer
Parking your vehicle on a hill wheels on the down hill side of the
with a trailer attached could wheels.
cause serious injury or death, 5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes,
should the trailer break loose. shift to neutral, release the parking
It can be very dangerous to hold brake and slowly release the
your vehicle by applying accel- brakes until the trailer chocks
erator on a hill. absorb the load.
6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the
parking brake and shift the vehicle
to P (Park) for dual clutch trans-
mission.
7. Shut off the vehicle and release
the vehicle brakes but leave the
parking brake set.
5 172
When you are ready to leave after Maintenance when trailer tow-
parking on a hill ing CAUTION
1. With the dual clutch transmission Your vehicle will need service more • Due to higher load during
in P (Park), apply your brakes and often when you regularly pull a trail- trailer usage, overheating
hold the brake pedal down whilst er. Important items to pay particular might occur in hot days or
you: attention to include engine oil, trans- during uphill driving. If the
• Start your engine; mission fluid, axle lubricant and cool- coolant gauge indicates over-
ing system fluid. Brake condition is heating, switch off the air con-
• Shift into gear; and ditioner and stop the vehicle
another important item to frequently
• Release the parking brake. check. Each item is covered in this in a safe area to cool down the
2. Slowly remove your foot from the manual, and the Index will help you engine.
brake pedal. find them quickly. If you’re trailering, it • When towing check transmis-
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear is a good idea to review these sec- sion fluid more frequently.
of the chocks. tions before you start your trip. • If your vehicle is not equipped
4. Stop and have someone pick up Do not forget to also maintain your with an air conditioner, you
and store the chocks. trailer and hitch. Follow the mainte- should install a condenser fan
nance schedule that accompanied to improve engine perform-
your trailer and check it periodically. ance when towing a trailer.
Preferably, conduct the check at the
start of each day’s driving. Most
importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts
should be tight.
5 173
If you do decide to pull a trailer For Europe and Australia

Here are some important points if (Petrol) 1.6L Gdi
you decide to pull a trailer: Item
DCT
• Consider using a sway control. You
can ask a hitch dealer about sway Maximum trailer weight Unbraked 600 kg (1323 lbs.)
control.
kg (Ibs.) Braked 1,300 kg (2,866 lbs.)
• Do not do any towing with your car
during its first 2,000 km (1,200 Technically permissible maximum static
miles) in order to allow the engine vertical load/mass on the coupling point 100 kg (220 lbs.)
to properly break in. Failure to kg (Ibs.)
heed this caution may result in
serious engine or transmission Front axle to ball point of coupling device
damage. 3,415 mm (134 inch)
mm (inch)
• When towing a trailer, Kia recom-
mends that you consult an autho- Rear axle to ball point of coupling device
rised Kia dealer/service partner on 715 mm (28 inch)
additional requirements such as a mm (inch)
towing kit, etc.
Maximum permissible overhang of the
• Always drive your vehicle at a mod- coupling point 910 mm (36 inch)
erate speed (less than 100 km/h
(60 mph)). mm (inch)
• On a long uphill grade, do not DCT : Dual clutch transmission
exceed 70 km/h (45 mph) or the
posted towing speed limit,
whichever is lower.
• The chart contains important con-
siderations that have to do with
weight:
5 174
Weight of the trailer Weight of the trailer tongue The trailer tongue should weigh a
maximum of 10% of the total loaded
trailer weight, within the limits of the
maximum permissible trailer tongue
load. After you've loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be
able to correct them simply by mov-
ing some items around in the trailer.
Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight
C190E01JM C190E02JM
What is the maximum safe weight of The tongue load of any trailer is an
a trailer? It should never weigh more important weight to measure
than the maximum trailer weight with because it affects the total gross
trailer brakes. But even that can be vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehi-
too heavy. cle. This weight includes the kerb
It depends on how you plan to use weight of the vehicle, any cargo you
your trailer. For example, speed, alti- may carry in it, and the people who
tude, road grades, outside tempera- will be riding in the vehicle. And if you
ture and how often your vehicle is will tow a trailer, you must add the
used to pull a trailer are all important. tongue load to the GVW because
The ideal trailer weight can also your vehicle will also be carrying that
depend on any special equipment weight.
that you have on your vehicle.
5 175
✽ NOTICE
WARNING - Trailer With increasing altitude the engine
• Never load a trailer with more performance decreases. From
weight in the rear than in the 1,000m above sea level and for every
front. The front should be 1,000m thereafter 10% of
loaded with approximately vehicle/trailer weight (trailer
60% of the total trailer load; weighter + gross vehicle weight)
the rear should be loaded with must be deducted.
approximately 40% of the total
trailer load.
• Never exceed the maximum
weight limits of the trailer or
trailer towing equipment.
Improper loading can result in
damage to your vehicle and/or
personal injury. Check weights
and loading at a commercial
scale or highway patrol office
equipped with scales.
• An improperly loaded trailer
can cause loss of vehicle con-
trol.
5 176
VEHICLE WEIGHT
This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR
proper loading of your vehicle and/or This figure includes all weight added (Gross vehicle weight rating)
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle to the Base Kerb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable
weight within its design rating capa- cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle
bility, with or without a trailer. Properly
(including all options, equipment,
loading your vehicle will provide max-
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
imum return of the vehicle design GAW (Gross axle weight) is shown on the certification label.
performance. Before loading your This is the total weight placed on
vehicle, familiarize yourself with the each axle (front and rear) - including
following terms for determining your vehicle kerb weight and all payload. Overloading
vehicle's weight ratings, with or with-
out a trailer, from the vehicle's speci-
fications and the certification label: GAWR WARNING - Vehicle
(Gross axle weight rating) weight
This is the maximum allowable The gross axle weight rating
Base kerb weight (GAWR) and the gross vehicle
weight that can be carried by a single
This is the weight of the vehicle weight rating (GVWR) for your
axle (front or rear). These numbers
including a full tank of fuel and all vehicle are on the certification
are shown on the certification label.
standard equipment. It does not label attached to the driver's (or
include passengers, cargo, or option- The total load on each axle must front passenger’s) door.
al equipment. never exceed its GAWR. Exceeding these ratings can
cause an accident or vehicle
GVW (Gross vehicle weight) damage. You can calculate the
Vehicle kerb weight weight of your load by weighing
This is the weight of your new vehicle This is the Base Kerb Weight plus the items (and people) before
when you picked it up from your deal- actual Cargo Weight plus passengers. putting them in the vehicle. Be
er plus any aftermarket equipment. careful not to overload your
vehicle.
5 177
Loading Your Vehicle The Certification/Tyre label is found

- For Australia on the front edge of the RH (or LH) CAUTION
Certification Label (Type A) - if equipped
“B” pillar. The label shows the size of Do not load your vehicle any
your original tyres and inflation pres- heavier than the GVWR or the
sures needed to obtain the gross maximum front and rear GAWRs.
weight capacity of your vehicle. If you do, change to the vehicle
This is called the GVWR (Gross may occur, or it can change the
Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR way your vehicle handles. These
includes the weight of the vehicle, all could cause you to lose control.
occupants, fuel and cargo. The Also, overloading can shorten
Certification/Tyre label also tells you the life of your vehicle.
ODE086002 the maximum weights for the front
Certification Label (Type B) - if equipped
and rear axles, called Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR).
Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) for either the front or
rear axle. And, if you do have a
heavy load, you should spread it out.
ODE086002R
Tyre Label ✽ NOTICE
Your warranty does not cover parts
or components that fail because of
overloading.
ODE086006R
5 178
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 • Changing tyres. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 • Jack label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
In case of an emergency whilst driving . . . . . . . . . 6-3 • EC Declaration of Conformity for Jack . . . . . . . . . 6-29
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3 If you have a flat tyre (with tyre mobility kit). . . 6-30
• If you have a flat tyre whilst driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 • Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
• If engine stalls whilst driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 • Components of the Tyre Mobility Kit (TMK) . . . . . 6-33
If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 • Using the TMK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4 • Distributing the sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4 • Checking the tyre inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 • Notes on the safe use of the Tyre Mobility Kit . . . . . 6-38
• Before Jump Starting(For Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 • Tyre Mobility Kit Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
• Method to disconnect the (-) cable for regular Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
maintenance (For Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 • Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 • Removable towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 • Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
If the engine overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 If an accident occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Emergency commodity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
6
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . 6-12
• Check tyre pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 • Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
• Low tyre pressure telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 • First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
• TPMS (Tyre Pressure Monitoring System) • Triangle reflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
malfunction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 • Tyre pressure gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
• Changing a tyre with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
If you have a flat tyre (with spare tyre) . . . . . . . . 6-19
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
• Removing and storing the spare tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
ROAD WARNING
Hazard warning flasher It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
■ Type A
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the centre
console switch panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher oper-

ODEP069001 ates whether your vehicle is run-
■ Type B
ning or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
• Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flasher whilst
the vehicle is being towed.
ODE066024R
The hazard warning flasher serves

as a warning to other drivers to exer-
cise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
6 2
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILST DRIVING

If the engine stalls at a cross- If you have a flat tyre whilst 4. When changing a flat tyre, follow
road or crossing driving the instruction provided later in
this section.
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad If a tyre goes flat whilst you are driv-
or crossing, set the shift lever in the ing:
N (Neutral) position and then push 1. Take your foot off the accelerator If engine stalls whilst driving
the vehicle to a safe place. pedal and let the vehicle slow 1. Reduce your speed gradually,
down whilst driving straight ahead. keeping a straight line. Move cau-
Do not apply the brakes immedi- tiously off the road to a safe place.
ately or attempt to pull off the road 2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
as this may cause a loss of control.
When the vehicle has slowed down 3. Try to start the engine again. If
to such a speed that it is safe to do your vehicle does not start, con-
so, brake carefully and pull off the sult a professional workshop. Kia
road. Drive off the road as far as recommends to consult an autho-
possible and park on a firm level rised Kia dealer/service partner.
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on your emergency hazard flash-
ers, set the parking brake and put
the transmission in P (dual clutch
transmission).
3. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
6 3
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally
turns over slowly WARNING but does not start
1. If your vehicle has an dual clutch If the engine will not start, do 1. Check the fuel level.
transmission, be sure the shift not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could result in a 2. With the ignition switch in the
lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park) LOCK position, check all connec-
and the emergency brake is set. collision or cause other dam-
age. In addition, push or pull tors at the ignition coils and spark
2. Check the battery connections to starting may cause the catalytic plugs. Reconnect any that may be
be sure they are clean and tight. converter to be overloaded and disconnected or loose.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light create a fire hazard. 3. Check the fuel line in the engine
dims or goes out when you oper- compartment.
ate the starter, the battery is dis- 4. If the engine still does not start,
charged. call a professional workshop. Kia
4. Check the starter connections to recommends to call an authorised
be sure they are securely tight- Kia dealer/service partner.
ened.
5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
6 4
EMERGENCY STARTING
Before Jump Starting • To charge 12V battery, keep driving After starting the vehicle (HEV
(For Hybrid) or idling the car more than 30 min- Ready), the 12V battery is being
utes. charged whether the engine is run-
Over discharge of 12V battery ning or not. Although there is no
If you do not start the vehicle imme-
diately after pressing the “12V Batt engine-sound, it is not necessary to
Reset” switch (1), the power of 12V step on the accelerator pedal. Once
battery is automatically disconnected the 12V battery is fully discharged
after few seconds to save the 12V and reconnected, the 12V battery is
battery from additional discharge. If initialized.
the 12V battery is disconnected prior
to starting the vehicle, press “12V
Batt Reset” switch (1) again and then
immediately start the car as
explained above.
Repeated use of the “12V Batt
ODEP061249R
Reset” switch (1) without a sufficient
- Press the reconnection engine ON cycle (30 Min+) may
(“12V Batt Reset”) switch (1) : cause over discharge of the 12V bat-
tery, which will prevent car starting. If
This car has a reconnection switch the 12V battery is over discharged to
which can reset the over discharged a point that the reset does not work,
12V battery and enable getting the try to jump-start the vehicle. (refer to
car started without jump-start. jump-starting)
• Press the “12V Batt Reset” switch
(1) located on the lower right dash.
• Immediately start car by stepping
on the brake pedal and pressing
the Start switch within few seconds.
6 5
Items should be reset after the battery Charging method for 12V battery
has been discharged or the battery (A) It is recommended to charge the CAUTION
has been disconnected. 12V battery by starting and run- • The use of an improper charg-
• Auto up/down window ning the vehicle (HEV Ready er with a voltage and current
• Sunroof Mode) for a minimum of 30 min- range higher than specified
utes if a 12V reset, or jump start may cause overheating and
• Trip computer has been used. damage to the 12V battery.
• Climate control system (B) If you can not start the vehicle : • The use of an incorrect charg-
• Driver position Memory System er will lead to a power shut-off
• Audio to save the 12V battery. Stop
• After connecting the jumper cables using the incorrect charger
at the recommended locations, you once the power of the vehicle
As explained above, if the vehicle should press “12V batt Reset” is shut off.
can not be started after pressing the switch (1) to charge the battery.
“12V Batt Reset” switch (1) due to • The voltage range of the charger
over discharge, try to jump-start should be 13.3~14V and its current
(refer to Jump-starting). range should be less than 60A.
(13.8V is recommended).
6 6
External power source using 12V Method to disconnect the (-) cable for regular maintenance
battery (For Hybrid)
(Except the use of dash cameras)
When the vehicle is under regular
The use of external power acces- maintenance, make sure to separate
sories may reduce performance and the (-) cable inside the luggage room
function of the vehicle. Especially, before maintenance.
the use of dash cameras may cause
a shut off the power of the vehicle
prior to the dash camera’s automatic Procedures to separate the (-) cable
shut-down. is as below :
If the power of the car is shut off, • Fold the rear left side seat.
ODE036021
start the vehicle as explained above • Using the key or (-) screwdriver,
(refer to “Over discharge of 12V bat- remove the service cover (A) on
tery”). the luggage trim.
• Separate the (-) cable (B).
Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
ODE046170N
ODE046171N
6 7
Jump starting
CAUTION - For hybrid
Jump starting can be dangerous if vehicle
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your Do not jump start another vehi-
vehicle or battery, follow the jump cle with your hybrid vehicle.
starting procedures. If in doubt, we Jump starting another vehicle
strongly recommend that you have a will damage the hybrid vehicle's
competent technician or towing serv- 12 volt battery (lithium poly-
ice jump start your vehicle. mer type).
ODEP061002L
CAUTION
Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- WARNING - Battery
Connect cables in numerical order Never attempt to check the elec-
tem. You can damage a 12-volt
and disconnect in reverse order. trolyte level of the battery as
starting motor, ignition system,
and other electrical parts this may cause the battery to
beyond repair by use of a 24- rupture or explode causing seri-
volt power supply (either two ous injury.
12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
6 8
Jump starting procedure

WARNING - Battery (Continued)
1. Make sure the booster battery is
• Keep all flames or sparks • Do not attempt to jump start 12-volt and that its negative termi-
away from the battery. The the vehicle if the discharged nal is grounded.
battery produces hydrogen battery is frozen or if the elec-
trolyte level is low; the battery 2. If the booster battery is in another
gas which may explode if vehicle, do not allow the vehicles
exposed to flame or sparks. may rupture or explode.
come in contact.
If these instructions are not • Do not allow the (+) and (-)
jumper cables to touch. It may 3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
followed exactly, serious per- loads.
sonal injury and damage to cause sparks.
the vehicle may occur! If you • The battery may rupture or 4. Connect the jumper cables in the
are not sure how to follow this explode when you jump start exact sequence shown in the illus-
procedure, seek qualified with a low or frozen battery. tration. First connect one end of a
assistance. Automobile bat- jumper cable to the positive termi-
teries contain sulfuric acid. nal of the fuse box (1), then con-
This is poisonous and highly nect the other end to the positive
corrosive. When jump start- terminal on the booster battery (2).
ing, wear protective glasses Proceed to connect one end of the
and be careful not to get acid other jumper cable to the negative
on yourself, your clothing or terminal of the booster battery (3),
on the vehicle. then the other end to a solid, sta-
(Continued) tionary, metallic point (for exam-
ple, the engine lifting bracket)
away from the fuse box (4). Do not
connect it to or near any part that
moves when the engine is
cranked.
6 9
Do not allow the jumper cables to 5. Start the engine of the vehicle with Push-starting
contact anything except the correct the booster battery and let it run at Vehicles equipped with dual clutch
battery terminals or the correct 2,000 rpm, then start the engine transmission cannot be push-started.
ground. Do not lean over the bat- of the vehicle with the discharged
tery when making connections. battery. Follow the directions in this section
for jump-starting.
If the cause of your battery discharg-
CAUTION - Battery ing is not apparent, have the system
checked by a professional workshop. WARNING
cables Kia recommends to visit an autho-
Do not connect the jumper cable Never tow a vehicle to start it
rised Kia dealer/service partner. because the sudden surge for-
from the negative terminal of the
booster battery to the negative ward when the engine starts
terminal of the discharged bat- could cause a collision with the
tery. This can cause the dis- tow vehicle.
charged battery to overheat and
crack, releasing battery acid.
Make sure to connect one end of
the jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery,
and the other end to a metallic
point, far away from the battery.
6 10
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

If your temperature gauge indicates If the drive belt seems to be satis- 6. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, you will experience a factory, check for coolant leaking overheating, wait until the engine
loss of power, or hear loud pinging or from the radiator, hoses or under temperature has returned to nor-
knocking, the engine is probably too the vehicle. (If the air conditioning mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
hot. If this happens, you should: had been in use, it is normal for carefully add coolant to the reser-
cold water to be draining from it voir to bring the fluid level in the
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon when you stop). reservoir up to the halfway mark.
as it is safe to do so. 7. Proceed with caution, keeping
2. Place the shift lever in P (dual WARNING alert for further signs of overheat-
clutch transmission) and set the Whilst the engine is running, ing. If overheating happens again,
parking brake. If the air condition- keep hair, hands and clothing call a professional workshop. Kia
ing is on, turn it off. away from moving parts such recommends to call an authorised
as the fan and drive belts to pre- Kia dealer/service partner.
3. If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is vent injury.
coming out from the bonnet, stop CAUTION
the engine. Do not open the bon- 5. If the water pump drive belt is bro- • Serious loss of coolant indi-
net until the coolant has stopped ken or engine coolant is leaking cates there is a leak in the cool-
running or the steaming has out, stop the engine immediately ing system. In this case, have
stopped. If there is no visible loss and call a professional workshop. the system checked by a pro-
of engine coolant and no steam, Kia recommends to call an autho- fessional workshop. Kia recom-
leave the engine running and rised Kia dealer/service partner. mends to visit an authorised
check to be sure the engine cool- Kia dealer/service partner.
ing fan is operating. If the fan is • When the engine overheats
not running, turn the engine off. WARNING from low engine coolant, sud-
4. Check to see if the water pump Do not remove the radiator cap denly adding engine coolant
drive belt is missing. If it is not when the engine is hot. This can may cause cracks in the
missing, check to see that it is allow coolant to blow out of the engine. To prevent damage,
tight. opening and cause serious add engine coolant slowly in
burns. small quantities.
6 11
TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)

Check tyre pressure Each tyre, including the spare (if pro-
• You can check the tyre pressure in vided), should be checked monthly
the information mode on the clus- when cold and inflated to the inflation
ter. pressure recommended by the vehi-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-
- Refer to “User settings mode” in ard or tyre inflation pressure label.
chapter 4.
(If your vehicle has tyres of a differ-
• Tyre pressure is displayed 1~2 ent size than the size indicated on
minutes later after driving. the vehicle placard or tyre inflation
• If tyre pressure is not displayed pressure label, you should determine
ODEP061003R
when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive the proper tyre inflation pressure for
to display” message displays. After those tyres.)
driving, check the tyre pressure. As an added safety feature, your vehi-
• You can change the tyre pressure cle has been equipped with a tyre
unit in the user settings mode on pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
the cluster. that illuminates a low tyre pressure
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “User set- telltale when one or more of your tyres
tings mode” in chapter 4). is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tyre pres-
sure telltale illuminates, you should
ODEP069047R stop and check your tyres as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the prop-
(1) Low tyre pressure telltale / er pressure. Driving on a significantly
TPMS malfunction indicator under-inflated tyre causes the tyre to
(2) Low tyre pressure position tell- overheat and can lead to tyre failure.
tale (Shown on the LCD display) Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-
ciency and tyre tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and stop-
ping ability.
6 12
Please note that the TPMS is not a TPMS malfunctions may occur for a ✽ NOTICE
substitute for proper tyre mainte- variety of reasons, including the If any of the below happens, have
nance, and it is the driver’s responsi- installation of replacement or alter- the system checked by a profession-
bility to maintain correct tyre pressure, nate tyres or wheels on the vehicle al workshop. Kia recommends to
even if under-inflation has not that prevent the TPMS from function- visit an authorised Kia dealer/serv-
reached the level to trigger illumina- ing properly. Always check the TPMS ice partner.
tion of the TPMS low tyre pressure malfunction telltale after replacing 1. The low tyre pressure telltale/
telltale. one or more tyres or wheels on your TPMS malfunction indicator do
vehicle to ensure that the replace- not illuminate for 3 seconds when
ment or alternate tyres and wheels the ignition switch is turned to the
Your vehicle has also been equipped allow the TPMS to continue to func-
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to ON position or engine is running.
tion properly. 2. The TPMS malfunction indicator
indicate when the system is not oper-
ating properly. The TPMS malfunction remains illuminated after blink-
indicator is combined with the low ing for approximately 1 minute.
tyre pressure telltale. When the sys- 3. The Low tyre pressure position
tem detects a malfunction, the telltale telltale remains illuminated.
will flash for approximately 1 minute
and then remain continuously illumi-
nated. This sequence will continue
upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists. When
the TPMS malfunction indicator
remains illuminated after blinking for
approximately 1 minute, the system
may not be able to detect or signal
low tyre pressure as intended.
6 13
Low tyre pressure If either telltale illuminates, immedi- • The TPMS malfunction indicator
telltale ately reduce your speed, avoid hard may blink for approximately 1
cornering and anticipate increased minute and then remain continu-
stopping distances. You should stop ously illuminated because the
and check your tyres as soon as pos- TPMS sensor is not mounted on
sible. Inflate the tyres to the cold tyre the spare wheel. (changed tyre
recommended pressure as indicated equipped with a sensor not in the
on the vehicle’s placard or tyre infla- vehicle)
tion pressure label located on the dri- • The TPMS malfunction indicator
ver’s side centre pillar outer panel. will remain continuously illuminated
Refer to “Tyres and wheels” in chap- whilst driving because the TPMS
ter 8. If you cannot reach a service sensor is not mounted on the spare
station or if the tyre cannot hold the wheel. (changed tyre equipped with
newly added air, replace the low a sensor in the vehicle)
pressure tyre with a spare tyre.
If you drive the vehicle for about 10
ODEP069064R minutes at speeds above 25 km/h
after replaceing the low pressure tyre
When the tyre pressure monitoring with the spare tyre, one of the follow-
system warning indicators are illumi-
ing will happen:
nated and warning massage dis-
played on the cluster LCD display,
one or more of your tyres is signifi-
cantly under-inflated. The low tyre
pressure position telltale light will
indicate which tyre is significantly
under-inflated by illuminating the cor-
responding position light.
6 14
(Continued) TPMS (Tyre Pressure

CAUTION Monitoring System)
• In winter or cold weather, the • When filling tyres with more malfunction indicator
low tyre pressure telltale may air, conditions to turn off the
illuminate if the tyre pressure low tyre pressure telltale may
was adjusted to the recom- not be met. This is because a The TPMS malfunction indicator will
mended tyre inflation pres- tyre inflator has a margin of illuminate after it blinks for approxi-
sure in warm weather. It does error in performance. The low mately one minute when there is a
not mean your TPMS is mal- tyre pressure telltale will be problem with the Tyre Pressure
functioning because the turned off if the tyre pressure Monitoring System.
decreased temperature leads is above the recommended
tyre inflation pressure. In this case, have the system checked
to a lowering of tyre pressure. by a professional workshop to deter-
When you drive your vehicle mine the cause of the problem. Kia
from a warm area to a cold area recommends to visit an authorised
or from a cold area to a warm WARNING - Low pressure Kia dealer/service partner.
area, or the outside tempera- damage
ture is higher or lower, you Significantly low tyre pressure
should check the tyre inflation makes the vehicle unstable and ✽ NOTICE
pressure and adjust the tyres can contribute to loss of vehicle If there is a malfunction with the
to the recommended tyre infla- control and increased braking TPMS, the low tyre pressure posi-
tion pressure. distances. tion telltale will not be displayed
(Continued) Continued driving on low pres- even though the vehicle has an
sure tyres can cause the tyres under-inflated tyre.
to overheat and fail.
6 15
(Continued) Changing a tyre with TPMS

CAUTION
• The TPMS malfunction indica- If you have a flat tyre, the low Tyre
• The TPMS malfunction indica- Pressure and Position telltales will
tor may blink for approximate- tor may blink for approximate-
ly 1 minute and then remain come on. In this case, have the sys-
ly 1 minute and then remain tem checked by a professional work-
continuously illuminated if the continuously illuminated if
snow chains are used or some shop. Kia recommends to visit an
vehicle is moving around elec- authorised Kia dealer/service part-
tric power supply cables or separate electronic devices
such as notebook computer, ner.
radios transmitter such as at
police stations, government mobile charger, remote starter
and public offices, broadcast- or navigation etc., are used in CAUTION
ing stations, military installa- the vehicle. We recommend that you use the
tions, airports, or transmitting This can interfere with normal sealant approved by Kia.
towers, etc. This can interfere operation of the Tyre Pressure The sealant on the tyre pressure
with normal operation of the Monitoring System (TPMS). sensor and wheel shall be elem-
Tyre Pressure Monitoring inated when you replace the
System (TPMS). tyre with a new one.
(Continued)
Each wheel is equipped with a tyre
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tyre behind the valve stem. You must
use TPMS specific wheels. Have your
tyres serviced by a professional work-
6 16
If you drive the vehicle for about 10 You may not be able to identify a low
minutes at speeds above 25 km/h tyre by simply looking at it. Always WARNING - TPMS
after replaceing the low pressure tyre use a good quality tyre pressure • The TPMS cannot alert you to
with the spare tyre, one of the follow- gauge to measure the tyre's inflation severe and sudden tyre dam-
ing will happen: pressure. Please note that a tyre that age caused by external fac-
• The TPMS malfunction indicator is hot (from being driven) will have a tors such as nails or road
may blink for approximately 1 higher pressure measurement than a debris.
minute and then remain continuous- tyre that is cold (from sitting station-
• If you feel any vehicle instabil-
ly illuminated because the TPMS ary for at least 3 hours and driven
ity, immediately take your foot
sensor is not mounted on the spare less than 1.6 km (1 mile) during that
off the accelerator, apply the
wheel. (changed tyre equipped with 3 hour period).
brakes gradually and with
a sensor not in the vehicle) Allow the tyre to cool before measur- light force, and slowly move to
• The TPMS malfunction indicator ing the inflation pressure. Always be a safe position off the road.
will remain continuously illuminated sure the tyre is cold before inflating
whilst driving because the TPMS to the recommended pressure.
sensor is not mounted on the spare A cold tyre means the vehicle has
wheel. (changed tyre equipped with been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
a sensor in the vehicle) less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3
hour period.
CAUTION
We recommend that you use the
sealant approved by Kia if your
vehicle is equipped with a Tyre
Pressure Monitoring System.
The liquid sealant can damage
the tyre pressure sensors.
6 17
WARNING - Protecting WARNING - For EUROPE (Continued)

TPMS • Do not modify the vehicle, it ❈ All vehicles sold in the
may interfere with the TPMS EUROPE market during
Tampering with, modifying, or
function. below period must be
disabling the Tyre Pressure
equipped with TPMS.
Monitoring System (TPMS) • The wheels on the market do
components may interfere with not have a TPMS sensor. - New model vehicle :
the system's ability to warn the Nov. 1, 2012 ~
For your safety, use parts for
driver of low tyre pressure con- - Current model vehicle :
replacement from a profes-
ditions and/or TPMS malfunc- Nov. 1, 2014~ (Based on
tions. Tampering with, modify- vehicle registrations)
ing, or disabling the Tyre
(TPMS) components may void • If you use the wheels on the
the warranty for that portion of market, use a TPMS sensor
the vehicle. approved by an authorised
Kia dealer.
If your vehicle is not equipped
with a TPMS sensor or TPMS
does not work properly, you
may fail the periodic vehicle
inspection conducted in your
country.
(Continued)
6 18
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TYRE (WITH SPARE TYRE) (IF EQUIPPED)

Jack and tools Jacking instructions
(Continued)
The jack is provided for emergency
tyre changing only. • Be sure to use the correct
front and rear jacking posi-
To prevent the jack from “rattling” tions on the vehicle; never
whilst the vehicle is in motion, store it use the bumpers or any other
properly. part of the vehicle for jacking
Follow jacking instructions to reduce support.
the possibility of personal injury. • The vehicle can roll off the
jack causing serious injury or
death.
WARNING - Changing
tyres • Do not get under a vehicle
that is supported by a jack.
ODEP069004L • Never attempt vehicle repairs
in the traffic lanes of a public • Do not start or run the engine
The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut road or highway. whilst the vehicle is on the
wrench are stored in the luggage jack.
compartment. • Always move the vehicle com-
pletely off the road and onto • Do not allow anyone remain in
Pull up the luggage box cover to the shoulder before trying to the vehicle whilst it is on the
reach this equipment. change a tyre. The jack should jack.
(1) Jack handle be used on firm level ground. • Make sure any children pres-
(2) Jack If you cannot find a firm level ent are in a secure place away
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench place off the road, call a tow- from the road and from the
ing service company for vehicle to be raised with the
assistance. jack.
(Continued)
6 19
Removing and storing the

spare tyre WARNING
Ensure the spare tyre retainer is
properly aligned with the centre
of the spare tyre to prevent the
spare tyre from “rattling”.
Otherwise, it may cause the
spare tyre to fall off the carrier
and lead to an accident.
OQL065032
If it is hard to loosen the tyre hold-
OQL065031
down wing bolt by hand, you can
loosen it easily using the jack handle.
Turn the tyre hold-down wing bolt 1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of
counterclockwise. the tyre hold-down wing bolt.
Store the tyre in the reverse order of 2. Turn the tyre hold-down wing bolt
removal. counterclockwise with the jack
To prevent the spare tyre and tools handle.
from “rattling” whilst the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
6 20
Changing tyres
WARNING - Changing a
tyre
• To prevent vehicle movement
whilst changing a tyre, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
• We recommend that the
wheels of the vehicle be
1VQA4023 chocked, and that no person
1VQA4022 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, remain in a vehicle that is
jack, jack handle, and spare tyre being jacked.
1. Park on a level surface and apply from the vehicle.
the parking brake firmly. 5. Block both the front and rear of
2. Shift the shift lever into P (Park) wheel that is diagonally opposite
with dual clutch transmission. the jack position.
3. Activate the hazard warning flasher.
6 21
WARNING - Jack
location
To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle
and in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
ODEP061026L
ODEP061025L
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-
terclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tyre
has been raised off the ground.
ODEP061027L
7. Place the jack at the front (1) or
rear (2) jacking position closest to
the tyre you are changing. Place
the jack at the designated loca-
tions under the frame. The jacking
positions are plates welded to the
frame with two tabs and a raised
dot to index with the jack.
6 22
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and

remove them with your fingers. WARNING
Slide the wheel off the studs and Wheels may have sharp edges.
lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To Handle them carefully to avoid
put the wheel on the hub, pick up possible severe injury. Before
the spare tyre, line up the holes putting the wheel into place, be
with the studs and slide the wheel sure that there is nothing on the
onto them. hub or wheel (such as mud, tar,
If this is difficult, tip the wheel gravel, etc.) that interferes with
slightly and get the top hole in the the wheel from fitting solidly
wheel lined up with the top stud. against the hub.
ODEP069028L Then jiggle the wheel back and If there is, remove it. If there is
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack forth until the wheel can be slid not good contact on the mount-
and turn it clockwise, raising the over the other studs. ing surface between the wheel
vehicle until the tyre just clears the and hub, the wheel nuts could
ground. This measurement is come loose and cause the loss
approximately 30 mm (1.2 in). of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may
Before removing the wheel lug result in loss of control of the
nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta- vehicle. This may cause serious
ble and that there is no chance for injury or death.
movement or slippage.
6 23
10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it on If you have a tyre gauge, remove the
the studs, put the wheel nuts on valve cap and check the air pressure.
the studs and tighten them finger If the pressure is lower than recom-
tight. Jiggle the tyre to be sure it mended, drive slowly to the nearest
is completely seated, then tight- service station and inflate to the cor-
en the nuts as much as possible rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust it
with your fingers again. until it is correct. Always reinstall the
11. Lower the vehicle to the ground valve cap after checking or adjusting
by turning the wheel nut wrench tyre pressure. If the cap is not
counterclockwise. replaced, air may leak from the tyre. If
you lose a valve cap, buy another and
ODEP061029L install it as soon as possible.
Then position the wrench as shown After you have changed wheels,
in the drawing and tighten the wheel always secure the flat tyre in its place
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated and return the jack and tools to their
completely over the nut. Do not stand proper storage locations.
on the wrench handle or use an
extension pipe over the wrench han-
dle. Go around the wheel tightening
every other nut until they are all tight.
Then double-check each nut for
tightness. After changing wheels,
have the system checked by a pro-
fessional workshop. Kia recom-
Wheel nut tightening torque:

Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:
11~13 kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft)
6 24
Important - use of compact spare

CAUTION WARNING - Wheel studs tyre (if equipped)
Your vehicle has metric threads If the studs are damaged, they Your vehicle is equipped with a com-
on the wheel studs and nuts. may lose their ability to retain pact spare tyre. This compact spare
Make certain during wheel the wheel. This could lead to the tyre takes up less space than a reg-
removal that the same nuts that loss of the wheel and a collision ular-size tyre. This tyre is smaller
were removed are reinstalled - resulting in serious injuries. than a conventional tyre and is
or, if replaced, that nuts with designed for temporary use only.
metric threads and the same
chamfer configuration are used. To prevent the jack, jack handle,
Installation of a non-metric wheel lug nut wrench and spare tyre CAUTION
thread nut on a metric stud or from rattling whilst the vehicle is in • You should drive carefully
vice-versa will not secure the motion, store them properly. when the compact spare is in
wheel to the hub properly and use. The compact spare
will damage the stud so that it should be replaced by the
must be replaced. WARNING - Inadequate proper conventional tyre and
spare tyre pressure rim at the first opportunity.
Note that most lug nuts do not
have metric threads. Be sure to Check the inflation pressures • The operation of this vehicle
use extreme care in checking as soon as possible after is not recommended with
for thread style before installing installing the spare tyre. Adjust more than one compact spare
aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. it to the specified pressure, if tyre in use at the same time.
If in doubt, consult a profession- necessary. Refer to “Tyres and
al workshop. Kia recommends wheels” in chapter 8.
to consult an authorised Kia
6 25
When using a compact spare tyre, • Avoid driving over obstacles. The
WARNING observe the following precautions: compact spare tyre diameter is
The compact spare tyre is for • Under no circumstances should you smaller than the diameter of a con-
emergency use only. Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a higher ventional tyre and reduces the
operate your vehicle on this speed could damage the tyre. ground clearance approximately
compact spare at the speed 2.5 cm (1 inch), which could result
• Ensure that you drive slowly in damage to the vehicle.
over 80 km/h (50 mph). The orig- enough to avoid all hazards. Any
inal tyre should be repaired or road hazard, such as a pothole or • Do not take the vehicle through an
replaced as soon as possible to debris, could seriously damage the automatic car wash whilst the com-
avoid failure of the spare possi- compact spare. pact spare tyre is installed.
bly leading to personal injury or • Do not use tyre chains on the tem-
death. • Any continuous road use of this
tyre could result in tyre failure, loss porary compact tyre. Because of
of vehicle control, and possible the smaller size, a tyre chain will
personal injury. not fit properly. This could damage
The compact spare should be inflat- the vehicle and result in loss of the
ed to 420 kPa (60 psi). • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi- chain.
mum load rating or the load-carry-
ing capacity shown on the sidewall • Temporary compact tyre should
✽ NOTICE of the compact spare tyre. not be installed on the front axle if
Check the inflation pressure after the vehicle must be driven in snow
installing the spare tyre. Adjust it to or on ice.
the specified pressure, as necessary.
6 26
• Do not use the temporary compact • Do not use more than one tempo-
tyre on any other vehicle because rary compact tyre at a time.
this tyre has been designed espe- • Do not tow a trailer whilst the tem-
cially for your vehicle. porary compact tyre is installed.
• The temporary compact tyre tread
life is shorter than a regular tyre.
Inspect your temporary compact
tyre regularly and replace worn
compact spare tyres with the same
size and design, mounted on the
same wheel.
• The temporary compact tyre
should not be used on any other
wheels, nor should standard tyres,
snow tyres, wheel covers or trim
rings be used with the temporary
compact spare wheel. If such use
is attempted, damage to these
items or other car components
may occur.
6 27
Jack label 1. Model Name

■ Example 2. Maximum allowable load
• Type A 3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
OHYK064001 the frame.
• Type B
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Move the shift lever to the P posi-
tion on vehicles with dual clutch
transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm
OHYK064005 level ground.
• Type C
10. Jack manufacturer
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
OHYK064002
❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
6 28
EC Declaration of Conformity for Jack
OUM074110L
6 29
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TYRE (WITH TYRE MOBILITY KIT) (IF EQUIPPED)
■ 18 inch The Tyre Mobility Kit is a temporary
fix to the tyre and have the tyre WARNING - Tyre wall
inspected by a professional work- Do not use the Tyre Mobility Kit
shop as soon as possible. Kia rec- to repair punctures in the tyre
ommends to visit an authorised Kia walls. This can result in an acci-
dealer/service partner. dent due to tyre failure.
CAUTION - One sealant

for one tyre WARNING - Temporary fix
ODEP069004 When two or more tyres are flat, Have your tyre repaired as soon
■ 16 inch tyre do not use the tyre mobility kit as possible. The tyre may lose
because the one supplied canis- air pressure at any time after
ter of sealant in the Tyre Mobility inflating with the Tyre Mobility
Kit is to only enough sealant for Kit.
one flat tyre.
ODEP069020
Please read the instructions before
using the Tyre Mobility Kit.
(1) Compressor
(2) Sealant bottle
6 30
Introduction The system of compressor and seal-

CAUTION ing compound effectively and com-
■ 18 inch tyre
• When replacing or repairing fortably seals most punctures in a
the tyre after using tyre passenger car tyre caused by nails
sealant, make certain to or similar objects and reinflates the
remove the sealant attached tyre.
to the inner part of the tyre, After you ensured that the tyre is
including the tyre air pressure properly sealed you can drive cau-
detection sensor and wheel. If tiously on the tyre (up to 200 km (120
the sealant is not removed, miles)) at a max. speed of 80 km/h
noise and vibration may (50 mph) in order to reach a vehicle or
occur, and the tyre air pres- ODEP069005 tyre dealer to have the tyre replaced.
sure detection sensor may be ■ 16 inch tyre It is possible that some tyres, espe-
damaged. cially with larger punctures or dam-
• We recommend use original age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed
Kia manufactured sealant. completely.
Using aftermarket sealant may Air pressure loss in the tyre may
damage the tyre air pressure adversely affect tyre performance.
detection sensor.
For this reason, you should avoid
• If the TPMS warning light illumi- abrupt steering or other driving
nates after using the TMK, have manoeuvres, especially if the vehicle
your vehicle inspected by a pro- is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in
fessional workshop. Kia recom- ODEP061021R
use.
mends to contact an authorised With the Tyre Mobility Kit (TMK) you
Kia dealer/service partner. The TMK is not designed or intended
stay mobile even after experiencing a
as a permanent tyre repair method
tyre puncture.
and is to be used for one tyre only.
6 31
This instruction shows you step by

step how to temporarily seal the
puncture simply and reliably.
Read the section "Notes on the safe
use of the TMK".
WARNING
Do not use the TMK if a tyre is
severely damaged by driving
run flat or with insufficient air
pressure.
Only punctured areas located
within the tread region of the
tyre can be sealed using the
TMK.
6 32
Components of the Tyre Mobility Kit (TMK) 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the
tyre inflation pressure
9. Button for reducing tyre inflation
pressure
Connectors, cable and connection
hose are stored in the compressor
housing.
WARNING
Before using the Tyre Mobility
Kit, follow the instructions on
the sealant bottle.
Remove the label with the
speed restriction from the
sealant bottle and apply it to the
steering wheel.
Please note the expiry date on
the sealant bottle.
ODE067044
1. Speed restriction label 4. Connectors and cable for the

2. Sealant bottle and label with power outlet direct connection
speed restriction 5. Holder for the sealant bottle
3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to 6. Compressor
wheel 7. On/off switch
6 33
Using the TMK
ODEP067048 OKIA067011
ODEP061006R Carefully follow below steps. 3. Connect the filling hose (3) onto the
2. Shake the sealant bottle. connector of the sealant bottle (A).
1. Detach the speed restriction label 4. Ensure that button (9) on the com-
(1) from the sealant bottle (2), and pressor is not pressed.
place it in a highly visible place
inside the vehicle such as on the
steering wheel to remind the driv-
er not to drive too fast.
6 34
CAUTION
Securely install the sealant fill-
ing hose to the valve. If not,
sealant may flow backward, pos-
sibly clogging the filling hose.
ODEP061007L ODEP069008R
5. Unscrew the valve cap from the 8. Connect between compressor and
valve of the flat tyre and screw fill- the vehicle power outlet using the
ing hose (3) of the sealant bottle cable and connectors (4).
onto the valve. 9. With the engine start/stop button
6. Insert the sealant bottle into the position on or ignition switch posi-
housing (5) of the compressor so tion on, switch on the compressor
that the bottle is upright. and let it run for approximately 5~7
7. Ensure that the compressor is minutes to fill the sealant up to
switched off, position 0. cold tyre recommended pressure.
(refer to the Tyre and Wheels,
chapter 8). The inflation pressure
of the tyre after filling is unimpor-
tant and will be checked/corrected
later.
Be careful not to overinflate the
tyre and stay away from the tyre
when filling it.
6 35
When the tyre and wheel are dam- 10. Switch off the compressor. Distributing the sealant
aged, do not use Tyre Mobility Kit for 11. Detach the hoses from the
your safety. sealant bottle connector and
from the tyre valve.
CAUTION - Tyre pressure Return the TMK to its storage loca-
Do not attempt to drive your tion in the vehicle.
vehicle if the tyre pressure is
below 250 kPa (36 psi/2.5 bar). WARNING - Carbon
This could result in an accident monoxide
due to sudden tyre failure.
Carbon monoxide poisoning
and suffocation is possible if
the engine is left running in a
OTAM061030
poorly ventilated or unventilat-
ed location (such as inside a 12. Immediately drive approximately
building). 7~10 km (4~6 miles or, about 10
min) to evenly distribute the
sealant in the tyre.
6 36
Checking the tyre inflation 4. Adjust the tyre inflation pressure

CAUTION pressure to the cold tyre recommended
Do not exceed a speed of 60 pressure as indicated on the vehi-
1. After driving approximately 7~10
km/h (35 mph). If possible, do cle’s placard or tyre inflation pres-
km (4~6 miles or about 10 min-
not fall below a speed of 20 sure label located on the driver’s
utes), stop at a suitable location.
km/h (12 mph). side centre pillar outer panel. (In
2. Connect the filling hose (3) of the this owner’s manual, refer to the
Whilst driving, if you experience compressor (clip mounted side)
any unusual vibration, ride dis- Tyre and Wheels, chapter 8.)
directly and then connect the filling
turbance or noise, reduce your - To increase the inflation pres-
hose (3) (opposite side) to the tyre
speed and drive with caution sure: Switch on the compressor,
valve.
until you can safely pull off of position I. To check the current
the side of the road. Call for 3. Connect between compressor and inflation pressure setting, briefly
road side service or towing. the vehicle power outlet using the switch off the compressor.
cable and connectors.
When you use the Tyre Mobility
Kit, the tyre pressure sensors WARNING
and wheel may be stained by Do not let the compressor run
sealant. Therefore, remove the for more than 10 minutes, other-
tyre pressure sensors and wise the device will overheat
wheel stained by sealant and and may be damaged.
have the vehicle inspected at a
professional workshop. Kia rec-
ommends to visit an authorised
6 37
- To reduce the inflation pres- Notes on the safe use of the

sure: Press the button (9) on the WARNING Tyre Mobility Kit
compressor. The tyre inflation pressure must • Park your car at the side of the
be at least 250 kPa (36 psi/2.5 road so that you can work with the
CAUTION bar). If it is not, do not continue TMK away from moving traffic.
driving. Call for road side serv- Place your warning triangle in a
If the inflation pressure is not ice or towing.
maintained, drive the vehicle a prominent place to make passing
second time, refer to vehicles aware of your location.
Distributing the sealant. Then • To be sure your vehicle will not
repeat steps 1 to 4. move, even when you're on fairly
Use of the TMK may be ineffec- level ground, always set your park-
tual for tyre damage larger than ing brake.
approximately 4 mm (0.16 in). • Only use the TMK for sealing/infla-
Contact a professional work- tion passenger car tyres. Do not
shop if the tyre cannot be made use on motorcycles, bicycles or
roadworthy with the Tyre any other type of tyres.
Mobility Kit. Kia recommends to • Do not remove any foreign objects-
visit an authorised Kia such as nails or screws -that have
dealer/service partner. penetrated the tyre.
• Before using the TMK, read the
precautionary advice printed on
the sealant bottle!
• Provided the car is outdoors, leave
the engine running. Otherwise
operating the compressor may
eventually drain the car battery.
6 38
• Never leave the TMK unattended

whilst it is being used.
• Do not leave the compressor run-
ning for more than 10 min. at a time
or it may overheat.
• Do not use the TMK if the ambient
temperature is below -30°C (-22°F).
• When the tyre and wheel are dam-
aged, do not use Tyre Mobility Kit
for your safety.
6 39
Tyre Mobility Kit Technical Data

Technical Data 18 inch tyre 16 inch tyre
System Voltage DC 12 V DC 12 V
Operating Voltage DC 10 – 15 V DC 10 – 15 V
Operating Current MAX. 10 ± 1 A (at DC 12V operation) MAX. 10 ± 1 A (at DC 12V operation)
Suitable for use at temperatures - 30 ~ + 70 °C (- 22 ~ + 158 °F) - 30 ~ + 70 °C (- 22 ~ + 158 °F)
Max. working pressure 6 bar (87 psi) 6 bar (87 psi)
Compressor 161 X 150 X 55.8 mm (6.3 X 5.9 X 2.2 in.) 161 X 150 X 55.8 mm (6.3 X 5.9 X 2.2 in.)
Sealant bottle ø 85 X 104 mm (ø 3.3 X 4.1 in.) ø 85 X 81 mm (ø 3.3 X 3.2 in.)
Size
Compressor weight 650 ± 30 g (1.43 ± 0.07 lbs) 650 ± 30 g (1.43 ± 0.07 lbs)
Sealant volume 300 ml (18.3 cu. in) 200 ml (12.2 cu. in.)
❈ Sealant and spare parts can be obtained and replaced at an authorised vehicle or tyre dealer. Empty sealant bot-
tles may be disposed of at home. Liquid residue from the sealant should be disposed of by your vehicle or tyre deal-
er or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations.
6 40
TOWING
Towing service On FWD vehicles, it is acceptable to
tow the vehicle with the rear wheels
on the ground (without dollies) and
the front wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or sus-
pension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the ODE066012
front wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear. ODE066011
CAUTION
ODEP061237L • Do not tow the vehicle back-
If emergency towing is necessary, wards with the front wheels on
we recommend having it done by an the ground as this may cause
authorised Kia dealer or a commer- damage to the vehicle.
cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting • Do not tow with sling-type
and towing procedures are neces- equipment. Use wheel lift or
sary to prevent damage to the vehi- flatbed equipment.
cle. The use of wheel dollies (1) or
flatbed is recommended.
6 41
When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook 3. Install the towing hook by turning it
emergency without wheel dollies : (if equipped) clockwise into the hole until it is
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC fully secured.
■ Front
position. 4. Remove the towing hook and
2. Place the transmission shift lever install the cover after use.
in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Failure to place the transmis-
sion shift lever in N (Neutral)
may cause internal damage to ODEP069014
■ Rear
the transmission.
ODEP069015
1. Open the tailgate, and remove the

towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
bumper.
6 42
Emergency towing If towing service is not available in an

emergency, your vehicle may be CAUTION
■ Front
temporarily towed using a cable or • Attach a towing strap to the
chain secured to the emergency tow- tow hook.
ing hook under the front (or rear) of • Using a portion of the vehicle
the vehicle. Use extreme caution other than the tow hooks for
when towing the vehicle. A driver towing may damage the body
must be in the vehicle to steer it and of your vehicle.
operate the brakes.
• Use only a cable or chain
Towing in this manner may be done specifically intended for use
only on hard-surfaced roads for a in towing vehicles. Securely
ODEP061016L short distance and at low speed. fasten the cable or chain to
■ Rear Also, the wheels, axles, power train, the towing hook provided.
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition. • Accelerate or decelerate the
vehicle in a slow and gradual
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a manner whilst maintaining
vehicle out of mud, sand or other tension on the tow rope or
conditions from which the vehicle chain to start or drive the vehi-
cannot be driven out under its own cle, otherwise tow hooks and
power. the vehicle may be damaged.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than
the vehicle doing the towing.
ODEP061017L
• The drivers of both vehicles should
If towing is necessary, we recom- communicate with each other fre-
mend you to have it done by an quently.
authorised Kia dealer or a com-
mercial tow truck service.
6 43
• Before emergency towing, check if

the hook is not broken or dam- WARNING
aged. Use extreme caution when tow-
• Fasten the towing cable or chain ing the vehicle.
securely to the hook. • Avoid sudden starts or erratic
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it driving manoeuvres which
steadily and with even force. would place excessive stress
• To avoid damaging the hook, do on the emergency towing hook
not pull from the side or at a verti- and towing cable or chain. The
cal angle. Always pull straight hook and towing cable or
ahead. chain may break and cause
serious injury or damage. ODEP061238L
• If the disabled vehicle is • Use a towing strap less than 5 m

unable to be moved, do not (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red
forcibly continue the towing. cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches)
We recommend that you con- wide) in the middle of the strap for
tact an authorised Kia dealer easy visibility.
or a commercial tow truck • Drive carefully so that the towing
service for assistance. strap is not loosened during tow-
• Tow the vehicle as straight ing.
ahead as possible. • The driver must be in the vehicle
• Keep away from the vehicle for steering and braking operations
during towing. when the vehicle is towed and pas-
sengers other than the driver must
not be allowed to be on board.
6 44
Emergency towing precautions

• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so CAUTION - Dual clutch
the steering wheel isn’t locked. transmission
• Place the transmission shift lever in • If the car is being towed with
N (Neutral). all four wheels on the ground,
it can be towed only from the
• Release the parking bake. front. Be sure that the trans-
• Press the brake pedal with more mission is in neutral. Be sure
force than normal since you will the steering is unlocked by
have reduced brake performance. placing the ignition switch in
• More steering effort will be the ACC position. A driver
required because the power steer- must be in the towed vehicle
ing system will be disabled. to operate the steering and
brakes.
• If you are driving down a long hill,
the brakes may overheat and brake • Before towing, check the dual
performance will be reduced. Stop clutch transmission for fluid
often and let the brakes cool off. leaks under your vehicle. If the
dual clutch transmission fluid
• To avoid serious damage to the
is leaking, flatbed equipment
dual clutch transmission, limit the
or a towing dolly must be used.
vehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph)
and drive less than 1.5 km (1 mile)
when towing. (for Dual clutch trans-
mission vehicle.)
6 45
IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS
WARNING (Continued) WARNING

• For your safety, do not touch • If you need towing, refer to If a small scale fire occurs, use
high voltage cables, connec- "Towing" in the previous a fire extinguisher (ABC, BC)
tors and package modules. pages. that is meant for electrical fires.
High voltage components are • When the vehicle is severely If it is impossible to extinguish
orange in colour. damaged, remain a safe dis- the fire in the early stage,
• Exposed cables or wires may tance of 15 meter or more remain a safe distance from the
be visible inside or outside of between your vehicle and vehicle and immediately call
the vehicle. Never touch the other vehicles/flammables. your local fire emergency
wires or cables, because an responders. Also, advise them
electrical shock, an injury, or a that a hybrid vehicle is involved.
death may occur. If the fire spreads to the high
• Any gas or electrolyte leakage voltage battery, large amount of
from your vehicle is not only water is needed to put out the
poisonous but also flammable. fire.
Upon witnessing one of those, Using small amount of water or
open the windows, and remain fire extinguishers not meant for
a safe distance from the vehi- electrical fires could cause seri-
cle out of the road. ous injury or death from electri-
Immediately contact a profes- cal shocks.
sional work shop and advise
them that a hybrid vehicle is
involved. Kia recommends to
contact an authorised Kia
(Continued)
6 46
WARNING
When a submersion in water
occurs:
When your vehicle is flooded in
water, a high-voltage battery
may cause shock or may catch
on fire. Thus, turn the hybrid
system OFF, take the key in
your possession and move to a
safe place. Never attempt phys-
ical contact with your flooded
vehicle. Immediately contact a
professional work shop and
advise them that a hybrid vehi-
cle is involved. Kia recom-
mends to contact an authorised
6 47
EMERGENCY COMMODITY (IF EQUIPPED)

There are some emergency com- First aid kit To check the tyre pressure, take the
modities in the vehicle to help you There are some items such as scis- following steps;
respond to the emergency situation. sors, bandage and adhesive tape 1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap
and etc. in the kit to give first aid to that is located on the rim of the
Fire extinguisher an injured person. tyre.
If there is small fire and you know 2. Press and hold the gauge against
how to use the fire extinguisher, take Triangle reflector the tyre valve. Some air will
the following steps carefully. escape as you begin and more will
Place the triangle reflector on the escape if you don't press the
1. Pull the pin at the top of the extin- road to warn oncoming vehicles dur- gauge in firmly.
guisher that keeps the handle from ing emergencies, such as when the
being accidentally pressed. 3. A firm non-leaking push will acti-
vehicle is parked by the roadside due vate the gauge.
2. Aim the nozzle toward the base of to any problems.
the fire. 4. Read the tyre pressure on the
gauge to know whether the tyre
3. Stand approximately 2.5 m (8 ft) Tyre pressure gauge pressure is low or high.
away from the fire and squeeze (If equipped)
the handle to discharge the extin- 5. Adjust the tyre pressures to the
guisher. If you release the handle, Tyres normally lose some air in day- specified pressure. Refer to “Tyres
the discharge will stop. to-day use, and you may have to add and wheels” in chapter 8.
a few pounds of air periodically and it 6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap.
4. Sweep the nozzle back and forth is not usually a sign of a leaking tyre,
at the base of the fire. After the fire but of normal wear. Always check
appears to be out, watch it careful- tyre pressure when the tyres are cold
ly since it may re-ignite. because tyre pressure increases
with temperature.
6 48
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 • Fuel tank and fuel cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 • Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 • Air cleaner filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
• Owner maintenanceprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 • Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 • Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
• Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 • Coolant (Engine / Inverter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
• Dual clutch transmission fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
• Brake hoses and lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Scheduled maintenance service precaution . . . . . . . 7-10
• Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine
• Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
[For Australia and New Zealand] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
• Brake discs, pads and calipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - For
• Suspension mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Petrol Engine [For Australia and New Zealand] . . 7-15
• Steering gear box, linkage &
• Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine
boots/lower arm ball joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
[For Europe (Except Russia)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
• Drive shafts and boots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - For
• Air conditioning refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Petrol Engine [For Europe (Except Russia)] . . . . . 7-21
• Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
[Except Europe (Including Russia)] . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 • Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
7
• Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions- For Petrol
Engine [Except Europe (Including Russia)]. . . . . . 7-28 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-30 • Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
• Engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 • Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
• HSG (Hybrid starter & generator) belt . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 • Inverter coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
• Fuel filter (for petrol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 • Recommended coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
• Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 • Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 • Wheel alignment and tyre balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
• Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 • Tyre replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
Engine clutch actuator fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 • Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
• Checking the engine clutch actuator fluid level . . . . 7-43 • Tyre traction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45 • Tyre maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45 • Tyre sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
• Low aspect ratio tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
• Checking the parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
• Inner panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
• Engine compartment fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
• Fuse/relay panel description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
• Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100
• Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 • Light bulb position (Front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102
• Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103
• Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-104
Battery (Plug-in Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54 • Headlamp (High/Low beam) (Bulb type) bulb
• For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54 replacement (Headlamp type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-104
• Battery capacity label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56 • Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb
7 • Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56 replacement (Headlamp type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105
• Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57 • Headlamp (High/Low beam) (LED type) bulb
Tyres and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58 replacement (Headlamp type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-106
• Tyre care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58 • Front turn signal (LED type) bulb replacement
• Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures . . . . . . 7-58 (Headlamp type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-106
• Checking tyre inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59 • Daytime running lamp/Position lamp (LED type) bulb
• Tyre rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60 replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107
• Front fog lamp (Bulb/LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-107 Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-132
• Stop and tail lamp, Rear turn signal lamp • Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-132
(Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-108 • Evaporative emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . 7-132
• Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-109 • Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-133
• Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . 7-110
• Rear fog lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . 7-110
• Back-up lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . 7-111
• License plate lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . 7-111
• High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-112
• Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-112
• Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-112
• Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-113
• Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . 7-113
• Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . 7-114
• Room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . 7-115
• Tailgate room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-115
• Tailgate room lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-116
• Headlamp and front fog lamp aiming 7
(for Europe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-116
Appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-123
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-123
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-129
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ (Petrol) 1.6L GDi
1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Engine oil dipstick
4. Brake fluid reservoir
5. Inverter coolant reservoir
6. Fuse box
7. Engine clutch actuator reservoir tank
8. Air cleaner
9. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODEP079115R
7 4
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility Owner maintenance
to prevent damage to your vehicle precautions
and injury to yourself whenever per- ✽ NOTICE
Improper or incomplete service may
forming any maintenance or inspec- Maintenance Service and Record result in problems. This section gives
tion procedures. Retention are the owner's responsi- instructions only for the maintenance
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- bility. items that are easy to perform.
cient servicing may result in opera-
tional problems with your vehicle that Have your vehicle serviced by a pro-
could lead to vehicle damage, an fessional workshop. Kia recom-
accident, or personal injury. mends to visit an authorised Kia
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accor-
dance with the scheduled mainte-
nance service charts shown on the
following pages.
You need this information to estab-
lish your compliance with the servic-
ing and maintenance requirements
of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is pro-
vided in your Warranty &
Maintenance book.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered when your vehicle is
covered by warranty.
7 5
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE (Continued)
Improper owner maintenance dur- WARNING
- Maintenance work Therefore, if you must run the
ing the warranty period may affect engine whilst working under
warranty coverage. For details, read • Performing maintenance work
the bonnet, make certain that
the separate Warranty & on a vehicle can be danger-
you remove all jewelry (espe-
Maintenance book provided with the ous. You can be seriously
cially rings, bracelets, watches,
vehicle. If you're unsure about any injured whilst performing
and necklaces) and all neck-
servicing or maintenance procedure, some maintenance proce-
ties, scarves, and similar loose
have the system serviced by a profes- dures. If you lack sufficient
clothing before getting near the
sional workshop. Kia recommends to knowledge and experience or
engine or cooling fans.
visit an authorised Kia dealer/serv- the proper tools and equip-
ice partner. ment to do the work, have the
system serviced by a profes-
• Working under the bonnet
with the engine running is
dangerous. It becomes even
more dangerous when you
wear jewelry or loose cloth-
ing. These can become entan-
gled in moving parts and
result in injury.
(Continued)
7 6
Maintenance
CAUTION (Continued)
• Do not put heavy objects or • Before touching the battery,
apply excessive force on top of ignition cables and electrical
the engine cover or fuel related wiring, you should disconnect
parts. the battery "-" terminal. You
may get an electric shock
• When you inspect the fuel from the electric current.
system (fuel lines and fuel
injection devices), contact a • When you remove the interior
professional workshop. Kia trim cover with a flat bed (-)
recommends to visit an autho- driver, be careful not to dam-
rised Kia dealer/service part- age the cover.
ner. • Be careful when you replace
• Do not drive long time with the and clean bulbs to avoid
engine cover removed. burns or electrical shock.
• When checking the engine
room, do not go near fire.
Fuel, washer fluid, etc. are
flammable oils that may cause
fire.
(Continued)
7 7
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule Whilst operating your vehicle:
and inspections that should be per- • Note any changes in the sound of
formed at the frequencies indicated
When you stop for fuel:
the exhaust or any smell of
to help ensure safe, dependable • Check the coolant level in the
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
operation of your vehicle. coolant reservoir.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
Any adverse conditions should be • Check the windscreen washer fluid
wheel. Notice any increased steer-
brought to the attention of your deal- level.
ing effort or looseness in the steer-
er as soon as possible. • Look for low or under-inflated tyres. ing wheel, or change in its straight-
These Owner Maintenance Checks ahead position.
are generally not covered by war- WARNING • Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
ranties and you may be charged for slightly or “pulls” to one side when
labour, parts and lubricants used. Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the travelling on smooth, level road.
engine is hot. Scalding hot • When driving, listen and check for
coolant and steam may blow unusual sounds, pulling to one
out under pressure. This could side, increased brake pedal travel
cause burns or other serious or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
injury. • If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the dual clutch transmission
P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
7 8
Maintenance
At least monthly: At least twice a year At least once a year:

• Check the coolant level in the (i.e., every Spring and Fall): • Clean the body and door drain
engine coolant reservoir. • Check the radiator, heater and air holes.
• Check the operation of all exterior conditioning hoses for leaks or • Lubricate the door hinges and
lights, including the stoplights, turn damage. checks, and bonnet hinges.
signals and hazard warning flash- • Check the windscreen washer • Lubricate the door and bonnet
ers. spray and wiper operation. Clean locks and latches.
• Check the inflation pressures of all the wiper blades with clean cloth
• Lubricate the door rubber weather-
tyres including the spare for tyres dampened with washer fluid.
strips.
that are worn, show uneven wear, • Check the headlight alignment.
or are damaged. • Check the air conditioning system.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts. • Inspect and lubricate the automat-
shields and clamps.
ic transmission linkage and con-
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for trols.
wear and function.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
7 9
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE

Scheduled maintenance service precaution
Follow the Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions
apply. If any of the following conditions apply, follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in
freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
• Driving in heavy dust condition
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
• Using for towing or camping, and driving with loading on the roof
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing
• Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration.
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition
• Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semisynthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)
If your vehicle is operated in any of the prior listed conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently,
using the severe usage maintenance schedule instead of the normal usage maintenance schedule.
7 10
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine [For Australia and New Zealand]
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all
vehicle emission services to protect your warranty.Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined
by whichever occurs first.
NO. ITEM REMARK
When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix
*1 Coolant (Engine / Inverter) hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in seri-
ous malfunction or engine damage.
As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the engine oil level should be
checked on regular basis. The engine oil change interval for normal operating conditions
*2 Engine oil and engine oil filter is based on the use of the recommended engine spec ification. If the recommended
engine oil specification is not used, then replace the engine oil according to the mainte-
nance schedule under severe operating conditions.
Kia recommends that you use unleaded petrol which has an octane rating of RON
(Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher (for Europe) or Octane
Rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher (except
Europe).
For customers who do not use good quality petrols including fuel additives regularly, and
*3 Fuel additives (Petrol) have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, one bottle of additives added
to the fuel tank at every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) (for Europe, Australia and New
Zealand)/ 10,000 km (6,500 miles) (except Europe, Australia and New Zealand).
Additives are available from a professional workshop along with information on how to use
them. Kia recommends to visit an authorised Kia dealer/service partner. Do not mix other
additives.
7 11
Maintenance
NO. ITEM REMARK
HSG (Hybrid Starter & Inspect HSG belt for evidence of cuts, crocks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace
*4
Generator) belt if necessary. If drive belt noise occurred, readjust drive belt tension before replace.
For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of
*5 Spark plug
other items.
Dual clutch transmission Dual clutch transmission (DCT) fluid should be changed anytime it has been submerged
*6
(DCT) fluid in water.
7 12
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine [For Australia and New Zealand]
INTERVALS
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
MAINTENANCE
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Engine oil and engine oil filter *2 R R R R R R R R
At first, Replace 210,000 km or 120 months
Coolant (Engine / Inverter) *1
after that, Replace every 30,000 km or 24 months
Inspect every 15,000 km or 12 months,
HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt *4
and replace every 105,000 km or 48 months
Vacuum hoses and crankcase ventilation hoses I I I I I I I I
Spark plugs * 5
(Petrol) 1.6L GDi Replace every 150,000 km or 120 months
Dual clutch transmission (DCT) fluid * 6
I I
Engine clutch actuator fluid Replace every 40,000 km or 24 months
Engine clutch actuator hose and line I I I I I I I I
Drive shaft and boots I I I I I I I I
Fuel additives (Petrol) *3 Add every 15,000 km or 12 month
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I
Fuel tank air filter I R I R
Vapour hose and fuel filler cap I I
Air cleaner filter I I R I I R I I
Exhaust system I I I I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
7 13
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine [For Australia and New Zealand]
INTERVALS
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
MAINTENANCE
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
At first, Inspect 60,000 km or 48 months
Cooling system
after that, Inspect every 30,000 km or 24 months
Air conditioner compressor/refrigerant (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Climate control air filter I R I R I R I R
Air cleaner rubber packing I I I I I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I
Brake fluid I R I R I R I R
Parking brake I I I I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I
Tyre (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I
Suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I
Battery condition I I I I I I I I
Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I
• Fuel filter: The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this main-
tenance schedule depends on fuel quality.
- If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem
etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorised Kia
dealer/service partner for details.
7 14
Maintenance
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - For Petrol Engine [For Australia and New Zealand]
MAINTENANCE DRIVING
MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
OPERATION CONDITION
A, B, C, D, E,
Engine oil and engine oil filter R Every 7,500 km or 6 months
F, G, H, I, J, K, L
R Every 45,000 km or 24 months C, D, E, K

HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt
I Every 15,000 km or 12 months C, D, E, K
Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E
Spark plugs R More frequently B, H, I, K

C, D, E, F,
Dual clutch transmission (DCT) fluid R Every 120,000 km
G, H, I, J
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G
Suspension ball joints I More frequently C, D, E, F, G
Brake discs, pads and calipers I More frequently C, D, E, G, H
7 15
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE DRIVING
OPERATION CONDITION
Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H
C, D, E, F,
Drive shaft and boots I More frequently
G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter R More frequently C, E, G
Maintenance operation
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A : Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km in nor- F : Driving in heavy traffic area
mal temperature or less than 16 km in freezing tempera- G : Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly.
ture. H : Using for towing or camping, and driving with loading on the
B : Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances. roof.
C : Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing.
spread roads. J : Frequently driving under high speed or rapid
D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in acceleration/deceleration.
very cold weather K : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions.
E : Driving in heavy dust condition L : Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type,
Semisynthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)
7 16
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine [For Europe (Except Russia)]
NO. ITEM REMARK
• As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the engine oil level should
be checked on regular basis.
*2 Engine oil and engine oil filter • The engine oil change interval for normal operating conditions is based on the use of
the recommended engine spec ification. If the recommended engine oil specification is
not used, then replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule under
severe operating conditions.
Europe).
additives.
7 17
Maintenance
NO. ITEM REMARK
*4
*5 Spark plug
other items.
*6
7 18
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine [For Europe (Except Russia)]
INTERVALS
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Engine oil and engine oil filter * 2
R R R R R R R R
At first, Replace 210,000 km (140,000 miles) or 120 months
after that, Replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months
Inspect every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months,
and replace every 105,000km (70,000 miles) or 48 months
Spark plugs * 5
(Petrol) 1.6L GDi Replace every 150,000 km (100,000 miles) or 120 months
Dual clutch transmission (DCT) fluid *6 I I
Engine clutch actuator fluid I R I R I R I R
Drive shaft and boots I I I I
Fuel additives * 3
Add every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months
Fuel tank air filter I I
Fuel tank and fuel cap I I
Air cleaner filter - I - R - I - R

7 19
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine [For Europe (Except Russia)]
INTERVALS
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
At first, Inspect 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months
Cooling system
after that, Inspect every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months
Climate control air filter R R R R
Brake fluid I R I R I R I R
• Fuel filter (petrol engine): The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommend-
ed for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality.
7 20
Maintenance
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - For Petrol Engine [For Europe (Except Russia)]
MAINTENANCE DRIVING
OPERATION CONDITION
A, B, C, D, E,
Engine oil and engine oil filter R Every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or 6 months
F, G, H, I, J, K, L
R Every 45,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months C, D, E, K
HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt
I Every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months C, D, E, K
Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E
Spark plugs R More frequently B, H, I, K

C, D, E, F, G,
Dual clutch transmission (DCT) fluid R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles)
H, I, J
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G
7 21
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE DRIVING
OPERATION CONDITION

C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, J

A : Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 F : Driving in heavy traffic area
miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) G : Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly.
in freezing temperature. H : Using for towing or camping, and driving with loading on the
Semi synthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)
7 22
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine [Except Europe (Including Russia)]
NO. ITEM REMARK
• As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the engine oil level should
be checked on regular basis.
*2 Engine oil and engine oil filter • The engine oil change interval for normal operating conditions is based on the use of
the recommended engine spec ification. If the recommended engine oil speci-
fication is not used, then replace the engine oil according to the maintenance
schedule under severe operating conditions.
Europe).
additives.
7 23
Maintenance
NO. ITEM REMARK
*4
*5 Spark plug
other items.
*6
7 24
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine [Except Europe (Including Russia)]
INTERVALS
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
For Middle East,India,
Replace every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 months
Engine oil and engine oil Central & South America
filter *2 Except Middle East,India,
R R R R R R R R
Central & South America
At first, Replace 210,000 km (140,000 miles) or 120 months
after that, Replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months
Except Middle East, Brazil : Inspect every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or
12 months, and replace every 105,000 km (70,000 miles) or 48 months
For Middle East : Inspect every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 months,
and replace every 100,000 km (65,000 miles) or 48 months
Spark plugs * 5
(Petrol) 1.6L GDi Replace every 150,000 km (100,000 miles) or 120 months
Dual clutch transmission (DCT) fluid * 6
I I
Engine clutch actuator fluid Replace every 40,000 km (26,000 miles) or 24 months
Drive shaft and boots I I I I I I I I
7 25
Maintenance
INTERVALS
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Fuel additives (Petrol) * 3
Add every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 6 months
Fuel tank air filter I R I R
Vapour hose and fuel filler cap I I
Except China, India, Middle East I I R I I R I I
Air cleaner filter
For China, India, Middle East R R R R R R R R
At first, Inspect 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months
Cooling system
after that, Inspect every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months
Except Australia and New Zealand R R R R R R R R
Climate control air filter
For Australia and New Zealand I R I R I R I R
7 26
Maintenance
INTERVALS
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Brake fluid I I R I I R I I
• Fuel filter: The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this main-
tenance schedule depends on fuel quality.
7 27
Maintenance
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

- For Petrol Engine [Except Europe (Including Russia)]
MAINTENANCE DRIVING
OPERATION CONDITION
For Middle East,India, A, B, C, D, E,
Engine oil R Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months
Central&South America F, G, H, I, J, K, L
and engine
oil filter Except Middle East,India, A, B, C, D, E,
R Every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or 6 months
Central&South America F, G, H, I, J, K, L
Every 40,000 km (26,000 miles) or 24
R C, D, E, K
months
For Middle East
HSG (Hybrid I Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 months C, D, E, K
Starter &
Generator)
belt R Every 45,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months C, D, E, K
Except Middle East,
Brazil
I Every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months C, D, E, K
Replace more frequently

Air cleaner filter R C, E
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
Spark plugs R B, H, I, K
C, D, E, F,
Dual clutch transmission (DCT) fluid R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles)
G, H, I, J
Inspect more frequently
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I C, D, E, F, G
7 28
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE DRIVING
OPERATION CONDITION
C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J

A : Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 F : Driving in heavy traffic area
miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) G : Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly.
in freezing temperature. H : Using for towing or camping, and driving with loading on the
Semisynthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)
7 29
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine oil and filter Fuel filter (for petrol) Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-
The engine oil and filter should be Kia petrol vehicle is equipped a life- nections
changed at the intervals specified in time fuel filter that integrated with the Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
the maintenance schedule. If the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or connections for leakage and dam-
vehicle is being driven in severe con- replacement is not needed but age. Have the fuel lines, fuel hoses
ditions, more frequent oil and filter depends on fuel quality. If there are and connections replaced by a pro-
changes are required. some important safety matters like fessional workshop. Kia recommends
fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of to visit an authorised Kia dealer/serv-
power, hard starting problem etc, fuel ice partner.
HSG (Hybrid starter & genera- filter inspection or replace is needed.
tor) belt
Have the fuel filter inspected or Fuel tank and fuel cap
The HSG belt should be changed at replaced by a professional work-
the intervals specified in the mainte- shop. Kia recommends to visit an The fuel tank and fuel cap should be
nance schedule. authorised Kia dealer/service part- inspected at those intervals specified
ner. in the maintenance schedule. Make
sure that a new fuel tank and fuel
cap is correctly replaced.
7 30
Maintenance
Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Cooling system

hoses (if equipped) Have the air cleaner filter replaced by Check the cooling system compo-
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- a professional workshop. Kia recom- nents, such as the radiator, coolant
dence of heat and/or mechanical mends to visit an authorised Kia reservoir, hoses and connections for
damage. Hard and brittle rubber, dealer/service partner. leakage and damage. Replace any
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and damaged parts.
excessive swelling indicate deterio-
ration. Particular attention should be Spark plugs
paid to examine those hose surfaces Make sure to install new spark plugs Coolant (Engine / Inverter)
nearest to high heat sources, such of the correct heat range. The coolant should be changed at
as the exhaust manifold. When assembling parts, be sure to the intervals specified in the mainte-
Inspect the hose routing to assure wipe the inside and outside of the nance schedule.
that the hoses do not come in con- boot bottom of the ignition coil and
tact with any heat source, sharp the insulator of the spark plug with a
edges or moving component which soft cloth to prevent contamination of
Dual clutch transmission fluid
might cause heat damage or the spark plug insulator. Inspect the dual clutch transmission
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose fluid according to the maintenance
connections, such as clamps and schedule.
couplings, to make sure they are WARNING
secure, and that no leaks are pres-
Do not disconnect and inspect
ent. Hoses should be replaced
spark plugs when the engine is
immediately if there is any evidence
hot. You may burn yourself.
of deterioration or damage.
7 31
Maintenance
Brake hoses and lines Brake discs, pads and calipers Steering gear box, linkage &
Visually check for proper installation, Check the pads for excessive wear, boots/lower arm ball joint
chafing, cracks, deterioration and discs for run out and wear, and With the vehicle stopped and engine
any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- calipers for fluid leakage. off, check for excessive free-play in
ed or damaged parts immediately. For more information on checking the steering wheel.
the pads or lining wear limit, we rec- Check the linkage for bends or dam-
Brake fluid ommend to refer to the Kia web site. age. Check the dust boots and ball
(https://www.kia-hotline.com) joints for deterioration, cracks, or dam-
Check the brake fluid level in the age. Replace any damaged parts.
brake fluid reservoir. The level should
be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks Suspension mounting bolts
on the side of the reservoir. Use only Drive shafts and boots
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten Check the drive shafts, boots and
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
to the specified torque.
damage. Replace any damaged parts
Parking brake and, if necessary, repack the grease.
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake lever (or Air conditioning refrigerant
pedal) and cables. Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
7 32
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
Checking the engine oil level ■ (Petrol) 1.6L GDi 5. Pull the dipstick out again and
Engine oil is used for lubricating, check the level. Check if the oil
cooling, and operating various level is between the F-L line, and if
hydraulic components in the it is below the L line, add enough
engine.Engine oil consumption oil to bring the level to F line.
whilst driving is normal, and it is nec-
essary to check and refill the engine WARNING - Radiator hose
oil regularly. Also, check and refill the
oil level within the recommended Be very careful not to touch the
maintenance schedule to prevent radiator hose when checking or
deterioration of oil adding the engine oil as it may
performance.Check the engine oil ODE076002 be hot enough to burn you.
following the below procedure. 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground. CAUTION
2. Start the engine and allow it to When you wipe the oil level
reach normal operating tempera- gauge, you should wipe it with a
ture. clean cloth. When mixed with
3. Turn the engine off and wait for debris, it can cause engine dam-
about 15 minutes (with oil filler cap age.
and dipstick detached) for the oil
to return to the oil pan.
4. Wipe the dipstick clean and rein-
sert it fully.
7 33
Maintenance
■ (Petrol) 1.6L GDi • Do not spill engine oil when adding Changing the engine oil and
or changing engine oil. Wipe off filter
spilled oil immediately.
Have the engine oil and filter
• The engine oil consumption may replaced by a professional workshop.
increase whilst you break in a new Kia recommends to visit an autho-
vehicle and it will be stabilized after rised Kia dealer/service partner.
driving 6,000 km (4,000 miles).
• If the maintenance schedule to
• The engine oil consumption can be replace engine oil is exceeded, the
affected by driving habits, climate engine oil performance may deteri-
conditions, traffic conditions, orate, and the engine condition
oilquality, etc. Therefore, it is rec- may be affected. Therefore,
ODEP071003 ommended that you inspect the replace the engine oil according to
Use a funnel to help prevent oil engine oil level regularly and refill it the maintenance schedule.
from being spilled on engine com- if necessary.
• To keep the engine in optimal con-
ponents. dition, use the recommended
engine oil and filter. If the recom-
Use only the specified engine oil. mended engine oil and filter are
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants not used replace it according to the
and capacities” in chapter 8.) maintenance schedule under
severe usage conditions.
• The purpose of the maintenance
schedule for engine oil replacement
is to prevent oil deterioration and it
is irrelevant to oil consumption.
Check and refill engine oil regularly.
7 34
Maintenance
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause skin
irritation or cancer if left in con-
tact with the skin for prolonged
periods of time. Used engine oil
contains chemicals that have
caused cancer in laboratory
animals. Always protect your
skin by washing your hands
thoroughly with soap and warm
water as soon as possible after
handling used oil.
Do not leave used engine oil
within the reach of children.
CAUTION
The engine oil is very hot imme-
diately after the vehicle has
been driven and can cause
burns during replacement.
Replace the engine oil after the
engine oil has cooled down.
7 35
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level (Continued)
has a reservoir filled with year round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is When you are sure all the
filled at the factory. WARNING pressure has been released,
Removing radiator press down on the cap, using
Check the antifreeze protection and
cap a thick towel, and continue
coolant level at least once a year, at
turning counterclockwise to
the beginning of the winter season,
remove it.
and before travelling to a colder cli-
mate. • Even if the engine is not oper-
• Never attempt to remove the ating, do not remove the radi-
radiator cap whilst the engine ator cap or the drain plug
CAUTION is operating or hot. Doing so whilst the engine and radiator
• When the engine overheats might lead to cooling system are hot. Hot coolant and
from low engine coolant, sud- and engine damage. Also, hot steam may still blow out
denly adding engine coolant coolant or steam could cause under pressure, causing seri-
may cause cracks in the serious personal injury. ous injury.
engine. To prevent damage, • Turn the engine off and wait
add engine coolant slowly in until it cools down. Use
small quantities. extreme care when removing
• Do not drive with no engine the radiator cap. Wrap a thick
coolant. It may cause water towel around it, and turn it
pump failure and engine counterclockwise slowly to
seizure, etc. the first stop. Step back whilst
the pressure is released from
the cooling system.
(Continued)
7 36
Maintenance
Engine coolant If the coolant level is low, add enough

WARNING specified coolant to provide protec-
The electric motor tion against freezing and corrosion.
(cooling fan) is con- Bring the level to MAX, but do not
trolled by engine overfill. If frequent additions are
coolant temperature, required, have the system inspected
refrigerant pressure by a professional workshop. Kia rec-
and vehicle speed. It may some- ommends to visit an authorised Kia
times operate even when the dealer/service partner.
engine is not running. Use
extreme caution when working
near the blades of the cooling
fan so that you are not injured
by a rotating fan blades. As the ODE076005
engine coolant temperature Check the condition and connections
decreases, the electric motor of all cooling system hoses and
will automatically shut off. This heater hoses. Replace any swollen
is a normal condition. or deteriorated hoses.
The electric motor (cooling fan) The coolant level should be filled
may operate until you discon- between MAX and MIN marks on the
nect the negative battery cable. side of the coolant reservoir when
the engine is cool.
7 37
Maintenance
Inverter coolant If the coolant level is low, add enough Recommended coolant
specified coolant to provide protec- • When adding coolant, use only
tion against freezing and corrosion. deionized water or soft water for
Bring the level to MAX, but do not your vehicle and never mix hard
overfill. If frequent additions are water in the coolant filled at the fac-
required, have the system inspected tory. An improper coolant mixture
by a professional workshop. Kia rec- can result in serious malfunction or
ommends to visit an authorised Kia engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has alu-
minum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycol
with phosphate based coolant to
ODEP079053
prevent corrosion and freezing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
Check the condition and connections coolant or mix them with the spec-
of all cooling system hoses and ified coolant.
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
• Do not use a solution that contains
or deteriorated hoses.
more than 60% antifreeze or less
The coolant level should be filled than 35% antifreeze, which would
between MAX and MIN marks on the reduce the effectiveness of the
side of the coolant reservoir when solution.
the engine is cool.
7 38
Maintenance
For mixture percentage, refer to the ■ Engine coolant reservoir cap

following table. WARNING
Radiator cap
Mixture Percentage
Ambient (volume)
Temperature
Antifreeze Water
-15°C (5°F) 35 65
-25°C (-13°F) 40 60 Do not remove the radiator cap
-35°C (-31°F) 50 50 when the engine and radiator
-45°C (-49°F) 60 40 are hot. Scalding hot coolant
ODE076006
■ Inverter coolant reservoir cap
and steam may blow out under
pressure causing serious
injury.
ODEP079004
7 39
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE ■ Engine room rear view Changing the coolant

Make sure the coolant cap is proper- Have the coolant replaced by a pro-
ly closed after refill of coolant. fessional workshop. Kia recommends
Otherwise the engine could be over- to visit an authorised Kia dealer/serv-
heated whilst driving. ice partner.
■ Engine room front view

CAUTION
Put a thick cloth around the
radiator cap before refilling the
coolant in order to prevent the
ODE076007 coolant from overflowing into
2. Make sure that the tiny protru- engine parts such as the alter-
sions inside the coolant cap nator.
should be securely interlocked.
OQL075072
1. Check if the radiator cap label is

straight In front.
7 40
Maintenance
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when
sprayed on the windscreen
and may cause loss of vehicle
control or damage the paint
and body trim.
7 41
Maintenance
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the brake fluid level If the fluid level is excessively low,
have the system checked by a pro- WARNING - Brake fluid
fessional workshop. Kia recom- When changing and adding
mends to visit an authorised Kia brake fluid, handle it carefully.
dealer/service partner. Do not let it come in contact
with your eyes. If brake fluid
Use only the specified brake fluid. should come in contact with
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants your eyes, immediately flush
or capacities” in chapter 8.) them with a large quantity of
fresh tap water. Have your eyes
examined by a doctor as soon
Never mix different types of fluid. as possible.
ODEP079008R
WARNING
Check the fluid level in the reservoir - Loss of brake fluid CAUTION
periodically. The fluid level should be In the event the brake system Do not allow brake fluid to con-
between MAX and MIN marks on the requires frequent additions of tact the vehicle's body paint, as
side of the reservoir. paint damage will result. Brake
fluid, have the system inspect-
Before removing the reservoir cap ed by a professional workshop. fluid, which has been exposed
and adding brake fluid, clean the Kia recommends to visit an to open air for an extended time
area around the reservoir cap thor- authorised Kia dealer/service should never be used as its
oughly to prevent brake fluid contam- partner. quality cannot be guaranteed. It
ination. should be properly disposed.
Periodically check that the fluid level Don't put in the wrong kind of
in the brake fluid reservoir is fluid. A few drops of mineral-
between MIN and MAX. The level will based oil, such as engine oil, in
fall with accumulated mileage. This is your brake system can damage
a normal condition associated with brake system parts.
the wear of the brake linings.
7 42
Maintenance
ENGINE CLUTCH ACTUATOR FLUID

Checking the engine clutch Kia recommends to visit an autho-
actuator fluid level rised Kia dealer/service partner. WARNING - Engine clutch
If the fluid level is excessively low, actuator fluid
have the system checked by a pro- When changing and adding
fessional workshop. Kia recom- engine clutch actuator fluid,
mends to visit an authorised Kia handle it carefully. Do not let it
dealer/service partner. come in contact with your eyes.
If engine clutch actuator fluid
should come in contact with
Use only the specified engine clutch your eyes, immediately flush
actuator fluid. them with a large quantity of
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants fresh tap water. Have your eyes
or capacities” in chapter 8.) examined by a doctor as soon
as possible.
ODE076057
Never mix different types of fluid.
In normal driving conditions, the
actuator fluid level does not go down WARNING
rapidly. However, oil consumption - Loss of engine clutch
rate may rise as vehicle mileage actuator fluid
increases, and leakage in actuator
In the event the engine clutch
related parts may result in increased
actuator requires frequent addi-
consumption of the engine clutch
tions of fluid, have the system
actuator oil. Regularly check and
inspected by a professional
make sure the engine clutch actuator
oil fluid level is between MIN and
MAX marks.
If the oil level is below MIN mark,
have the vehicle checked by a pro-
fessional workshop.
7 43
Maintenance
CAUTION
Do not allow engine clutch actu-
ator fluid to contact the vehi-
cle's body paint, as paint dam-
age will result. The engine
clutch actuator fluid, which has
been exposed to open air for an
extended time should never be
used as its quality cannot be
guaranteed. It should be proper-
ly disposed. Don't put in the
wrong kind of fluid. A few drops
of mineral-based oil, such as
engine oil, in your engine clutch
actuator system can damage
engine clutch actuator system
parts.
7 44
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid level
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when
sprayed on the windscreen
and may cause loss of vehicle
control or damage to paint
and body trim.
• Windscreen Washer fluid
ODE076009 agents contain some amounts
of alcohol and can be flamma-
The reservoir is translucent so that ble under certain circum-
you can check the level with a quick stances. Do not allow sparks
visual inspection. or flame to contact the washer
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid or the washer fluid reser-
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- voir. Damage to the vehicle or
sary. Plain water may be used if occupants could occur.
washer fluid is not available. • Windscreen washer fluid is
However, use washer solvent with poisonous to humans and ani-
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- mals. Do not drink and avoid
mates to prevent freezing. contacting windscreen wash-
er fluid. Serious injury or
death could occur.
7 45
Maintenance
PARKING BRAKE
Checking the parking brake
(if equipped)
OJF055017R
Check whether the stroke is within

specification when the parking brake
pedal is depressed with 30 kg (66 lb,
294 N) of force. Also, the parking
brake alone should securely hold the
vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the
stroke is more or less than specified,
have the system serviced by a pro-
fessional workshop. Kia recom-
Stroke : 6~7 notch
7 46
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
Filter replacement
ODEP079012 ODE076013
ODEP079011R 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
attaching clips and open the cover. 3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
It must be replaced when necessary,
and should not be washed. 4. Lock the cover with the cover
You can clean the filter when inspect- attaching clips.
ing the air cleaner element.
Clean the filter by using compressed
air.
7 47
Maintenance
Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extreme-
ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage
conditions” in this chapter.)
CAUTION
• Do not drive with the air clean-
er removed; this will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use parts for replacement
from a professional workshop.
partner.
7 48
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the mainte-
nance schedule. If the vehicle is
operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the fol-
lowing procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components. ODEP079015R ODEP079014R
1. Open the glove box and remove 2. With the glove box open, pull the
the stoppers on both sides. support strap (1).
7 49
Maintenance
ODE076054 OQL075021
3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air fil-
ter cover whilst pressing the lock ter.
on the both sides of the cover. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
✽ NOTICE
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly.
Otherwise, the system may produce
noise and the effectiveness of the fil-
ter may be reduced.
7 50
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection Contamination of either the wind- Blade replacement
screen or the wiper blades with for- When the wipers no longer clean
eign matter can reduce the effective- adequately, the blades may be worn
ness of the windscreen wipers. or cracked, and require replacement.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commer- CAUTION
cial car washes. If the blades are not To prevent damage to the wiper
wiping properly, clean both the win- arms or other components, do
dow and the blades with a good not attempt to move the wipers
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse manually.
thoroughly with clean water.
OQL076114R
CAUTION CAUTION
✽ NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper The use of a non-specified
blades, do not use petrol, wiper blade could result in
Commercial hot waxes applied by kerosene, paint thinner, or other wiper malfunction and failure.
automatic car washes have been solvents on or near them.
known to make the windscreen diffi-
cult to clean.
7 51
Maintenance
Front windscreen wiper blade
OQL076116R
OQL076118R
OQL076115R Type B
Type A 1. Raise the wiper arm.
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose CAUTION
the plastic locking clip. Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windscreen,
CAUTION since it may chip or crack the
OQL076117R windscreen.
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windscreen, 2. Compress the clip (1) and slide
since it may chip or crack the the blade assembly downward (2).
windscreen. 3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
7 52
Maintenance
Rear window wiper blade
OYB046462R
OHM078063
OHM078062 2. Install the new blade assembly by

inserting the centre part into the
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
the wiper blade assembly. into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
OYB046463R or other components, have the wiper
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). blade replaced by a professional
Then pull down the blade assem- workshop. Kia recommends to visit
bly (2) and remove it. an authorised Kia dealer/service
partner.
3. Install the new blade assembly.
7 53
Maintenance
BATTERY (PLUG-IN HYBRID)

For best battery service ✽ NOTICE
Basically equipped battery is main- WARNING - Battery
tenance free type. If your vehicle is dangers
equipped with the battery marked Always read the follow-
with LOWER and UPPER on the ing instructions carefully
side, you can check the electrolyte when handling a battery.
level. The electrolyte level should be Keep lighted cigarettes
between LOWER and UPPER. If and all other flames or
the electrolyte level is low, it needs to sparks away from the
add distilled (demineralized) water battery.
(Never add sulfuric acid or other
electrolyte). When refill, be careful Hydrogen, a highly com-
not to splash the battery and adja- bustible gas, is always
ODEP079016
cent components. And do not over- present in battery cells
• Keep the battery securely mounted. fill the battery cells. It can cause cor- and may explode if ignit-
• Keep the battery top clean and dry. rosion on other parts. Then make ed.
sure to tighten the cell caps. Contact Keep batteries out of the
• Keep the terminals and connec- a professional workshop. Kia rec-
tions clean, tight, and coated with reach of children
ommends to visit an authorised Kia because batteries con-
petroleum jelly or terminal grease. dealer/service partner.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from tain highly corrosive
the battery immediately with a SULFURIC ACID. Do not
solution of water and baking soda. allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
• If the vehicle is not going to be clothing or paint finish.
used for an extended time, discon-
nect the battery cables. (Continued)
7 54
Maintenance
(Continued) (Continued) CAUTION

The battery contains • When you don’t use the vehi-
If any electrolyte gets lead. Do not dispose of it
into your eyes, flush your cle for a long time in the low
after use. Contact a pro- temperature area, separate
eyes with clean water for fessional workshop. Kia
at least 15 minutes and the battery and keep it
recommends to visit an indoors.
get immediate medical authorised Kia
attention. dealer/service partner. • Always charge the battery
If electrolyte gets on your fully to prevent battery case
• When lifting a plastic-cased damage in low temperature
skin, thoroughly wash battery, excessive pressure
the contacted area. If you area.
on the case may cause battery
feel pain or burning sen- acid to leak, resulting in per- • If you connect unauthorised
sation, get medical atten- sonal injury. Lift with a battery electronic devices to the bat-
tion immediately. carrier or with your hands on tery, the battery may be dis-
opposite corners. charged. Never use unautho-
Wear eye protection when rised devices.
charging or working near • Never attempt to recharge the
a battery. Always provide battery when the battery
ventilation when working cables are connected.
in an enclosed space. • The electrical ignition system
An inappropriately dis- works with high voltage.
posed battery can be Never touch these compo-
harmful to the environ- nents with the engine running
ment and human health. or the ignition switched on.
Dispose the battery Failure to follow the above
according to your local warnings can result in serious
law(s) or regulation. bodily injury or death.
(Continued)
7 55
Maintenance
Battery capacity label Battery recharging

■ Example Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
WARNING - Recharging
calcium-based battery. battery
• If the battery becomes discharged When recharging the battery,
in a short time (because, for exam- observe the following precau-
ple, the headlights or interior lights tions:
were left on whilst the vehicle was • The battery must be removed
not in use), recharge it by slow from the vehicle and placed in
charging (trickle) for 10 hours. an area with good ventilation.
• If the battery gradually discharges • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,
because of high electric load whilst or flame near the battery.
the vehicle is being used, recharge • Watch the battery during
OUM074113L it at 20-30A for two hours. charging, and stop or reduce
❈ The actual battery label in the vehicle may the charging rate if the battery
differ from the illustration. cells begin gassing (boiling)
violently or if the temperature
1. AGM90L-DIN : The Kia model of the electrolyte of any cell
name of battery exceeds 49°C (120°F).
2. 90Ah(20HR) : The nominal capaci- • Wear eye protection when
ty (in Ampere hours) checking the battery during
3. 170RC : The nominal reserve charging.
capacity (in min.) (Continued)
4. 12V : The nominal voltage
5. 850CCA (SAE) : The cold-test cur-
rent in amperes
by SAE
6. 680A : The cold-test current in
amperes by EN
7 56
Maintenance
(Continued) Reset items

WARNING Items should be reset after the bat-
• Disconnect the battery charg- • Before performing mainte-
er in the following order. tery has been discharged or the bat-
nance or recharging the battery has been disconnected.
1. Turn off the battery charger tery, turn off all accessories
main switch. • Auto up/down window
and stop the engine.
2. Unhook the negative clamp • Sunroof
• The negative battery cable
from the negative battery ter- must be removed first and • Trip computer
minal. installed last when the battery • Climate control system
3. Unhook the positive clamp is disconnected. • Driver position Memory System
from the positive battery ter- • Operation related to the bat- • Audio
minal. tery is recommended to be
done by a professional work-
shop. Kia recommends to
er/service partner.
CAUTION
• Keep the battery away from
water or any liquid.
• For your safety, use parts for
replacement from a profes-
7 57
Maintenance
TYRES AND WHEELS

Tyre care
CAUTION
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must • Underinflation also results in
always maintain recommended tyre excessive wear, poor handling
inflation pressures and stay within and reduced fuel economy.
the load limits and weight distribution Wheel deformation also is
recommended for your vehicle. possible. Keep your tyre pres-
sures at the proper levels. If a
tyre frequently needs refilling,
Recommended cold tyre infla- have the system checked by a
tion pressures professional workshop. Kia
All tyre pressures (including the ODE086006R recommends to visit an autho-
spare) should be checked when the rised Kia dealer/service part-
All specifications (sizes and pres- ner.
tyres are cold. “Cold Tyres” means sures) can be found on a label
the vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the vehicle. • Overinflation produces a
least three hours or driven less than harsh ride, excessive wear at
1.6 km (1 mile). the centre of the tyre tread,
WARNING - Tyre under- and a greater possibility of
Recommended pressures must be inflation
maintained for the best ride, top vehi- damage from road hazards.
cle handling, and minimum tyre Severe underinflation (70 kPa
wear. (10 psi) or more) can lead to
severe heat build-up, causing
For recommended inflation pressure, blowouts, tread separation and
refer to “Tyre and wheels” in chapter other tyre failures that can
8. result in the loss of vehicle con-
trol leading to severe injury or
death. This risk is much higher
on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
7 58
Maintenance
Checking tyre inflation pres-

CAUTION CAUTION - Tyre pressure sure
• Warm tyres normally exceed Always observe the following: Check your tyres once a month or
recommended cold tyre pres- • Check tyre pressure when the more.
sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 tyres are cold. (After vehicle
psi). Do not release air from Also, check the tyre pressure of the
has been parked for at least spare tyre.
warm tyres to adjust the pres- three hours or hasn't been
sure or the tyres will be under- driven more than 1.6 km (1
inflated. mile) since startup.) How to check
• Be sure to reinstall the tyre • Check the pressure of your Use a good quality gauge to check
inflation valve caps. Without spare tyre each time you tyre pressure. You can not tell if your
the valve cap, dirt or moisture check the pressure of other tyres are properly inflated simply by
could get into the valve core tyres. looking at them. Radial tyres may
and cause air leakage. If a look properly inflated even when
valve cap is missing, install a • Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a they're underinflated.
new one as soon as possible.
vehicle luggage rack if your Check the tyre's inflation pressure
vehicle is equipped with one. when the tyres are cold. - "Cold"
• Worn, old tyres can cause means your vehicle has been sitting
WARNING - Tyre Inflation accidents. If your tread is for at least three hours or driven no
Overinflation or underinflation badly worn, or if your tyres more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
can reduce tyre life, adversely have been damaged, replace
affect vehicle handling, and them.
lead to sudden tyre failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
7 59
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tyre Tyre rotation

valve stem. Press the tyre gauge WARNING To equalize tread wear, it is recom-
firmly onto the valve to get a pres- • Inspect your tyres frequently mended that the tyres be rotated
sure measurement. If the cold tyre for proper inflation as well as every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or
inflation pressure matches the rec- wear and damage. Always use sooner if irregular wear develops.
ommended pressure on the tyre and a tyre pressure gauge.
loading information label, no further During rotation, check the tyres for
• Tyres with too much or too lit- correct balance.
adjustment is necessary. If the pres- tle pressure wear unevenly
sure is low, add air until you reach causing poor handling, loss of When rotating tyres, check for
the recommended amount. vehicle control, and sudden uneven wear and damage. Abnormal
If you overfill the tyre, release air by tyre failure leading to acci- wear is usually caused by incorrect
pushing on the metal stem in the cen- dents, injuries, and even death. tyre pressure, improper wheel align-
tre of the tyre valve. Recheck the tyre The recommended cold tyre ment, out-of-balance wheels, severe
pressure with the tyre gauge. Be sure pressure for your vehicle can braking or severe cornering. Look for
to put the valve caps back on the be found in this manual and on bumps or bulges in the tread or side
valve stems. They help prevent leaks the tyre label located on the of tyre. Replace the tyre if you find
by keeping out dirt and moisture. driver's side centre pillar. either of these conditions. Replace
the tyre if fabric or cord is visible.
• Worn tyres can cause acci- After rotation, be sure to bring the
dents. Replace tyres that are front and rear tyre pressures to spec-
worn, show uneven wear, or ification and check lug nut tightness.
are damaged.
Refer to “Tyre and wheels” in chapter 8.
• Remember to check the pres-
sure of your spare tyre. Kia
recommends that you check
the spare every time you
check the pressure of the
other tyres on your vehicle.
7 60
Maintenance
With a full-size spare tyre ✽ NOTICE Wheel alignment and tyre

(Only the vehicle without TPMS system)
Rotate radial tyres that have an balance
asymmetric tread pattern only from The wheels on your vehicle were
front to rear and not from right to aligned and balanced carefully at the
left. factory to give you the longest tyre
life and best overall performance.
WARNING In most cases, you will not need to
CBGQ0706 • Do not use the compact spare have your wheels aligned again.
Without a spare tyre tyre (if equipped) for tyre rota- However, if you notice unusual tyre
tion. wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
• Do not mix bias ply and radial to be reset.
ply tyres under any circum-
stances. This may cause If you notice your vehicle vibrating
unusual handling characteris- when driving on a smooth road, your
tics that could result in death, wheels may need to be rebalanced.
S2BLA790A severe injury, or property
Directional tyres (if equipped)
damage. CAUTION
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's alu-
minum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
CBGQ0707A
Disc brake pads should be inspected

for wear whenever tyres are rotated.
7 61
Maintenance
Tyre replacement ✽ NOTICE

We recommend that when replacing WARNING - Replacing
tyres, use the same originally sup- tyres
plied with the vehicles. To reduce the chance of serious
If not, that affects driving perform- or fatal injuries from an acci-
ance. dent caused by tyre failure or
loss of vehicle control:
CAUTION • Replace tyres that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
When replacing the tyres, damaged. Worn tyres can
recheck and tighten the wheel cause loss of braking effec-
nuts after driving about 50 km tiveness, steering control, and
(31 miles) and recheck after traction.
OUM076204L
driving about 1,000 km (620
miles). If the steering wheel • Do not drive your vehicle with
If the tyre is worn evenly, a tread
shakes or the vehicle vibrates too little or too much pressure
wear Indicator (A) will appear as a
whilst driving, the tyre is out of in your tyres. This can lead to
solid band across the tread. This
balance. Align the tyre balance. uneven wear and tyre failure.
shows there is less than 1.6 mm
(1/16 in.) of tread left on the tyre. If the problem is not solved, • When replacing tyres, never
Replace the tyre when this happens. contact a professional work- mix radial and bias-ply tyres
Do not wait for the band to appear shop. Kia recommends to visit on the same car. You must
across the entire tread before replac- an authorised Kia dealer/service replace all tyres (including the
ing the tyre. partner. spare) if moving from radial to
bias-ply tyres.
(Continued)
7 62
Maintenance
Compact spare tyre replacement Wheel replacement

(Continued)
(if equipped) When replacing the metal wheels for
• Using tyres and wheels other
A compact spare tyre has a shorter any reason, make sure the new
than the recommended sizes
tread life than a regular size tyre. wheels are equivalent to the original
could cause unusual handling
Replace it when you can see the factory units in diameter, rim width
characteristics and poor vehi-
tread wear indicator bars on the tyre. and offset.
cle control, resulting in a seri-
The replacement compact spare tyre
ous accident.
should be the same size and design
• Wheels that do not meet Kia’s tyre as the one provided with your WARNING
specifications may fit poorly new vehicle and should be mounted A wheel that is not the correct
and result in damage to the on the same compact spare tyre size may adversely affect wheel
vehicle or unusual handling wheel. The compact spare tyre is not and bearing life, braking and
and poor vehicle control. designed to be mounted on a regular stopping abilities, handling
• The ABS works by comparing size wheel, and the compact spare characteristics, ground clear-
the speed of the wheels. The tyre wheel is not designed for mount- ance, body-to-tyre clearance,
tyre size affects wheel speed. ing a regular size tyre. snow chain clearance,
When replacing tyres, all 4 speedometer and odometer cal-
tyres must use the same size ibration, headlight aim and
originally supplied with the bumper height.
vehicle. Using tyres of a dif-
ferent size can cause the ABS
(Anti-lock Brake System) and
ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) to work irregularly.
7 63
Maintenance
Tyre traction Tyre maintenance Tyre sidewall labeling

Tyre traction can be reduced if you In addition to proper inflation, correct
drive on worn tyres, tyres that are wheel alignment helps to decrease
improperly inflated or on slippery tyre wear. If you find a tyre is worn
road surfaces. Tyres should be unevenly, have a professional work-
replaced when tread wear indicators shop check the wheel alignment. Kia
appear. Slow down whenever there recommends to visit an authorised
is rain, snow or ice on the road to Kia dealer/service partner.
reduce the possibility of losing con- When you have new tyres installed,
trol of the vehicle. make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tyre life. Additionally, a tyre should
always be rebalanced if it is removed OJF085008L
from the wheel.
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental charac-
teristics of the tyre and also provides
the tyre identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tyre in
case of a recall.
7 64
Maintenance
1. Manufacturer or brand name Example tyre size designation: Wheel size designation
Manufacturer or Brand name is (These numbers are provided as an Wheels are also marked with impor-
shown. example only; your tyre size designa- tant information that you need if you
tor could vary depending on your ever have to replace one. The follow-
vehicle.) ing explains what the letters and
2. Tyre size designation numbers in the wheel size designa-
A tyre’s sidewall is marked with a tyre tion mean.
size designation. You will need this P235/55R19 108T
information when selecting replace- P - Applicable vehicle type (tyres
ment tyres for your vehicle. The fol- marked with the prefix “P’’ are Example wheel size designation:
lowing explains what the letters and intended for use on passenger 7.5JX19
numbers in the tyre size designation vehicles or light trucks; however,
mean. not all tyres have this marking).
7.5 - Rim width in inches.
235 - Tyre width in millimeters.
J - Rim contour designation.
55 - Aspect ratio. The tyre’s section
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tyre construction code (Radial).
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
108 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tyre can carry.
T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
7 65
Maintenance
Tyre speed ratings 3. Checking tyre life

The chart below lists many of the dif- (TIN : Tyre Identification WARNING - Tyre age
ferent speed ratings currently being Number) Tyres degrade over time, even
used for passenger car tyres. The Any tyres that are over 6 years old, when they are not being used.
speed rating is part of the tyre size based on the manufacturing date, Regardless of the remaining
designation on the sidewall of the (including the spare tyre) should be tread, we recommend that tyres
tyre. This symbol corresponds to that replaced by new ones. You can find be replaced after approximately
tyre's designed maximum safe oper- the manufacturing date on the tyre six (6) years of normal service.
ating speed. sidewall (possibly on the inside of the Heat caused by hot climates or
wheel), displaying the DOT Code. frequent high loading condi-
Speed The DOT Code is a series of num- tions can accelerate the aging
Rating Maximum Speed bers on a tyre consisting of numbers process. Failure to follow this
Symbol and English letters. The manufactur- warning can result in sudden
S 180 km/h (112 mph) ing date is designated by the last four tyre failure, which could lead to
T 190 km/h (118 mph) digits (characters) of the DOT code. a loss of control and an acci-
H 210 km/h (130 mph) dent involving serious injury or
V 240 km/h (149 mph) DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO death.
W 270 km/h (168 mph) The front part of the DOT means a
Y 300 km/h (186 mph) plant code number, tyre size and
tread pattern and the last four num-
bers indicate week and year manu-
factured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1621 represents
that the tyre was produced in the
16th week of 2021.
7 66
Maintenance
4. Tyre ply composition and 6. Maximum load rating Tread wear

material This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara-
The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that can tive rating based on the wear rate of
ber-coated fabric in the tyre. Tyre be carried by the tyre. When replacing the tyre when tested under controlled
manufacturers also must indicate the the tyres on the vehicle, always use a conditions on a specified govern-
materials in the tyre, which include tyre that has the same load rating as ment test course. For example, a tyre
steel, nylon, polyester, and others. the factory installed tyre. graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
The letter "R" means radial ply con- half times (1½) as well on the gov-
struction; the letter "D" means diago- ernment course as a tyre graded
nal or bias ply construction; and the 7. Uniform tyre quality grading 100.
letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- Quality grades can be found where The relative performance of tyres
struction. applicable on the tyre sidewall depends upon the actual conditions
between tread shoulder and maxi- of their use, however, and may
mum section width. depart significantly from the norm
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure For example: due to variations in driving habits,
TREADWEAR 200 service practices and differences in
This number is the greatest amount
TRACTION AA road characteristics and climate.
of air pressure that should be put in
the tyre. Do not exceed the maximum TEMPERATURE A These grades are molded on the
permissible inflation pressure. Refer side-walls of passenger vehicle
to the Tyre and Loading Information tyres. The tyres available as standard
label for recommended inflation or optional equipment on your vehi-
pressure. cle may vary with respect to grade.
7 67
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C Low aspect ratio tyre

The traction grades, from highest to WARNING (if equipped)
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those The traction grade assigned to Low aspect ratio tyres, whose aspect
grades represent the tyre’s ability to this tyre is based on straight- ratio is lower than 50, are provided
stop on wet pavement as measured ahead braking traction tests, for sporty looks.
under controlled conditions on speci- and does not include accelera- Because the low aspect ratio tyres
fied government test surfaces of tion, cornering, hydroplaning, are optimized for handling and brak-
asphalt and concrete. A tyre marked or peak traction characteristics. ing, it may be more uncomfortable to
C may have poor traction perform- ride in and there is more noise com-
ance. pare with normal tyres.
WARNING - Tyre
Temperature -A, B & C temperature
The temperature grades are A (the The temperature grade for this
highest), B, and C, representing the tyre is established for a tyre that
tyre’s resistance to the generation of is properly inflated and not
heat and its ability to dissipate heat overloaded. Excessive speed,
when tested under controlled condi- underinflation, or excessive
tions on a specified indoor laboratory loading, either separately or in
test wheel. combination, can cause heat
Sustained high temperature can build-up and possible sudden
cause the material of the tyre to tyre failure. This can cause loss
degenerate and reduce tyre life, and of vehicle control and serious
excessive temperature can lead to injury or death.
sudden tyre failure. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of perform-
ance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
7 68
Maintenance
CAUTION CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low • It is not easy to recognize the
aspect ratio tyre is shorter than tyre damage with your own
the normal, the wheel and tyre eyes. But if there is the slight-
of the low aspect ratio tyre is est hint of tyre damage, even
easier to be damaged. So, follow though you cannot see the
the instructions below. tyre damage with your own
• When driving on a rough road eyes, have the tyre checked or
or off road, drive cautiously replaced because the tyre
because tyres and wheels may damage may cause air leak-
be damaged. And after driving, age from the tyre.
inspect tyres and wheels. • If the tyre is damaged by driv-
• When passing over a pothole, ing on a rough road, off road,
speed bump, manhole, or kerb pothole, manhole, or kerb
stone, drive slowly so that the stone, it will not be covered by
tyres and wheels are not dam- the warranty.
aged. • You can find out the tyre infor-
• If the tyre is impacted, inspect mation on the tyre sidewall.
the tyre condition or contact a
professional workshop. Kia
recommends to visit an autho-
ner.
• To prevent damage to the tyre,
inspect the tyre condition and
pressure every 3,000 km
(1,900 miles).
7 69
Maintenance
FUSES
■ Blade type A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-
tected from electrical overload dam- WARNING - Fuse
age by fuses. replacement
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, • Never replace a fuse with any-
one located in the driver’s side panel thing but another fuse of the
bolster, the others in the engine com- same rating.
■ Cartridge type partment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could
If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a
sories, or controls do not work, check fire.
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Never install a wire or aluminum
has blown, the element inside the foil instead of the proper fuse
fuse will melt. If the electrical system even as a temporary repair. It
■ Multi fuse does not work, first check the driver’s may cause extensive wiring
side fuse panel. damage and a possible fire.
Before replacing a blown fuse, dis- • Do not arbitrarily modify or add-
connect the negative battery cable. on electric wiring of the vehicle.
Always replace a blown fuse with
one of the same rating.
■ BFT If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-
CAUTION
cates an electrical problem. Avoid Do not use a screwdriver or any
using the system involved and immedi- other metal object to remove
ately consult a professional workshop. fuses because it may cause a
Kia recommends to consult an autho- short circuit and damage the
rised Kia dealer/service partner. system.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, car- ✽ NOTICE
OJF075021
tridge type, and multi fuse for higher The actual fuse/relay panel label
❈ Left side : Normal amperage ratings. may differ from equipped items.
Right side : Blown
7 70
Maintenance
(Continued) Inner panel fuse replacement

CAUTION
• When replacing a blown fuse • Do not input any other objects
or relay with a new one, make except fuses or relays into
sure the new fuse or relay fits fuse/relay terminals such as a
tightly into the clips. The driver or wiring. It may cause
incomplete fastening fuse or contact failure and system
relay may cause the vehicle malfunction.
wiring and electric systems • Do not plug in screwdrivers or
damage and a possible fire. aftermarket wiring into the ter-
• Do not remove fuses, relays minal originally designed for
and terminals fastened with fuse and relays only. The elec-
bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays trical system and wiring of the
and terminals may be fas- vehicle interior may be dam- ODEP071017R
tened incompletely, and it may aged or burned due to contact 1. Turn the ignition switch and all
cause a possible fire. If fuses, failure. other switches off.
relays and terminals fastened 2. Open the fuse panel cover.
with bolts or nuts are blown,
consult a professional work- If the switch is located in the “OFF”,
shop. Kia recommends to caution will be displayed in the cluster.
(Continued)
7 71
Maintenance
If you do not have a spare, use a Fuse switch

fuse of the same rating from a circuit
you may not need for operating the
vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter
fuse.
If the headlights or taillights, stop-
lights, courtesy lamp, day time run-
ning lights (D.R.L) do not work and
the fuses are OK, check the fuse
panel in the engine compartment. If a
fuse is blown, it must be replaced.
ODEP079020
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight ODEP071018R
out. Use the removal tool provided
in the main fuse box in the engine Always, put the fuse switch at the ON
compartment. position.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it If you move the switch to the OFF
if it is blown. position, some items such as audio
and digital clock must be reset and
Spare fuses are provided in the transmitter (or smart key) may not
instrument panel fuse panel (or in work properly.
the engine compartment fuse panel).
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly If the fuse switch is in OFF, a warning
in the clips. sign will illuminate on the dashboard.
If it fits loosely, consult a profession-
al workshop. Kia recommends to
7 72
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it

CAUTION replacement if it is blown. To remove or insert
• Put all switches in ON when the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
driving. engine compartment fuse panel.
• If the vehicle remains idle for 4. Push in a new fuse of the same
over 1 month, put all switches rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in OFF to prevent the batteries in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
from being discharged. a professional workshop. Kia rec-
• Excluding long-term parking ommends to consult an authorised
for over 1 month, the contact Kia dealer/service partner.
points of switches may wear
out upon extensive use. CAUTION
Please refrain from excessive After checking the fuse panel in
use of switches. ODEP079021 the engine compartment, secure-
ly install the fuse panel. If not,
1. Turn the ignition switch and all cover through the audible click-
other switches off. ing sound. Electrical failures may
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by occur from water contact.
pressing the tab and pulling the
cover up. When the blade type
fuse is disconnected, remove it by
using the clip designed for chang-
ing fuses located in the engine
room fuse box. Upon removal,
securely insert reserve fuse of
equal quantity.
7 73
Maintenance
Multi fuse Main fuse (Plug-in Hybrid) ✽ NOTICE

The electronic system may not func-
tion correctly even when the engine
room and internal fuse box's individ-
ual fuses are not disconnected. In
such case the cause of the problem
may be disconnection of the main fuse
(BFT type), which is located inside
the positive battery terminal (+) cap.
Since the main fuse is designed more
intricately than other parts, visit a
mends to visit the nearest authorised
ODEP079022 ODEP079023
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows: removed as follows:
CAUTION
1. Disconnect the negative battery 1. Turn off the engine.
Visually inspect the battery cap
cable. 2. Disconnect the negative battery for secure closing. If the battery
2. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- cable. cap is not securely latched, the
ture above. 3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- electrical system may be dam-
3. Replace the fuse with a new one ture above. aged to due influx of moisture
of the same rating. 4. Replace the fuse with a new one into the system.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order of of the same rating.
removal. 5. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
✽ NOTICE
If the multi fuse is blown, consult a
mends to consult an authorised Kia
7 74
Maintenance
Fuse/relay panel description ✽ NOTICE

■ Driver’s side fuse panel ■ Battery terminal cover (Plug-in Hybrid) Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
ODEP071024R ODEP079028
■ Engine compartment fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
ODE076027
7 75
Maintenance
Driver’s side fuse panel (Hybrid)
ODEP071120L
7 76
Maintenance
Driver’s side fuse panel (Plug-in Hybrid)
ODEP071119L
7 77
Maintenance
Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel) (Hybrid)

Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected
Crash Pad Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror, Audio / Video &Navigation Head Unit, Audio, Air
5 Conditioner Control Module, Head Lamp Levelling Device Actuator LH/RH, Driver IMS
MODULE 5 MODULE
10A
Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, AMP,
KEYBOARD, OBD
4
MODULE 4 MODULE
10A Front View Camera, Crash Pad Switch, Front Radar, Rear Corner Radar LH/R, EPB, VESS
INTERIOR Luggage Lamp, Door Warning Switch, Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead
10A
LAMP Console Lamp, Rain Sensor, Mood Lamp, Wireless Charger
A/BAG 15A ACU
Engine Room Junction Block (Fuse - ECU3, HPCU2, ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER 3,
IG 1 IG1 25A
DCT4)
CLUSTER CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster
3 BCM (Body Control Module), Dual clutch transmission Shift Lever, Driver/Passenger Door
MODULE 3 MODULE
10A
Module, Stop Lamp Switch
2
MEMORY 2 MEMORY 7.5A Active Air Flap Unit, VESS
8 Electric Water Pump (Engine), Active Air Flap Unit, Engine Room Junction Block (Battery
MODULE 8 MODULE
10A
COOLING FAN Relay), BMS Control Module
IND
A/BAG IND 7.5A Air Conditioner Control Module, Instrument Cluster
START 7.5A [With Smart Key / With Immobiliser] Inhibitor Switch
7 78
Maintenance

Engine Room Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay), Wireless Charger, BCM (Body Control
2
MODULE 2 MODULE
10A Module), AMP (Amplifier), Smart Key Control Module, USB Charger, Audio, Audio / Video &
Navigation Head Unit, Driver Power Outside Mirror, BMS, KEYBOARD
3 [Without Smart Key] Immobiliser Module
PDM 3 7.5A
[With Smart Key] Smart Key Control Module
Instrument Cluster, Air Conditioner Control Module, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Rain Sensor,
1
MEMORY 1 MEMORY 10A BCM (Body Control Module), Driver Integrated memory system Module, Driver/Passenger Door
Module, ECM
MULTI MEDIA MULTI 15A Audio, Audio / Video & Navigation Head Unit
MEDIA
EWP EWP 10A Electric Water Pump (HEV)
MDPS 1 7.5A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
TAIL GATE 10A Tail Gate Relay, ICM Relay Box (Fuel Lid Relay), Fuel Filler Switch
1
PDM 1 15A Smart Key Control Module
7 AC Inverter (220V), AC Inverter Module, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Seat
MODULE 7 MODULE
7.5A
Warmer Control Module/ Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module
WIPER (REAR) 15A Engine Room Junction Block (Rear Wiper Relay), RR Wiper MTR
HEATED
15A BCM (Body Control Module)
STEERING
SUNROOF 20A Sunroof Motor
7 79
Maintenance

RH
P/WINDOW RH 25A Power Window Right Handle side Relay, Driver/Passenger Safety Power Window Module
LH
P/WINDOW LH 25A Power Window Left Handle side Relay, Driver/Passenger Safety Power Window Module
2 [Without Smart Key] Immobiliser Module

PDM 2 7.5A
[With Smart Key] Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch
BRAKE SWITCH BRAKE 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, SMK UNIT

SWITCH
Air Conditioner Control Module, Engine Room Junction Block (PTC Heater #2 Relay, PTC
A/CON A/C 7.5A
Heater #1 Relay, Blower Relay), Electronic Air Conditioner Compressor
WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch
FRT
S/HEATER (FRT) 25A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module
BATTERY BATTERY 10A BMS (Battery Management System) Control Module

MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT
DRV
[Without Integrated memory system] Driver Seat Manual Switch
P/SEAT (DRV) 30A [With Integrated memory system] Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver Integrated memory
system Module
AMP AMP 30A AMP (Amplifier)
AMS AMS 10A NOT USED
Data Link Connector, Hazard Switch/Key Interlock, Front Radar, Driver Smart Key Outside
1
MODULE 1 MODULE
10A Handle, Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Outside Mirror Folding/ Unfolding Relay,
Mood Lamp, Outside Mirror Switch
7 80
Maintenance
DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Dead Lock Relay)
FRT2
WIPER2 (FRT) 10A BCM (Body Control Module), ECM (Engine Control Module), Wiper MTR
6
MODULE 6 MODULE
7.5A BCM (Body Control Module), Smart Key Control Module
S/HEATER RR
25A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module
(REAR)
HEATED
10A Air Conditioner Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror
MIRROR
PASS
P/SEAT PASS 25A Passenger Seat Manual Switch
FRT1
WIPER1 (FRT) 30A Wiper Motor, Engine Room Junction Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay)
7 81
Maintenance
Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel) (Plug-in Hybrid)

Crash Pad Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror, Audio / Video &Navigation Head Unit, Audio, Air
5 Conditioner Control Module, Head Lamp Levelling Device Actuator LH/RH, Driver IMS
MODULE 5 MODULE
10A
Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air
Ventilation Seat Control Module, AMP, Instrument Cluster, KEYBOARD, OBD
4 Front View Camera, Crash Pad Switch, Front Radar, Rear Corner Radar LH/RH, EPB,
MODULE 4 MODULE
10A
VESS
INTERIOR Luggage Lamp, Door Warning Switch, Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead
10A
LAMP Console Lamp, Rain Sensor, Mood Lamp, Wireless Charger
A/BAG 15A ACU
IG 1 IG1 25A Engine Room Junction Block (Fuse - HPCU2, ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER 3, DCT4)
CLUSTER CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster
3 BCM (Body Control Module), Dual clutch transmission Shift Lever, Driver/Passenger Door
MODULE 3 MODULE
10A
Module, Stop Lamp Switch
2 Fuel Filler Door & Battery Charge Switch, Instrument Cluster, Charger Indicator, Integrated
IG3 2 IG3 10A
Gateway Power control Module, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Audio
2
MEMORY 2 MEMORY 7.5A Active Air Flap Unit, VESS
8
MODULE 8 MODULE
10A Electric Water Pump (Engine), Active Air Flap Unit
IND
A/BAG IND 7.5A Air Conditioner Control Module, Instrument Cluster
7 82
Maintenance
START 7.5A Inhibitor Switch
Engine Room Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay), Wireless Charger, BCM (Body Control
2
MODULE 2 MODULE
10A Module), AMP (Amplifier), Smart Key Control Module, USB Charger, Audio, Audio / Video &
Navigation Head Unit, Power Outside Mirror Switch, KEYBOARD
BUTTON 3
7.5A Immobiliser Module, Smart Key Control Module
START3
Instrument Cluster, Air Conditioner Control Module, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, BCM (Body
1
MEMORY 1 MEMORY 10A Control Module), Driver Integrated memory system Module, Driver/Passenger Door Module,
ECM
MULTI MEDIA MULTI 15A Audio, Audio / Video & Navigation Head Unit, KEYBOARD
MEDIA
4 OBC (On-Board Charger) UNIT, TCM (Transmission Control Module), ECM (Engine Control
IG3 4 IG3 10A
Module), HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)
3
IG3 3 IG3 10A Electric Water Pump (PHEV)
5 Inhibitor Switch, BMS (Battery Management System) Control Module, Engine Room
IG3 5 IG3 15A
Junction Block (BATTERY COOLING FAN Relay)
1
IG3 1 IG3 20A ICM Relay Box (IG3 #1, IG3 #2, IG3 #3 Relay)
MDPS 1 1 7.5A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
Tail Gate Relay, ICM Relay Box (Fuel Filler Door Relay, Charger Connector Lock/Unlock
TAIL GATE 10A
Relay), Fuel Filler & Battery Charger Switch, Charge Connector Lamp
BUTTON 1
15A Smart Key Control Module
START1
7 83
Maintenance

7 AC Inverter (220V), AC Inverter Module, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Seat
MODULE 7 MODULE
7.5A
Warmer Control Module/ Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module
WIPER (REAR) 15A Engine Room Junction Block (Rear Wiper Relay), Rear Wiper Motor
HEATED
15A BCM (Body Control Module)
STEERING
SUNROOF 20A Sunroof Motor
Power Window Right Handle side Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power
RH
P/WINDOW RH 25A Window Switch (LHD), Rear Power Window Switch Right Handle side, Driver Safety Power
Window Module (RHD), Passenger Safety Power Window Module (LHD)
Power Window Left Handle side Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power
LH
P/WINDOW LH 25A Window Switch (RHD), Rear Power Window Switch Left Handle side, Driver Safety Power
Window Module (LHD), Passenger Safety Power Window Module (RHD)
BUTTON 2
7.5A Immobiliser Module, Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch
START 2
BRAKE SWITCH BRAKE 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module
SWITCH
OBC OBC 10A OBC (On-Board Charger) Unit
Air Conditioner Control Module, Engine Room Junction Block (PTC Heater #2 Relay, PTC
A/CON A/C 7.5A
Heater #1 Relay, Blower Relay), Electronic Air Conditioner Compressor
WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch
FRT
S/HEATER (FRT) 25A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module
7 84
Maintenance

BATTERY BATTERY 10A BMS (Battery Management System) Control Module
MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT
DRV
P/SEAT (DRV) 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver Integrated memory system Module
AMP AMP 30A AMP (Amplifier)
AMS AMS 10A Battery Sensor
Data Link Connector, Hazard Switch, Front Radar, Driver Smart Key Outside Handle,
1
MODULE 1 MODULE
10A Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Outside Mirror Folding/ Unfolding Relay, Mood
Lamp, Outside Mirror Switch
DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Dead Lock Relay)
FRT2 BCM (Body Control Module), ECM (Engine Control Module), Wiper Motor, Engine Room
WIPER2 (FRT) 10A
Junction Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay)
6
MODULE 6 MODULE
7.5A BCM (Body Control Module), Smart Key Control Module
S/HEATER RR
25A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module
(REAR)
HEATED
10A Air Conditioner Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror
MIRROR
PASS
P/SEAT PASS 25A Passenger Seat Manual Switch
FRT1
WIPER1 (FRT) 30A Wiper Motor, Engine Room Junction Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay)
7 85
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
ODEP079112L
7 86
Maintenance
Battery terminal cover (Plug-in Hybrid)
OJFH075171
7 87
Maintenance
Engine room compartment fuse panel (Hybrid)

5
B+ 5 60A Fuse - BATTERY C/FAN, HORN, ECU2, B/ALARM HORN, Engine Control Relay
2
B+ 2 60A Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - S/HEATER (REAR))
3
B+ 3 60A Instrument Panel Junction Block
4 Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - TAIL GATE, SUNROOF, P/WINDOW RH, P/WIN-
B+ 4 50A
DOW LH, S/HEATER (FRT), BATTERY MANAGEMENT, P/SEAT (DRV), AMP, AMS)
1
COOLING FAN 1 60A Cooling Fan Relay
POWER
POWER OUTLET OUTLET
40A Power Outlet Relay
MULTI
FUSE
BLOWER 40A Blower Relay
IG 1 IG1 40A Ignition Switch, Button Start #2 (IG1) Relay, Button Start #1 (ACC) Relay
IG 2 IG2 40A Ignition Switch, Button Start #3 (IG2) Relay
MDPS 1 80A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
PTC 1
PTC 50A PTC Heater #1 Relay
HEATER 1 HEATER
PTC 2
PTC 50A PTC Heater #2 Relay
HEATER 2 HEATER
7 88
Maintenance
REAR HEATED 50A Rear Defogger Relay
CLUTCH CLUTCH
40A Clutch Actuator (HEV)
MULTI ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
FUSE
MAIN MAIN 150A Fuse - REAR WIPER, H/LAMP HI, AHB1, AHB2, INVERTER, EPB1, EPB2
2
COOLING FAN 2 80A BLDC (Brushless Direct Current) Cooling Fan
7 89
Maintenance

POWER 3
POWER 20A Power Outlet #2
OUTLET 3 OUTLET
POWER 2
OUTLET 2 OUTLET
3
DCT 3 DCT 15A TCM (Transmission Control Module)
1
HPCU 1 HPCU 10A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)
EWP EWP 10A Electric Water Pump (Engine)
FUEL PUMP FUEL 20A Fuel Pump Relay

PUMP
FUSE 1 Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse -PDM1, PDM2, BRAKE SWITCH, MODULE1,
B+ 1 40A
DOOR LOCK, Leak Current Autocut Device)
2
1
REAR WIPER 15A Rear Wiper Relay
HEAD LAMP
10A H/LAMP HI Relay
HI
ACTIVE
1
HYDRAULIC ACTIVE HYDRAULIC
BOOSTER
40A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit, Multipurpose Check Connector
BOOSTER 1
7 90
Maintenance

ACTIVE
2
BOOSTER
30A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit
BOOSTER 2
EPB 1 30A Electronic Parking Brake Module
INVERTER INVERTER 30A AC Inverter Module
2
B/UP LAMP B/UP LAMP 10A Electro Chromic Mirror, Back-Up Lamp Left Handle side/Right Handle side
E3
FUSE ECU 3 10A ECM (Engine Control Module)
HPCU 2 2 15A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit), Clutch Actuator (HEV)
HPCU
ACTIVE
3
BOOSTER
BOOSTER 3
4
Dual clutch transmission Shift Lever, TCM (Transmission Control Module), Inhibitor
DCT 4 DCT 15A
Switch
S3 Fuel Pump Relay, Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust), Camshaft Position Sensor
SENSOR 3 10A
#1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust)
BATTERY C/FAN BATTERY 15A Battery COOLING FAN Relay

C/FAN
7 91
Maintenance
HORN 20A Horn Relay
S2
SENSOR 2 10A Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Cooling Fan Relay, Mass Air Flow Sensor
E1
ECU 1 20A ECM (Engine Control Module)
S1
FUSE SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (UP/DOWN)
IGN COIL IGN 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4

COIL
E2
B/ALARM
10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
HORN
7 92
Maintenance
Engine room compartment fuse panel (Plug-in Hybrid)

5
B+ 5 60A Fuse - BATTERY C/FAN, HORN, ECU2, B/ALARM HORN, Engine Control Relay
2
B+ 2 60A Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - S/HEATER (REAR))
3
B+ 3 60A Instrument Panel Junction Block
4 Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - TAIL GATE, SUNROOF, P/WINDOW RH, P/WIN-
B+ 4 50A
DOW LH, S/HEATER (FRT), BATTERY MANAGEMENT, P/SEAT (DRV), AMP, AMS)
1
COOLING FAN 1 60A Cooling Fan Relay
MULTI POWER
POWER OUTLET OUTLET
40A Power Outlet Relay
FUSE
BLOWER 40A Blower Relay
IG 1 IG1 40A Ignition Switch, Button Start #2 (IG1) Relay, Button Start #1 (ACC) Relay
IG 2 IG2 40A Ignition Switch, Button Start #3 (IG2) Relay
MDPS 1 80A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
1
PTC HEATER 1 PTC
HEATER
50A PTC Heater #1 Relay
7 93
Maintenance

2
PTC HEATER 2 PTC
HEATER
50A PTC Heater #2 Relay
REAR HEATED 50A Rear Defogger Relay
MULTI CLUTCH CLUTCH

40A Clutch Actuator (HEV)
FUSE ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
MAIN MAIN 150A Fuse - REAR WIPER, H/LAMP HI, AHB1, AHB2, INVERTER, EPB1, EPB2
2
COOLING FAN 2 80A BLDC (Brushless Direct Current) Cooling Fan
7 94
Maintenance

POWER 3
OUTLET 3 OUTLET
POWER 2
OUTLET 2 OUTLET
3
1
HPCU 1 HPCU 10A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)
EWP EWP 10A Electric Water Pump (Engine)
FUEL PUMP FUEL 20A Fuel Pump Relay

PUMP
FUSE 1 Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse -BUTTON START1, BUTTON START2, BRAKE
B+ 1 40A
SWITCH, MODULE1, DOOR LOCK, Leak Current Autocut Device)
2
1
REAR WIPER 15A Rear Wiper Relay
HEAD LAMP
10A H/LAMP HI Relay
HI
ACTIVE
1
BOOSTER
BOOSTER 1
7 95
Maintenance

ACTIVE
2
BOOSTER
30A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit
BOOSTER 2
INVERTER INVERTER 30A AC Inverter Module
2
B/UP LAMP B/UP LAMP 10A Electro Chromic Mirror, Back-Up Lamp Left Handle side/Right Handle side
E3
FUSE ECU 3 10A Not used
HPCU 2 2 15A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit), Clutch Actuator (HEV)
HPCU
ACTIVE
3
BOOSTER
BOOSTER 3
DCT 4 4 15A Dual clutch transmission Shift Lever

DCT
S3 Fuel Pump Relay, Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust), Camshaft Position Sensor
SENSOR 3 10A
#1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust)
BATTERY BATTERY 15A Battery COOLING FAN Relay
C/FAN C/FAN
7 96
Maintenance
HORN 20A Horn Relay
S2
SENSOR 2 10A Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Cooling Fan Relay, Mass Air Flow Sensor
E1
S1
FUSE SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (UP/DOWN)
IGN COIL IGN 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4

COIL
E2
B/ALARM
10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
HORN
7 97
Maintenance
Relay (Hybrid)
Symbol Relay Name Type
2
PTC PTC Heater #2 Relay MICRO
HEATER
1
HEATER
2 (IG1)
Button Start #2 (IG1) Relay MICRO
BATTERY Battery C/FAN Relay MICRO

C/FAN
Rear Wiper Relay MICRO

3 (IG2)
FUEL
PUMP Fuel Pump Relay MICRO
1 (ACC)
Button Start #1 (ACC) Relay MICRO
Cooling Fan Relay MINI
Rear Defogger Relay MINI
Blower Relay MICRO
HEAD LAMP HI Relay MICRO
POWER Power Outlet Relay MICRO

OUTLET
7 98
Maintenance
Relay (Plug-in Hybrid)

Symbol Relay Name Type
2
HEATER
1
HEATER
2 (IG1)
BATTERY Battery C/FAN Relay MICRO

C/FAN
Rear Wiper Relay MICRO

3 (IG2)
FUEL
PUMP Fuel Pump Relay MICRO
1 (ACC)
Button Start #1 (ACC) Relay MICRO
Cooling Fan Relay MINI
Rear Defogger Relay MINI
Blower Relay MICRO
HEAD LAMP HI Relay MICRO
POWER Power Outlet Relay MICRO

OUTLET
7 99
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
Bulb replacement precaution
WARNING CAUTION
Please prepare bulbs with appropriate
standards in case of emergencies. Be sure to replace the burned- • If unauthentic parts or sub-
Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 8. out bulb with one of the same standard lights are used when
wattage rating. Otherwise, it changing lights, it may lead to
When changing bulbs and sorts, first fuse disconnection and mal-
may cause extensive wiring
turn off the engine at a safe place, function, and other wiring
damage and possible fire.
firmly apply the side brake and take damages.
out the battery's negative (-) terminal.
• Do not install extra lamps or
CAUTION LED to the vehicle. If supple-
WARNING - Working on mentary lights are installed, it
the lights If you don't have necessary may lead to lamp malfunction
Prior to working on the light, tools, the correct bulbs and the and flickering of the lights. In
firmly apply the parking brake, expertise, consult a profession- addition, the fuse box and
ensure that the ignition switch al workshop. Kia recommends other writing may be damaged.
is turned to the LOCK position to consult an authorised Kia
and turn off the lights to avoid dealer/service partner. In many
sudden movement of the vehi- cases, it is difficult to replace
cle and burning your fingers or vehicle light bulbs because
receiving an electric shock. other parts of the vehicle must
be removed before you can get
to the bulb. This is especially
Use only the bulbs of the specified true if you have to remove the
wattage. headlight assembly to get to the
bulb(s). Removing/ installing the
headlight assembly can result
in damage to the vehicle.
7 100
Maintenance
• Lamp part malfunction due to ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE

net-work failure • If the light bulb or lamp connector After an accident or after the head-
The headlamp, taillight, and fog light is removed from an operating lamp light assembly is reinstalled, have
may lit up when the head lamp switch activated by electricity, the fuse the headlight aiming adjusted by a
is turned ON, and not light up when the box’s electronic device may scan it professional workshop. Kia recom-
taillight or for light switch is turned ON. as a malfunction. Therefore, a lamp mends to visit an authorised Kia
This may be cause by network failure malfunction history may be record- dealer/service partner.
or vehicle electrical control system ed in Diagnostic Trouble Code
malfunction. If there is a problem, have (DTC) in the fuse box.
the system serviced by a professional • It is normal for an operating lamp
workshop. Kia recommends to visit an may blink temporarily. Since this
authorised Kia dealer/service partner. occurrence is due stabilization
function of the vehicle’s electronic
• Lamp part malfunction due to elec- control device, if the lamp lights up
trical control system stabilization normally after temporary blinking,
there is no problem in the vehicle.
A normally functioning lamp may flicker However, if the lamp continues to
momentarily. This momentary occur- blink several times or turn off com-
rence is due to stabilization unction of pletely, there may be an error in the
the vehicle's electrical on control sys- vehicle’s electronic control device.
tem. If the lamp soon returns to normal, In this case, have the vehicle
the vehicle does not require service. checked by a professional work-
However, if the lamp goes out after shop immediately. Kia recom-
he momentary flickering, or the flick- mends to visit an authorised Kia
ering continues, have the system dealer/service partner.
serviced by a professional workshop.
7 101
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE Light bulb position (Front) ■ Daytime running lamp & Position lamp
You can find moisture inside the lens ■ Head lamp - Type A
of lamps after a car wash or driving
in the rain. It is a natural event
caused by the temperature differ-
ence between the inside and the out-
side of the lamp and does not mean
a problem with its functions. The
moisture inside the lamp would dis-
appear if you drive the vehicle with
ODEP079107
the headlamp turned on, however, ■ Fog lamp
the level at which the moisture is ODEP079099
removed may differ depending on ■ Head lamp - Type B
the size / location / condition of the
lamp. If the moisture continues to
stay inside the lamp, Kia recom-
mends visiting an authorised Kia
ODEP079100
ODEP079029 (6) Daytime running lamp/Position

lamp (LED type)
(1) Headlamp (Low/High) (Bulb type)
(7) Front fog lamp (Bulb/LED type)
(2) Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
(3) Headlamp (Low/High) (LED type)
(4) Headlamp (Low) (LED type)
(5) Front turn signal lamp (LED type)
7 102
Maintenance
Light bulb position (Rear) ■ Rear fog lamp (1) Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type)
■ Rear combination lamp - Type A
(2) Tail lamp (Bulb type)
(3) Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
(4) Stop lamp (LED type)
(5) Tail lamp (LED type)
(6) Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
(7) Back-up lamp (Bulb type)
ODEP079104L (8) Rear fog lamp (LED type)
■ License plate lamp
ODE076031
(9) License plate lamp (Bulb type)
■ Rear combination lamp - Type B (10) High mounted stop lamp
(LED type)
ODEP079056L
■ High mounted stop lamp
ODEP079102
■ Back-up lamp
ODEP079055L
ODEP079104
7 103
Maintenance
Light bulb position (Side) Headlamp (High/Low beam) 5. Install a new bulb-socket assem-
(Bulb type) bulb replacement bly in the headlamp assembly by
(Headlamp type A) aligning the tabs on the bulb-sock-
et with the slots in the headlamp
assembly. Push the bulb-socket
into the headlamp assembly and
turn the bulb-socket clockwise.
6. Install the headlamp bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
ODE076034
(1) Side repeater lamp (LED type) ODE076035
1. Open the bonnet.

2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
3. Disconnect the headlamp bulb
socket-connector.
4. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
7 104
Maintenance
Headlamp bulb Front turn signal lamp (Bulb

(Continued)
type) bulb replacement
• Always handle them carefully, (Headlamp type A)
and avoid scratches and abra-
sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid
contact with liquids. Never
touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause
the bulb to overheat and burst
when lit.
A bulb should be operated
only when installed in a head-
light.
OQL075058
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediate-
ODE076058L
WARNING - Halogen ly and carefully dispose of it.
bulbs • Wear eye protection when 1. Open the bonnet.
• Halogen bulbs contain pres- changing a bulb. Allow the bulb 2. Remove the dust cover (A) from
surized gas that will produce to cool down before handling it. the headlamp assembly then bulb-
flying pieces of glass if broken. socket by turning the counter-
(Continued) clockwise until the tabs on the
bulb-socket align with the slots on
the headlamp assembly.
3. Remove the bulb from the bulb-
socket by pressing it in and rotat-
ing it counterclockwise until the
tabs on the bulb align with the
slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the
bulb out of the bulb-socket.
7 105
Maintenance
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it Headlamp (High/Low beam) Front turn signal (LED type)
into the bulb-socket and rotating it (LED type) bulb replacement bulb replacement (Headlamp
until it locks into place. (Headlamp type B) type B)
5. Install the socket in the headlamp
assembly by aligning the tabs on
the bulb-socket with the slots in
the assembly. Push the bulb-sock-
et into the headlamp assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
ODEP077068 ODEP077069
If the headlamp (LED type) (1) does If the front turn signal lamp (LED type)
not operate, have your vehicle (1) does not operate, have your vehi-
checked by a professional workshop. cle checked by a professional work-
Kia recommends to visit an autho- shop. Kia recommends to visit an
rised Kia dealer/service partner. authorised Kia dealer/service partner.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced The LED lamp cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamp has an integrated unit. The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit. to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or A skilled technician should check or
repair the headlamp (LED type), for it repair the front turn signal lamp (LED
may damage related parts of the type), for it may damage related
vehicle. parts of the vehicle.
7 106
Maintenance
Daytime running lamp/Position A skilled technician should check or Front fog lamp (Bulb/LED
lamp (LED type) bulb replace- repair the daytime running type) bulb replacement
ment lamp/position lamp (LED type), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
ODEP079101
ODEP079108
If the front fog lamp (Bulb/LED type)
If the daytime running lamp/position (1) does not operate, have your vehi-
lamp (LED type) (1) does not oper- cle checked by a professional work-
ate, have your vehicle checked by a shop. Kia recommends to visit an
professional workshop. Kia recom- authorised Kia dealer/service partner.
dealer/service partner. The LED lamp cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
The LED lamp cannot be replaced an integrated unit. The LED lamp has
as a single component because it is to be replaced with the unit.
an integrated unit. The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or
repair the front fog lamp (Bulb/LED
type), for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
7 107
Maintenance
Stop and tail lamp, Rear turn

signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb
replacement
ODE076038 ODE076039
4. Remove the rear combination 6. Remove the socket from the
lamp assembly from the body of assembly by turning the socket
the vehicle. counterclockwise until the tabs on
ODE076037
5. Disconnect the rear combination the socket align with the slots on
1. Open the tailgate. lamp connector. the assembly.
2. Open the service cover. 7. Remove the bulb from the socket by
3. Loosen the light assembly retain- pressing it in and rotating it counter-
ing screws with a cross-tip screw- clockwise until the tabs on the bulb
driver. align with the slots in the socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
7 108
Maintenance
9. Install the socket in the assembly Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type)
by aligning the tabs on the socket bulb replacement
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
10. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehi-
cle.
11. Install the service cover.
ODE076041
3. Remove the socket from the
ODE076040
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
1. Open the tailgate. the socket align with the slots on
2. Remove the service cover. the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counter-clockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
7 109
Maintenance
6. Install the socket in the assembly Stop and tail lamp (LED type) Rear fog lamp (LED type) bulb
by aligning the tabs on the socket bulb replacement replacement
Push the socket into the assembly
7. Install the service cover by putting
it into the service hole.
ODEP079103 ODEP079111L
If the stop and tail lamp (LED type) (1) If the rear fog lamp (LED type) (1)
does not operate, have your vehicle does not operate, have your vehicle
checked by a professional workshop. checked by a professional workshop.
Kia recommends to visit an autho- Kia recommends to visit an autho-
rised Kia dealer/service partner. rised Kia dealer/service partner.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced The LED lamp cannot be replaced
an integrated unit. The LED lamp has an integrated unit. The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit. to be replaced with the unit.
repair the stop and tail lamp (LED repair the rear fog lamp (LED type),
type), for it may damage related for it may damage related parts of
parts of the vehicle. the vehicle.
7 110
Maintenance
Back-up lamp (Bulb type) bulb License plate lamp (Bulb type) 2. Remove the socket from the
replacement bulb replacement assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
3. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
into the bulb-socket.
5. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
ODE076045 Push the socket into the assembly
ODEP079105 and turn the socket clockwise.
If the back-up lamp (Bulb type) (1) 6. Align the lens cover tabs with the
does not operate, have your vehicle lamp housing notches and snap
checked by a professional workshop. the lens into place.
ODE076046
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
7 111
Maintenance
High mounted stop lamp (LED Side repeater lamp (LED type) Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb
type) bulb replacement bulb replacement replacement
ODEP079044 ODE076034 ODE076047
If the high mounted stop lamp (LED If the side repeater lamp (LED type) 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
type) (1) does not operate, have your (1) does not operate, have your vehi- gently pry the lens cover from
vehicle checked by a professional cle checked by a professional work- lamp housing.
workshop. Kia recommends to visit an shop. Kia recommends to visit an 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
authorised Kia dealer/service partner. authorised Kia dealer/service partner. straight out.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced The LED lamp cannot be replaced 3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
an integrated unit. The LED lamp has an integrated unit. The LED lamp has 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
to be replaced with the unit. to be replaced with the unit. lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
repair the high mounted stop lamp repair the side repeater lamp (LED
(LED type), for it may damage relat- type), for it may damage related
ed parts of the vehicle. parts of the vehicle.
7 112
Maintenance
Map lamp (LED type) bulb Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type)
CAUTION replacement bulb replacement
Be careful not to dirty or dam-
age the lens, lens tab, and plas-
tic housings.
OQM076063 ODE076048
If the map lamp (LED type) (1) does

not operate, have your vehicle WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
The LED lamp cannot be replaced burning your fingers or receiv-
as a single component because it is ing an electric shock.
to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the map lamp (LED type), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
7 113
Maintenance
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly from replacement gently pry the lens cover from
interior. lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out. straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
CAUTION
age the lens, lens tab, and plas- CAUTION
tic housings. Be careful not to dirty or dam-
ODE076049
tic housings.
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiv-
ing an electric shock.
7 114
Maintenance
Room lamp (LED type) bulb Tailgate room lamp (Bulb type)
replacement bulb replacement CAUTION
tic housings.
ODEP077070 ODE076050
If the room lamp (LED type) (1) does 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
not operate, have your vehicle gently pry the lens cover from
checked by a professional workshop. lamp housing.
Kia recommends to visit an autho- 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
rised Kia dealer/service partner. straight out.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced 3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
an integrated unit. The LED lamp has 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
to be replaced with the unit. lamp housing notches and snap
repair the room lamp (LED type), for
it may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
7 115
Maintenance
Tailgate room lamp (LED type) Headlamp and front fog lamp 2. The vehicle should be placed on a
bulb replacement aiming (for Europe) flat floor.
Headlamp aiming 3. Draw vertical lines (Vertical lines
■ Halogen
passing through respective head
lamp centers) and a horizontal line
(Horizontal line passing through
centre of head lamps) on the
screen.
4. With the head lamp and battery in
normal condition, aim the head
lamps so the brightest portion falls
on the horizontal and vertical
lines.
ODEP079109 ODE076059L 5. To aim the low and high beams left
■ LED type
or right, turn the driver (1) clock-
If the tailgate room lamp (LED type) wise or counterclockwise. To aim
(1) does not operate, have your vehi- the low and high beams up or
cle checked by a professional work- down, turn the driver (2) clockwise
shop. Kia recommends to visit an or counterclockwise.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced
to be replaced with the unit.
ODEP087001L
repair the tailgate room lamp (LED
type), for it may damage related 1. Inflate the tyres to the specified
parts of the vehicle. pressure and remove any loads
from the vehicle except the driver,
spare tyre, and tools.
7 116
Maintenance
Front fog lamp aiming
ODEP079060L
The front fog lamp can be aimed as

the same manner of the head lamps
aiming.
With the front fog lamps and battery
normal condition, aim the front fog
lamps.
To aim the front fog lamp up or down,
turn the driver clockwise or counter-
clockwise.
7 117
Maintenance
Aiming point
ODEP071064L
* A : Screen
7 118
Maintenance
Unit: mm (in)
Head lamp (Halogen type) Head lamp (LED type)
Vehicle Ground Height Distance between lamps Ground Height Distance between lamps
condition Low beam High beam Low beam High beam Low beam High beam Low beam High beam
H1 H2 W1 W2 H1' H2' W1' W2'
Without driver 814 (32.0) 814 (32.0) 1,411 (55.5) 1,411 (55.5) 824 (32.4) 824 (32.4) 1,384 (54.5) 1,384 (54.5)
With driver 809 (31.8) 809 (31.8) 1,411 (55.5) 1,411 (55.5) 819 (32.2) 819 (32.2) 1,384 (54.5) 1,384 (54.5)
Front Fog lamp (Bulb/LED Type)

Distance
Vehicle condition Ground Height
between lamps
H3 W3
Without driver 329 (12.9) 960 (37.8)
With driver 324 (12.7) 960 (37.8)
7 119
Maintenance
Head lamp low beam (LHD)

■ Based on 10m screen
A : Vehicle axis
B : Vertical line of the left head lamp bulb centre
C : Vertical line of the right head lamp bulb centre W1
H1
D : Horizontal line of head lamp bulb centre
E : Ground
F : Cut-Off line
OJF075107L
1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard.

2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture.
3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming.
4. If head lamp levelling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp levelling device switch with 0 positions.
7 120
Maintenance
Head lamp low beam (RHD)

A : Vehicle axis
B : Vertical line of the left head lamp bulb centre
C : Vertical line of the right head lamp bulb centre W1
H1
D : Horizontal line of head lamp bulb centre
E : Ground
F : Cut-Off line
OJF075108L
1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard.

2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture.
3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming.
4. If head lamp levelling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp levelling device switch with 0 positions.
7 121
Maintenance
Front fog light

200
A : Vehicle axis
H3
B : Vertical line of the left fog lamp bulb centre
W3
C : Vertical line of the right fog lamp bulb centre
D : Horizontal line of fog lamp bulb centre
E : Ground
F : Cut-Off line
G : Upper limit
ODEP079116
1. Turn the front fog lamp on without the driver aboard.

2. The cut-off line should be projected in the allowable range (shaded region).
7 122
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care Finish maintenance
Washing CAUTION
Exterior general caution
To help protect your vehicle’s finish • Do not use strong soap, chem-
It is very important to follow the label ical detergents or hot water,
directions when using any chemical from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least and do not wash the vehicle in
cleaner or polish. Read all warning direct sunlight or when the
and caution statements that appear once a month with lukewarm or cold
water. body of the vehicle is warm.
on the label.
If you use your vehicle for off-road • Be careful when washing the
driving, you should wash it after each side windows of your vehicle.
✽ NOTICE off-road trip. Pay special attention to Especially, with high-pressure
If you park the vehicle around a the removal of any accumulation of water, water may leak through
stainless signboard or windscreen salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate- the windows and wet the inte-
building etc., the plastic exterior rials. Make sure the drain holes in the rior.
trim (bumper, spoiler, garnish, lower edges of the doors and rocker • To prevent damage to the
lamp, outside mirror etc.) may be panels are kept clear and clean. plastic parts and lamps, do
damaged by reflected sunlight from Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, not clean with chemical sol-
the external structure. To avoid industrial pollution and similar vents or strong detergents.
damaging the plastic exterior trim, deposits can damage your vehicle’s
park the vehicle away from the finish if not removed immediately.
areas where the reflected light may Even prompt washing with plain water
occur or use a vehicle cover may not completely remove all these WARNING - Wet brakes
(Depending on the vehicle, the type deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on After washing the vehicle, test
of exterior trim applied such as painted surfaces, may be used. the brakes whilst driving slowly
spoiler may differ). After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- to see if they have been affected
oughly with lukewarm or cold water. by water. If braking performance
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish. is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly whilst
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
7 123
Maintenance
High-pressure washing
(Continued)
• When using high-pressure wash-
ers, make sure to maintain suffi-
• To prevent damage to the
cient distance from the vehicle.
charging door, make sure to
close and lock the vehicle
Insufficient clearance or excessive doors when washing (high-
pressure can lead to component pressure washing, automatic
damage or water penetration. car washing, etc.) the vehicle.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
ODEP079071L
may cause the device to not oper-
ate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to CAUTION
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or • Water washing in the engine
connectors as they may be dam- compartment including high
aged if they come into contact with pressure water washing may
high pressure water. cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
(Continued)
7 124
Maintenance
Waxing Finish damage repair

Wax the vehicle when water will no CAUTION Deep scratches or stone chips in the
longer bead on the paint. • Wiping dust or dirt off the painted surface must be repaired
Always wash and dry the vehicle body with a dry cloth will promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
before waxing. Use a good quality scratch the finish. rust and may develop into a major
liquid or paste wax, and follow the • Do not use steel wool, abra- repair expense.
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all sive cleaners, acid detergents
or strong detergents contain-
metal trim to protect it and to main-
ing high alkaline or caustic
✽ NOTICE
tain its luster.
agents on chrome-plated or If your vehicle is damaged and
Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- requires any metal repair or
als with a spot remover will usually anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to replacement, be sure the body shop
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to applies anti-corrosion materials to
re-wax these areas even if the rest of the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint the parts repaired or replaced.
the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
deterioration.
Do not apply wax on embossed
unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the
unit.
7 125
Maintenance
Bright-metal maintenance Underbody maintenance

• To remove road tar and insects, Corrosive materials used for ice and WARNING
use a tar remover, not a scraper or snow removal and dust control may After washing the vehicle, test
other sharp object. collect on the underbody. If these the brakes whilst driving slowly
• To protect the surfaces of bright- materials are not removed, acceler- to see if they have been affected
metal parts from corrosion, apply a ated rusting can occur on underbody by water. If braking performance
coating of wax or chrome preser- parts such as the fuel lines, frame, is impaired, dry the brakes by
vative and rub to a high luster. floor pan and exhaust system, even applying them lightly whilst
though they have been treated with maintaining a slow forward
• During winter weather or in coastal rust protection. speed.
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-
preservative. If necessary, coat the body and wheel openings with luke-
parts with non-corrosive petroleum warm or cold water once a month,
jelly or other protective compound. after off-road driving and at the end
of each winter. Pay special attention
to these areas because it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it.
The lower edges of the doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not clog with
dirt; trapped water in these areas can
cause rusting.
7 126
Maintenance
Aluminum wheel maintenance Corrosion protection High-corrosion areas

The aluminum wheels are coated Protecting your vehicle from corrosion If you live in an area where your vehi-
with a clear protective finish. By using the most advanced design cle is regularly exposed to corrosive
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, and construction practices to combat materials, corrosion protection is par-
polishing compound, solvent, or corrosion, we produce vehicles of the ticularly important. Some of the com-
wire brushes on aluminum wheels. highest quality. However, this is only mon causes of accelerated corrosion
They may scratch or damage the part of the job. To achieve the long- are road salts, dust control chemicals,
finish. term corrosion resistance your vehi- ocean air and industrial pollution.
• Clean the wheel when it has cooled. cle can deliver, the owner's coopera-
tion and assistance is also required. Moisture breeds corrosion
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly Moisture creates the conditions in
with water. Also, be sure to clean Common causes of corrosion which corrosion is most likely to
the wheels after driving on salted The most common causes of corro- occur. For example, corrosion is
roads. This helps prevent corrosion. sion on your vehicle are: accelerated by high humidity, partic-
ularly when temperatures are just
• Avoid washing the wheels with • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is above freezing. In such conditions,
high-speed car wash brushes. allowed to accumulate underneath the corrosive material is kept in con-
• Do not use any alkaline or acid the vehicle. tact with the vehicle’s surface by
detergent. It may damage and cor- • Removal of paint or protective moisture that evaporate slowly.
rode the aluminum wheels coated coatings by stones, gravel, abra- Mud is particularly corrosive
with a clear protective finish. sion or minor scrapes and dents because it dries slowly and holds
which leave unprotected metal moisture in contact with the vehicle.
exposed to corrosion. Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain moisture and pro-
mote corrosion.
High temperatures can also acceler-
ate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed.
7 127
Maintenance
For all these reasons, it is particular- Keep your vehicle clean • When cleaning lower door panels,
ly important to keep your vehicle The best way to prevent corrosion is rocker panels and frame members,
clean and free of mud or accumula- to keep your vehicle clean and free be sure that drain holes are kept
tions of other materials. This applies of corrosive materials. Attention to open so that moisture can escape
not only to the visible surfaces but the underside of the vehicle is partic- and not be trapped inside to accel-
particularly to the underside of the ularly important. erate corrosion.
vehicle.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area Keep your garage dry
To help prevent corrosion
— where road salts are used, near Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
You can help prevent corrosion from the ocean, areas with industrial pol- poorly ventilated garage. This cre-
getting started by observing the fol- lution, acid rain, etc.—, you should ates a favorable environment for cor-
lowing: take extra care to prevent corrosion. rosion. This is particularly true if you
In winter, hose off the underside of wash your vehicle in the garage or
your vehicle at least once a month drive it into the garage when it is still
and be sure to clean the underside wet or covered with snow, ice or
thoroughly when winter is over. mud. Even a heated garage can con-
• When cleaning underneath the tribute to corrosion unless it is well
vehicle, give particular attention to ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pres-
sure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
7 128
Maintenance
Keep paint and trim in good condi- Interior care

tion CAUTION
Interior general precautions
Scratches or chips in the finish Never allow water or other liq-
Prevent chemicals such as perfume, uids to come in contact with
should be covered with "touch-up"
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean- electrical/electronic compo-
paint as soon as possible to reduce
er, and air freshener from contacting nents inside the vehicle as this
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
the interior parts because they may may damage them.
metal is showing through, the atten-
cause damage or discoloration. If
tion of a qualified body and paint
they do contact the interior parts,
shop is recommended.
wipe them off immediately. If neces- CAUTION
sary, use a vinyle cleaner, see
instructions for correct usage. When cleaning leather products
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
highly corrosive and may damage
neutral detergents or low alco-
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
hol content solutions. If you use
Always remove bird droppings as
high alcohol content solutions
soon as possible.
or acid/alkaline detergents, the
colour of the leather may fade or
Don't neglect the interior the surface may get stripped off.
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corro-
sion. Check under the mats periodi-
cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.
Use particular care if you carry fertil-
izers, cleaning materials or chemi-
cals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in prop-
er containers and any spills or leaks
should be cleaned up, flushed with
clean water and thoroughly dried.
7 129
Maintenance
Taking care of leather seats Cleaning the leather seats Fabric seat cover using precau-
• Vacuum the seat periodically to • Remove all contaminations instant- tions (If equipped)
remove dust and sand on the seat. ly. Refer to instructions below for Please clean the fabric seats regu-
It will prevent abrasion or damage of removal of each contaminant. larly with a vacuum cleaner in con-
the leather and maintain its quality. • Cosmetic products(sunscreen, sideration of fabric material charac-
• Wipe the natural leather seat cover foundation, etc.) teristics. If they are heavily soiled
often with dry or soft cloth. with beverage stains, etc., use a suit-
- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
able interior cleaner. To prevent dam-
• Sufficient use of a leather protec- and wipe the contaminated point.
age to seat covers, wipe off the seat
tive may prevent abrasion of the Wipe off the cream with a wet
covers down to the seams with a
cover and helps maintain the cloth and remove water with a dry
large wiping motion and moderate
colour. cloth.
pressure using a soft sponge or
Be sure to read the instructions • Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.) microfiber cloth.
and consult a specialist when - Apply a small amount of neutral Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
using leather coating or protective detergent and wipe until contami- objects may cause snagging or
agents. nations do not smear. scratches on the surface of the
• Leather with bright colours(beige, • Oil seats. Make sure not to rub such
cream beige) is easily contaminat- objects against the surface.
ed and clear in appearance. Clean - Remove oil instantly with
the seats frequently. absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover for natural leather
• Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may only.
cause the surface to crack.
• Chewing gum
- Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
7 130
Maintenance
Cleaning the upholstery and inte- Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt

rior trim webbing
Vinyl Clean the belt webbing with any mild
Remove dust and loose dirt from soap solution recommended for
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a the instructions provided with the
vinyl cleaner. soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken it.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- Cleaning the interior window glass
ric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- If the interior glass surfaces of the
tion recommended for upholstery or vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-
carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If film), they should be cleaned with a
fresh spots do not receive immediate glass cleaner. Follow the directions
attention, the fabric can be stained on the glass cleaner container.
and its colour can be affected. Also,
its fire-resistant properties can be CAUTION
reduced if the material is not proper-
Do not scrape or scratch the
ly maintained.
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage of the rear
CAUTION window defroster grid.
Using anything but recommend-
ed cleaners and procedures may
affect the fabric’s appearance
and fire-resistant properties.
7 131
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control
vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system
warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system)
The positive crankcase ventilation
information contained in the • To prevent the vehicle from mis- system is employed to prevent air
Warranty & Maintenance book in your firing during dynamometer test- pollution caused by blow-by gases
vehicle. ing, turn the Electronic Stability being emitted from the crankcase.
Your vehicle is equipped with an Control (ESC) system off by This system supplies fresh filtered air
emission control system to meet all pressing the ESC switch. to the crankcase through the air
applicable emission regulations. • After dynamometer testing is intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
There are three emission control completed, turn the ESC system the fresh air mixes with blow-by
systems, as follows. back on by pressing the ESC gases, which then pass through the
switch again. PCV valve into the induction system.
(1) Crankcase emission control
system 2. Evaporative emission con-
(2) Evaporative emission control trol system
system The Evaporative Emission Control
(3) Exhaust emission control system System is designed to prevent fuel
vapours from escaping into the
atmosphere.
In order to assure the proper function
of the emission control systems,
have your vehicle inspected and
maintained by a professional work-
shop in accordance with the mainte-
nance schedule in this manual. Kia
recommends to visit an authorised
7 132
Maintenance
Canister 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions

Fuel vapours generated inside the system (carbon monoxide)
fuel tank are absorbed and stored in The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present
the onboard canister. When the System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes.
engine is running, the fuel vapours which controls exhaust emissions Therefore, if you smell exhaust
absorbed in the canister are drawn whilst maintaining good vehicle per- fumes of any kind inside your vehi-
into the surge tank through the purge formance. cle, have it inspected and repaired
control solenoid valve. immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into
Purge Control Solenoid Valve your vehicle, drive it only with all
(PCSV) the windows fully open. Have your
vehicle checked and repaired
The purge control solenoid valve is
immediately.
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during WARNING - Exhaust
idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- Engine exhaust gases contain
orated fuel is not taken into the carbon monoxide (CO). Though
engine. After the engine warms up colourless and odourless, it is
during ordinary driving, the PCSV dangerous and could be lethal if
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to inhaled. Follow the instructions
the engine. on this page to avoid CO poi-
soning.
7 133
Maintenance
• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt- Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-
fined or closed areas (such as ic converters (if equipped) alytic converter emission control
garages) any more than what is device.
necessary to move the vehicle in or Therefore, the following precautions
out of the area. WARNING - Fire
must be observed:
• When the vehicle is stopped in an • A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under • Make sure to refuel your vehicle
open area for more than a short according to the "Fuel require-
time with the engine running, your vehicle. Do not park the
vehicle over or near flamma- ments" suggested in chapter 1.
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the ble objects, such as grass, • Do not operate the vehicle when
vehicle. vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. there are signs of engine malfunc-
• The exhaust system and cat- tion, such as misfire or a noticeable
• Never sit in a parked or stopped loss of performance.
vehicle for any extended time with alytic system are very hot
the engine running. whilst the engine is running or • Do not misuse or abuse the
immediately after the engine engine. Examples of misuse are
• When the engine stalls or fails to is turned off. Keep away from coasting with the ignition off and
start, excessive attempts to restart the exhaust system and cat- descending steep grades in gear
the engine may cause damage to alytic, you may get burned. with the ignition off.
the emission control system.
Also, do not remove the heat • Do not operate the engine at high
sink around the exhaust sys- idle speed for extended periods (5
tem, do not seal the bottom of minutes or more).
the vehicle or do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control.
It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
7 134
Maintenance
• Do not modify or tamper with any Petrol Particulate Filter (PPF) (if If the PPF warning light stays on or
part of the engine or emission con- equipped) the warning message “Check
trol system. All inspections and The Petrol Particulate Filter (PPF) is exhaust system” pops up even after
adjustments must be made by a the system that removes the soot driving at recommended speed and
professional workshop. Kia recom- from the exhaust gas. Unlike a dis- for recommended hours, visit a pro-
mends to visit an authorised Kia posable air filter, the PPF system fessional workshop and check the
dealer/service centre. automatically burns (oxidizes) and PPF system. Kia recommends to
• Avoid driving with an extremely low removes the accumulated soot whilst visit an authorised Kia dealer/service
fuel level. Running out of fuel could driving. partner. Constant driving with the
cause the engine to misfire, dam- PPF warning light on can damage
However, repeated short-distance the PPF system and undermine fuel
aging the catalytic converter. driving or long-distance driving at a economy.
low speed can stop the accumulated
Failure to observe these precautions soot from automatically being
could result in damage to the catalyt- removed by the PPF system. If the
ic converter and to your vehicle. accumulated soot reaches a certain
amount, the PPF warning light ( )
Additionally, such actions could void
will illuminate. To re-operate the PPF
your warranties.
system, the vehicle should be driven
for more than 30 minutes at a speed
of 80 km/h (50 mph) and faster.
Ensure the following conditions are
met: safe road conditions, transmis-
sion 3 or above, and engine speed of
1,500-4,000 rpm. Driving at 80 km/h
(50 mph) or faster for recommended
hours will get the PPF system back to
work and stop the PPF warning light.
7 135
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 How to check the symbol on the charging label . 8-14
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 • Precautions for charging AC and Trickle charger
Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 (Portable charging cable) (AC charging) . . . . . . . . 8-14
Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 • Electric charging label (For Europe) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
• Electric charging label symbol table (For Europe) . 8-15
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Tyres and wheels (For europe, Australia and
New Zealand ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Tyres and wheels (Except europe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Recommended lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . 8-8
• Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Tyre specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Air conditioner compressor label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Fuel label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
• Hybrid vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
• Plug-in Hybrid vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 8
DIMENSIONS
Item Size (mm)
Overall length 4,355
Overall width 1,805
Without Roof rack 1,535
Overall height
With Roof rack 1,545
205/60R16 1,565
Front
225/45ZR18 * 1,555
Tread
205/60R16 1,579
Rear
225/45ZR18 * 1,569
Wheelbase 2,700
* This tyre is only for the HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system
ENGINE
Item (Petrol) 1.6L GDi
Displacement
1,580
[cc]
Bore x Stroke
72 X 97
[mm]
Firing order 1-3-4-2
No. of cylinders 4 In-line, DOHC
8 2
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT

Hybrid Plug-in Hybrid
Item (Petrol) 1.6L GDi
DCT
GVW 1,930 kg 2,000 kg
kg (lbs) (4,255 lbs) (4,409 lbs)
LUGGAGE VOLUME
For HEV
Item Volume
MIN. 436 litre
VDA
MAX. 1,434 litre
Min : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back.
Max : Behind front seat to roof.
For PHEV
Item Volume
MIN. 324 litre
VDA
MAX. 1,322 litre
Min : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back.
Max : Behind front seat to roof.
8 3
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Item Weight of volume Classification
550 ± 25g R-1234yf
Refrigerant
550 ± 25g R-134a
Compressor lubricant 130 ± 10g POE
Please contact a professional workshop for more details.

Kia recommends to contact an authorised Kia dealer/service partner.
8 4
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type
Bulb type 60 HB3
Headlamps (Low/High)
LED type LED LED
Headlamps (Low) LED LED
Bulb type 21 PY21W
Turn signal lamps
LED type LED LED
Front
Position lamps LED LED
Daytime running lamps LED LED
Bulb type 51 HB4
Fog lamps
LED type LED LED
Side repeater lamps LED LED
Stop/Tail lamps 21/5 P21/5W
Stop lamps LED LED
Bulb type 10 W5W 2EA
Tail lamps
LED type LED LED
Rear Turn signal lamps 21 P21W
Fog lamp * LED LED
Back-up lamp 16 W16W
License plate lamp 5 W5W
High mounted stop lamp LED LED
Bulb type 10 WEDGE
Map lamp
LED type LED LED
Vanity mirror lamps * 5 FESTOON
Interior Bulb type 10 FESTOON
Room lamp
LED type LED LED
Bulb type 10 FESTOON
Tailgate lamp
LED type LED LED * If equipped
8 5
TYRES AND WHEELS (FOR EUROPE, AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND)

Load Speed Inflation pressure [bar(psi, kPa)] Wheel lug
Wheel Capacity capacity nut torque
Item Tyre size Normal load Maximum load
size [Kgf·m
LI *1 Kg SS *2 Km/h Front Rear Front Rear (lbf·ft, N·m)]
205/60 R16 6.5J X 16 92 630 H 210 2.5 (36, 250) 2.5 (36, 250)
Full size tyre 11~13
225/45 ZR18 *3 7.5J X 18 91 615 W 270 2.5 (36, 250) 2.5 (36, 250) (79~94,
107~127)
Compact
T125/80 D16 *3 4T X 16 97 730 M 130 4.2 (60, 420) 4.2 (60, 420)
Spare tyre
*1 : Load Index
*2 : Speed Symbol
*3 : Only for Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV).
✽ NOTICE
• We recommend that when replacing tyres, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles.
If not, that affects driving performance.
• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease.
Therefore, please check the tyre pressure and add more air when necessary.
Additionally required tyre air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5psi/km
CAUTION
When replacing tyres, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tyres of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.
8 6
TYRES AND WHEELS (EXCEPT EUROPE)

Load Speed Inflation pressure [bar(psi, kPa)] Wheel lug
Wheel Capacity capacity nut torque
Item Tyre size Normal load Maximum load
size [Kgf·m
LI *1 Kg SS *2 Km/h Front Rear Front Rear (lbf·ft, N·m)]
205/60 R16 6.5J X 16 92 630 H 210 2.5 (36, 250) 2.5 (36, 250)
Full size tyre 11~13
225/45 R18 *3 7.5J X 18 91 615 V 240 2.5 (36, 250) 2.5 (36, 250) (79~94,
107~127)
Compact
T125/80 D16 *3 4T X 16 97 730 M 130 4.2 (60, 420) 4.2 (60, 420)
Spare tyre
*1 : Load Index
*2 : Speed Symbol
*3 : Only for Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV).
✽ NOTICE
• We recommend that when replacing tyres, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles.
If not, that affects driving performance.
• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease.
Therefore, please check the tyre pressure and add more air when necessary.
Additionally required tyre air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5psi/km
CAUTION
When replacing tyres, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tyres of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.
8 7
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil * 1
(drain and refill)
3.8 litre (4.01 US qt.) SAE 5W-30, API Latest (ILSAC Latest) or ACEA A5/B5
API GL-4, SAE 70W

Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) 1.6 ~ 1.7 litre
HK D DCTF TGO-10 PLUS (SK)
Fluid (1.69 ~ 1.79 US qt.)
SPIRAX S6 GHDE 70W DCTF PLUS (H.K.SHELL)
Mixture of antifreeze and water

Coolant 5.8 litre (6.13 US.qt.)
(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)
Mixture of antifreeze and water
Inverter coolant 2.43 litre (2.56 US qt.)
(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)
402.6 ± 24.4 cc
Brake fluid DOT 3 or DOT 4
(0.425 ± 0.025 US qt.)
100 ± 20 cc
Engine clutch actuator fluid DOT 3 or DOT 4
(0.105 ± 0.021 US qt.)
HEV 45 litre (11.9 gal)
Fuel Refer to Fuel requirements in chapter 1.
PHEV 43 litre (11.4 gal)
*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
8 8
Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold
number weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity
engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance,
CAUTION however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication
in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended
Always be sure to clean the area
could result in engine damage. When choosing an oil, consider the range of
around any filler plug, drain
temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change.
plug, or dipstick before check-
Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.
ing or draining any lubricant.
This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
the vehicle is used on unpaved °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
roads. Cleaning the plug and (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the (Petrol) 1.6L Gdi *1 5W-30
engine and other mechanisms
that could be damaged. *1 : Requires <API Latest(ILSAC Latest) or ACEA A5/B5, Full synthetic>
grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil(mineral oil including Semi-syn-
thetic) is used, then the engine oil and oil filter must be replaced as indi-
cated severe maintenance condition.
An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute (API)
Certification Mark conforms to the International Lubricant
Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to
only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.
8 9
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION

■ Frame number ■ VIN label (if equipped) LABEL
• Type A
OQLE085005
• Type B
ODE086001R
The vehicle identification number ODE086002R
(VIN) is the number used in register- The vehicle certification label
ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- attached on the driver’s (or front pas-
ters pertaining to its ownership, etc. senger’s) side centre pillar gives the
The number is punched on the floor vehicle identification number (VIN).
under the driver or passenger seat.
To check the number, open the
cover.
OJFHP086015R
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windscreen from
outside.
8 10
TYRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER AIR CONDITIONER

PRESSURE LABEL COMPRESSOR LABEL
ODE086003
ODE086006R The engine number is stamped on the ODE086005L
The tyres supplied on your new vehi- engine block as shown in the drawing. A compressor label informs you the
cle are chosen to provide the best type of compressor your vehicle is
performance for normal driving. equipped with such as model, suppli-
The tyre label located on the driver's er part number, production number,
side centre pillar gives the tyre pres- refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).
sures recommended for your vehicle.
8 11
REFRIGERANT LABEL DECLARATION OF

CONFORMITY
■ Example
ODEP089004L
The refrigerant label is located on CE0678
the underside of the bonnet. The radio frequency components of
the vehicle comply with requirements
and other relevant provisions of
Directive 1995/5/EC.
Further information including the
manufacturer's declaration of con-
formity is available on Kia web site
as follows;
http://www.kia-hotline.com
8 12
FUEL LABEL (IF EQUIPPED)

Hybrid vehicle Plug-in Hybrid vehicle
■ For Europe ■ Except Europe
OTM048455L OAEPH048585 OAEPH048584
The fuel label is attached on the fuel filler door. The fuel label is attached on the fuel filler door.
A. Octane rating of unleaded Petrol (Petrol) A. Octane rating of unleaded Petrol (Petrol)
1) RON/ROZ : Research Octane Number 1) RON : Research Octane Number
2) (R+M)/2, AKI : Anti Knock Index 2) (R+M)/2 : Anti Knock Index
B. Identifiers for Petrol-type fuels B. Identifiers for Petrol-type fuels
❈ This symbol means usable fuel. ❈ This symbol means usable fuel.
Do not use any other fuel. Do not use any other fuel.
C. For further details, refer to the “Fuel Requirement” in C. For further details, refer to the “Fuel Requirement” in
the chapter 1. the chapter 1.
D. Add fuel into the fuel tank within 20 min.
8 13
HOW TO CHECK THE SYMBOL ON THE CHARGING LABEL (FOR EUROPE)

Precautions for charging AC and Trickle charger (Portable 1. After opening the charging door,
charging cable) (AC charging) check the charging symbol at the
bottom of the warning label
Vehicle charging INLET Charging connector OUTLET 2. Check the charging connector
symbol of the AC and Trickle
charger cable
3. After checking the English match-
ing of the charging symbol, pro-
ceed with the charging process
❈ Refer to Electric charging label
symbol table
4. Risk of failure, fire, injury, etc.
ODEPQ010018 ODEEV090005L expected when using the symbol
unmatched charging connector
<Symbol location and application example>

ODEEV090001L WMQ4PH-502
8 14
Electric charging label Electric charging label symbol table (For Europe)
(For Europe) AC and Trickle charger charging
Type of
Supply Type Configuration Voltage range Identifier
accessory
Vehicle con-
AC 7P nector and 480V RMS
vehicle inlet
ODEEV090002L
The electric charging label is

attached on the charging door.
➀
➁ Warning for high voltage
➂
➃ Identifier for charging door
For further details, “How to check the
➄ symbol on the charging label ” in this
chapter.
Charging voltage and current
➅ :AC single phase
Identifiers for charging type. Refer to
➆
“Electric charging label symbol table”.
8 15
Index
I
Index
A B
Air bag - supplemental restraint system ........................3-49 Battery (Plug-in Hybrid)................................................7-54
Additional safety precautions ....................................3-73 Battery capacity label ................................................7-56
Air bag warning label ................................................3-74 Battery recharging ......................................................7-56
Air bag warning light..................................................3-53 Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures ..............7-58
Curtain air bag ............................................................3-66 Reset items ..................................................................7-57
Driver's and passenger's front air bag ........................3-58 Tyre care ....................................................................7-58
How does the air bag system operate ........................3-50 Before driving ..................................................................5-5
Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag..3-69 Before entering vehicle ................................................5-5
Side air bag ................................................................3-64 Before starting ..............................................................5-5
SRS Care ....................................................................3-72 Necessary inspections ..................................................5-5
SRS components and functions ..................................3-55 Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) ..........................5-80
Air cleaner ....................................................................7-47 Blind-Spot Collision Warning setting and activation ..5-81
Filter inspection ..........................................................7-49 Warning message and function control ......................5-82
Filter replacement ......................................................7-47 Bonnet............................................................................4-30
Air conditioner compressor label ..................................8-11 Closing the bonnet ......................................................4-31
Air conditioning system ..................................................8-4 Opening the bonnet ....................................................4-30
Appearance care ..........................................................7-123 Brake fluid ....................................................................7-42
Exterior care..............................................................7-123 Checking the brake fluid level ....................................7-42
Interior care ..............................................................7-129 Checking the engine clutch actuator fluid level ........7-43
Audio system ..............................................................4-183 Brake system..................................................................5-30
Antenna ....................................................................4-183 Anti-lock brake system (ABS)....................................5-44
How vehicle radio works ..........................................4-184 AUTO HOLD..............................................................5-40
USB port ..................................................................4-183 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ................................5-34
Electronic stability control (ESC) ..............................5-47
Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) ....................................5-53
Foot parking brake ......................................................5-32
I 2
Index
Good braking practices ..............................................5-53 Driving Assist button ................................................5-106
Hill-start assist control (HAC) ....................................5-52 To cancel Cruise Control, do one of the following ..5-108
Power brakes ..............................................................5-30 To decrease the cruising speed ................................5-107
Vehicle stability management (VSM) ........................5-51 To increase Cruise Control set speed........................5-107
Warning messages ......................................................5-42 To resume cruising speed at more than approximately
Bulb wattage ....................................................................8-5 30 km/h (20 mph). ..................................................5-109
To set Cruise Control speed......................................5-106
C To temporarily accelerate with Cruise Control on ..5-108
To turn Cruise Control off, do one of the following ..5-109
Child restraint system (CRS) ........................................3-36
Children always in the rear ........................................3-36 D
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................3-39
ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether anchorage Declaration of conformity ..................................5-146, 8-12
(ISOFIX anchorage system) for children ................3-40 The radio frequency components (Front Radar)
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................3-37 complies ..................................................................5-146
Climate control air filter ................................................7-49 The radio frequency components (Rear Corner Radar)
Climate control system ................................................4-145 complies ..................................................................5-151
Air conditioning ........................................................4-146 Defroster ......................................................................4-144
Air Conditioning refrigerant label ............................4-148 Rear window defroster..............................................4-144
Automatic climate control system ............................4-151 Dimensions ......................................................................8-2
Automatic heating and air conditioning ..................4-152 Door locks......................................................................4-16
Automatic ventilation................................................4-160 Child-protector rear door locks ..................................4-20
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant Deadlocks....................................................................4-19
and compressor lubricant........................................4-149 Door lock/unlock features ..........................................4-19
Climate control air filter ..........................................4-147 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ............4-17
Sunroof inside air recirculation ................................4-160 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ..........4-16
System operation ......................................................4-145 Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system ..........................4-20
Cruise Control (CC) ....................................................5-105 Driver Attention Warning (DAW)..................................5-99
I 3
Index
Basic function ............................................................5-99 Crankcase emission control system ..........................7-132
Driver Attention Warning malfunction ....................5-102 Evaporative emission control system........................7-132
Driver Attention Warning setting and activation ........5-99 Exhaust emission control system..............................7-133
Driver Attention Warning standby ............................5-102 Engine ..............................................................................8-2
Leading vehicle departure alert function ....................5-99 Engine clutch actuator fluid ..........................................7-43
Leading vehicle departure warning ..........................5-104 Engine compartment ................................................2-6, 7-4
Resetting the function ..............................................5-101 Engine coolant ..............................................................7-36
Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)..................................5-16 Changing the coolant ..................................................7-40
Dual clutch transmission operation ..........................5-16 Engine coolant ..........................................................7-37
Good driving practices................................................5-25 Inverter coolant ..........................................................7-38
Recommended coolant................................................7-38
E Engine number ..............................................................8-11
Engine oil ......................................................................7-33
Economical operation ..................................................5-155 Changing the engine oil and filter ..............................7-34
Hazardous driving conditions ..................................5-157 Checking the coolant level ........................................7-36
Reducing the risk of a rollover ................................5-157 Checking the engine oil level ....................................7-33
Emergency commodity ..................................................6-48 Engine start/stop button ................................................5-10
Fire extinguisher ........................................................6-48 Engine start/stop button position ................................5-10
First aid kit ................................................................6-48 Illuminated engine start/stop button ..........................5-10
Triangle reflector ........................................................6-48 Starting the hybrid system ..........................................5-13
Tyre pressure gauge ....................................................6-48 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..............7-30
Emergency starting ..........................................................6-5 Air cleaner filter..........................................................7-31
Before Jump Starting(For Hybrid)................................6-5 Air conditioning refrigerant ........................................7-32
Jump starting ................................................................6-8 Brake discs, pads and calipers ....................................7-32
Method to disconnect the (-) cable for regular Brake fluid ..................................................................7-32
maintenance (For Hybrid) ..........................................6-7 Brake hoses and lines..................................................7-32
Push-starting ..............................................................6-10 Coolant (Engine / Inverter) ........................................7-31
Emission control system..............................................7-132 Cooling system ..........................................................7-31
I 4
Index
Drive shafts and boots ................................................7-32 Limitation of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist ....5-64
Dual clutch transmission fluid ....................................7-31 Recognizing pedestrian or cyclist ..............................5-68
Engine oil and filter ....................................................7-30 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ..4-117
Fuel filter (for petrol)..................................................7-30 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning not
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ......................7-30 operation ................................................................4-120
Fuel tank and fuel cap ................................................7-30 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
HSG (Hybrid starter & generator) belt ......................7-30 operation ................................................................4-117
Parking brake ..............................................................7-32 Self-diagnosis............................................................4-122
Spark plugs ................................................................7-31 Fuel filler door (hybrid) ................................................4-32
Steering gear box, linkage & Closing the fuel filler door..........................................4-33
boots/lower arm ball joint ........................................7-32 Opening the fuel filler door ........................................4-32
Suspension mounting bolts ........................................7-32 Fuel filler door (Plug-in hybrid) ....................................4-35
Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses ..........................7-31 Closing the fuel filler door..........................................4-37
Exterior features ..........................................................4-181 Opening the fuel filler door ........................................4-35
Roof rack ..................................................................4-181 Fuel label ......................................................................8-13
Exterior overview ............................................................2-2 Hybrid vehicle ............................................................8-13
Plug-in Hybrid vehicle................................................8-13
F Fuel requirements ............................................................1-3
Petrol engine ................................................................1-3
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Fuses ..............................................................................7-70
(Sensor Fusion)............................................................5-55 Engine compartment fuse replacement ......................7-73
Brake operation ..........................................................5-59 Fuse/relay panel description ......................................7-75
Detecting sensors (Front view camera + Front radar)..5-60 Inner panel fuse replacement ......................................7-71
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist warning message
and function control..................................................5-58 G
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist setting and
activation ..................................................................5-55 Gross vehicle weight........................................................8-3
Function malfunction ..................................................5-62
I 5
Index
Notes on the safe use of the Tyre Mobility Kit ..........6-38
H Tyre Mobility Kit Technical Data ..............................6-40
HEV/PHEV powertrain ..................................................1-7 Using the TMK ..........................................................6-34
How to check the symbol on the charging label ..........8-14 In case of an emergency whilst driving ..........................6-3
Electric charging label (For Europe) ..........................8-15 If engine stalls whilst driving ......................................6-3
Electric charging label symbol table (For Europe) ....8-15 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ..............6-3
Precautions for charging AC and Trickle charger If you have a flat tyre whilst driving ............................6-3
(Portable charging cable) (AC charging)..................8-14 Instrument cluster ..........................................................4-54
How to use this manual ..................................................1-2 Dual clutch transmission shift indicator ....................4-64
Dual clutch transmission shift indicator in sports mode
I (for Europe) ..............................................................4-64
Gauges ........................................................................4-57
If an accident occurs ......................................................6-46 Instrument Cluster Control ........................................4-56
If the engine overheats ..................................................6-11 Instrument panel overview ..............................................2-5
If the engine will not start ..............................................6-4 Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) ......................5-93
If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly ..........6-4 Display ........................................................................5-95
If engine turns over normally but does not start ..........6-4 DRIVER'S ATTENTION............................................5-98
If you have a flat tyre (with spare tyre) ........................6-19 Intelligent Speed Limit Warning activation /
Changing tyres ............................................................6-21 deactivation ..............................................................5-94
EC Declaration of Conformity for Jack ....................6-29 Operation ....................................................................5-94
Jack and tools..............................................................6-19 Interior features............................................................4-168
Jack label ....................................................................6-28 AC inverter................................................................4-174
Removing and storing the spare tyre ..........................6-20 Air ventilation seat....................................................4-172
If you have a flat tyre (with tyre mobility kit) ..............6-30 Ashtray ......................................................................4-168
Checking the tyre inflation pressure ..........................6-37 Cargo security screen................................................4-180
Components of the Tyre Mobility Kit (TMK)............6-33 Clothes hanger ..........................................................4-178
Distributing the sealant ..............................................6-36 Cup holder ................................................................4-168
Introduction ................................................................6-31 Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................4-179
I 6
Index
Luggage net holder ..................................................4-179 Lane Following Assist malfunction ..........................5-134
Power outlet ..............................................................4-172 Lane Following Assist operation ............................5-132
Seat warmer ............................................................4-170 Limitation of Lane Following Assist ........................5-134
Sun visor ..................................................................4-169 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ..........................................5-71
USB charger..............................................................4-173 Lane Keeping Assist malfunction ..............................5-79
Wireless smart phone charging system ....................4-175 Lane Keeping Assist operation ..................................5-73
Interior light ................................................................4-140 LCD Display..................................................................4-66
Automatic turn off function ......................................4-140 LCD Display Control..................................................4-66
Map lamp ..................................................................4-140 LCD Display Modes ..................................................4-67
Room lamp................................................................4-141 Trip modes (Trip computer)........................................4-79
Tailgate room lamp ..................................................4-142 Warning lights ............................................................4-95
Vanity mirror lamp....................................................4-142 Warning messages ......................................................4-84
Interior overview..............................................................2-4 Light bulbs ..................................................................7-100
Back-up lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement............7-111
K Bulb replacement precaution ..................................7-100
Daytime running lamp/Position lamp (LED type)
Key positions ..................................................................5-7 bulb replacement ....................................................7-107
Ignition switch position ................................................5-7 Front fog lamp (Bulb/LED type) bulb replacement ..7-107
Illuminated ignition switch ..........................................5-7 Front turn signal (LED type) bulb replacement
Starting the hybrid system ............................................5-9 (Headlamp type B)..................................................7-106
Keys ................................................................................4-4 Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
Immobiliser system ......................................................4-5 (Headlamp type A)..................................................7-105
Key operations ..............................................................4-4 Headlamp (High/Low beam) (Bulb type) bulb
Record your key number ..............................................4-4 replacement (Headlamp type A) ............................7-104
Headlamp (High/Low beam) (LED type) bulb
L replacement (Headlamp type B) ............................7-106
Headlamp and front fog lamp aiming (for Europe)..7-116
Lane Following Assist (LFA) ......................................5-130
I 7
Index
High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb Lighting control ........................................................4-124
replacement ............................................................7-112 Rear fog light ............................................................4-133
License plate lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement....7-111 Turn signals and lane change signals........................4-131
Light bulb position (Front) ......................................7-102 Luggage volume ..............................................................8-3
Light bulb position (Rear) ........................................7-103
Light bulb position (Side) ........................................7-104 M
Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement..................7-112
Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement..................7-113 Maintenance services ......................................................7-5
Rear fog lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ..........7-110 Owner maintenanceprecautions ....................................7-5
Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ..............7-114 Owner’s responsibility ................................................7-5
Room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ..............7-115 Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA) ............................5-90
Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ....7-112 To set speed limit :......................................................5-90
Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ....7-110 To turn off Manual Speed Limit Assist ......................5-92
Stop and tail lamp, Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) Mirrors ..........................................................................4-49
bulb replacement ....................................................7-108 Inside rearview mirror ................................................4-49
Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement......7-109 Outside rearview mirror..............................................4-50
Tailgate room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ..7-115
Tailgate room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ..7-116 O
Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ..7-113
Lighting........................................................................4-123 Owner maintenance ........................................................7-8
Battery saver function ..............................................4-123 Owner maintenance schedule ......................................7-8
Daytime running light ..............................................4-124
Front fog light ..........................................................4-132 P
Headlight escort function..........................................4-123
Headlight levelling device ........................................4-134 Parking brake ................................................................7-46
High Beam Assist (HBA) ........................................4-129 Checking the parking brake ........................................7-46
High beam operation ................................................4-127
I 8
Index
R S
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)..........5-137 Scheduled maintenance service ....................................7-10
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning setting and Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - For Petrol
activation ................................................................5-137 Engine [For Australia and New Zealand] ................7-15
Warning ....................................................................5-138 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - For Petrol
Rear View Monitor (RVM)..........................................4-111 Engine [For Europe (Except Russia)] ......................7-21
Rear View Whilst Driving(If equipped)....................4-112 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions- For Petrol
Recommended lubricants and capacities ........................8-8 Engine [Except Europe (Including Russia)] ............7-28
Recommended SAE viscosity number ........................8-9 Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine
Refrigerant label ............................................................8-12 [Except Europe (Including Russia)] ........................7-23
Regenerative braking system ........................................5-27 Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine
Regenerative Braking (Paddle Shifter) ......................5-27 [For Australia and New Zealand] ............................7-11
Remote keyless entry ......................................................4-8 Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine
Battery replacement ....................................................4-11 [For Europe (Except Russia)] ..................................7-17
Remote keyless entry system operations ......................4-8 Scheduled maintenance service precaution ................7-10
Smart key system operation..........................................4-9 Seat belts........................................................................3-20
Transmitter precautions ..............................................4-10 Care of seat belts ........................................................3-35
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ................4-113 Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................3-29
Reverse Parking Distance Warning not operation ....4-114 Seat belt precautions ..................................................3-32
Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation ..........4-113 Seat belt restraint system ............................................3-20
Reverse Parking Distance Warning precautions ......4-115 Seats ................................................................................3-2
Self-diagnosis............................................................4-116 Driver position memory system (for power seat) ......3-13
Road warning ..................................................................6-2 Front seat adjustment - manual ....................................3-6
Hazard warning flasher ................................................6-2 Front seat adjustment - power ......................................3-8
Headrest ......................................................................3-18
Headrest (for front seat)................................................3-9
Rear seat......................................................................3-15
I 9
Index
Seatback pocket ..........................................................3-12 Sunglass holder ........................................................4-166
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)........................................5-110 Sunroof ..........................................................................4-40
Limitations of Smart Cruise Control ........................5-124 Automatic reversal ......................................................4-42
Set Smart Cruise Control Reaction ..........................5-123 Resetting the sunroof ..................................................4-44
Speed setting ............................................................5-111 Slide open/close ..........................................................4-42
To convert to Cruise Control mode: ........................5-123 Sunroof open warning ................................................4-45
Vehicle distance setting ............................................5-116 Sunshade ....................................................................4-40
When the lane ahead is clear ....................................5-117 Tilt open/close ............................................................4-41
When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane ..5-117
Special driving conditions ..........................................5-157 T
Driving at night ........................................................5-160
Driving in flooded areas ..........................................5-160 Tailgate ..........................................................................4-22
Driving in the rain ....................................................5-160 Closing the tailgate ....................................................4-23
Driving off-road ........................................................5-160 Emergency tailgate safety release ..............................4-23
Highway driving ......................................................5-161 Opening the tailgate ....................................................4-22
Rocking the vehicle ..................................................5-158 Theft-alarm system ........................................................4-13
Smooth cornering......................................................5-159 Armed stage ................................................................4-13
Snowy or Icy conditions ..........................................5-162 Disarmed stage............................................................4-15
Steering wheel ..............................................................4-46 Theft-alarm stage ........................................................4-14
Electric power steering ..............................................4-46 Towing ..........................................................................6-41
Heated steering wheel ................................................4-47 Emergency towing ......................................................6-43
Horn ............................................................................4-48 Removable towing hook ............................................6-42
Tilt & telescopic steering ..........................................4-47 Towing service ............................................................6-41
Storage compartment ..................................................4-165 Trailer Towing..............................................................5-166
Centre console storage ..............................................4-165 Driving with a trailer ................................................5-169
Glove box..................................................................4-165 For Europe and Australia ..........................................5-174
Luggage box..............................................................4-167 GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ..........................5-166
GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ..................................5-166
I 10
Index
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ......................5-166
Hitches ......................................................................5-168
V
If you do decide to pull a trailer ..............................5-174 Vehicle break-in process ..................................................1-6
Maintenance when trailer towing ............................5-173 Vehicle certification label ..............................................8-10
Safety chains ............................................................5-168 Vehicle handling instructions ..........................................1-6
Trailer brakes ............................................................5-169 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ............................8-10
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ..................6-12 Vehicle modifications ......................................................1-6
Changing a tyre with TPMS ......................................6-16 Vehicle weight ............................................................5-177
Check tyre pressure ....................................................6-12 Base kerb weight ......................................................5-177
Low tyre pressure telltale............................................6-14 Cargo weight ............................................................5-177
TPMS (Tyre Pressure Monitoring System) GAW (Gross axle weight) ........................................5-177
malfunction indicator................................................6-15 GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ..........................5-177
Tyre specification and pressure label ............................8-11 GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ..................................5-177
Tyres and wheels............................................................7-58 GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ......................5-177
Checking tyre inflation pressure ................................7-59 Loading Your Vehicle - For Australia ......................5-178
Low aspect ratio tyre ..................................................7-68 Overloading ..............................................................5-177
Tyre maintenance ......................................................7-64 Vehicle kerb weight ..................................................5-177
Tyre replacement ........................................................7-62
Tyre rotation ..............................................................7-60 W
Tyre sidewall labeling ................................................7-64
Tyre traction ................................................................7-64 Warning and indicator lights..........................................4-95
Wheel alignment and tyre balance ............................7-61 Indicator Lights ........................................................4-105
Wheel replacement ....................................................7-63 Washer fluid ..................................................................7-45
Tyres and wheels (Except europe) ..................................8-7 Checking the washer fluid level..................................7-45
Tyres and wheels Welcome system ..........................................................4-143
(For europe, Australia and New Zealand ) ....................8-6 Escort welcome ........................................................4-143
Interior light ............................................................4-143
Welcome light ..........................................................4-143
I 11
Index
Windows ........................................................................4-25
Power windows ..........................................................4-26
Windscreen defrosting and defogging ........................4-161
Auto defogging system ............................................4-163
Automatic climate control system ............................4-161
Defogging logic ........................................................4-162
Operation tips............................................................4-162
Winter driving ..............................................................5-162
Carry emergency equipment ....................................5-165
Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ..............5-164
Check battery and cables ..........................................5-164
Check spark plugs and ignition system ....................5-164
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath ........5-165
Don't let your parking brake freeze ..........................5-165
To keep locks from freezing ....................................5-165
Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system ..5-165
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant ................5-164
Wiper blades ..................................................................7-51
Blade inspection..........................................................7-51
Blade replacement ......................................................7-51
For best battery service ..............................................7-54
Wipers and washers ....................................................4-135
Rear window wiper and washer switch ....................4-139
Windscreen washers..................................................4-138
Windscreen wipers....................................................4-136
I 12

Kia Niro Phev Owners Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kia Niro Phev Owners Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FOREWORD

Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle.

© 2021 Kia Corporation

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4

Specifications & Consumer information 8

HEV (HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM / H2

Electric motor Engine+

Startup/Low speed cruise Acceleration High speed cruise Deceleration Stop

CD (Charge Depleting) Mode CS (Charge Sustaining) Mode Charging

Charging Information • Trickle Charger: The plug-in hybrid Charging Time

AC charger installed Approximately 2 hours

For charging at home.

 (OFF)  (OFF)  (OFF) Not Charged

Blinking  (OFF)  (OFF) 0~33%

 (ON) Blinking  (OFF) Charging 34~66%

WARNING - Cooling fan

AC Charge How to Connect AC Charger ✽ NOTICE

Charging Status Information Operation of Charging How to Disconnect AC Charger

Trickle Charger How to Connect Portable

Charging Status Information Operation of Charging Charge cable storage

 (OFF)  (OFF)  (OFF) Not Charged

Blinking  (OFF)  (OFF) 0~33%

 (ON) Blinking  (OFF) Charging 34~66%

Blink : Charging In power saving mode, only the CHARGE

FAULT Blink : Charging interrupted

Charging connector plugged

Blink : Charging impossible

Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charging Cable

• Charging connector plugged into vehicle

Have the system inspected by a professional

- Before plugging charging connector

- Plugged into vehicle (Red blink) - After plugging charging connector

• Plug temperature sensor failure

Have the system inspected by a professional

Warning and indicator lights Hybrid system warning EV Mode Indicator

Check Hybrid system. Stop vehicle and check power

Vehicle Stop Power Assist Engine Generation

ODEP047201L ODEP047203L ODEP047205L

ODEP047206L ODEP047207L ODEP047207L

AUX. BATTERY SAVER+ (For Mode

1. Engine : 1.6L 5. HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)

When the hybrid system is turned on,

When you start the hybrid system in

High Voltage Battery Air Intake If An Accident Occurs

The hybrid battery air intake is locat-

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS VEHICLE BREAK-IN

Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Door locks .............................................4-16

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-36

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 • Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver WARNING

WARNING - Driver’s seat (Continued) WARNING - Rear

(Continued) WARNING WARNING

Feature of Seat Leather Front seat adjustment - manual

Seatback angle (2) Seat belts must be snug against your

Seat height (3) Front seat adjustment - power

Adjusting the height up and down Forward and backward adjustment